1 /* Output Dwarf2 format symbol table information from GCC.
2 Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002,
3 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010
4 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 Contributed by Gary Funck (gary@intrepid.com).
6 Derived from DWARF 1 implementation of Ron Guilmette (rfg@monkeys.com).
7 Extensively modified by Jason Merrill (jason@cygnus.com).
9 This file is part of GCC.
11 GCC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
12 the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free
13 Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later
16 GCC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
17 WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
18 FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License
21 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
22 along with GCC; see the file COPYING3. If not see
23 <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
25 /* TODO: Emit .debug_line header even when there are no functions, since
26 the file numbers are used by .debug_info. Alternately, leave
27 out locations for types and decls.
28 Avoid talking about ctors and op= for PODs.
29 Factor out common prologue sequences into multiple CIEs. */
31 /* The first part of this file deals with the DWARF 2 frame unwind
32 information, which is also used by the GCC efficient exception handling
33 mechanism. The second part, controlled only by an #ifdef
34 DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO, deals with the other DWARF 2 debugging
37 /* DWARF2 Abbreviation Glossary:
39 CFA = Canonical Frame Address
40 a fixed address on the stack which identifies a call frame.
41 We define it to be the value of SP just before the call insn.
42 The CFA register and offset, which may change during the course
43 of the function, are used to calculate its value at runtime.
45 CFI = Call Frame Instruction
46 an instruction for the DWARF2 abstract machine
48 CIE = Common Information Entry
49 information describing information common to one or more FDEs
51 DIE = Debugging Information Entry
53 FDE = Frame Description Entry
54 information describing the stack call frame, in particular,
55 how to restore registers
57 DW_CFA_... = DWARF2 CFA call frame instruction
58 DW_TAG_... = DWARF2 DIE tag */
62 #include "coretypes.h"
69 #include "hard-reg-set.h"
71 #include "insn-config.h"
79 #include "dwarf2out.h"
80 #include "dwarf2asm.h"
85 #include "diagnostic.h"
88 #include "langhooks.h"
93 #include "tree-pass.h"
94 #include "tree-flow.h"
96 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
97 static void dwarf2out_source_line (unsigned int, const char *, int, bool);
99 static rtx last_var_location_insn;
102 #ifdef VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO
103 int vms_file_stats_name (const char *, long long *, long *, char *, int *);
105 /* Define this macro to be a nonzero value if the directory specifications
106 which are output in the debug info should end with a separator. */
107 #define DWARF2_DIR_SHOULD_END_WITH_SEPARATOR 1
108 /* Define this macro to evaluate to a nonzero value if GCC should refrain
109 from generating indirect strings in DWARF2 debug information, for instance
110 if your target is stuck with an old version of GDB that is unable to
111 process them properly or uses VMS Debug. */
112 #define DWARF2_INDIRECT_STRING_SUPPORT_MISSING_ON_TARGET 1
114 #define DWARF2_DIR_SHOULD_END_WITH_SEPARATOR 0
115 #define DWARF2_INDIRECT_STRING_SUPPORT_MISSING_ON_TARGET 0
118 #ifndef DWARF2_FRAME_INFO
119 # ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
120 # define DWARF2_FRAME_INFO \
121 (write_symbols == DWARF2_DEBUG || write_symbols == VMS_AND_DWARF2_DEBUG)
123 # define DWARF2_FRAME_INFO 0
127 /* Map register numbers held in the call frame info that gcc has
128 collected using DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM to those that should be output in
129 .debug_frame and .eh_frame. */
130 #ifndef DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT
131 #define DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT(REGNO, FOR_EH) (REGNO)
134 /* Save the result of dwarf2out_do_frame across PCH. */
135 static GTY(()) bool saved_do_cfi_asm = 0;
137 /* Decide whether we want to emit frame unwind information for the current
141 dwarf2out_do_frame (void)
143 /* We want to emit correct CFA location expressions or lists, so we
144 have to return true if we're going to output debug info, even if
145 we're not going to output frame or unwind info. */
146 return (write_symbols == DWARF2_DEBUG
147 || write_symbols == VMS_AND_DWARF2_DEBUG
148 || DWARF2_FRAME_INFO || saved_do_cfi_asm
149 #ifdef DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
150 || (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
151 && (flag_unwind_tables
152 || (flag_exceptions && ! USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS)))
157 /* Decide whether to emit frame unwind via assembler directives. */
160 dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm (void)
164 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
167 if (!flag_dwarf2_cfi_asm || !dwarf2out_do_frame ())
169 if (saved_do_cfi_asm)
171 if (!HAVE_GAS_CFI_PERSONALITY_DIRECTIVE)
174 /* Make sure the personality encoding is one the assembler can support.
175 In particular, aligned addresses can't be handled. */
176 enc = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/2,/*global=*/1);
177 if ((enc & 0x70) != 0 && (enc & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_pcrel)
179 enc = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/0,/*global=*/0);
180 if ((enc & 0x70) != 0 && (enc & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_pcrel)
183 if (!HAVE_GAS_CFI_SECTIONS_DIRECTIVE)
185 #ifdef TARGET_UNWIND_INFO
188 if (USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS || (!flag_unwind_tables && !flag_exceptions))
193 saved_do_cfi_asm = true;
197 /* The size of the target's pointer type. */
199 #define PTR_SIZE (POINTER_SIZE / BITS_PER_UNIT)
202 /* Array of RTXes referenced by the debugging information, which therefore
203 must be kept around forever. */
204 static GTY(()) VEC(rtx,gc) *used_rtx_array;
206 /* A pointer to the base of a list of incomplete types which might be
207 completed at some later time. incomplete_types_list needs to be a
208 VEC(tree,gc) because we want to tell the garbage collector about
210 static GTY(()) VEC(tree,gc) *incomplete_types;
212 /* A pointer to the base of a table of references to declaration
213 scopes. This table is a display which tracks the nesting
214 of declaration scopes at the current scope and containing
215 scopes. This table is used to find the proper place to
216 define type declaration DIE's. */
217 static GTY(()) VEC(tree,gc) *decl_scope_table;
219 /* Pointers to various DWARF2 sections. */
220 static GTY(()) section *debug_info_section;
221 static GTY(()) section *debug_abbrev_section;
222 static GTY(()) section *debug_aranges_section;
223 static GTY(()) section *debug_macinfo_section;
224 static GTY(()) section *debug_line_section;
225 static GTY(()) section *debug_loc_section;
226 static GTY(()) section *debug_pubnames_section;
227 static GTY(()) section *debug_pubtypes_section;
228 static GTY(()) section *debug_dcall_section;
229 static GTY(()) section *debug_vcall_section;
230 static GTY(()) section *debug_str_section;
231 static GTY(()) section *debug_ranges_section;
232 static GTY(()) section *debug_frame_section;
234 /* Personality decl of current unit. Used only when assembler does not support
236 static GTY(()) rtx current_unit_personality;
238 /* How to start an assembler comment. */
239 #ifndef ASM_COMMENT_START
240 #define ASM_COMMENT_START ";#"
243 typedef struct dw_cfi_struct *dw_cfi_ref;
244 typedef struct dw_fde_struct *dw_fde_ref;
245 typedef union dw_cfi_oprnd_struct *dw_cfi_oprnd_ref;
247 /* Call frames are described using a sequence of Call Frame
248 Information instructions. The register number, offset
249 and address fields are provided as possible operands;
250 their use is selected by the opcode field. */
252 enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type {
254 dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num,
260 typedef union GTY(()) dw_cfi_oprnd_struct {
261 unsigned int GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num"))) dw_cfi_reg_num;
262 HOST_WIDE_INT GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_offset"))) dw_cfi_offset;
263 const char * GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_addr"))) dw_cfi_addr;
264 struct dw_loc_descr_struct * GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_loc"))) dw_cfi_loc;
268 typedef struct GTY(()) dw_cfi_struct {
269 dw_cfi_ref dw_cfi_next;
270 enum dwarf_call_frame_info dw_cfi_opc;
271 dw_cfi_oprnd GTY ((desc ("dw_cfi_oprnd1_desc (%1.dw_cfi_opc)")))
273 dw_cfi_oprnd GTY ((desc ("dw_cfi_oprnd2_desc (%1.dw_cfi_opc)")))
278 /* This is how we define the location of the CFA. We use to handle it
279 as REG + OFFSET all the time, but now it can be more complex.
280 It can now be either REG + CFA_OFFSET or *(REG + BASE_OFFSET) + CFA_OFFSET.
281 Instead of passing around REG and OFFSET, we pass a copy
282 of this structure. */
283 typedef struct GTY(()) cfa_loc {
284 HOST_WIDE_INT offset;
285 HOST_WIDE_INT base_offset;
287 BOOL_BITFIELD indirect : 1; /* 1 if CFA is accessed via a dereference. */
288 BOOL_BITFIELD in_use : 1; /* 1 if a saved cfa is stored here. */
291 /* All call frame descriptions (FDE's) in the GCC generated DWARF
292 refer to a single Common Information Entry (CIE), defined at
293 the beginning of the .debug_frame section. This use of a single
294 CIE obviates the need to keep track of multiple CIE's
295 in the DWARF generation routines below. */
297 typedef struct GTY(()) dw_fde_struct {
299 const char *dw_fde_begin;
300 const char *dw_fde_current_label;
301 const char *dw_fde_end;
302 const char *dw_fde_hot_section_label;
303 const char *dw_fde_hot_section_end_label;
304 const char *dw_fde_unlikely_section_label;
305 const char *dw_fde_unlikely_section_end_label;
306 dw_cfi_ref dw_fde_cfi;
307 dw_cfi_ref dw_fde_switch_cfi; /* Last CFI before switching sections. */
308 unsigned funcdef_number;
309 HOST_WIDE_INT stack_realignment;
310 /* Dynamic realign argument pointer register. */
311 unsigned int drap_reg;
312 /* Virtual dynamic realign argument pointer register. */
313 unsigned int vdrap_reg;
314 unsigned all_throwers_are_sibcalls : 1;
315 unsigned nothrow : 1;
316 unsigned uses_eh_lsda : 1;
317 /* Whether we did stack realign in this call frame. */
318 unsigned stack_realign : 1;
319 /* Whether dynamic realign argument pointer register has been saved. */
320 unsigned drap_reg_saved: 1;
321 /* True iff dw_fde_begin label is in text_section or cold_text_section. */
322 unsigned in_std_section : 1;
323 /* True iff dw_fde_unlikely_section_label is in text_section or
324 cold_text_section. */
325 unsigned cold_in_std_section : 1;
326 /* True iff switched sections. */
327 unsigned dw_fde_switched_sections : 1;
328 /* True iff switching from cold to hot section. */
329 unsigned dw_fde_switched_cold_to_hot : 1;
333 /* Maximum size (in bytes) of an artificially generated label. */
334 #define MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES 30
336 /* The size of addresses as they appear in the Dwarf 2 data.
337 Some architectures use word addresses to refer to code locations,
338 but Dwarf 2 info always uses byte addresses. On such machines,
339 Dwarf 2 addresses need to be larger than the architecture's
341 #ifndef DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
342 #define DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE (POINTER_SIZE / BITS_PER_UNIT)
345 /* The size in bytes of a DWARF field indicating an offset or length
346 relative to a debug info section, specified to be 4 bytes in the
347 DWARF-2 specification. The SGI/MIPS ABI defines it to be the same
350 #ifndef DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
351 #define DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE 4
354 /* The size in bytes of a DWARF 4 type signature. */
356 #ifndef DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE
357 #define DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE 8
360 /* According to the (draft) DWARF 3 specification, the initial length
361 should either be 4 or 12 bytes. When it's 12 bytes, the first 4
362 bytes are 0xffffffff, followed by the length stored in the next 8
365 However, the SGI/MIPS ABI uses an initial length which is equal to
366 DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE. It is defined (elsewhere) accordingly. */
368 #ifndef DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
369 #define DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4 ? 4 : 12)
372 /* Round SIZE up to the nearest BOUNDARY. */
373 #define DWARF_ROUND(SIZE,BOUNDARY) \
374 ((((SIZE) + (BOUNDARY) - 1) / (BOUNDARY)) * (BOUNDARY))
376 /* Offsets recorded in opcodes are a multiple of this alignment factor. */
377 #ifndef DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
378 #ifdef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
379 #define DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT (-((int) UNITS_PER_WORD))
381 #define DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT ((int) UNITS_PER_WORD)
385 /* CIE identifier. */
386 #if HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT >= 64
387 #define DWARF_CIE_ID \
388 (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4 ? DW_CIE_ID : DW64_CIE_ID)
390 #define DWARF_CIE_ID DW_CIE_ID
393 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains frame description
394 information for each routine. */
395 static GTY((length ("fde_table_allocated"))) dw_fde_ref fde_table;
397 /* Number of elements currently allocated for fde_table. */
398 static GTY(()) unsigned fde_table_allocated;
400 /* Number of elements in fde_table currently in use. */
401 static GTY(()) unsigned fde_table_in_use;
403 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
405 #define FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT 256
407 /* Get the current fde_table entry we should use. */
409 static inline dw_fde_ref
412 return fde_table_in_use ? &fde_table[fde_table_in_use - 1] : NULL;
415 /* A list of call frame insns for the CIE. */
416 static GTY(()) dw_cfi_ref cie_cfi_head;
418 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
419 /* Some DWARF extensions (e.g., MIPS/SGI) implement a subprogram
420 attribute that accelerates the lookup of the FDE associated
421 with the subprogram. This variable holds the table index of the FDE
422 associated with the current function (body) definition. */
423 static unsigned current_funcdef_fde;
426 struct GTY(()) indirect_string_node {
428 unsigned int refcount;
429 enum dwarf_form form;
433 static GTY ((param_is (struct indirect_string_node))) htab_t debug_str_hash;
435 /* True if the compilation unit has location entries that reference
437 static GTY(()) bool debug_str_hash_forced = false;
439 static GTY(()) int dw2_string_counter;
440 static GTY(()) unsigned long dwarf2out_cfi_label_num;
442 /* True if the compilation unit places functions in more than one section. */
443 static GTY(()) bool have_multiple_function_sections = false;
445 /* Whether the default text and cold text sections have been used at all. */
447 static GTY(()) bool text_section_used = false;
448 static GTY(()) bool cold_text_section_used = false;
450 /* The default cold text section. */
451 static GTY(()) section *cold_text_section;
453 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
455 /* Forward declarations for functions defined in this file. */
457 static char *stripattributes (const char *);
458 static const char *dwarf_cfi_name (unsigned);
459 static dw_cfi_ref new_cfi (void);
460 static void add_cfi (dw_cfi_ref *, dw_cfi_ref);
461 static void add_fde_cfi (const char *, dw_cfi_ref);
462 static void lookup_cfa_1 (dw_cfi_ref, dw_cfa_location *, dw_cfa_location *);
463 static void lookup_cfa (dw_cfa_location *);
464 static void reg_save (const char *, unsigned, unsigned, HOST_WIDE_INT);
465 #ifdef DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
466 static void initial_return_save (rtx);
468 static HOST_WIDE_INT stack_adjust_offset (const_rtx, HOST_WIDE_INT,
470 static void output_cfi (dw_cfi_ref, dw_fde_ref, int);
471 static void output_cfi_directive (dw_cfi_ref);
472 static void output_call_frame_info (int);
473 static void dwarf2out_note_section_used (void);
474 static void flush_queued_reg_saves (void);
475 static bool clobbers_queued_reg_save (const_rtx);
476 static void dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (rtx, const char *);
478 /* Support for complex CFA locations. */
479 static void output_cfa_loc (dw_cfi_ref);
480 static void output_cfa_loc_raw (dw_cfi_ref);
481 static void get_cfa_from_loc_descr (dw_cfa_location *,
482 struct dw_loc_descr_struct *);
483 static struct dw_loc_descr_struct *build_cfa_loc
484 (dw_cfa_location *, HOST_WIDE_INT);
485 static struct dw_loc_descr_struct *build_cfa_aligned_loc
486 (HOST_WIDE_INT, HOST_WIDE_INT);
487 static void def_cfa_1 (const char *, dw_cfa_location *);
489 /* How to start an assembler comment. */
490 #ifndef ASM_COMMENT_START
491 #define ASM_COMMENT_START ";#"
494 /* Data and reference forms for relocatable data. */
495 #define DW_FORM_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 8 ? DW_FORM_data8 : DW_FORM_data4)
496 #define DW_FORM_ref (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 8 ? DW_FORM_ref8 : DW_FORM_ref4)
498 #ifndef DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION
499 #define DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION ".debug_frame"
502 #ifndef FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL
503 #define FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL "LFB"
506 #ifndef FUNC_END_LABEL
507 #define FUNC_END_LABEL "LFE"
510 #ifndef FRAME_BEGIN_LABEL
511 #define FRAME_BEGIN_LABEL "Lframe"
513 #define CIE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL "LSCIE"
514 #define CIE_END_LABEL "LECIE"
515 #define FDE_LABEL "LSFDE"
516 #define FDE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL "LASFDE"
517 #define FDE_END_LABEL "LEFDE"
518 #define LINE_NUMBER_BEGIN_LABEL "LSLT"
519 #define LINE_NUMBER_END_LABEL "LELT"
520 #define LN_PROLOG_AS_LABEL "LASLTP"
521 #define LN_PROLOG_END_LABEL "LELTP"
522 #define DIE_LABEL_PREFIX "DW"
524 /* The DWARF 2 CFA column which tracks the return address. Normally this
525 is the column for PC, or the first column after all of the hard
527 #ifndef DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
529 #define DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (PC_REGNUM)
531 #define DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN DWARF_FRAME_REGISTERS
535 /* The mapping from gcc register number to DWARF 2 CFA column number. By
536 default, we just provide columns for all registers. */
537 #ifndef DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM
538 #define DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM(REG) DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (REG)
541 /* Hook used by __throw. */
544 expand_builtin_dwarf_sp_column (void)
546 unsigned int dwarf_regnum = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (STACK_POINTER_REGNUM);
547 return GEN_INT (DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (dwarf_regnum, 1));
550 /* Return a pointer to a copy of the section string name S with all
551 attributes stripped off, and an asterisk prepended (for assemble_name). */
554 stripattributes (const char *s)
556 char *stripped = XNEWVEC (char, strlen (s) + 2);
561 while (*s && *s != ',')
568 /* MEM is a memory reference for the register size table, each element of
569 which has mode MODE. Initialize column C as a return address column. */
572 init_return_column_size (enum machine_mode mode, rtx mem, unsigned int c)
574 HOST_WIDE_INT offset = c * GET_MODE_SIZE (mode);
575 HOST_WIDE_INT size = GET_MODE_SIZE (Pmode);
576 emit_move_insn (adjust_address (mem, mode, offset), GEN_INT (size));
579 /* Divide OFF by DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT, asserting no remainder. */
581 static inline HOST_WIDE_INT
582 div_data_align (HOST_WIDE_INT off)
584 HOST_WIDE_INT r = off / DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT;
585 gcc_assert (r * DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT == off);
589 /* Return true if we need a signed version of a given opcode
590 (e.g. DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf vs DW_CFA_offset_extended). */
593 need_data_align_sf_opcode (HOST_WIDE_INT off)
595 return DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT < 0 ? off > 0 : off < 0;
598 /* Generate code to initialize the register size table. */
601 expand_builtin_init_dwarf_reg_sizes (tree address)
604 enum machine_mode mode = TYPE_MODE (char_type_node);
605 rtx addr = expand_normal (address);
606 rtx mem = gen_rtx_MEM (BLKmode, addr);
607 bool wrote_return_column = false;
609 for (i = 0; i < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER; i++)
611 int rnum = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (i), 1);
613 if (rnum < DWARF_FRAME_REGISTERS)
615 HOST_WIDE_INT offset = rnum * GET_MODE_SIZE (mode);
616 enum machine_mode save_mode = reg_raw_mode[i];
619 if (HARD_REGNO_CALL_PART_CLOBBERED (i, save_mode))
620 save_mode = choose_hard_reg_mode (i, 1, true);
621 if (DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (i) == DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN)
623 if (save_mode == VOIDmode)
625 wrote_return_column = true;
627 size = GET_MODE_SIZE (save_mode);
631 emit_move_insn (adjust_address (mem, mode, offset),
632 gen_int_mode (size, mode));
636 if (!wrote_return_column)
637 init_return_column_size (mode, mem, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN);
639 #ifdef DWARF_ALT_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
640 init_return_column_size (mode, mem, DWARF_ALT_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN);
643 targetm.init_dwarf_reg_sizes_extra (address);
646 /* Convert a DWARF call frame info. operation to its string name */
649 dwarf_cfi_name (unsigned int cfi_opc)
653 case DW_CFA_advance_loc:
654 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc";
656 return "DW_CFA_offset";
658 return "DW_CFA_restore";
662 return "DW_CFA_set_loc";
663 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1:
664 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc1";
665 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2:
666 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc2";
667 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4:
668 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc4";
669 case DW_CFA_offset_extended:
670 return "DW_CFA_offset_extended";
671 case DW_CFA_restore_extended:
672 return "DW_CFA_restore_extended";
673 case DW_CFA_undefined:
674 return "DW_CFA_undefined";
675 case DW_CFA_same_value:
676 return "DW_CFA_same_value";
677 case DW_CFA_register:
678 return "DW_CFA_register";
679 case DW_CFA_remember_state:
680 return "DW_CFA_remember_state";
681 case DW_CFA_restore_state:
682 return "DW_CFA_restore_state";
684 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa";
685 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register:
686 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_register";
687 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset:
688 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset";
691 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression:
692 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression";
693 case DW_CFA_expression:
694 return "DW_CFA_expression";
695 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf:
696 return "DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf";
697 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
698 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf";
699 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf:
700 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf";
702 /* SGI/MIPS specific */
703 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8:
704 return "DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8";
707 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save:
708 return "DW_CFA_GNU_window_save";
709 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size:
710 return "DW_CFA_GNU_args_size";
711 case DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended:
712 return "DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended";
715 return "DW_CFA_<unknown>";
719 /* Return a pointer to a newly allocated Call Frame Instruction. */
721 static inline dw_cfi_ref
724 dw_cfi_ref cfi = GGC_NEW (dw_cfi_node);
726 cfi->dw_cfi_next = NULL;
727 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num = 0;
728 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_reg_num = 0;
733 /* Add a Call Frame Instruction to list of instructions. */
736 add_cfi (dw_cfi_ref *list_head, dw_cfi_ref cfi)
739 dw_fde_ref fde = current_fde ();
741 /* When DRAP is used, CFA is defined with an expression. Redefine
742 CFA may lead to a different CFA value. */
743 /* ??? Of course, this heuristic fails when we're annotating epilogues,
744 because of course we'll always want to redefine the CFA back to the
745 stack pointer on the way out. Where should we move this check? */
746 if (0 && fde && fde->drap_reg != INVALID_REGNUM)
747 switch (cfi->dw_cfi_opc)
749 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register:
750 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset:
751 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf:
753 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
760 /* Find the end of the chain. */
761 for (p = list_head; (*p) != NULL; p = &(*p)->dw_cfi_next)
767 /* Generate a new label for the CFI info to refer to. FORCE is true
768 if a label needs to be output even when using .cfi_* directives. */
771 dwarf2out_cfi_label (bool force)
773 static char label[20];
775 if (!force && dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ())
777 /* In this case, we will be emitting the asm directive instead of
778 the label, so just return a placeholder to keep the rest of the
780 strcpy (label, "<do not output>");
784 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, "LCFI", dwarf2out_cfi_label_num++);
785 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, label);
791 /* True if remember_state should be emitted before following CFI directive. */
792 static bool emit_cfa_remember;
794 /* Add CFI to the current fde at the PC value indicated by LABEL if specified,
795 or to the CIE if LABEL is NULL. */
798 add_fde_cfi (const char *label, dw_cfi_ref cfi)
800 dw_cfi_ref *list_head;
802 if (emit_cfa_remember)
804 dw_cfi_ref cfi_remember;
806 /* Emit the state save. */
807 emit_cfa_remember = false;
808 cfi_remember = new_cfi ();
809 cfi_remember->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_remember_state;
810 add_fde_cfi (label, cfi_remember);
813 list_head = &cie_cfi_head;
815 if (dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ())
819 dw_fde_ref fde = current_fde ();
821 gcc_assert (fde != NULL);
823 /* We still have to add the cfi to the list so that lookup_cfa
824 works later on. When -g2 and above we even need to force
825 emitting of CFI labels and add to list a DW_CFA_set_loc for
826 convert_cfa_to_fb_loc_list purposes. If we're generating
827 DWARF3 output we use DW_OP_call_frame_cfa and so don't use
828 convert_cfa_to_fb_loc_list. */
829 if (dwarf_version == 2
830 && debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
831 && (write_symbols == DWARF2_DEBUG
832 || write_symbols == VMS_AND_DWARF2_DEBUG))
834 switch (cfi->dw_cfi_opc)
836 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset:
837 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf:
838 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register:
840 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
841 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression:
842 case DW_CFA_restore_state:
843 if (*label == 0 || strcmp (label, "<do not output>") == 0)
844 label = dwarf2out_cfi_label (true);
846 if (fde->dw_fde_current_label == NULL
847 || strcmp (label, fde->dw_fde_current_label) != 0)
851 label = xstrdup (label);
853 /* Set the location counter to the new label. */
855 /* It doesn't metter whether DW_CFA_set_loc
856 or DW_CFA_advance_loc4 is added here, those aren't
857 emitted into assembly, only looked up by
858 convert_cfa_to_fb_loc_list. */
859 xcfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_set_loc;
860 xcfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr = label;
861 add_cfi (&fde->dw_fde_cfi, xcfi);
862 fde->dw_fde_current_label = label;
870 output_cfi_directive (cfi);
872 list_head = &fde->dw_fde_cfi;
874 /* ??? If this is a CFI for the CIE, we don't emit. This
875 assumes that the standard CIE contents that the assembler
876 uses matches the standard CIE contents that the compiler
877 uses. This is probably a bad assumption. I'm not quite
878 sure how to address this for now. */
882 dw_fde_ref fde = current_fde ();
884 gcc_assert (fde != NULL);
887 label = dwarf2out_cfi_label (false);
889 if (fde->dw_fde_current_label == NULL
890 || strcmp (label, fde->dw_fde_current_label) != 0)
894 label = xstrdup (label);
896 /* Set the location counter to the new label. */
898 /* If we have a current label, advance from there, otherwise
899 set the location directly using set_loc. */
900 xcfi->dw_cfi_opc = fde->dw_fde_current_label
901 ? DW_CFA_advance_loc4
903 xcfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr = label;
904 add_cfi (&fde->dw_fde_cfi, xcfi);
906 fde->dw_fde_current_label = label;
909 list_head = &fde->dw_fde_cfi;
912 add_cfi (list_head, cfi);
915 /* Subroutine of lookup_cfa. */
918 lookup_cfa_1 (dw_cfi_ref cfi, dw_cfa_location *loc, dw_cfa_location *remember)
920 switch (cfi->dw_cfi_opc)
922 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset:
923 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf:
924 loc->offset = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset;
926 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register:
927 loc->reg = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num;
930 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
931 loc->reg = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num;
932 loc->offset = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset;
934 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression:
935 get_cfa_from_loc_descr (loc, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_loc);
938 case DW_CFA_remember_state:
939 gcc_assert (!remember->in_use);
941 remember->in_use = 1;
943 case DW_CFA_restore_state:
944 gcc_assert (remember->in_use);
946 remember->in_use = 0;
954 /* Find the previous value for the CFA. */
957 lookup_cfa (dw_cfa_location *loc)
961 dw_cfa_location remember;
963 memset (loc, 0, sizeof (*loc));
964 loc->reg = INVALID_REGNUM;
967 for (cfi = cie_cfi_head; cfi; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
968 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi, loc, &remember);
970 fde = current_fde ();
972 for (cfi = fde->dw_fde_cfi; cfi; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
973 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi, loc, &remember);
976 /* The current rule for calculating the DWARF2 canonical frame address. */
977 static dw_cfa_location cfa;
979 /* The register used for saving registers to the stack, and its offset
981 static dw_cfa_location cfa_store;
983 /* The current save location around an epilogue. */
984 static dw_cfa_location cfa_remember;
986 /* The running total of the size of arguments pushed onto the stack. */
987 static HOST_WIDE_INT args_size;
989 /* The last args_size we actually output. */
990 static HOST_WIDE_INT old_args_size;
992 /* Entry point to update the canonical frame address (CFA).
993 LABEL is passed to add_fde_cfi. The value of CFA is now to be
994 calculated from REG+OFFSET. */
997 dwarf2out_def_cfa (const char *label, unsigned int reg, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
1001 loc.base_offset = 0;
1003 loc.offset = offset;
1004 def_cfa_1 (label, &loc);
1007 /* Determine if two dw_cfa_location structures define the same data. */
1010 cfa_equal_p (const dw_cfa_location *loc1, const dw_cfa_location *loc2)
1012 return (loc1->reg == loc2->reg
1013 && loc1->offset == loc2->offset
1014 && loc1->indirect == loc2->indirect
1015 && (loc1->indirect == 0
1016 || loc1->base_offset == loc2->base_offset));
1019 /* This routine does the actual work. The CFA is now calculated from
1020 the dw_cfa_location structure. */
1023 def_cfa_1 (const char *label, dw_cfa_location *loc_p)
1026 dw_cfa_location old_cfa, loc;
1031 if (cfa_store.reg == loc.reg && loc.indirect == 0)
1032 cfa_store.offset = loc.offset;
1034 loc.reg = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (loc.reg);
1035 lookup_cfa (&old_cfa);
1037 /* If nothing changed, no need to issue any call frame instructions. */
1038 if (cfa_equal_p (&loc, &old_cfa))
1043 if (loc.reg == old_cfa.reg && !loc.indirect && !old_cfa.indirect)
1045 /* Construct a "DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset <offset>" instruction, indicating
1046 the CFA register did not change but the offset did. The data
1047 factoring for DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf happens in output_cfi, or
1048 in the assembler via the .cfi_def_cfa_offset directive. */
1050 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf;
1052 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset;
1053 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset = loc.offset;
1056 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO /* SGI dbx thinks this means no offset. */
1057 else if (loc.offset == old_cfa.offset
1058 && old_cfa.reg != INVALID_REGNUM
1060 && !old_cfa.indirect)
1062 /* Construct a "DW_CFA_def_cfa_register <register>" instruction,
1063 indicating the CFA register has changed to <register> but the
1064 offset has not changed. */
1065 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa_register;
1066 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num = loc.reg;
1070 else if (loc.indirect == 0)
1072 /* Construct a "DW_CFA_def_cfa <register> <offset>" instruction,
1073 indicating the CFA register has changed to <register> with
1074 the specified offset. The data factoring for DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
1075 happens in output_cfi, or in the assembler via the .cfi_def_cfa
1078 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf;
1080 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa;
1081 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num = loc.reg;
1082 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset = loc.offset;
1086 /* Construct a DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression instruction to
1087 calculate the CFA using a full location expression since no
1088 register-offset pair is available. */
1089 struct dw_loc_descr_struct *loc_list;
1091 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression;
1092 loc_list = build_cfa_loc (&loc, 0);
1093 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_loc = loc_list;
1096 add_fde_cfi (label, cfi);
1099 /* Add the CFI for saving a register. REG is the CFA column number.
1100 LABEL is passed to add_fde_cfi.
1101 If SREG is -1, the register is saved at OFFSET from the CFA;
1102 otherwise it is saved in SREG. */
1105 reg_save (const char *label, unsigned int reg, unsigned int sreg, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
1107 dw_cfi_ref cfi = new_cfi ();
1108 dw_fde_ref fde = current_fde ();
1110 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num = reg;
1112 /* When stack is aligned, store REG using DW_CFA_expression with
1115 && fde->stack_realign
1116 && sreg == INVALID_REGNUM)
1118 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_expression;
1119 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num = reg;
1120 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_loc
1121 = build_cfa_aligned_loc (offset, fde->stack_realignment);
1123 else if (sreg == INVALID_REGNUM)
1125 if (need_data_align_sf_opcode (offset))
1126 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf;
1127 else if (reg & ~0x3f)
1128 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_offset_extended;
1130 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_offset;
1131 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset = offset;
1133 else if (sreg == reg)
1134 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_same_value;
1137 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_register;
1138 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_reg_num = sreg;
1141 add_fde_cfi (label, cfi);
1144 /* Add the CFI for saving a register window. LABEL is passed to reg_save.
1145 This CFI tells the unwinder that it needs to restore the window registers
1146 from the previous frame's window save area.
1148 ??? Perhaps we should note in the CIE where windows are saved (instead of
1149 assuming 0(cfa)) and what registers are in the window. */
1152 dwarf2out_window_save (const char *label)
1154 dw_cfi_ref cfi = new_cfi ();
1156 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_GNU_window_save;
1157 add_fde_cfi (label, cfi);
1160 /* Entry point for saving a register to the stack. REG is the GCC register
1161 number. LABEL and OFFSET are passed to reg_save. */
1164 dwarf2out_reg_save (const char *label, unsigned int reg, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
1166 reg_save (label, DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (reg), INVALID_REGNUM, offset);
1169 /* Entry point for saving the return address in the stack.
1170 LABEL and OFFSET are passed to reg_save. */
1173 dwarf2out_return_save (const char *label, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
1175 reg_save (label, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN, INVALID_REGNUM, offset);
1178 /* Entry point for saving the return address in a register.
1179 LABEL and SREG are passed to reg_save. */
1182 dwarf2out_return_reg (const char *label, unsigned int sreg)
1184 reg_save (label, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN, DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (sreg), 0);
1187 #ifdef DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
1188 /* Record the initial position of the return address. RTL is
1189 INCOMING_RETURN_ADDR_RTX. */
1192 initial_return_save (rtx rtl)
1194 unsigned int reg = INVALID_REGNUM;
1195 HOST_WIDE_INT offset = 0;
1197 switch (GET_CODE (rtl))
1200 /* RA is in a register. */
1201 reg = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (rtl));
1205 /* RA is on the stack. */
1206 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 0);
1207 switch (GET_CODE (rtl))
1210 gcc_assert (REGNO (rtl) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM);
1215 gcc_assert (REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM);
1216 offset = INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1));
1220 gcc_assert (REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM);
1221 offset = -INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1));
1231 /* The return address is at some offset from any value we can
1232 actually load. For instance, on the SPARC it is in %i7+8. Just
1233 ignore the offset for now; it doesn't matter for unwinding frames. */
1234 gcc_assert (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl, 1)));
1235 initial_return_save (XEXP (rtl, 0));
1242 if (reg != DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN)
1243 reg_save (NULL, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN, reg, offset - cfa.offset);
1247 /* Given a SET, calculate the amount of stack adjustment it
1250 static HOST_WIDE_INT
1251 stack_adjust_offset (const_rtx pattern, HOST_WIDE_INT cur_args_size,
1252 HOST_WIDE_INT cur_offset)
1254 const_rtx src = SET_SRC (pattern);
1255 const_rtx dest = SET_DEST (pattern);
1256 HOST_WIDE_INT offset = 0;
1259 if (dest == stack_pointer_rtx)
1261 code = GET_CODE (src);
1263 /* Assume (set (reg sp) (reg whatever)) sets args_size
1265 if (code == REG && src != stack_pointer_rtx)
1267 offset = -cur_args_size;
1268 #ifndef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
1271 return offset - cur_offset;
1274 if (! (code == PLUS || code == MINUS)
1275 || XEXP (src, 0) != stack_pointer_rtx
1276 || !CONST_INT_P (XEXP (src, 1)))
1279 /* (set (reg sp) (plus (reg sp) (const_int))) */
1280 offset = INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
1286 if (MEM_P (src) && !MEM_P (dest))
1290 /* (set (mem (pre_dec (reg sp))) (foo)) */
1291 src = XEXP (dest, 0);
1292 code = GET_CODE (src);
1298 if (XEXP (src, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx)
1300 rtx val = XEXP (XEXP (src, 1), 1);
1301 /* We handle only adjustments by constant amount. */
1302 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 1)) == PLUS
1303 && CONST_INT_P (val));
1304 offset = -INTVAL (val);
1311 if (XEXP (src, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx)
1313 offset = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest));
1320 if (XEXP (src, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx)
1322 offset = -GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest));
1337 /* Precomputed args_size for CODE_LABELs and BARRIERs preceeding them,
1338 indexed by INSN_UID. */
1340 static HOST_WIDE_INT *barrier_args_size;
1342 /* Helper function for compute_barrier_args_size. Handle one insn. */
1344 static HOST_WIDE_INT
1345 compute_barrier_args_size_1 (rtx insn, HOST_WIDE_INT cur_args_size,
1346 VEC (rtx, heap) **next)
1348 HOST_WIDE_INT offset = 0;
1351 if (! RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (insn))
1353 if (prologue_epilogue_contains (insn))
1355 else if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == SET)
1356 offset = stack_adjust_offset (PATTERN (insn), cur_args_size, 0);
1357 else if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == PARALLEL
1358 || GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == SEQUENCE)
1360 /* There may be stack adjustments inside compound insns. Search
1362 for (i = XVECLEN (PATTERN (insn), 0) - 1; i >= 0; i--)
1363 if (GET_CODE (XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn), 0, i)) == SET)
1364 offset += stack_adjust_offset (XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn), 0, i),
1365 cur_args_size, offset);
1370 rtx expr = find_reg_note (insn, REG_FRAME_RELATED_EXPR, NULL_RTX);
1374 expr = XEXP (expr, 0);
1375 if (GET_CODE (expr) == PARALLEL
1376 || GET_CODE (expr) == SEQUENCE)
1377 for (i = 1; i < XVECLEN (expr, 0); i++)
1379 rtx elem = XVECEXP (expr, 0, i);
1381 if (GET_CODE (elem) == SET && !RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (elem))
1382 offset += stack_adjust_offset (elem, cur_args_size, offset);
1387 #ifndef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
1391 cur_args_size += offset;
1392 if (cur_args_size < 0)
1397 rtx dest = JUMP_LABEL (insn);
1401 if (barrier_args_size [INSN_UID (dest)] < 0)
1403 barrier_args_size [INSN_UID (dest)] = cur_args_size;
1404 VEC_safe_push (rtx, heap, *next, dest);
1409 return cur_args_size;
1412 /* Walk the whole function and compute args_size on BARRIERs. */
1415 compute_barrier_args_size (void)
1417 int max_uid = get_max_uid (), i;
1419 VEC (rtx, heap) *worklist, *next, *tmp;
1421 barrier_args_size = XNEWVEC (HOST_WIDE_INT, max_uid);
1422 for (i = 0; i < max_uid; i++)
1423 barrier_args_size[i] = -1;
1425 worklist = VEC_alloc (rtx, heap, 20);
1426 next = VEC_alloc (rtx, heap, 20);
1427 insn = get_insns ();
1428 barrier_args_size[INSN_UID (insn)] = 0;
1429 VEC_quick_push (rtx, worklist, insn);
1432 while (!VEC_empty (rtx, worklist))
1434 rtx prev, body, first_insn;
1435 HOST_WIDE_INT cur_args_size;
1437 first_insn = insn = VEC_pop (rtx, worklist);
1438 cur_args_size = barrier_args_size[INSN_UID (insn)];
1439 prev = prev_nonnote_insn (insn);
1440 if (prev && BARRIER_P (prev))
1441 barrier_args_size[INSN_UID (prev)] = cur_args_size;
1443 for (; insn; insn = NEXT_INSN (insn))
1445 if (INSN_DELETED_P (insn) || NOTE_P (insn))
1447 if (BARRIER_P (insn))
1452 if (insn == first_insn)
1454 else if (barrier_args_size[INSN_UID (insn)] < 0)
1456 barrier_args_size[INSN_UID (insn)] = cur_args_size;
1461 /* The insns starting with this label have been
1462 already scanned or are in the worklist. */
1467 body = PATTERN (insn);
1468 if (GET_CODE (body) == SEQUENCE)
1470 HOST_WIDE_INT dest_args_size = cur_args_size;
1471 for (i = 1; i < XVECLEN (body, 0); i++)
1472 if (INSN_ANNULLED_BRANCH_P (XVECEXP (body, 0, 0))
1473 && INSN_FROM_TARGET_P (XVECEXP (body, 0, i)))
1475 = compute_barrier_args_size_1 (XVECEXP (body, 0, i),
1476 dest_args_size, &next);
1479 = compute_barrier_args_size_1 (XVECEXP (body, 0, i),
1480 cur_args_size, &next);
1482 if (INSN_ANNULLED_BRANCH_P (XVECEXP (body, 0, 0)))
1483 compute_barrier_args_size_1 (XVECEXP (body, 0, 0),
1484 dest_args_size, &next);
1487 = compute_barrier_args_size_1 (XVECEXP (body, 0, 0),
1488 cur_args_size, &next);
1492 = compute_barrier_args_size_1 (insn, cur_args_size, &next);
1496 if (VEC_empty (rtx, next))
1499 /* Swap WORKLIST with NEXT and truncate NEXT for next iteration. */
1503 VEC_truncate (rtx, next, 0);
1506 VEC_free (rtx, heap, worklist);
1507 VEC_free (rtx, heap, next);
1510 /* Add a CFI to update the running total of the size of arguments
1511 pushed onto the stack. */
1514 dwarf2out_args_size (const char *label, HOST_WIDE_INT size)
1518 if (size == old_args_size)
1521 old_args_size = size;
1524 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_GNU_args_size;
1525 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset = size;
1526 add_fde_cfi (label, cfi);
1529 /* Record a stack adjustment of OFFSET bytes. */
1532 dwarf2out_stack_adjust (HOST_WIDE_INT offset, const char *label)
1534 if (cfa.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1535 cfa.offset += offset;
1537 if (cfa_store.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1538 cfa_store.offset += offset;
1540 if (ACCUMULATE_OUTGOING_ARGS)
1543 #ifndef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
1547 args_size += offset;
1551 def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa);
1552 if (flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables)
1553 dwarf2out_args_size (label, args_size);
1556 /* Check INSN to see if it looks like a push or a stack adjustment, and
1557 make a note of it if it does. EH uses this information to find out
1558 how much extra space it needs to pop off the stack. */
1561 dwarf2out_notice_stack_adjust (rtx insn, bool after_p)
1563 HOST_WIDE_INT offset;
1567 /* Don't handle epilogues at all. Certainly it would be wrong to do so
1568 with this function. Proper support would require all frame-related
1569 insns to be marked, and to be able to handle saving state around
1570 epilogues textually in the middle of the function. */
1571 if (prologue_epilogue_contains (insn))
1574 /* If INSN is an instruction from target of an annulled branch, the
1575 effects are for the target only and so current argument size
1576 shouldn't change at all. */
1578 && INSN_ANNULLED_BRANCH_P (XVECEXP (final_sequence, 0, 0))
1579 && INSN_FROM_TARGET_P (insn))
1582 /* If only calls can throw, and we have a frame pointer,
1583 save up adjustments until we see the CALL_INSN. */
1584 if (!flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables && cfa.reg != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1586 if (CALL_P (insn) && !after_p)
1588 /* Extract the size of the args from the CALL rtx itself. */
1589 insn = PATTERN (insn);
1590 if (GET_CODE (insn) == PARALLEL)
1591 insn = XVECEXP (insn, 0, 0);
1592 if (GET_CODE (insn) == SET)
1593 insn = SET_SRC (insn);
1594 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (insn) == CALL);
1595 dwarf2out_args_size ("", INTVAL (XEXP (insn, 1)));
1600 if (CALL_P (insn) && !after_p)
1602 if (!flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables)
1603 dwarf2out_args_size ("", args_size);
1606 else if (BARRIER_P (insn))
1608 /* Don't call compute_barrier_args_size () if the only
1609 BARRIER is at the end of function. */
1610 if (barrier_args_size == NULL && next_nonnote_insn (insn))
1611 compute_barrier_args_size ();
1612 if (barrier_args_size == NULL)
1616 offset = barrier_args_size[INSN_UID (insn)];
1621 offset -= args_size;
1622 #ifndef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
1626 else if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == SET)
1627 offset = stack_adjust_offset (PATTERN (insn), args_size, 0);
1628 else if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == PARALLEL
1629 || GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == SEQUENCE)
1631 /* There may be stack adjustments inside compound insns. Search
1633 for (offset = 0, i = XVECLEN (PATTERN (insn), 0) - 1; i >= 0; i--)
1634 if (GET_CODE (XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn), 0, i)) == SET)
1635 offset += stack_adjust_offset (XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn), 0, i),
1644 label = dwarf2out_cfi_label (false);
1645 dwarf2out_stack_adjust (offset, label);
1650 /* We delay emitting a register save until either (a) we reach the end
1651 of the prologue or (b) the register is clobbered. This clusters
1652 register saves so that there are fewer pc advances. */
1654 struct GTY(()) queued_reg_save {
1655 struct queued_reg_save *next;
1657 HOST_WIDE_INT cfa_offset;
1661 static GTY(()) struct queued_reg_save *queued_reg_saves;
1663 /* The caller's ORIG_REG is saved in SAVED_IN_REG. */
1664 struct GTY(()) reg_saved_in_data {
1669 /* A list of registers saved in other registers.
1670 The list intentionally has a small maximum capacity of 4; if your
1671 port needs more than that, you might consider implementing a
1672 more efficient data structure. */
1673 static GTY(()) struct reg_saved_in_data regs_saved_in_regs[4];
1674 static GTY(()) size_t num_regs_saved_in_regs;
1676 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
1677 static const char *last_reg_save_label;
1679 /* Add an entry to QUEUED_REG_SAVES saying that REG is now saved at
1680 SREG, or if SREG is NULL then it is saved at OFFSET to the CFA. */
1683 queue_reg_save (const char *label, rtx reg, rtx sreg, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
1685 struct queued_reg_save *q;
1687 /* Duplicates waste space, but it's also necessary to remove them
1688 for correctness, since the queue gets output in reverse
1690 for (q = queued_reg_saves; q != NULL; q = q->next)
1691 if (REGNO (q->reg) == REGNO (reg))
1696 q = GGC_NEW (struct queued_reg_save);
1697 q->next = queued_reg_saves;
1698 queued_reg_saves = q;
1702 q->cfa_offset = offset;
1703 q->saved_reg = sreg;
1705 last_reg_save_label = label;
1708 /* Output all the entries in QUEUED_REG_SAVES. */
1711 flush_queued_reg_saves (void)
1713 struct queued_reg_save *q;
1715 for (q = queued_reg_saves; q; q = q->next)
1718 unsigned int reg, sreg;
1720 for (i = 0; i < num_regs_saved_in_regs; i++)
1721 if (REGNO (regs_saved_in_regs[i].orig_reg) == REGNO (q->reg))
1723 if (q->saved_reg && i == num_regs_saved_in_regs)
1725 gcc_assert (i != ARRAY_SIZE (regs_saved_in_regs));
1726 num_regs_saved_in_regs++;
1728 if (i != num_regs_saved_in_regs)
1730 regs_saved_in_regs[i].orig_reg = q->reg;
1731 regs_saved_in_regs[i].saved_in_reg = q->saved_reg;
1734 reg = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (q->reg));
1736 sreg = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (q->saved_reg));
1738 sreg = INVALID_REGNUM;
1739 reg_save (last_reg_save_label, reg, sreg, q->cfa_offset);
1742 queued_reg_saves = NULL;
1743 last_reg_save_label = NULL;
1746 /* Does INSN clobber any register which QUEUED_REG_SAVES lists a saved
1747 location for? Or, does it clobber a register which we've previously
1748 said that some other register is saved in, and for which we now
1749 have a new location for? */
1752 clobbers_queued_reg_save (const_rtx insn)
1754 struct queued_reg_save *q;
1756 for (q = queued_reg_saves; q; q = q->next)
1759 if (modified_in_p (q->reg, insn))
1761 for (i = 0; i < num_regs_saved_in_regs; i++)
1762 if (REGNO (q->reg) == REGNO (regs_saved_in_regs[i].orig_reg)
1763 && modified_in_p (regs_saved_in_regs[i].saved_in_reg, insn))
1770 /* Entry point for saving the first register into the second. */
1773 dwarf2out_reg_save_reg (const char *label, rtx reg, rtx sreg)
1776 unsigned int regno, sregno;
1778 for (i = 0; i < num_regs_saved_in_regs; i++)
1779 if (REGNO (regs_saved_in_regs[i].orig_reg) == REGNO (reg))
1781 if (i == num_regs_saved_in_regs)
1783 gcc_assert (i != ARRAY_SIZE (regs_saved_in_regs));
1784 num_regs_saved_in_regs++;
1786 regs_saved_in_regs[i].orig_reg = reg;
1787 regs_saved_in_regs[i].saved_in_reg = sreg;
1789 regno = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (reg));
1790 sregno = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (sreg));
1791 reg_save (label, regno, sregno, 0);
1794 /* What register, if any, is currently saved in REG? */
1797 reg_saved_in (rtx reg)
1799 unsigned int regn = REGNO (reg);
1801 struct queued_reg_save *q;
1803 for (q = queued_reg_saves; q; q = q->next)
1804 if (q->saved_reg && regn == REGNO (q->saved_reg))
1807 for (i = 0; i < num_regs_saved_in_regs; i++)
1808 if (regs_saved_in_regs[i].saved_in_reg
1809 && regn == REGNO (regs_saved_in_regs[i].saved_in_reg))
1810 return regs_saved_in_regs[i].orig_reg;
1816 /* A temporary register holding an integral value used in adjusting SP
1817 or setting up the store_reg. The "offset" field holds the integer
1818 value, not an offset. */
1819 static dw_cfa_location cfa_temp;
1821 /* A subroutine of dwarf2out_frame_debug, process a REG_DEF_CFA note. */
1824 dwarf2out_frame_debug_def_cfa (rtx pat, const char *label)
1826 memset (&cfa, 0, sizeof (cfa));
1828 switch (GET_CODE (pat))
1831 cfa.reg = REGNO (XEXP (pat, 0));
1832 cfa.offset = INTVAL (XEXP (pat, 1));
1836 cfa.reg = REGNO (pat);
1840 /* Recurse and define an expression. */
1844 def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa);
1847 /* A subroutine of dwarf2out_frame_debug, process a REG_ADJUST_CFA note. */
1850 dwarf2out_frame_debug_adjust_cfa (rtx pat, const char *label)
1854 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (pat) == SET);
1855 dest = XEXP (pat, 0);
1856 src = XEXP (pat, 1);
1858 switch (GET_CODE (src))
1861 gcc_assert (REGNO (XEXP (src, 0)) == cfa.reg);
1862 cfa.offset -= INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
1872 cfa.reg = REGNO (dest);
1873 gcc_assert (cfa.indirect == 0);
1875 def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa);
1878 /* A subroutine of dwarf2out_frame_debug, process a REG_CFA_OFFSET note. */
1881 dwarf2out_frame_debug_cfa_offset (rtx set, const char *label)
1883 HOST_WIDE_INT offset;
1884 rtx src, addr, span;
1886 src = XEXP (set, 1);
1887 addr = XEXP (set, 0);
1888 gcc_assert (MEM_P (addr));
1889 addr = XEXP (addr, 0);
1891 /* As documented, only consider extremely simple addresses. */
1892 switch (GET_CODE (addr))
1895 gcc_assert (REGNO (addr) == cfa.reg);
1896 offset = -cfa.offset;
1899 gcc_assert (REGNO (XEXP (addr, 0)) == cfa.reg);
1900 offset = INTVAL (XEXP (addr, 1)) - cfa.offset;
1906 span = targetm.dwarf_register_span (src);
1908 /* ??? We'd like to use queue_reg_save, but we need to come up with
1909 a different flushing heuristic for epilogues. */
1911 reg_save (label, DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (src)), INVALID_REGNUM, offset);
1914 /* We have a PARALLEL describing where the contents of SRC live.
1915 Queue register saves for each piece of the PARALLEL. */
1918 HOST_WIDE_INT span_offset = offset;
1920 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (span) == PARALLEL);
1922 limit = XVECLEN (span, 0);
1923 for (par_index = 0; par_index < limit; par_index++)
1925 rtx elem = XVECEXP (span, 0, par_index);
1927 reg_save (label, DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (elem)),
1928 INVALID_REGNUM, span_offset);
1929 span_offset += GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (elem));
1934 /* A subroutine of dwarf2out_frame_debug, process a REG_CFA_REGISTER note. */
1937 dwarf2out_frame_debug_cfa_register (rtx set, const char *label)
1940 unsigned sregno, dregno;
1942 src = XEXP (set, 1);
1943 dest = XEXP (set, 0);
1946 sregno = DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN;
1948 sregno = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (src));
1950 dregno = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (dest));
1952 /* ??? We'd like to use queue_reg_save, but we need to come up with
1953 a different flushing heuristic for epilogues. */
1954 reg_save (label, sregno, dregno, 0);
1957 /* A subroutine of dwarf2out_frame_debug, process a REG_CFA_RESTORE note. */
1960 dwarf2out_frame_debug_cfa_restore (rtx reg, const char *label)
1962 dw_cfi_ref cfi = new_cfi ();
1963 unsigned int regno = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (reg));
1965 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = (regno & ~0x3f ? DW_CFA_restore_extended : DW_CFA_restore);
1966 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num = regno;
1968 add_fde_cfi (label, cfi);
1971 /* Record call frame debugging information for an expression EXPR,
1972 which either sets SP or FP (adjusting how we calculate the frame
1973 address) or saves a register to the stack or another register.
1974 LABEL indicates the address of EXPR.
1976 This function encodes a state machine mapping rtxes to actions on
1977 cfa, cfa_store, and cfa_temp.reg. We describe these rules so
1978 users need not read the source code.
1980 The High-Level Picture
1982 Changes in the register we use to calculate the CFA: Currently we
1983 assume that if you copy the CFA register into another register, we
1984 should take the other one as the new CFA register; this seems to
1985 work pretty well. If it's wrong for some target, it's simple
1986 enough not to set RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P on the insn in question.
1988 Changes in the register we use for saving registers to the stack:
1989 This is usually SP, but not always. Again, we deduce that if you
1990 copy SP into another register (and SP is not the CFA register),
1991 then the new register is the one we will be using for register
1992 saves. This also seems to work.
1994 Register saves: There's not much guesswork about this one; if
1995 RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P is set on an insn which modifies memory, it's a
1996 register save, and the register used to calculate the destination
1997 had better be the one we think we're using for this purpose.
1998 It's also assumed that a copy from a call-saved register to another
1999 register is saving that register if RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P is set on
2000 that instruction. If the copy is from a call-saved register to
2001 the *same* register, that means that the register is now the same
2002 value as in the caller.
2004 Except: If the register being saved is the CFA register, and the
2005 offset is nonzero, we are saving the CFA, so we assume we have to
2006 use DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression. If the offset is 0, we assume that
2007 the intent is to save the value of SP from the previous frame.
2009 In addition, if a register has previously been saved to a different
2012 Invariants / Summaries of Rules
2014 cfa current rule for calculating the CFA. It usually
2015 consists of a register and an offset.
2016 cfa_store register used by prologue code to save things to the stack
2017 cfa_store.offset is the offset from the value of
2018 cfa_store.reg to the actual CFA
2019 cfa_temp register holding an integral value. cfa_temp.offset
2020 stores the value, which will be used to adjust the
2021 stack pointer. cfa_temp is also used like cfa_store,
2022 to track stores to the stack via fp or a temp reg.
2024 Rules 1- 4: Setting a register's value to cfa.reg or an expression
2025 with cfa.reg as the first operand changes the cfa.reg and its
2026 cfa.offset. Rule 1 and 4 also set cfa_temp.reg and
2029 Rules 6- 9: Set a non-cfa.reg register value to a constant or an
2030 expression yielding a constant. This sets cfa_temp.reg
2031 and cfa_temp.offset.
2033 Rule 5: Create a new register cfa_store used to save items to the
2036 Rules 10-14: Save a register to the stack. Define offset as the
2037 difference of the original location and cfa_store's
2038 location (or cfa_temp's location if cfa_temp is used).
2040 Rules 16-20: If AND operation happens on sp in prologue, we assume
2041 stack is realigned. We will use a group of DW_OP_XXX
2042 expressions to represent the location of the stored
2043 register instead of CFA+offset.
2047 "{a,b}" indicates a choice of a xor b.
2048 "<reg>:cfa.reg" indicates that <reg> must equal cfa.reg.
2051 (set <reg1> <reg2>:cfa.reg)
2052 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
2053 cfa.offset unchanged
2054 cfa_temp.reg = <reg1>
2055 cfa_temp.offset = cfa.offset
2058 (set sp ({minus,plus,losum} {sp,fp}:cfa.reg
2059 {<const_int>,<reg>:cfa_temp.reg}))
2060 effects: cfa.reg = sp if fp used
2061 cfa.offset += {+/- <const_int>, cfa_temp.offset} if cfa.reg==sp
2062 cfa_store.offset += {+/- <const_int>, cfa_temp.offset}
2063 if cfa_store.reg==sp
2066 (set fp ({minus,plus,losum} <reg>:cfa.reg <const_int>))
2067 effects: cfa.reg = fp
2068 cfa_offset += +/- <const_int>
2071 (set <reg1> ({plus,losum} <reg2>:cfa.reg <const_int>))
2072 constraints: <reg1> != fp
2074 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
2075 cfa_temp.reg = <reg1>
2076 cfa_temp.offset = cfa.offset
2079 (set <reg1> (plus <reg2>:cfa_temp.reg sp:cfa.reg))
2080 constraints: <reg1> != fp
2082 effects: cfa_store.reg = <reg1>
2083 cfa_store.offset = cfa.offset - cfa_temp.offset
2086 (set <reg> <const_int>)
2087 effects: cfa_temp.reg = <reg>
2088 cfa_temp.offset = <const_int>
2091 (set <reg1>:cfa_temp.reg (ior <reg2>:cfa_temp.reg <const_int>))
2092 effects: cfa_temp.reg = <reg1>
2093 cfa_temp.offset |= <const_int>
2096 (set <reg> (high <exp>))
2100 (set <reg> (lo_sum <exp> <const_int>))
2101 effects: cfa_temp.reg = <reg>
2102 cfa_temp.offset = <const_int>
2105 (set (mem (pre_modify sp:cfa_store (???? <reg1> <const_int>))) <reg2>)
2106 effects: cfa_store.offset -= <const_int>
2107 cfa.offset = cfa_store.offset if cfa.reg == sp
2109 cfa.base_offset = -cfa_store.offset
2112 (set (mem ({pre_inc,pre_dec} sp:cfa_store.reg)) <reg>)
2113 effects: cfa_store.offset += -/+ mode_size(mem)
2114 cfa.offset = cfa_store.offset if cfa.reg == sp
2116 cfa.base_offset = -cfa_store.offset
2119 (set (mem ({minus,plus,losum} <reg1>:{cfa_store,cfa_temp} <const_int>))
2122 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
2123 cfa.base_offset = -/+ <const_int> - {cfa_store,cfa_temp}.offset
2126 (set (mem <reg1>:{cfa_store,cfa_temp}) <reg2>)
2127 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
2128 cfa.base_offset = -{cfa_store,cfa_temp}.offset
2131 (set (mem (postinc <reg1>:cfa_temp <const_int>)) <reg2>)
2132 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
2133 cfa.base_offset = -cfa_temp.offset
2134 cfa_temp.offset -= mode_size(mem)
2137 (set <reg> {unspec, unspec_volatile})
2138 effects: target-dependent
2141 (set sp (and: sp <const_int>))
2142 constraints: cfa_store.reg == sp
2143 effects: current_fde.stack_realign = 1
2144 cfa_store.offset = 0
2145 fde->drap_reg = cfa.reg if cfa.reg != sp and cfa.reg != fp
2148 (set (mem ({pre_inc, pre_dec} sp)) (mem (plus (cfa.reg) (const_int))))
2149 effects: cfa_store.offset += -/+ mode_size(mem)
2152 (set (mem ({pre_inc, pre_dec} sp)) fp)
2153 constraints: fde->stack_realign == 1
2154 effects: cfa_store.offset = 0
2155 cfa.reg != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
2158 (set (mem ({pre_inc, pre_dec} sp)) cfa.reg)
2159 constraints: fde->stack_realign == 1
2161 && cfa.indirect == 0
2162 && cfa.reg != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
2163 effects: Use DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression to define cfa
2164 cfa.reg == fde->drap_reg */
2167 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (rtx expr, const char *label)
2169 rtx src, dest, span;
2170 HOST_WIDE_INT offset;
2173 /* If RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P is set on a PARALLEL, process each member of
2174 the PARALLEL independently. The first element is always processed if
2175 it is a SET. This is for backward compatibility. Other elements
2176 are processed only if they are SETs and the RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P
2177 flag is set in them. */
2178 if (GET_CODE (expr) == PARALLEL || GET_CODE (expr) == SEQUENCE)
2181 int limit = XVECLEN (expr, 0);
2184 /* PARALLELs have strict read-modify-write semantics, so we
2185 ought to evaluate every rvalue before changing any lvalue.
2186 It's cumbersome to do that in general, but there's an
2187 easy approximation that is enough for all current users:
2188 handle register saves before register assignments. */
2189 if (GET_CODE (expr) == PARALLEL)
2190 for (par_index = 0; par_index < limit; par_index++)
2192 elem = XVECEXP (expr, 0, par_index);
2193 if (GET_CODE (elem) == SET
2194 && MEM_P (SET_DEST (elem))
2195 && (RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (elem) || par_index == 0))
2196 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (elem, label);
2199 for (par_index = 0; par_index < limit; par_index++)
2201 elem = XVECEXP (expr, 0, par_index);
2202 if (GET_CODE (elem) == SET
2203 && (!MEM_P (SET_DEST (elem)) || GET_CODE (expr) == SEQUENCE)
2204 && (RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (elem) || par_index == 0))
2205 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (elem, label);
2206 else if (GET_CODE (elem) == SET
2208 && !RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (elem))
2210 /* Stack adjustment combining might combine some post-prologue
2211 stack adjustment into a prologue stack adjustment. */
2212 HOST_WIDE_INT offset = stack_adjust_offset (elem, args_size, 0);
2215 dwarf2out_stack_adjust (offset, label);
2221 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (expr) == SET);
2223 src = SET_SRC (expr);
2224 dest = SET_DEST (expr);
2228 rtx rsi = reg_saved_in (src);
2233 fde = current_fde ();
2235 switch (GET_CODE (dest))
2238 switch (GET_CODE (src))
2240 /* Setting FP from SP. */
2242 if (cfa.reg == (unsigned) REGNO (src))
2245 /* Update the CFA rule wrt SP or FP. Make sure src is
2246 relative to the current CFA register.
2248 We used to require that dest be either SP or FP, but the
2249 ARM copies SP to a temporary register, and from there to
2250 FP. So we just rely on the backends to only set
2251 RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P on appropriate insns. */
2252 cfa.reg = REGNO (dest);
2253 cfa_temp.reg = cfa.reg;
2254 cfa_temp.offset = cfa.offset;
2258 /* Saving a register in a register. */
2259 gcc_assert (!fixed_regs [REGNO (dest)]
2260 /* For the SPARC and its register window. */
2261 || (DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (src))
2262 == DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN));
2264 /* After stack is aligned, we can only save SP in FP
2265 if drap register is used. In this case, we have
2266 to restore stack pointer with the CFA value and we
2267 don't generate this DWARF information. */
2269 && fde->stack_realign
2270 && REGNO (src) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
2271 gcc_assert (REGNO (dest) == HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
2272 && fde->drap_reg != INVALID_REGNUM
2273 && cfa.reg != REGNO (src));
2275 queue_reg_save (label, src, dest, 0);
2282 if (dest == stack_pointer_rtx)
2286 switch (GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 1)))
2289 offset = INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
2292 gcc_assert ((unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (src, 1))
2294 offset = cfa_temp.offset;
2300 if (XEXP (src, 0) == hard_frame_pointer_rtx)
2302 /* Restoring SP from FP in the epilogue. */
2303 gcc_assert (cfa.reg == (unsigned) HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM);
2304 cfa.reg = STACK_POINTER_REGNUM;
2306 else if (GET_CODE (src) == LO_SUM)
2307 /* Assume we've set the source reg of the LO_SUM from sp. */
2310 gcc_assert (XEXP (src, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx);
2312 if (GET_CODE (src) != MINUS)
2314 if (cfa.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
2315 cfa.offset += offset;
2316 if (cfa_store.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
2317 cfa_store.offset += offset;
2319 else if (dest == hard_frame_pointer_rtx)
2322 /* Either setting the FP from an offset of the SP,
2323 or adjusting the FP */
2324 gcc_assert (frame_pointer_needed);
2326 gcc_assert (REG_P (XEXP (src, 0))
2327 && (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (src, 0)) == cfa.reg
2328 && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (src, 1)));
2329 offset = INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
2330 if (GET_CODE (src) != MINUS)
2332 cfa.offset += offset;
2333 cfa.reg = HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM;
2337 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (src) != MINUS);
2340 if (REG_P (XEXP (src, 0))
2341 && REGNO (XEXP (src, 0)) == cfa.reg
2342 && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (src, 1)))
2344 /* Setting a temporary CFA register that will be copied
2345 into the FP later on. */
2346 offset = - INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
2347 cfa.offset += offset;
2348 cfa.reg = REGNO (dest);
2349 /* Or used to save regs to the stack. */
2350 cfa_temp.reg = cfa.reg;
2351 cfa_temp.offset = cfa.offset;
2355 else if (REG_P (XEXP (src, 0))
2356 && REGNO (XEXP (src, 0)) == cfa_temp.reg
2357 && XEXP (src, 1) == stack_pointer_rtx)
2359 /* Setting a scratch register that we will use instead
2360 of SP for saving registers to the stack. */
2361 gcc_assert (cfa.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM);
2362 cfa_store.reg = REGNO (dest);
2363 cfa_store.offset = cfa.offset - cfa_temp.offset;
2367 else if (GET_CODE (src) == LO_SUM
2368 && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (src, 1)))
2370 cfa_temp.reg = REGNO (dest);
2371 cfa_temp.offset = INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
2380 cfa_temp.reg = REGNO (dest);
2381 cfa_temp.offset = INTVAL (src);
2386 gcc_assert (REG_P (XEXP (src, 0))
2387 && (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (src, 0)) == cfa_temp.reg
2388 && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (src, 1)));
2390 if ((unsigned) REGNO (dest) != cfa_temp.reg)
2391 cfa_temp.reg = REGNO (dest);
2392 cfa_temp.offset |= INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
2395 /* Skip over HIGH, assuming it will be followed by a LO_SUM,
2396 which will fill in all of the bits. */
2403 case UNSPEC_VOLATILE:
2404 gcc_assert (targetm.dwarf_handle_frame_unspec);
2405 targetm.dwarf_handle_frame_unspec (label, expr, XINT (src, 1));
2410 /* If this AND operation happens on stack pointer in prologue,
2411 we assume the stack is realigned and we extract the
2413 if (fde && XEXP (src, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx)
2415 gcc_assert (cfa_store.reg == REGNO (XEXP (src, 0)));
2416 fde->stack_realign = 1;
2417 fde->stack_realignment = INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
2418 cfa_store.offset = 0;
2420 if (cfa.reg != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
2421 && cfa.reg != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM)
2422 fde->drap_reg = cfa.reg;
2430 def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa);
2435 /* Saving a register to the stack. Make sure dest is relative to the
2437 switch (GET_CODE (XEXP (dest, 0)))
2442 /* We can't handle variable size modifications. */
2443 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 1), 1))
2445 offset = -INTVAL (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 1), 1));
2447 gcc_assert (REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
2448 && cfa_store.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM);
2450 cfa_store.offset += offset;
2451 if (cfa.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
2452 cfa.offset = cfa_store.offset;
2454 offset = -cfa_store.offset;
2460 offset = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest));
2461 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (dest, 0)) == PRE_INC)
2464 gcc_assert ((REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 0))
2465 == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
2466 && cfa_store.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM);
2468 cfa_store.offset += offset;
2470 /* Rule 18: If stack is aligned, we will use FP as a
2471 reference to represent the address of the stored
2474 && fde->stack_realign
2475 && src == hard_frame_pointer_rtx)
2477 gcc_assert (cfa.reg != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM);
2478 cfa_store.offset = 0;
2481 if (cfa.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
2482 cfa.offset = cfa_store.offset;
2484 offset = -cfa_store.offset;
2488 /* With an offset. */
2495 gcc_assert (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 1))
2496 && REG_P (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 0)));
2497 offset = INTVAL (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 1));
2498 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (dest, 0)) == MINUS)
2501 regno = REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 0));
2503 if (cfa_store.reg == (unsigned) regno)
2504 offset -= cfa_store.offset;
2507 gcc_assert (cfa_temp.reg == (unsigned) regno);
2508 offset -= cfa_temp.offset;
2514 /* Without an offset. */
2517 int regno = REGNO (XEXP (dest, 0));
2519 if (cfa_store.reg == (unsigned) regno)
2520 offset = -cfa_store.offset;
2523 gcc_assert (cfa_temp.reg == (unsigned) regno);
2524 offset = -cfa_temp.offset;
2531 gcc_assert (cfa_temp.reg
2532 == (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 0)));
2533 offset = -cfa_temp.offset;
2534 cfa_temp.offset -= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest));
2542 /* If the source operand of this MEM operation is not a
2543 register, basically the source is return address. Here
2544 we only care how much stack grew and we don't save it. */
2548 if (REGNO (src) != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
2549 && REGNO (src) != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
2550 && (unsigned) REGNO (src) == cfa.reg)
2552 /* We're storing the current CFA reg into the stack. */
2554 if (cfa.offset == 0)
2557 /* If stack is aligned, putting CFA reg into stack means
2558 we can no longer use reg + offset to represent CFA.
2559 Here we use DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression instead. The
2560 result of this expression equals to the original CFA
2563 && fde->stack_realign
2564 && cfa.indirect == 0
2565 && cfa.reg != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM)
2567 dw_cfa_location cfa_exp;
2569 gcc_assert (fde->drap_reg == cfa.reg);
2571 cfa_exp.indirect = 1;
2572 cfa_exp.reg = HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM;
2573 cfa_exp.base_offset = offset;
2576 fde->drap_reg_saved = 1;
2578 def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa_exp);
2582 /* If the source register is exactly the CFA, assume
2583 we're saving SP like any other register; this happens
2585 def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa);
2586 queue_reg_save (label, stack_pointer_rtx, NULL_RTX, offset);
2591 /* Otherwise, we'll need to look in the stack to
2592 calculate the CFA. */
2593 rtx x = XEXP (dest, 0);
2597 gcc_assert (REG_P (x));
2599 cfa.reg = REGNO (x);
2600 cfa.base_offset = offset;
2602 def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa);
2607 def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa);
2609 span = targetm.dwarf_register_span (src);
2612 queue_reg_save (label, src, NULL_RTX, offset);
2615 /* We have a PARALLEL describing where the contents of SRC
2616 live. Queue register saves for each piece of the
2620 HOST_WIDE_INT span_offset = offset;
2622 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (span) == PARALLEL);
2624 limit = XVECLEN (span, 0);
2625 for (par_index = 0; par_index < limit; par_index++)
2627 rtx elem = XVECEXP (span, 0, par_index);
2629 queue_reg_save (label, elem, NULL_RTX, span_offset);
2630 span_offset += GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (elem));
2641 /* Record call frame debugging information for INSN, which either
2642 sets SP or FP (adjusting how we calculate the frame address) or saves a
2643 register to the stack. If INSN is NULL_RTX, initialize our state.
2645 If AFTER_P is false, we're being called before the insn is emitted,
2646 otherwise after. Call instructions get invoked twice. */
2649 dwarf2out_frame_debug (rtx insn, bool after_p)
2653 bool handled_one = false;
2655 if (insn == NULL_RTX)
2659 /* Flush any queued register saves. */
2660 flush_queued_reg_saves ();
2662 /* Set up state for generating call frame debug info. */
2665 == (unsigned long)DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (STACK_POINTER_REGNUM));
2667 cfa.reg = STACK_POINTER_REGNUM;
2670 cfa_temp.offset = 0;
2672 for (i = 0; i < num_regs_saved_in_regs; i++)
2674 regs_saved_in_regs[i].orig_reg = NULL_RTX;
2675 regs_saved_in_regs[i].saved_in_reg = NULL_RTX;
2677 num_regs_saved_in_regs = 0;
2679 if (barrier_args_size)
2681 XDELETEVEC (barrier_args_size);
2682 barrier_args_size = NULL;
2687 if (!NONJUMP_INSN_P (insn) || clobbers_queued_reg_save (insn))
2688 flush_queued_reg_saves ();
2690 if (!RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (insn))
2692 /* ??? This should be done unconditionally since stack adjustments
2693 matter if the stack pointer is not the CFA register anymore but
2694 is still used to save registers. */
2695 if (!ACCUMULATE_OUTGOING_ARGS)
2696 dwarf2out_notice_stack_adjust (insn, after_p);
2700 label = dwarf2out_cfi_label (false);
2702 for (note = REG_NOTES (insn); note; note = XEXP (note, 1))
2703 switch (REG_NOTE_KIND (note))
2705 case REG_FRAME_RELATED_EXPR:
2706 insn = XEXP (note, 0);
2709 case REG_CFA_DEF_CFA:
2710 dwarf2out_frame_debug_def_cfa (XEXP (note, 0), label);
2714 case REG_CFA_ADJUST_CFA:
2719 if (GET_CODE (n) == PARALLEL)
2720 n = XVECEXP (n, 0, 0);
2722 dwarf2out_frame_debug_adjust_cfa (n, label);
2726 case REG_CFA_OFFSET:
2729 n = single_set (insn);
2730 dwarf2out_frame_debug_cfa_offset (n, label);
2734 case REG_CFA_REGISTER:
2739 if (GET_CODE (n) == PARALLEL)
2740 n = XVECEXP (n, 0, 0);
2742 dwarf2out_frame_debug_cfa_register (n, label);
2746 case REG_CFA_RESTORE:
2751 if (GET_CODE (n) == PARALLEL)
2752 n = XVECEXP (n, 0, 0);
2755 dwarf2out_frame_debug_cfa_restore (n, label);
2759 case REG_CFA_SET_VDRAP:
2763 dw_fde_ref fde = current_fde ();
2766 gcc_assert (fde->vdrap_reg == INVALID_REGNUM);
2768 fde->vdrap_reg = REGNO (n);
2780 insn = PATTERN (insn);
2782 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (insn, label);
2785 /* Determine if we need to save and restore CFI information around this
2786 epilogue. If SIBCALL is true, then this is a sibcall epilogue. If
2787 we do need to save/restore, then emit the save now, and insert a
2788 NOTE_INSN_CFA_RESTORE_STATE at the appropriate place in the stream. */
2791 dwarf2out_begin_epilogue (rtx insn)
2793 bool saw_frp = false;
2796 /* Scan forward to the return insn, noticing if there are possible
2797 frame related insns. */
2798 for (i = NEXT_INSN (insn); i ; i = NEXT_INSN (i))
2803 /* Look for both regular and sibcalls to end the block. */
2804 if (returnjump_p (i))
2806 if (CALL_P (i) && SIBLING_CALL_P (i))
2809 if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (i)) == SEQUENCE)
2812 rtx seq = PATTERN (i);
2814 if (returnjump_p (XVECEXP (seq, 0, 0)))
2816 if (CALL_P (XVECEXP (seq, 0, 0))
2817 && SIBLING_CALL_P (XVECEXP (seq, 0, 0)))
2820 for (idx = 0; idx < XVECLEN (seq, 0); idx++)
2821 if (RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (XVECEXP (seq, 0, idx)))
2825 if (RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (i))
2829 /* If the port doesn't emit epilogue unwind info, we don't need a
2830 save/restore pair. */
2834 /* Otherwise, search forward to see if the return insn was the last
2835 basic block of the function. If so, we don't need save/restore. */
2836 gcc_assert (i != NULL);
2837 i = next_real_insn (i);
2841 /* Insert the restore before that next real insn in the stream, and before
2842 a potential NOTE_INSN_EPILOGUE_BEG -- we do need these notes to be
2843 properly nested. This should be after any label or alignment. This
2844 will be pushed into the CFI stream by the function below. */
2847 rtx p = PREV_INSN (i);
2850 if (NOTE_KIND (p) == NOTE_INSN_BASIC_BLOCK)
2854 emit_note_before (NOTE_INSN_CFA_RESTORE_STATE, i);
2856 emit_cfa_remember = true;
2858 /* And emulate the state save. */
2859 gcc_assert (!cfa_remember.in_use);
2861 cfa_remember.in_use = 1;
2864 /* A "subroutine" of dwarf2out_begin_epilogue. Emit the restore required. */
2867 dwarf2out_frame_debug_restore_state (void)
2869 dw_cfi_ref cfi = new_cfi ();
2870 const char *label = dwarf2out_cfi_label (false);
2872 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_restore_state;
2873 add_fde_cfi (label, cfi);
2875 gcc_assert (cfa_remember.in_use);
2877 cfa_remember.in_use = 0;
2882 /* Describe for the GTY machinery what parts of dw_cfi_oprnd1 are used. */
2883 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type dw_cfi_oprnd1_desc
2884 (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi);
2886 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type
2887 dw_cfi_oprnd1_desc (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi)
2892 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save:
2893 case DW_CFA_remember_state:
2894 case DW_CFA_restore_state:
2895 return dw_cfi_oprnd_unused;
2897 case DW_CFA_set_loc:
2898 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1:
2899 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2:
2900 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4:
2901 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8:
2902 return dw_cfi_oprnd_addr;
2905 case DW_CFA_offset_extended:
2906 case DW_CFA_def_cfa:
2907 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf:
2908 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
2909 case DW_CFA_restore:
2910 case DW_CFA_restore_extended:
2911 case DW_CFA_undefined:
2912 case DW_CFA_same_value:
2913 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register:
2914 case DW_CFA_register:
2915 case DW_CFA_expression:
2916 return dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num;
2918 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset:
2919 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size:
2920 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf:
2921 return dw_cfi_oprnd_offset;
2923 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression:
2924 return dw_cfi_oprnd_loc;
2931 /* Describe for the GTY machinery what parts of dw_cfi_oprnd2 are used. */
2932 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type dw_cfi_oprnd2_desc
2933 (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi);
2935 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type
2936 dw_cfi_oprnd2_desc (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi)
2940 case DW_CFA_def_cfa:
2941 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
2943 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf:
2944 case DW_CFA_offset_extended:
2945 return dw_cfi_oprnd_offset;
2947 case DW_CFA_register:
2948 return dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num;
2950 case DW_CFA_expression:
2951 return dw_cfi_oprnd_loc;
2954 return dw_cfi_oprnd_unused;
2958 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
2960 /* Switch [BACK] to eh_frame_section. If we don't have an eh_frame_section,
2961 switch to the data section instead, and write out a synthetic start label
2962 for collect2 the first time around. */
2965 switch_to_eh_frame_section (bool back)
2969 #ifdef EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME
2970 if (eh_frame_section == 0)
2974 if (EH_TABLES_CAN_BE_READ_ONLY)
2980 fde_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/1,
2982 per_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/2,
2984 lsda_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/0,
2986 flags = ((! flag_pic
2987 || ((fde_encoding & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_absptr
2988 && (fde_encoding & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_aligned
2989 && (per_encoding & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_absptr
2990 && (per_encoding & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_aligned
2991 && (lsda_encoding & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_absptr
2992 && (lsda_encoding & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_aligned))
2993 ? 0 : SECTION_WRITE);
2996 flags = SECTION_WRITE;
2997 eh_frame_section = get_section (EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME, flags, NULL);
3001 if (eh_frame_section)
3002 switch_to_section (eh_frame_section);
3005 /* We have no special eh_frame section. Put the information in
3006 the data section and emit special labels to guide collect2. */
3007 switch_to_section (data_section);
3011 label = get_file_function_name ("F");
3012 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file, floor_log2 (PTR_SIZE));
3013 targetm.asm_out.globalize_label (asm_out_file,
3014 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (label));
3015 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (label));
3020 /* Switch [BACK] to the eh or debug frame table section, depending on
3024 switch_to_frame_table_section (int for_eh, bool back)
3027 switch_to_eh_frame_section (back);
3030 if (!debug_frame_section)
3031 debug_frame_section = get_section (DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION,
3032 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
3033 switch_to_section (debug_frame_section);
3037 /* Output a Call Frame Information opcode and its operand(s). */
3040 output_cfi (dw_cfi_ref cfi, dw_fde_ref fde, int for_eh)
3045 if (cfi->dw_cfi_opc == DW_CFA_advance_loc)
3046 dw2_asm_output_data (1, (cfi->dw_cfi_opc
3047 | (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset & 0x3f)),
3048 "DW_CFA_advance_loc " HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_HEX,
3049 ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT)
3050 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset));
3051 else if (cfi->dw_cfi_opc == DW_CFA_offset)
3053 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
3054 dw2_asm_output_data (1, (cfi->dw_cfi_opc | (r & 0x3f)),
3055 "DW_CFA_offset, column %#lx", r);
3056 off = div_data_align (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset);
3057 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (off, NULL);
3059 else if (cfi->dw_cfi_opc == DW_CFA_restore)
3061 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
3062 dw2_asm_output_data (1, (cfi->dw_cfi_opc | (r & 0x3f)),
3063 "DW_CFA_restore, column %#lx", r);
3067 dw2_asm_output_data (1, cfi->dw_cfi_opc,
3068 "%s", dwarf_cfi_name (cfi->dw_cfi_opc));
3070 switch (cfi->dw_cfi_opc)
3072 case DW_CFA_set_loc:
3074 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (
3075 ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/1, /*global=*/0),
3076 gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr),
3079 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
3080 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr, NULL);
3081 fde->dw_fde_current_label = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr;
3084 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1:
3085 dw2_asm_output_delta (1, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr,
3086 fde->dw_fde_current_label, NULL);
3087 fde->dw_fde_current_label = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr;
3090 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2:
3091 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr,
3092 fde->dw_fde_current_label, NULL);
3093 fde->dw_fde_current_label = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr;
3096 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4:
3097 dw2_asm_output_delta (4, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr,
3098 fde->dw_fde_current_label, NULL);
3099 fde->dw_fde_current_label = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr;
3102 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8:
3103 dw2_asm_output_delta (8, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr,
3104 fde->dw_fde_current_label, NULL);
3105 fde->dw_fde_current_label = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr;
3108 case DW_CFA_offset_extended:
3109 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
3110 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r, NULL);
3111 off = div_data_align (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset);
3112 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (off, NULL);
3115 case DW_CFA_def_cfa:
3116 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
3117 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r, NULL);
3118 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset, NULL);
3121 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf:
3122 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
3123 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r, NULL);
3124 off = div_data_align (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset);
3125 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (off, NULL);
3128 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
3129 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
3130 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r, NULL);
3131 off = div_data_align (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset);
3132 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (off, NULL);
3135 case DW_CFA_restore_extended:
3136 case DW_CFA_undefined:
3137 case DW_CFA_same_value:
3138 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register:
3139 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
3140 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r, NULL);
3143 case DW_CFA_register:
3144 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
3145 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r, NULL);
3146 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
3147 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r, NULL);
3150 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset:
3151 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size:
3152 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset, NULL);
3155 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf:
3156 off = div_data_align (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset);
3157 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (off, NULL);
3160 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save:
3163 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression:
3164 case DW_CFA_expression:
3165 output_cfa_loc (cfi);
3168 case DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended:
3169 /* Obsoleted by DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf. */
3178 /* Similar, but do it via assembler directives instead. */
3181 output_cfi_directive (dw_cfi_ref cfi)
3183 unsigned long r, r2;
3185 switch (cfi->dw_cfi_opc)
3187 case DW_CFA_advance_loc:
3188 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1:
3189 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2:
3190 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4:
3191 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8:
3192 case DW_CFA_set_loc:
3193 /* Should only be created by add_fde_cfi in a code path not
3194 followed when emitting via directives. The assembler is
3195 going to take care of this for us. */
3199 case DW_CFA_offset_extended:
3200 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf:
3201 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, 1);
3202 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_offset %lu, "HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC"\n",
3203 r, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset);
3206 case DW_CFA_restore:
3207 case DW_CFA_restore_extended:
3208 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, 1);
3209 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_restore %lu\n", r);
3212 case DW_CFA_undefined:
3213 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, 1);
3214 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_undefined %lu\n", r);
3217 case DW_CFA_same_value:
3218 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, 1);
3219 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_same_value %lu\n", r);
3222 case DW_CFA_def_cfa:
3223 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
3224 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, 1);
3225 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_def_cfa %lu, "HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC"\n",
3226 r, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset);
3229 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register:
3230 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, 1);
3231 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_def_cfa_register %lu\n", r);
3234 case DW_CFA_register:
3235 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, 1);
3236 r2 = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_reg_num, 1);
3237 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_register %lu, %lu\n", r, r2);
3240 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset:
3241 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf:
3242 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_def_cfa_offset "
3243 HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC"\n",
3244 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset);
3247 case DW_CFA_remember_state:
3248 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_remember_state\n");
3250 case DW_CFA_restore_state:
3251 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_restore_state\n");
3254 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size:
3255 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_escape %#x,", DW_CFA_GNU_args_size);
3256 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128_raw (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset);
3258 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s args_size "HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC,
3259 ASM_COMMENT_START, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset);
3260 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
3263 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save:
3264 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_window_save\n");
3267 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression:
3268 case DW_CFA_expression:
3269 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_escape %#x,", cfi->dw_cfi_opc);
3270 output_cfa_loc_raw (cfi);
3271 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
3279 DEF_VEC_P (dw_cfi_ref);
3280 DEF_VEC_ALLOC_P (dw_cfi_ref, heap);
3282 /* Output CFIs to bring current FDE to the same state as after executing
3283 CFIs in CFI chain. DO_CFI_ASM is true if .cfi_* directives shall
3284 be emitted, false otherwise. If it is false, FDE and FOR_EH are the
3285 other arguments to pass to output_cfi. */
3288 output_cfis (dw_cfi_ref cfi, bool do_cfi_asm, dw_fde_ref fde, bool for_eh)
3290 struct dw_cfi_struct cfi_buf;
3292 dw_cfi_ref cfi_args_size = NULL, cfi_cfa = NULL, cfi_cfa_offset = NULL;
3293 VEC (dw_cfi_ref, heap) *regs = VEC_alloc (dw_cfi_ref, heap, 32);
3294 unsigned int len, idx;
3296 for (;; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
3297 switch (cfi ? cfi->dw_cfi_opc : DW_CFA_nop)
3299 case DW_CFA_advance_loc:
3300 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1:
3301 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2:
3302 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4:
3303 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8:
3304 case DW_CFA_set_loc:
3305 /* All advances should be ignored. */
3307 case DW_CFA_remember_state:
3309 dw_cfi_ref args_size = cfi_args_size;
3311 /* Skip everything between .cfi_remember_state and
3312 .cfi_restore_state. */
3313 for (cfi2 = cfi->dw_cfi_next; cfi2; cfi2 = cfi2->dw_cfi_next)
3314 if (cfi2->dw_cfi_opc == DW_CFA_restore_state)
3316 else if (cfi2->dw_cfi_opc == DW_CFA_GNU_args_size)
3319 gcc_assert (cfi2->dw_cfi_opc != DW_CFA_remember_state);
3326 cfi_args_size = args_size;
3330 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size:
3331 cfi_args_size = cfi;
3333 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save:
3336 case DW_CFA_offset_extended:
3337 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf:
3338 case DW_CFA_restore:
3339 case DW_CFA_restore_extended:
3340 case DW_CFA_undefined:
3341 case DW_CFA_same_value:
3342 case DW_CFA_register:
3343 case DW_CFA_val_offset:
3344 case DW_CFA_val_offset_sf:
3345 case DW_CFA_expression:
3346 case DW_CFA_val_expression:
3347 case DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended:
3348 if (VEC_length (dw_cfi_ref, regs) <= cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num)
3349 VEC_safe_grow_cleared (dw_cfi_ref, heap, regs,
3350 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num + 1);
3351 VEC_replace (dw_cfi_ref, regs, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, cfi);
3353 case DW_CFA_def_cfa:
3354 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
3355 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression:
3357 cfi_cfa_offset = cfi;
3359 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register:
3362 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset:
3363 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf:
3364 cfi_cfa_offset = cfi;
3367 gcc_assert (cfi == NULL);
3369 len = VEC_length (dw_cfi_ref, regs);
3370 for (idx = 0; idx < len; idx++)
3372 cfi2 = VEC_replace (dw_cfi_ref, regs, idx, NULL);
3374 && cfi2->dw_cfi_opc != DW_CFA_restore
3375 && cfi2->dw_cfi_opc != DW_CFA_restore_extended)
3378 output_cfi_directive (cfi2);
3380 output_cfi (cfi2, fde, for_eh);
3383 if (cfi_cfa && cfi_cfa_offset && cfi_cfa_offset != cfi_cfa)
3385 gcc_assert (cfi_cfa->dw_cfi_opc != DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression);
3387 switch (cfi_cfa_offset->dw_cfi_opc)
3389 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset:
3390 cfi_buf.dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa;
3391 cfi_buf.dw_cfi_oprnd2 = cfi_cfa_offset->dw_cfi_oprnd1;
3393 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf:
3394 cfi_buf.dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf;
3395 cfi_buf.dw_cfi_oprnd2 = cfi_cfa_offset->dw_cfi_oprnd1;
3397 case DW_CFA_def_cfa:
3398 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
3399 cfi_buf.dw_cfi_opc = cfi_cfa_offset->dw_cfi_opc;
3400 cfi_buf.dw_cfi_oprnd2 = cfi_cfa_offset->dw_cfi_oprnd2;
3407 else if (cfi_cfa_offset)
3408 cfi_cfa = cfi_cfa_offset;
3412 output_cfi_directive (cfi_cfa);
3414 output_cfi (cfi_cfa, fde, for_eh);
3417 cfi_cfa_offset = NULL;
3419 && cfi_args_size->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset)
3422 output_cfi_directive (cfi_args_size);
3424 output_cfi (cfi_args_size, fde, for_eh);
3426 cfi_args_size = NULL;
3429 VEC_free (dw_cfi_ref, heap, regs);
3432 else if (do_cfi_asm)
3433 output_cfi_directive (cfi);
3435 output_cfi (cfi, fde, for_eh);
3442 /* Output one FDE. */
3445 output_fde (dw_fde_ref fde, bool for_eh, bool second,
3446 char *section_start_label, int fde_encoding, char *augmentation,
3447 bool any_lsda_needed, int lsda_encoding)
3449 const char *begin, *end;
3450 static unsigned int j;
3451 char l1[20], l2[20];
3454 targetm.asm_out.unwind_label (asm_out_file, fde->decl, for_eh,
3456 targetm.asm_out.internal_label (asm_out_file, FDE_LABEL,
3458 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1, FDE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL, for_eh + j);
3459 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2, FDE_END_LABEL, for_eh + j);
3460 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4 && !for_eh)
3461 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff, "Initial length escape value"
3462 " indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
3463 dw2_asm_output_delta (for_eh ? 4 : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, l2, l1,
3465 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l1);
3468 dw2_asm_output_delta (4, l1, section_start_label, "FDE CIE offset");
3470 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, section_start_label,
3471 debug_frame_section, "FDE CIE offset");
3473 if (!fde->dw_fde_switched_sections)
3475 begin = fde->dw_fde_begin;
3476 end = fde->dw_fde_end;
3480 /* For the first section, prefer dw_fde_begin over
3481 dw_fde_{hot,cold}_section_label, as the latter
3482 might be separated from the real start of the
3483 function by alignment padding. */
3485 begin = fde->dw_fde_begin;
3486 else if (fde->dw_fde_switched_cold_to_hot)
3487 begin = fde->dw_fde_hot_section_label;
3489 begin = fde->dw_fde_unlikely_section_label;
3490 if (second ^ fde->dw_fde_switched_cold_to_hot)
3491 end = fde->dw_fde_unlikely_section_end_label;
3493 end = fde->dw_fde_hot_section_end_label;
3498 rtx sym_ref = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, begin);
3499 SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS (sym_ref) |= SYMBOL_FLAG_LOCAL;
3500 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (fde_encoding, sym_ref, false,
3501 "FDE initial location");
3502 dw2_asm_output_delta (size_of_encoded_value (fde_encoding),
3503 end, begin, "FDE address range");
3507 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, begin, "FDE initial location");
3508 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, end, begin, "FDE address range");
3511 if (augmentation[0])
3513 if (any_lsda_needed)
3515 int size = size_of_encoded_value (lsda_encoding);
3517 if (lsda_encoding == DW_EH_PE_aligned)
3519 int offset = ( 4 /* Length */
3520 + 4 /* CIE offset */
3521 + 2 * size_of_encoded_value (fde_encoding)
3522 + 1 /* Augmentation size */ );
3523 int pad = -offset & (PTR_SIZE - 1);
3526 gcc_assert (size_of_uleb128 (size) == 1);
3529 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (size, "Augmentation size");
3531 if (fde->uses_eh_lsda)
3533 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1, second ? "LLSDAC" : "LLSDA",
3534 fde->funcdef_number);
3535 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (lsda_encoding,
3536 gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, l1),
3538 "Language Specific Data Area");
3542 if (lsda_encoding == DW_EH_PE_aligned)
3543 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file, floor_log2 (PTR_SIZE));
3544 dw2_asm_output_data (size_of_encoded_value (lsda_encoding), 0,
3545 "Language Specific Data Area (none)");
3549 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, "Augmentation size");
3552 /* Loop through the Call Frame Instructions associated with
3554 fde->dw_fde_current_label = begin;
3555 if (!fde->dw_fde_switched_sections)
3556 for (cfi = fde->dw_fde_cfi; cfi != NULL; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
3557 output_cfi (cfi, fde, for_eh);
3560 if (fde->dw_fde_switch_cfi)
3561 for (cfi = fde->dw_fde_cfi; cfi != NULL; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
3563 output_cfi (cfi, fde, for_eh);
3564 if (cfi == fde->dw_fde_switch_cfi)
3570 dw_cfi_ref cfi_next = fde->dw_fde_cfi;
3572 if (fde->dw_fde_switch_cfi)
3574 cfi_next = fde->dw_fde_switch_cfi->dw_cfi_next;
3575 fde->dw_fde_switch_cfi->dw_cfi_next = NULL;
3576 output_cfis (fde->dw_fde_cfi, false, fde, for_eh);
3577 fde->dw_fde_switch_cfi->dw_cfi_next = cfi_next;
3579 for (cfi = cfi_next; cfi != NULL; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
3580 output_cfi (cfi, fde, for_eh);
3583 /* If we are to emit a ref/link from function bodies to their frame tables,
3584 do it now. This is typically performed to make sure that tables
3585 associated with functions are dragged with them and not discarded in
3586 garbage collecting links. We need to do this on a per function basis to
3587 cope with -ffunction-sections. */
3589 #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_TABLE_REF
3590 /* Switch to the function section, emit the ref to the tables, and
3591 switch *back* into the table section. */
3592 switch_to_section (function_section (fde->decl));
3593 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_TABLE_REF (section_start_label);
3594 switch_to_frame_table_section (for_eh, true);
3597 /* Pad the FDE out to an address sized boundary. */
3598 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file,
3599 floor_log2 ((for_eh ? PTR_SIZE : DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)));
3600 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l2);
3605 /* Output the call frame information used to record information
3606 that relates to calculating the frame pointer, and records the
3607 location of saved registers. */
3610 output_call_frame_info (int for_eh)
3615 char l1[20], l2[20], section_start_label[20];
3616 bool any_lsda_needed = false;
3617 char augmentation[6];
3618 int augmentation_size;
3619 int fde_encoding = DW_EH_PE_absptr;
3620 int per_encoding = DW_EH_PE_absptr;
3621 int lsda_encoding = DW_EH_PE_absptr;
3623 rtx personality = NULL;
3626 /* Don't emit a CIE if there won't be any FDEs. */
3627 if (fde_table_in_use == 0)
3630 /* Nothing to do if the assembler's doing it all. */
3631 if (dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ())
3634 /* If we make FDEs linkonce, we may have to emit an empty label for
3635 an FDE that wouldn't otherwise be emitted. We want to avoid
3636 having an FDE kept around when the function it refers to is
3637 discarded. Example where this matters: a primary function
3638 template in C++ requires EH information, but an explicit
3639 specialization doesn't. */
3640 if (TARGET_USES_WEAK_UNWIND_INFO
3641 && ! flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables
3644 for (i = 0; i < fde_table_in_use; i++)
3645 if ((fde_table[i].nothrow || fde_table[i].all_throwers_are_sibcalls)
3646 && !fde_table[i].uses_eh_lsda
3647 && ! DECL_WEAK (fde_table[i].decl))
3648 targetm.asm_out.unwind_label (asm_out_file, fde_table[i].decl,
3649 for_eh, /* empty */ 1);
3651 /* If we don't have any functions we'll want to unwind out of, don't
3652 emit any EH unwind information. Note that if exceptions aren't
3653 enabled, we won't have collected nothrow information, and if we
3654 asked for asynchronous tables, we always want this info. */
3657 bool any_eh_needed = !flag_exceptions || flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables;
3659 for (i = 0; i < fde_table_in_use; i++)
3660 if (fde_table[i].uses_eh_lsda)
3661 any_eh_needed = any_lsda_needed = true;
3662 else if (TARGET_USES_WEAK_UNWIND_INFO && DECL_WEAK (fde_table[i].decl))
3663 any_eh_needed = true;
3664 else if (! fde_table[i].nothrow
3665 && ! fde_table[i].all_throwers_are_sibcalls)
3666 any_eh_needed = true;
3668 if (! any_eh_needed)
3672 /* We're going to be generating comments, so turn on app. */
3676 /* Switch to the proper frame section, first time. */
3677 switch_to_frame_table_section (for_eh, false);
3679 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (section_start_label, FRAME_BEGIN_LABEL, for_eh);
3680 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, section_start_label);
3682 /* Output the CIE. */
3683 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1, CIE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL, for_eh);
3684 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2, CIE_END_LABEL, for_eh);
3685 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4 && !for_eh)
3686 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
3687 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
3688 dw2_asm_output_delta (for_eh ? 4 : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, l2, l1,
3689 "Length of Common Information Entry");
3690 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l1);
3692 /* Now that the CIE pointer is PC-relative for EH,
3693 use 0 to identify the CIE. */
3694 dw2_asm_output_data ((for_eh ? 4 : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE),
3695 (for_eh ? 0 : DWARF_CIE_ID),
3696 "CIE Identifier Tag");
3698 /* Use the CIE version 3 for DWARF3; allow DWARF2 to continue to
3699 use CIE version 1, unless that would produce incorrect results
3700 due to overflowing the return register column. */
3701 return_reg = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN, for_eh);
3703 if (return_reg >= 256 || dwarf_version > 2)
3705 dw2_asm_output_data (1, dw_cie_version, "CIE Version");
3707 augmentation[0] = 0;
3708 augmentation_size = 0;
3710 personality = current_unit_personality;
3716 z Indicates that a uleb128 is present to size the
3717 augmentation section.
3718 L Indicates the encoding (and thus presence) of
3719 an LSDA pointer in the FDE augmentation.
3720 R Indicates a non-default pointer encoding for
3722 P Indicates the presence of an encoding + language
3723 personality routine in the CIE augmentation. */
3725 fde_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/1, /*global=*/0);
3726 per_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/2, /*global=*/1);
3727 lsda_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/0, /*global=*/0);
3729 p = augmentation + 1;
3733 augmentation_size += 1 + size_of_encoded_value (per_encoding);
3734 assemble_external_libcall (personality);
3736 if (any_lsda_needed)
3739 augmentation_size += 1;
3741 if (fde_encoding != DW_EH_PE_absptr)
3744 augmentation_size += 1;
3746 if (p > augmentation + 1)
3748 augmentation[0] = 'z';
3752 /* Ug. Some platforms can't do unaligned dynamic relocations at all. */
3753 if (personality && per_encoding == DW_EH_PE_aligned)
3755 int offset = ( 4 /* Length */
3757 + 1 /* CIE version */
3758 + strlen (augmentation) + 1 /* Augmentation */
3759 + size_of_uleb128 (1) /* Code alignment */
3760 + size_of_sleb128 (DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT)
3762 + 1 /* Augmentation size */
3763 + 1 /* Personality encoding */ );
3764 int pad = -offset & (PTR_SIZE - 1);
3766 augmentation_size += pad;
3768 /* Augmentations should be small, so there's scarce need to
3769 iterate for a solution. Die if we exceed one uleb128 byte. */
3770 gcc_assert (size_of_uleb128 (augmentation_size) == 1);
3774 dw2_asm_output_nstring (augmentation, -1, "CIE Augmentation");
3775 if (dw_cie_version >= 4)
3777 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, "CIE Address Size");
3778 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "CIE Segment Size");
3780 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1, "CIE Code Alignment Factor");
3781 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT,
3782 "CIE Data Alignment Factor");
3784 if (dw_cie_version == 1)
3785 dw2_asm_output_data (1, return_reg, "CIE RA Column");
3787 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (return_reg, "CIE RA Column");
3789 if (augmentation[0])
3791 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (augmentation_size, "Augmentation size");
3794 dw2_asm_output_data (1, per_encoding, "Personality (%s)",
3795 eh_data_format_name (per_encoding));
3796 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (per_encoding,
3801 if (any_lsda_needed)
3802 dw2_asm_output_data (1, lsda_encoding, "LSDA Encoding (%s)",
3803 eh_data_format_name (lsda_encoding));
3805 if (fde_encoding != DW_EH_PE_absptr)
3806 dw2_asm_output_data (1, fde_encoding, "FDE Encoding (%s)",
3807 eh_data_format_name (fde_encoding));
3810 for (cfi = cie_cfi_head; cfi != NULL; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
3811 output_cfi (cfi, NULL, for_eh);
3813 /* Pad the CIE out to an address sized boundary. */
3814 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file,
3815 floor_log2 (for_eh ? PTR_SIZE : DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE));
3816 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l2);
3818 /* Loop through all of the FDE's. */
3819 for (i = 0; i < fde_table_in_use; i++)
3822 fde = &fde_table[i];
3824 /* Don't emit EH unwind info for leaf functions that don't need it. */
3825 if (for_eh && !flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables && flag_exceptions
3826 && (fde->nothrow || fde->all_throwers_are_sibcalls)
3827 && ! (TARGET_USES_WEAK_UNWIND_INFO && DECL_WEAK (fde_table[i].decl))
3828 && !fde->uses_eh_lsda)
3831 for (k = 0; k < (fde->dw_fde_switched_sections ? 2 : 1); k++)
3832 output_fde (fde, for_eh, k, section_start_label, fde_encoding,
3833 augmentation, any_lsda_needed, lsda_encoding);
3836 if (for_eh && targetm.terminate_dw2_eh_frame_info)
3837 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0, "End of Table");
3838 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
3839 /* Work around Irix 6 assembler bug whereby labels at the end of a section
3840 get a value of 0. Putting .align 0 after the label fixes it. */
3841 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file, 0);
3844 /* Turn off app to make assembly quicker. */
3849 /* Emit .cfi_startproc and .cfi_personality/.cfi_lsda if needed. */
3852 dwarf2out_do_cfi_startproc (bool second)
3856 rtx personality = get_personality_function (current_function_decl);
3858 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_startproc\n");
3862 enc = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/2, /*global=*/1);
3865 /* ??? The GAS support isn't entirely consistent. We have to
3866 handle indirect support ourselves, but PC-relative is done
3867 in the assembler. Further, the assembler can't handle any
3868 of the weirder relocation types. */
3869 if (enc & DW_EH_PE_indirect)
3870 ref = dw2_force_const_mem (ref, true);
3872 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_personality %#x,", enc);
3873 output_addr_const (asm_out_file, ref);
3874 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
3877 if (crtl->uses_eh_lsda)
3881 enc = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/0, /*global=*/0);
3882 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (lab, second ? "LLSDAC" : "LLSDA",
3883 current_function_funcdef_no);
3884 ref = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, lab);
3885 SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS (ref) = SYMBOL_FLAG_LOCAL;
3887 if (enc & DW_EH_PE_indirect)
3888 ref = dw2_force_const_mem (ref, true);
3890 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_lsda %#x,", enc);
3891 output_addr_const (asm_out_file, ref);
3892 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
3896 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the beginning of a function, before
3900 dwarf2out_begin_prologue (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
3901 const char *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
3903 char label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
3908 current_function_func_begin_label = NULL;
3910 #ifdef TARGET_UNWIND_INFO
3911 /* ??? current_function_func_begin_label is also used by except.c
3912 for call-site information. We must emit this label if it might
3914 if ((! flag_exceptions || USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS)
3915 && ! dwarf2out_do_frame ())
3918 if (! dwarf2out_do_frame ())
3922 fnsec = function_section (current_function_decl);
3923 switch_to_section (fnsec);
3924 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL,
3925 current_function_funcdef_no);
3926 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL,
3927 current_function_funcdef_no);
3928 dup_label = xstrdup (label);
3929 current_function_func_begin_label = dup_label;
3931 #ifdef TARGET_UNWIND_INFO
3932 /* We can elide the fde allocation if we're not emitting debug info. */
3933 if (! dwarf2out_do_frame ())
3937 /* Expand the fde table if necessary. */
3938 if (fde_table_in_use == fde_table_allocated)
3940 fde_table_allocated += FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
3941 fde_table = GGC_RESIZEVEC (dw_fde_node, fde_table, fde_table_allocated);
3942 memset (fde_table + fde_table_in_use, 0,
3943 FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT * sizeof (dw_fde_node));
3946 /* Record the FDE associated with this function. */
3947 current_funcdef_fde = fde_table_in_use;
3949 /* Add the new FDE at the end of the fde_table. */
3950 fde = &fde_table[fde_table_in_use++];
3951 fde->decl = current_function_decl;
3952 fde->dw_fde_begin = dup_label;
3953 fde->dw_fde_current_label = dup_label;
3954 fde->dw_fde_hot_section_label = NULL;
3955 fde->dw_fde_hot_section_end_label = NULL;
3956 fde->dw_fde_unlikely_section_label = NULL;
3957 fde->dw_fde_unlikely_section_end_label = NULL;
3958 fde->dw_fde_switched_sections = 0;
3959 fde->dw_fde_switched_cold_to_hot = 0;
3960 fde->dw_fde_end = NULL;
3961 fde->dw_fde_cfi = NULL;
3962 fde->dw_fde_switch_cfi = NULL;
3963 fde->funcdef_number = current_function_funcdef_no;
3964 fde->nothrow = crtl->nothrow;
3965 fde->uses_eh_lsda = crtl->uses_eh_lsda;
3966 fde->all_throwers_are_sibcalls = crtl->all_throwers_are_sibcalls;
3967 fde->drap_reg = INVALID_REGNUM;
3968 fde->vdrap_reg = INVALID_REGNUM;
3969 if (flag_reorder_blocks_and_partition)
3971 section *unlikelysec;
3972 if (first_function_block_is_cold)
3973 fde->in_std_section = 1;
3976 = (fnsec == text_section
3977 || (cold_text_section && fnsec == cold_text_section));
3978 unlikelysec = unlikely_text_section ();
3979 fde->cold_in_std_section
3980 = (unlikelysec == text_section
3981 || (cold_text_section && unlikelysec == cold_text_section));
3986 = (fnsec == text_section
3987 || (cold_text_section && fnsec == cold_text_section));
3988 fde->cold_in_std_section = 0;
3991 args_size = old_args_size = 0;
3993 /* We only want to output line number information for the genuine dwarf2
3994 prologue case, not the eh frame case. */
3995 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
3997 dwarf2out_source_line (line, file, 0, true);
4000 if (dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ())
4001 dwarf2out_do_cfi_startproc (false);
4004 rtx personality = get_personality_function (current_function_decl);
4005 if (!current_unit_personality)
4006 current_unit_personality = personality;
4008 /* We cannot keep a current personality per function as without CFI
4009 asm at the point where we emit the CFI data there is no current
4010 function anymore. */
4012 && current_unit_personality != personality)
4013 sorry ("Multiple EH personalities are supported only with assemblers "
4014 "supporting .cfi.personality directive.");
4018 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the absolute end of the generated code
4019 for a function definition. This gets called *after* the epilogue code has
4023 dwarf2out_end_epilogue (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
4024 const char *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
4027 char label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
4029 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
4030 last_var_location_insn = NULL_RTX;
4033 if (dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ())
4034 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_endproc\n");
4036 /* Output a label to mark the endpoint of the code generated for this
4038 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, FUNC_END_LABEL,
4039 current_function_funcdef_no);
4040 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, label);
4041 fde = current_fde ();
4042 gcc_assert (fde != NULL);
4043 fde->dw_fde_end = xstrdup (label);
4047 dwarf2out_frame_init (void)
4049 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the fde_table. */
4050 fde_table = GGC_CNEWVEC (dw_fde_node, FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT);
4051 fde_table_allocated = FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
4052 fde_table_in_use = 0;
4054 /* Generate the CFA instructions common to all FDE's. Do it now for the
4055 sake of lookup_cfa. */
4057 /* On entry, the Canonical Frame Address is at SP. */
4058 dwarf2out_def_cfa (NULL, STACK_POINTER_REGNUM, INCOMING_FRAME_SP_OFFSET);
4060 #ifdef DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
4061 if (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO || DWARF2_FRAME_INFO)
4062 initial_return_save (INCOMING_RETURN_ADDR_RTX);
4067 dwarf2out_frame_finish (void)
4069 /* Output call frame information. */
4070 if (DWARF2_FRAME_INFO)
4071 output_call_frame_info (0);
4073 #ifndef TARGET_UNWIND_INFO
4074 /* Output another copy for the unwinder. */
4075 if (! USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS && (flag_unwind_tables || flag_exceptions))
4076 output_call_frame_info (1);
4080 /* Note that the current function section is being used for code. */
4083 dwarf2out_note_section_used (void)
4085 section *sec = current_function_section ();
4086 if (sec == text_section)
4087 text_section_used = true;
4088 else if (sec == cold_text_section)
4089 cold_text_section_used = true;
4093 dwarf2out_switch_text_section (void)
4095 dw_fde_ref fde = current_fde ();
4097 gcc_assert (cfun && fde && !fde->dw_fde_switched_sections);
4099 fde->dw_fde_switched_sections = 1;
4100 fde->dw_fde_switched_cold_to_hot = !in_cold_section_p;
4102 fde->dw_fde_hot_section_label = crtl->subsections.hot_section_label;
4103 fde->dw_fde_hot_section_end_label = crtl->subsections.hot_section_end_label;
4104 fde->dw_fde_unlikely_section_label = crtl->subsections.cold_section_label;
4105 fde->dw_fde_unlikely_section_end_label = crtl->subsections.cold_section_end_label;
4106 have_multiple_function_sections = true;
4108 /* Reset the current label on switching text sections, so that we
4109 don't attempt to advance_loc4 between labels in different sections. */
4110 fde->dw_fde_current_label = NULL;
4112 /* There is no need to mark used sections when not debugging. */
4113 if (cold_text_section != NULL)
4114 dwarf2out_note_section_used ();
4116 if (dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ())
4117 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_endproc\n");
4119 /* Now do the real section switch. */
4120 switch_to_section (current_function_section ());
4122 if (dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ())
4124 dwarf2out_do_cfi_startproc (true);
4125 /* As this is a different FDE, insert all current CFI instructions
4127 output_cfis (fde->dw_fde_cfi, true, fde, true);
4131 dw_cfi_ref cfi = fde->dw_fde_cfi;
4133 cfi = fde->dw_fde_cfi;
4135 while (cfi->dw_cfi_next != NULL)
4136 cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next;
4137 fde->dw_fde_switch_cfi = cfi;
4142 /* And now, the subset of the debugging information support code necessary
4143 for emitting location expressions. */
4145 /* Data about a single source file. */
4146 struct GTY(()) dwarf_file_data {
4147 const char * filename;
4151 typedef struct dw_val_struct *dw_val_ref;
4152 typedef struct die_struct *dw_die_ref;
4153 typedef const struct die_struct *const_dw_die_ref;
4154 typedef struct dw_loc_descr_struct *dw_loc_descr_ref;
4155 typedef struct dw_loc_list_struct *dw_loc_list_ref;
4157 typedef struct GTY(()) deferred_locations_struct
4161 } deferred_locations;
4163 DEF_VEC_O(deferred_locations);
4164 DEF_VEC_ALLOC_O(deferred_locations,gc);
4166 static GTY(()) VEC(deferred_locations, gc) *deferred_locations_list;
4168 DEF_VEC_P(dw_die_ref);
4169 DEF_VEC_ALLOC_P(dw_die_ref,heap);
4171 /* Each DIE may have a series of attribute/value pairs. Values
4172 can take on several forms. The forms that are used in this
4173 implementation are listed below. */
4178 dw_val_class_offset,
4180 dw_val_class_loc_list,
4181 dw_val_class_range_list,
4183 dw_val_class_unsigned_const,
4184 dw_val_class_const_double,
4187 dw_val_class_die_ref,
4188 dw_val_class_fde_ref,
4189 dw_val_class_lbl_id,
4190 dw_val_class_lineptr,
4192 dw_val_class_macptr,
4197 /* Describe a floating point constant value, or a vector constant value. */
4199 typedef struct GTY(()) dw_vec_struct {
4200 unsigned char * GTY((length ("%h.length"))) array;
4206 /* The dw_val_node describes an attribute's value, as it is
4207 represented internally. */
4209 typedef struct GTY(()) dw_val_struct {
4210 enum dw_val_class val_class;
4211 union dw_val_struct_union
4213 rtx GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_addr"))) val_addr;
4214 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_offset"))) val_offset;
4215 dw_loc_list_ref GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_loc_list"))) val_loc_list;
4216 dw_loc_descr_ref GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_loc"))) val_loc;
4217 HOST_WIDE_INT GTY ((default)) val_int;
4218 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_unsigned_const"))) val_unsigned;
4219 double_int GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_const_double"))) val_double;
4220 dw_vec_const GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_vec"))) val_vec;
4221 struct dw_val_die_union
4225 } GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_die_ref"))) val_die_ref;
4226 unsigned GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_fde_ref"))) val_fde_index;
4227 struct indirect_string_node * GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_str"))) val_str;
4228 char * GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_lbl_id"))) val_lbl_id;
4229 unsigned char GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_flag"))) val_flag;
4230 struct dwarf_file_data * GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_file"))) val_file;
4231 unsigned char GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_data8"))) val_data8[8];
4233 GTY ((desc ("%1.val_class"))) v;
4237 /* Locations in memory are described using a sequence of stack machine
4240 typedef struct GTY(()) dw_loc_descr_struct {
4241 dw_loc_descr_ref dw_loc_next;
4242 ENUM_BITFIELD (dwarf_location_atom) dw_loc_opc : 8;
4243 /* Used to distinguish DW_OP_addr with a direct symbol relocation
4244 from DW_OP_addr with a dtp-relative symbol relocation. */
4245 unsigned int dtprel : 1;
4247 dw_val_node dw_loc_oprnd1;
4248 dw_val_node dw_loc_oprnd2;
4252 /* Location lists are ranges + location descriptions for that range,
4253 so you can track variables that are in different places over
4254 their entire life. */
4255 typedef struct GTY(()) dw_loc_list_struct {
4256 dw_loc_list_ref dw_loc_next;
4257 const char *begin; /* Label for begin address of range */
4258 const char *end; /* Label for end address of range */
4259 char *ll_symbol; /* Label for beginning of location list.
4260 Only on head of list */
4261 const char *section; /* Section this loclist is relative to */
4262 dw_loc_descr_ref expr;
4265 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
4267 static dw_loc_descr_ref int_loc_descriptor (HOST_WIDE_INT);
4269 /* Convert a DWARF stack opcode into its string name. */
4272 dwarf_stack_op_name (unsigned int op)
4277 return "DW_OP_addr";
4279 return "DW_OP_deref";
4281 return "DW_OP_const1u";
4283 return "DW_OP_const1s";
4285 return "DW_OP_const2u";
4287 return "DW_OP_const2s";
4289 return "DW_OP_const4u";
4291 return "DW_OP_const4s";
4293 return "DW_OP_const8u";
4295 return "DW_OP_const8s";
4297 return "DW_OP_constu";
4299 return "DW_OP_consts";
4303 return "DW_OP_drop";
4305 return "DW_OP_over";
4307 return "DW_OP_pick";
4309 return "DW_OP_swap";
4313 return "DW_OP_xderef";
4321 return "DW_OP_minus";
4333 return "DW_OP_plus";
4334 case DW_OP_plus_uconst:
4335 return "DW_OP_plus_uconst";
4341 return "DW_OP_shra";
4359 return "DW_OP_skip";
4361 return "DW_OP_lit0";
4363 return "DW_OP_lit1";
4365 return "DW_OP_lit2";
4367 return "DW_OP_lit3";
4369 return "DW_OP_lit4";
4371 return "DW_OP_lit5";
4373 return "DW_OP_lit6";
4375 return "DW_OP_lit7";
4377 return "DW_OP_lit8";
4379 return "DW_OP_lit9";
4381 return "DW_OP_lit10";
4383 return "DW_OP_lit11";
4385 return "DW_OP_lit12";
4387 return "DW_OP_lit13";
4389 return "DW_OP_lit14";
4391 return "DW_OP_lit15";
4393 return "DW_OP_lit16";
4395 return "DW_OP_lit17";
4397 return "DW_OP_lit18";
4399 return "DW_OP_lit19";
4401 return "DW_OP_lit20";
4403 return "DW_OP_lit21";
4405 return "DW_OP_lit22";
4407 return "DW_OP_lit23";
4409 return "DW_OP_lit24";
4411 return "DW_OP_lit25";
4413 return "DW_OP_lit26";
4415 return "DW_OP_lit27";
4417 return "DW_OP_lit28";
4419 return "DW_OP_lit29";
4421 return "DW_OP_lit30";
4423 return "DW_OP_lit31";
4425 return "DW_OP_reg0";
4427 return "DW_OP_reg1";
4429 return "DW_OP_reg2";
4431 return "DW_OP_reg3";
4433 return "DW_OP_reg4";
4435 return "DW_OP_reg5";
4437 return "DW_OP_reg6";
4439 return "DW_OP_reg7";
4441 return "DW_OP_reg8";
4443 return "DW_OP_reg9";
4445 return "DW_OP_reg10";
4447 return "DW_OP_reg11";
4449 return "DW_OP_reg12";
4451 return "DW_OP_reg13";
4453 return "DW_OP_reg14";
4455 return "DW_OP_reg15";
4457 return "DW_OP_reg16";
4459 return "DW_OP_reg17";
4461 return "DW_OP_reg18";
4463 return "DW_OP_reg19";
4465 return "DW_OP_reg20";
4467 return "DW_OP_reg21";
4469 return "DW_OP_reg22";
4471 return "DW_OP_reg23";
4473 return "DW_OP_reg24";
4475 return "DW_OP_reg25";
4477 return "DW_OP_reg26";
4479 return "DW_OP_reg27";
4481 return "DW_OP_reg28";
4483 return "DW_OP_reg29";
4485 return "DW_OP_reg30";
4487 return "DW_OP_reg31";
4489 return "DW_OP_breg0";
4491 return "DW_OP_breg1";
4493 return "DW_OP_breg2";
4495 return "DW_OP_breg3";
4497 return "DW_OP_breg4";
4499 return "DW_OP_breg5";
4501 return "DW_OP_breg6";
4503 return "DW_OP_breg7";
4505 return "DW_OP_breg8";
4507 return "DW_OP_breg9";
4509 return "DW_OP_breg10";
4511 return "DW_OP_breg11";
4513 return "DW_OP_breg12";
4515 return "DW_OP_breg13";
4517 return "DW_OP_breg14";
4519 return "DW_OP_breg15";
4521 return "DW_OP_breg16";
4523 return "DW_OP_breg17";
4525 return "DW_OP_breg18";
4527 return "DW_OP_breg19";
4529 return "DW_OP_breg20";
4531 return "DW_OP_breg21";
4533 return "DW_OP_breg22";
4535 return "DW_OP_breg23";
4537 return "DW_OP_breg24";
4539 return "DW_OP_breg25";
4541 return "DW_OP_breg26";
4543 return "DW_OP_breg27";
4545 return "DW_OP_breg28";
4547 return "DW_OP_breg29";
4549 return "DW_OP_breg30";
4551 return "DW_OP_breg31";
4553 return "DW_OP_regx";
4555 return "DW_OP_fbreg";
4557 return "DW_OP_bregx";
4559 return "DW_OP_piece";
4560 case DW_OP_deref_size:
4561 return "DW_OP_deref_size";
4562 case DW_OP_xderef_size:
4563 return "DW_OP_xderef_size";
4567 case DW_OP_push_object_address:
4568 return "DW_OP_push_object_address";
4570 return "DW_OP_call2";
4572 return "DW_OP_call4";
4573 case DW_OP_call_ref:
4574 return "DW_OP_call_ref";
4575 case DW_OP_implicit_value:
4576 return "DW_OP_implicit_value";
4577 case DW_OP_stack_value:
4578 return "DW_OP_stack_value";
4579 case DW_OP_form_tls_address:
4580 return "DW_OP_form_tls_address";
4581 case DW_OP_call_frame_cfa:
4582 return "DW_OP_call_frame_cfa";
4583 case DW_OP_bit_piece:
4584 return "DW_OP_bit_piece";
4586 case DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address:
4587 return "DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address";
4588 case DW_OP_GNU_uninit:
4589 return "DW_OP_GNU_uninit";
4590 case DW_OP_GNU_encoded_addr:
4591 return "DW_OP_GNU_encoded_addr";
4594 return "OP_<unknown>";
4598 /* Return a pointer to a newly allocated location description. Location
4599 descriptions are simple expression terms that can be strung
4600 together to form more complicated location (address) descriptions. */
4602 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
4603 new_loc_descr (enum dwarf_location_atom op, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT oprnd1,
4604 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT oprnd2)
4606 dw_loc_descr_ref descr = GGC_CNEW (dw_loc_descr_node);
4608 descr->dw_loc_opc = op;
4609 descr->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_unsigned_const;
4610 descr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned = oprnd1;
4611 descr->dw_loc_oprnd2.val_class = dw_val_class_unsigned_const;
4612 descr->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_unsigned = oprnd2;
4617 /* Return a pointer to a newly allocated location description for
4620 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
4621 new_reg_loc_descr (unsigned int reg, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
4624 return new_loc_descr ((enum dwarf_location_atom) (DW_OP_breg0 + reg),
4627 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bregx, reg, offset);
4630 /* Add a location description term to a location description expression. */
4633 add_loc_descr (dw_loc_descr_ref *list_head, dw_loc_descr_ref descr)
4635 dw_loc_descr_ref *d;
4637 /* Find the end of the chain. */
4638 for (d = list_head; (*d) != NULL; d = &(*d)->dw_loc_next)
4644 /* Add a constant OFFSET to a location expression. */
4647 loc_descr_plus_const (dw_loc_descr_ref *list_head, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
4649 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
4652 gcc_assert (*list_head != NULL);
4657 /* Find the end of the chain. */
4658 for (loc = *list_head; loc->dw_loc_next != NULL; loc = loc->dw_loc_next)
4662 if (loc->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_fbreg
4663 || (loc->dw_loc_opc >= DW_OP_breg0 && loc->dw_loc_opc <= DW_OP_breg31))
4664 p = &loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int;
4665 else if (loc->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_bregx)
4666 p = &loc->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_int;
4668 /* If the last operation is fbreg, breg{0..31,x}, optimize by adjusting its
4669 offset. Don't optimize if an signed integer overflow would happen. */
4671 && ((offset > 0 && *p <= INTTYPE_MAXIMUM (HOST_WIDE_INT) - offset)
4672 || (offset < 0 && *p >= INTTYPE_MINIMUM (HOST_WIDE_INT) - offset)))
4675 else if (offset > 0)
4676 loc->dw_loc_next = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst, offset, 0);
4680 loc->dw_loc_next = int_loc_descriptor (offset);
4681 add_loc_descr (&loc->dw_loc_next, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus, 0, 0));
4685 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
4686 /* Add a constant OFFSET to a location list. */
4689 loc_list_plus_const (dw_loc_list_ref list_head, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
4692 for (d = list_head; d != NULL; d = d->dw_loc_next)
4693 loc_descr_plus_const (&d->expr, offset);
4697 /* Return the size of a location descriptor. */
4699 static unsigned long
4700 size_of_loc_descr (dw_loc_descr_ref loc)
4702 unsigned long size = 1;
4704 switch (loc->dw_loc_opc)
4707 size += DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
4726 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
4729 size += size_of_sleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int);
4734 case DW_OP_plus_uconst:
4735 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
4773 size += size_of_sleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int);
4776 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
4779 size += size_of_sleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int);
4782 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
4783 size += size_of_sleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_int);
4786 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
4788 case DW_OP_bit_piece:
4789 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
4790 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_unsigned);
4792 case DW_OP_deref_size:
4793 case DW_OP_xderef_size:
4802 case DW_OP_call_ref:
4803 size += DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
4805 case DW_OP_implicit_value:
4806 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned)
4807 + loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned;
4816 /* Return the size of a series of location descriptors. */
4818 static unsigned long
4819 size_of_locs (dw_loc_descr_ref loc)
4824 /* If there are no skip or bra opcodes, don't fill in the dw_loc_addr
4825 field, to avoid writing to a PCH file. */
4826 for (size = 0, l = loc; l != NULL; l = l->dw_loc_next)
4828 if (l->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_skip || l->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_bra)
4830 size += size_of_loc_descr (l);
4835 for (size = 0, l = loc; l != NULL; l = l->dw_loc_next)
4837 l->dw_loc_addr = size;
4838 size += size_of_loc_descr (l);
4844 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
4845 static HOST_WIDE_INT extract_int (const unsigned char *, unsigned);
4848 /* Output location description stack opcode's operands (if any). */
4851 output_loc_operands (dw_loc_descr_ref loc)
4853 dw_val_ref val1 = &loc->dw_loc_oprnd1;
4854 dw_val_ref val2 = &loc->dw_loc_oprnd2;
4856 switch (loc->dw_loc_opc)
4858 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
4861 dw2_asm_output_data (2, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
4865 dw2_asm_output_data (4, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
4869 gcc_assert (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT >= 64);
4870 dw2_asm_output_data (8, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
4877 gcc_assert (val1->val_class == dw_val_class_loc);
4878 offset = val1->v.val_loc->dw_loc_addr - (loc->dw_loc_addr + 3);
4880 dw2_asm_output_data (2, offset, NULL);
4883 case DW_OP_implicit_value:
4884 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned, NULL);
4885 switch (val2->val_class)
4887 case dw_val_class_const:
4888 dw2_asm_output_data (val1->v.val_unsigned, val2->v.val_int, NULL);
4890 case dw_val_class_vec:
4892 unsigned int elt_size = val2->v.val_vec.elt_size;
4893 unsigned int len = val2->v.val_vec.length;
4897 if (elt_size > sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT))
4902 for (i = 0, p = val2->v.val_vec.array;
4905 dw2_asm_output_data (elt_size, extract_int (p, elt_size),
4906 "fp or vector constant word %u", i);
4909 case dw_val_class_const_double:
4911 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT first, second;
4913 if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN)
4915 first = val2->v.val_double.high;
4916 second = val2->v.val_double.low;
4920 first = val2->v.val_double.low;
4921 second = val2->v.val_double.high;
4923 dw2_asm_output_data (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT / HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR,
4925 dw2_asm_output_data (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT / HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR,
4929 case dw_val_class_addr:
4930 gcc_assert (val1->v.val_unsigned == DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE);
4931 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, val2->v.val_addr, NULL);
4946 case DW_OP_implicit_value:
4947 /* We currently don't make any attempt to make sure these are
4948 aligned properly like we do for the main unwind info, so
4949 don't support emitting things larger than a byte if we're
4950 only doing unwinding. */
4955 dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
4958 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned, NULL);
4961 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val1->v.val_int, NULL);
4964 dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
4966 case DW_OP_plus_uconst:
4967 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned, NULL);
5001 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val1->v.val_int, NULL);
5004 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned, NULL);
5007 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val1->v.val_int, NULL);
5010 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned, NULL);
5011 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val2->v.val_int, NULL);
5014 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned, NULL);
5016 case DW_OP_bit_piece:
5017 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned, NULL);
5018 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val2->v.val_unsigned, NULL);
5020 case DW_OP_deref_size:
5021 case DW_OP_xderef_size:
5022 dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
5028 if (targetm.asm_out.output_dwarf_dtprel)
5030 targetm.asm_out.output_dwarf_dtprel (asm_out_file,
5033 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
5040 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
5041 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, val1->v.val_addr, NULL);
5049 /* Other codes have no operands. */
5054 /* Output a sequence of location operations. */
5057 output_loc_sequence (dw_loc_descr_ref loc)
5059 for (; loc != NULL; loc = loc->dw_loc_next)
5061 /* Output the opcode. */
5062 dw2_asm_output_data (1, loc->dw_loc_opc,
5063 "%s", dwarf_stack_op_name (loc->dw_loc_opc));
5065 /* Output the operand(s) (if any). */
5066 output_loc_operands (loc);
5070 /* Output location description stack opcode's operands (if any).
5071 The output is single bytes on a line, suitable for .cfi_escape. */
5074 output_loc_operands_raw (dw_loc_descr_ref loc)
5076 dw_val_ref val1 = &loc->dw_loc_oprnd1;
5077 dw_val_ref val2 = &loc->dw_loc_oprnd2;
5079 switch (loc->dw_loc_opc)
5082 case DW_OP_implicit_value:
5083 /* We cannot output addresses in .cfi_escape, only bytes. */
5089 case DW_OP_deref_size:
5090 case DW_OP_xderef_size:
5091 fputc (',', asm_out_file);
5092 dw2_asm_output_data_raw (1, val1->v.val_int);
5097 fputc (',', asm_out_file);
5098 dw2_asm_output_data_raw (2, val1->v.val_int);
5103 fputc (',', asm_out_file);
5104 dw2_asm_output_data_raw (4, val1->v.val_int);
5109 gcc_assert (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT >= 64);
5110 fputc (',', asm_out_file);
5111 dw2_asm_output_data_raw (8, val1->v.val_int);
5119 gcc_assert (val1->val_class == dw_val_class_loc);
5120 offset = val1->v.val_loc->dw_loc_addr - (loc->dw_loc_addr + 3);
5122 fputc (',', asm_out_file);
5123 dw2_asm_output_data_raw (2, offset);
5128 case DW_OP_plus_uconst:
5131 fputc (',', asm_out_file);
5132 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128_raw (val1->v.val_unsigned);
5135 case DW_OP_bit_piece:
5136 fputc (',', asm_out_file);
5137 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128_raw (val1->v.val_unsigned);
5138 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128_raw (val2->v.val_unsigned);
5175 fputc (',', asm_out_file);
5176 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128_raw (val1->v.val_int);
5180 fputc (',', asm_out_file);
5181 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128_raw (val1->v.val_unsigned);
5182 fputc (',', asm_out_file);
5183 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128_raw (val2->v.val_int);
5187 /* Other codes have no operands. */
5193 output_loc_sequence_raw (dw_loc_descr_ref loc)
5197 /* Output the opcode. */
5198 fprintf (asm_out_file, "%#x", loc->dw_loc_opc);
5199 output_loc_operands_raw (loc);
5201 if (!loc->dw_loc_next)
5203 loc = loc->dw_loc_next;
5205 fputc (',', asm_out_file);
5209 /* This routine will generate the correct assembly data for a location
5210 description based on a cfi entry with a complex address. */
5213 output_cfa_loc (dw_cfi_ref cfi)
5215 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
5218 if (cfi->dw_cfi_opc == DW_CFA_expression)
5220 dw2_asm_output_data (1, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, NULL);
5221 loc = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_loc;
5224 loc = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_loc;
5226 /* Output the size of the block. */
5227 size = size_of_locs (loc);
5228 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (size, NULL);
5230 /* Now output the operations themselves. */
5231 output_loc_sequence (loc);
5234 /* Similar, but used for .cfi_escape. */
5237 output_cfa_loc_raw (dw_cfi_ref cfi)
5239 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
5242 if (cfi->dw_cfi_opc == DW_CFA_expression)
5244 fprintf (asm_out_file, "%#x,", cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num);
5245 loc = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_loc;
5248 loc = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_loc;
5250 /* Output the size of the block. */
5251 size = size_of_locs (loc);
5252 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128_raw (size);
5253 fputc (',', asm_out_file);
5255 /* Now output the operations themselves. */
5256 output_loc_sequence_raw (loc);
5259 /* This function builds a dwarf location descriptor sequence from a
5260 dw_cfa_location, adding the given OFFSET to the result of the
5263 static struct dw_loc_descr_struct *
5264 build_cfa_loc (dw_cfa_location *cfa, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
5266 struct dw_loc_descr_struct *head, *tmp;
5268 offset += cfa->offset;
5272 head = new_reg_loc_descr (cfa->reg, cfa->base_offset);
5273 head->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_const;
5274 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref, 0, 0);
5275 add_loc_descr (&head, tmp);
5278 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst, offset, 0);
5279 add_loc_descr (&head, tmp);
5283 head = new_reg_loc_descr (cfa->reg, offset);
5288 /* This function builds a dwarf location descriptor sequence for
5289 the address at OFFSET from the CFA when stack is aligned to
5292 static struct dw_loc_descr_struct *
5293 build_cfa_aligned_loc (HOST_WIDE_INT offset, HOST_WIDE_INT alignment)
5295 struct dw_loc_descr_struct *head;
5296 unsigned int dwarf_fp
5297 = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM);
5299 /* When CFA is defined as FP+OFFSET, emulate stack alignment. */
5300 if (cfa.reg == HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM && cfa.indirect == 0)
5302 head = new_reg_loc_descr (dwarf_fp, 0);
5303 add_loc_descr (&head, int_loc_descriptor (alignment));
5304 add_loc_descr (&head, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_and, 0, 0));
5305 loc_descr_plus_const (&head, offset);
5308 head = new_reg_loc_descr (dwarf_fp, offset);
5312 /* This function fills in aa dw_cfa_location structure from a dwarf location
5313 descriptor sequence. */
5316 get_cfa_from_loc_descr (dw_cfa_location *cfa, struct dw_loc_descr_struct *loc)
5318 struct dw_loc_descr_struct *ptr;
5320 cfa->base_offset = 0;
5324 for (ptr = loc; ptr != NULL; ptr = ptr->dw_loc_next)
5326 enum dwarf_location_atom op = ptr->dw_loc_opc;
5362 cfa->reg = op - DW_OP_reg0;
5365 cfa->reg = ptr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int;
5399 cfa->reg = op - DW_OP_breg0;
5400 cfa->base_offset = ptr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int;
5403 cfa->reg = ptr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int;
5404 cfa->base_offset = ptr->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_int;
5409 case DW_OP_plus_uconst:
5410 cfa->offset = ptr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned;
5413 internal_error ("DW_LOC_OP %s not implemented",
5414 dwarf_stack_op_name (ptr->dw_loc_opc));
5418 #endif /* .debug_frame support */
5420 /* And now, the support for symbolic debugging information. */
5421 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
5423 /* .debug_str support. */
5424 static int output_indirect_string (void **, void *);
5426 static void dwarf2out_init (const char *);
5427 static void dwarf2out_finish (const char *);
5428 static void dwarf2out_assembly_start (void);
5429 static void dwarf2out_define (unsigned int, const char *);
5430 static void dwarf2out_undef (unsigned int, const char *);
5431 static void dwarf2out_start_source_file (unsigned, const char *);
5432 static void dwarf2out_end_source_file (unsigned);
5433 static void dwarf2out_function_decl (tree);
5434 static void dwarf2out_begin_block (unsigned, unsigned);
5435 static void dwarf2out_end_block (unsigned, unsigned);
5436 static bool dwarf2out_ignore_block (const_tree);
5437 static void dwarf2out_global_decl (tree);
5438 static void dwarf2out_type_decl (tree, int);
5439 static void dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl (tree, tree, tree, bool);
5440 static void dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl_1 (tree, tree, tree,
5442 static void dwarf2out_abstract_function (tree);
5443 static void dwarf2out_var_location (rtx);
5444 static void dwarf2out_direct_call (tree);
5445 static void dwarf2out_virtual_call_token (tree, int);
5446 static void dwarf2out_copy_call_info (rtx, rtx);
5447 static void dwarf2out_virtual_call (int);
5448 static void dwarf2out_begin_function (tree);
5449 static void dwarf2out_set_name (tree, tree);
5451 /* The debug hooks structure. */
5453 const struct gcc_debug_hooks dwarf2_debug_hooks =
5457 dwarf2out_assembly_start,
5460 dwarf2out_start_source_file,
5461 dwarf2out_end_source_file,
5462 dwarf2out_begin_block,
5463 dwarf2out_end_block,
5464 dwarf2out_ignore_block,
5465 dwarf2out_source_line,
5466 dwarf2out_begin_prologue,
5467 debug_nothing_int_charstar, /* end_prologue */
5468 dwarf2out_end_epilogue,
5469 dwarf2out_begin_function,
5470 debug_nothing_int, /* end_function */
5471 dwarf2out_function_decl, /* function_decl */
5472 dwarf2out_global_decl,
5473 dwarf2out_type_decl, /* type_decl */
5474 dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl,
5475 debug_nothing_tree, /* deferred_inline_function */
5476 /* The DWARF 2 backend tries to reduce debugging bloat by not
5477 emitting the abstract description of inline functions until
5478 something tries to reference them. */
5479 dwarf2out_abstract_function, /* outlining_inline_function */
5480 debug_nothing_rtx, /* label */
5481 debug_nothing_int, /* handle_pch */
5482 dwarf2out_var_location,
5483 dwarf2out_switch_text_section,
5484 dwarf2out_direct_call,
5485 dwarf2out_virtual_call_token,
5486 dwarf2out_copy_call_info,
5487 dwarf2out_virtual_call,
5489 1 /* start_end_main_source_file */
5493 /* NOTE: In the comments in this file, many references are made to
5494 "Debugging Information Entries". This term is abbreviated as `DIE'
5495 throughout the remainder of this file. */
5497 /* An internal representation of the DWARF output is built, and then
5498 walked to generate the DWARF debugging info. The walk of the internal
5499 representation is done after the entire program has been compiled.
5500 The types below are used to describe the internal representation. */
5502 /* Various DIE's use offsets relative to the beginning of the
5503 .debug_info section to refer to each other. */
5505 typedef long int dw_offset;
5507 /* Define typedefs here to avoid circular dependencies. */
5509 typedef struct dw_attr_struct *dw_attr_ref;
5510 typedef struct dw_line_info_struct *dw_line_info_ref;
5511 typedef struct dw_separate_line_info_struct *dw_separate_line_info_ref;
5512 typedef struct pubname_struct *pubname_ref;
5513 typedef struct dw_ranges_struct *dw_ranges_ref;
5514 typedef struct dw_ranges_by_label_struct *dw_ranges_by_label_ref;
5515 typedef struct comdat_type_struct *comdat_type_node_ref;
5517 /* Each entry in the line_info_table maintains the file and
5518 line number associated with the label generated for that
5519 entry. The label gives the PC value associated with
5520 the line number entry. */
5522 typedef struct GTY(()) dw_line_info_struct {
5523 unsigned long dw_file_num;
5524 unsigned long dw_line_num;
5528 /* Line information for functions in separate sections; each one gets its
5530 typedef struct GTY(()) dw_separate_line_info_struct {
5531 unsigned long dw_file_num;
5532 unsigned long dw_line_num;
5533 unsigned long function;
5535 dw_separate_line_info_entry;
5537 /* Each DIE attribute has a field specifying the attribute kind,
5538 a link to the next attribute in the chain, and an attribute value.
5539 Attributes are typically linked below the DIE they modify. */
5541 typedef struct GTY(()) dw_attr_struct {
5542 enum dwarf_attribute dw_attr;
5543 dw_val_node dw_attr_val;
5547 DEF_VEC_O(dw_attr_node);
5548 DEF_VEC_ALLOC_O(dw_attr_node,gc);
5550 /* The Debugging Information Entry (DIE) structure. DIEs form a tree.
5551 The children of each node form a circular list linked by
5552 die_sib. die_child points to the node *before* the "first" child node. */
5554 typedef struct GTY((chain_circular ("%h.die_sib"))) die_struct {
5555 enum dwarf_tag die_tag;
5556 union die_symbol_or_type_node
5558 char * GTY ((tag ("0"))) die_symbol;
5559 comdat_type_node_ref GTY ((tag ("1"))) die_type_node;
5561 GTY ((desc ("dwarf_version >= 4"))) die_id;
5562 VEC(dw_attr_node,gc) * die_attr;
5563 dw_die_ref die_parent;
5564 dw_die_ref die_child;
5566 dw_die_ref die_definition; /* ref from a specification to its definition */
5567 dw_offset die_offset;
5568 unsigned long die_abbrev;
5570 /* Die is used and must not be pruned as unused. */
5571 int die_perennial_p;
5572 unsigned int decl_id;
5576 /* Evaluate 'expr' while 'c' is set to each child of DIE in order. */
5577 #define FOR_EACH_CHILD(die, c, expr) do { \
5578 c = die->die_child; \
5582 } while (c != die->die_child); \
5585 /* The pubname structure */
5587 typedef struct GTY(()) pubname_struct {
5593 DEF_VEC_O(pubname_entry);
5594 DEF_VEC_ALLOC_O(pubname_entry, gc);
5596 struct GTY(()) dw_ranges_struct {
5597 /* If this is positive, it's a block number, otherwise it's a
5598 bitwise-negated index into dw_ranges_by_label. */
5602 struct GTY(()) dw_ranges_by_label_struct {
5607 /* The comdat type node structure. */
5608 typedef struct GTY(()) comdat_type_struct
5610 dw_die_ref root_die;
5611 dw_die_ref type_die;
5612 char signature[DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE];
5613 struct comdat_type_struct *next;
5617 /* The limbo die list structure. */
5618 typedef struct GTY(()) limbo_die_struct {
5621 struct limbo_die_struct *next;
5625 typedef struct GTY(()) skeleton_chain_struct
5629 struct skeleton_chain_struct *parent;
5631 skeleton_chain_node;
5633 /* How to start an assembler comment. */
5634 #ifndef ASM_COMMENT_START
5635 #define ASM_COMMENT_START ";#"
5638 /* Define a macro which returns nonzero for a TYPE_DECL which was
5639 implicitly generated for a tagged type.
5641 Note that unlike the gcc front end (which generates a NULL named
5642 TYPE_DECL node for each complete tagged type, each array type, and
5643 each function type node created) the g++ front end generates a
5644 _named_ TYPE_DECL node for each tagged type node created.
5645 These TYPE_DECLs have DECL_ARTIFICIAL set, so we know not to
5646 generate a DW_TAG_typedef DIE for them. */
5648 #define TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB(decl) \
5649 (DECL_NAME (decl) == NULL_TREE \
5650 || (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl) \
5651 && is_tagged_type (TREE_TYPE (decl)) \
5652 && ((decl == TYPE_STUB_DECL (TREE_TYPE (decl))) \
5653 /* This is necessary for stub decls that \
5654 appear in nested inline functions. */ \
5655 || (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl) != NULL_TREE \
5656 && (decl_ultimate_origin (decl) \
5657 == TYPE_STUB_DECL (TREE_TYPE (decl)))))))
5659 /* Information concerning the compilation unit's programming
5660 language, and compiler version. */
5662 /* Fixed size portion of the DWARF compilation unit header. */
5663 #define DWARF_COMPILE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE \
5664 (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 3)
5666 /* Fixed size portion of the DWARF comdat type unit header. */
5667 #define DWARF_COMDAT_TYPE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE \
5668 (DWARF_COMPILE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE + DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE \
5669 + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE)
5671 /* Fixed size portion of public names info. */
5672 #define DWARF_PUBNAMES_HEADER_SIZE (2 * DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 2)
5674 /* Fixed size portion of the address range info. */
5675 #define DWARF_ARANGES_HEADER_SIZE \
5676 (DWARF_ROUND (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 4, \
5677 DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * 2) \
5678 - DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE)
5680 /* Size of padding portion in the address range info. It must be
5681 aligned to twice the pointer size. */
5682 #define DWARF_ARANGES_PAD_SIZE \
5683 (DWARF_ROUND (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 4, \
5684 DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * 2) \
5685 - (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 4))
5687 /* Use assembler line directives if available. */
5688 #ifndef DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO
5689 #ifdef HAVE_AS_DWARF2_DEBUG_LINE
5690 #define DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO 1
5692 #define DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO 0
5696 /* Minimum line offset in a special line info. opcode.
5697 This value was chosen to give a reasonable range of values. */
5698 #define DWARF_LINE_BASE -10
5700 /* First special line opcode - leave room for the standard opcodes. */
5701 #define DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE 10
5703 /* Range of line offsets in a special line info. opcode. */
5704 #define DWARF_LINE_RANGE (254-DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE+1)
5706 /* Flag that indicates the initial value of the is_stmt_start flag.
5707 In the present implementation, we do not mark any lines as
5708 the beginning of a source statement, because that information
5709 is not made available by the GCC front-end. */
5710 #define DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_IS_STMT_START 1
5712 /* Maximum number of operations per instruction bundle. */
5713 #ifndef DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_MAX_OPS_PER_INSN
5714 #define DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_MAX_OPS_PER_INSN 1
5717 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
5718 /* This location is used by calc_die_sizes() to keep track
5719 the offset of each DIE within the .debug_info section. */
5720 static unsigned long next_die_offset;
5723 /* Record the root of the DIE's built for the current compilation unit. */
5724 static GTY(()) dw_die_ref comp_unit_die;
5726 /* A list of type DIEs that have been separated into comdat sections. */
5727 static GTY(()) comdat_type_node *comdat_type_list;
5729 /* A list of DIEs with a NULL parent waiting to be relocated. */
5730 static GTY(()) limbo_die_node *limbo_die_list;
5732 /* A list of DIEs for which we may have to generate
5733 DW_AT_{,MIPS_}linkage_name once their DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAMEs are set. */
5734 static GTY(()) limbo_die_node *deferred_asm_name;
5736 /* Filenames referenced by this compilation unit. */
5737 static GTY((param_is (struct dwarf_file_data))) htab_t file_table;
5739 /* A hash table of references to DIE's that describe declarations.
5740 The key is a DECL_UID() which is a unique number identifying each decl. */
5741 static GTY ((param_is (struct die_struct))) htab_t decl_die_table;
5743 /* A hash table of references to DIE's that describe COMMON blocks.
5744 The key is DECL_UID() ^ die_parent. */
5745 static GTY ((param_is (struct die_struct))) htab_t common_block_die_table;
5747 typedef struct GTY(()) die_arg_entry_struct {
5752 DEF_VEC_O(die_arg_entry);
5753 DEF_VEC_ALLOC_O(die_arg_entry,gc);
5755 /* Node of the variable location list. */
5756 struct GTY ((chain_next ("%h.next"))) var_loc_node {
5757 /* Either NOTE_INSN_VAR_LOCATION, or, for SRA optimized variables,
5758 EXPR_LIST chain. For small bitsizes, bitsize is encoded
5759 in mode of the EXPR_LIST node and first EXPR_LIST operand
5760 is either NOTE_INSN_VAR_LOCATION for a piece with a known
5761 location or NULL for padding. For larger bitsizes,
5762 mode is 0 and first operand is a CONCAT with bitsize
5763 as first CONCAT operand and NOTE_INSN_VAR_LOCATION resp.
5764 NULL as second operand. */
5766 const char * GTY (()) label;
5767 struct var_loc_node * GTY (()) next;
5770 /* Variable location list. */
5771 struct GTY (()) var_loc_list_def {
5772 struct var_loc_node * GTY (()) first;
5774 /* Pointer to the last but one or last element of the
5775 chained list. If the list is empty, both first and
5776 last are NULL, if the list contains just one node
5777 or the last node certainly is not redundant, it points
5778 to the last node, otherwise points to the last but one.
5779 Do not mark it for GC because it is marked through the chain. */
5780 struct var_loc_node * GTY ((skip ("%h"))) last;
5782 /* DECL_UID of the variable decl. */
5783 unsigned int decl_id;
5785 typedef struct var_loc_list_def var_loc_list;
5788 /* Table of decl location linked lists. */
5789 static GTY ((param_is (var_loc_list))) htab_t decl_loc_table;
5791 /* A pointer to the base of a list of references to DIE's that
5792 are uniquely identified by their tag, presence/absence of
5793 children DIE's, and list of attribute/value pairs. */
5794 static GTY((length ("abbrev_die_table_allocated")))
5795 dw_die_ref *abbrev_die_table;
5797 /* Number of elements currently allocated for abbrev_die_table. */
5798 static GTY(()) unsigned abbrev_die_table_allocated;
5800 /* Number of elements in type_die_table currently in use. */
5801 static GTY(()) unsigned abbrev_die_table_in_use;
5803 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
5804 abbrev_die_table. */
5805 #define ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT 256
5807 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains line information
5808 for each source code line in .text in the compilation unit. */
5809 static GTY((length ("line_info_table_allocated")))
5810 dw_line_info_ref line_info_table;
5812 /* Number of elements currently allocated for line_info_table. */
5813 static GTY(()) unsigned line_info_table_allocated;
5815 /* Number of elements in line_info_table currently in use. */
5816 static GTY(()) unsigned line_info_table_in_use;
5818 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains line information
5819 for each source code line outside of .text in the compilation unit. */
5820 static GTY ((length ("separate_line_info_table_allocated")))
5821 dw_separate_line_info_ref separate_line_info_table;
5823 /* Number of elements currently allocated for separate_line_info_table. */
5824 static GTY(()) unsigned separate_line_info_table_allocated;
5826 /* Number of elements in separate_line_info_table currently in use. */
5827 static GTY(()) unsigned separate_line_info_table_in_use;
5829 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
5831 #define LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT 1024
5833 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains a list of publicly
5834 accessible names. */
5835 static GTY (()) VEC (pubname_entry, gc) * pubname_table;
5837 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains a list of publicly
5838 accessible types. */
5839 static GTY (()) VEC (pubname_entry, gc) * pubtype_table;
5841 /* Array of dies for which we should generate .debug_arange info. */
5842 static GTY((length ("arange_table_allocated"))) dw_die_ref *arange_table;
5844 /* Number of elements currently allocated for arange_table. */
5845 static GTY(()) unsigned arange_table_allocated;
5847 /* Number of elements in arange_table currently in use. */
5848 static GTY(()) unsigned arange_table_in_use;
5850 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
5852 #define ARANGE_TABLE_INCREMENT 64
5854 /* Array of dies for which we should generate .debug_ranges info. */
5855 static GTY ((length ("ranges_table_allocated"))) dw_ranges_ref ranges_table;
5857 /* Number of elements currently allocated for ranges_table. */
5858 static GTY(()) unsigned ranges_table_allocated;
5860 /* Number of elements in ranges_table currently in use. */
5861 static GTY(()) unsigned ranges_table_in_use;
5863 /* Array of pairs of labels referenced in ranges_table. */
5864 static GTY ((length ("ranges_by_label_allocated")))
5865 dw_ranges_by_label_ref ranges_by_label;
5867 /* Number of elements currently allocated for ranges_by_label. */
5868 static GTY(()) unsigned ranges_by_label_allocated;
5870 /* Number of elements in ranges_by_label currently in use. */
5871 static GTY(()) unsigned ranges_by_label_in_use;
5873 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
5875 #define RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT 64
5877 /* Whether we have location lists that need outputting */
5878 static GTY(()) bool have_location_lists;
5880 /* Unique label counter. */
5881 static GTY(()) unsigned int loclabel_num;
5883 /* Unique label counter for point-of-call tables. */
5884 static GTY(()) unsigned int poc_label_num;
5886 /* The direct call table structure. */
5888 typedef struct GTY(()) dcall_struct {
5889 unsigned int poc_label_num;
5891 dw_die_ref targ_die;
5895 DEF_VEC_O(dcall_entry);
5896 DEF_VEC_ALLOC_O(dcall_entry, gc);
5898 /* The virtual call table structure. */
5900 typedef struct GTY(()) vcall_struct {
5901 unsigned int poc_label_num;
5902 unsigned int vtable_slot;
5906 DEF_VEC_O(vcall_entry);
5907 DEF_VEC_ALLOC_O(vcall_entry, gc);
5909 /* Pointers to the direct and virtual call tables. */
5910 static GTY (()) VEC (dcall_entry, gc) * dcall_table = NULL;
5911 static GTY (()) VEC (vcall_entry, gc) * vcall_table = NULL;
5913 /* A hash table to map INSN_UIDs to vtable slot indexes. */
5915 struct GTY (()) vcall_insn {
5917 unsigned int vtable_slot;
5920 static GTY ((param_is (struct vcall_insn))) htab_t vcall_insn_table;
5922 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
5923 /* Record whether the function being analyzed contains inlined functions. */
5924 static int current_function_has_inlines;
5926 #if 0 && defined (MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO)
5927 static int comp_unit_has_inlines;
5930 /* The last file entry emitted by maybe_emit_file(). */
5931 static GTY(()) struct dwarf_file_data * last_emitted_file;
5933 /* Number of internal labels generated by gen_internal_sym(). */
5934 static GTY(()) int label_num;
5936 /* Cached result of previous call to lookup_filename. */
5937 static GTY(()) struct dwarf_file_data * file_table_last_lookup;
5939 static GTY(()) VEC(die_arg_entry,gc) *tmpl_value_parm_die_table;
5941 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
5943 /* Offset from the "steady-state frame pointer" to the frame base,
5944 within the current function. */
5945 static HOST_WIDE_INT frame_pointer_fb_offset;
5947 /* Forward declarations for functions defined in this file. */
5949 static int is_pseudo_reg (const_rtx);
5950 static tree type_main_variant (tree);
5951 static int is_tagged_type (const_tree);
5952 static const char *dwarf_tag_name (unsigned);
5953 static const char *dwarf_attr_name (unsigned);
5954 static const char *dwarf_form_name (unsigned);
5955 static tree decl_ultimate_origin (const_tree);
5956 static tree decl_class_context (tree);
5957 static void add_dwarf_attr (dw_die_ref, dw_attr_ref);
5958 static inline enum dw_val_class AT_class (dw_attr_ref);
5959 static void add_AT_flag (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, unsigned);
5960 static inline unsigned AT_flag (dw_attr_ref);
5961 static void add_AT_int (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, HOST_WIDE_INT);
5962 static inline HOST_WIDE_INT AT_int (dw_attr_ref);
5963 static void add_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT);
5964 static inline unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT AT_unsigned (dw_attr_ref);
5965 static void add_AT_double (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute,
5966 HOST_WIDE_INT, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT);
5967 static inline void add_AT_vec (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, unsigned int,
5968 unsigned int, unsigned char *);
5969 static void add_AT_data8 (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, unsigned char *);
5970 static hashval_t debug_str_do_hash (const void *);
5971 static int debug_str_eq (const void *, const void *);
5972 static void add_AT_string (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, const char *);
5973 static inline const char *AT_string (dw_attr_ref);
5974 static enum dwarf_form AT_string_form (dw_attr_ref);
5975 static void add_AT_die_ref (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, dw_die_ref);
5976 static void add_AT_specification (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref);
5977 static inline dw_die_ref AT_ref (dw_attr_ref);
5978 static inline int AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref);
5979 static inline void set_AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref, int);
5980 static void add_AT_fde_ref (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, unsigned);
5981 static void add_AT_loc (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, dw_loc_descr_ref);
5982 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref AT_loc (dw_attr_ref);
5983 static void add_AT_loc_list (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute,
5985 static inline dw_loc_list_ref AT_loc_list (dw_attr_ref);
5986 static void add_AT_addr (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, rtx);
5987 static inline rtx AT_addr (dw_attr_ref);
5988 static void add_AT_lbl_id (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, const char *);
5989 static void add_AT_lineptr (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, const char *);
5990 static void add_AT_macptr (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, const char *);
5991 static void add_AT_offset (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute,
5992 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT);
5993 static void add_AT_range_list (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute,
5995 static inline const char *AT_lbl (dw_attr_ref);
5996 static dw_attr_ref get_AT (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute);
5997 static const char *get_AT_low_pc (dw_die_ref);
5998 static const char *get_AT_hi_pc (dw_die_ref);
5999 static const char *get_AT_string (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute);
6000 static int get_AT_flag (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute);
6001 static unsigned get_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute);
6002 static inline dw_die_ref get_AT_ref (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute);
6003 static bool is_cxx (void);
6004 static bool is_fortran (void);
6005 static bool is_ada (void);
6006 static void remove_AT (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute);
6007 static void remove_child_TAG (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_tag);
6008 static void add_child_die (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref);
6009 static dw_die_ref new_die (enum dwarf_tag, dw_die_ref, tree);
6010 static dw_die_ref lookup_type_die (tree);
6011 static void equate_type_number_to_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
6012 static hashval_t decl_die_table_hash (const void *);
6013 static int decl_die_table_eq (const void *, const void *);
6014 static dw_die_ref lookup_decl_die (tree);
6015 static hashval_t common_block_die_table_hash (const void *);
6016 static int common_block_die_table_eq (const void *, const void *);
6017 static hashval_t decl_loc_table_hash (const void *);
6018 static int decl_loc_table_eq (const void *, const void *);
6019 static var_loc_list *lookup_decl_loc (const_tree);
6020 static void equate_decl_number_to_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
6021 static struct var_loc_node *add_var_loc_to_decl (tree, rtx, const char *);
6022 static void print_spaces (FILE *);
6023 static void print_die (dw_die_ref, FILE *);
6024 static void print_dwarf_line_table (FILE *);
6025 static dw_die_ref push_new_compile_unit (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref);
6026 static dw_die_ref pop_compile_unit (dw_die_ref);
6027 static void loc_checksum (dw_loc_descr_ref, struct md5_ctx *);
6028 static void attr_checksum (dw_attr_ref, struct md5_ctx *, int *);
6029 static void die_checksum (dw_die_ref, struct md5_ctx *, int *);
6030 static void checksum_sleb128 (HOST_WIDE_INT, struct md5_ctx *);
6031 static void checksum_uleb128 (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT, struct md5_ctx *);
6032 static void loc_checksum_ordered (dw_loc_descr_ref, struct md5_ctx *);
6033 static void attr_checksum_ordered (enum dwarf_tag, dw_attr_ref,
6034 struct md5_ctx *, int *);
6035 struct checksum_attributes;
6036 static void collect_checksum_attributes (struct checksum_attributes *, dw_die_ref);
6037 static void die_checksum_ordered (dw_die_ref, struct md5_ctx *, int *);
6038 static void checksum_die_context (dw_die_ref, struct md5_ctx *);
6039 static void generate_type_signature (dw_die_ref, comdat_type_node *);
6040 static int same_loc_p (dw_loc_descr_ref, dw_loc_descr_ref, int *);
6041 static int same_dw_val_p (const dw_val_node *, const dw_val_node *, int *);
6042 static int same_attr_p (dw_attr_ref, dw_attr_ref, int *);
6043 static int same_die_p (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref, int *);
6044 static int same_die_p_wrap (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref);
6045 static void compute_section_prefix (dw_die_ref);
6046 static int is_type_die (dw_die_ref);
6047 static int is_comdat_die (dw_die_ref);
6048 static int is_symbol_die (dw_die_ref);
6049 static void assign_symbol_names (dw_die_ref);
6050 static void break_out_includes (dw_die_ref);
6051 static int is_declaration_die (dw_die_ref);
6052 static int should_move_die_to_comdat (dw_die_ref);
6053 static dw_die_ref clone_as_declaration (dw_die_ref);
6054 static dw_die_ref clone_die (dw_die_ref);
6055 static dw_die_ref clone_tree (dw_die_ref);
6056 static void copy_declaration_context (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref);
6057 static void generate_skeleton_ancestor_tree (skeleton_chain_node *);
6058 static void generate_skeleton_bottom_up (skeleton_chain_node *);
6059 static dw_die_ref generate_skeleton (dw_die_ref);
6060 static dw_die_ref remove_child_or_replace_with_skeleton (dw_die_ref,
6062 static void break_out_comdat_types (dw_die_ref);
6063 static dw_die_ref copy_ancestor_tree (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref, htab_t);
6064 static void copy_decls_walk (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref, htab_t);
6065 static void copy_decls_for_unworthy_types (dw_die_ref);
6067 static hashval_t htab_cu_hash (const void *);
6068 static int htab_cu_eq (const void *, const void *);
6069 static void htab_cu_del (void *);
6070 static int check_duplicate_cu (dw_die_ref, htab_t, unsigned *);
6071 static void record_comdat_symbol_number (dw_die_ref, htab_t, unsigned);
6072 static void add_sibling_attributes (dw_die_ref);
6073 static void build_abbrev_table (dw_die_ref);
6074 static void output_location_lists (dw_die_ref);
6075 static int constant_size (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT);
6076 static unsigned long size_of_die (dw_die_ref);
6077 static void calc_die_sizes (dw_die_ref);
6078 static void mark_dies (dw_die_ref);
6079 static void unmark_dies (dw_die_ref);
6080 static void unmark_all_dies (dw_die_ref);
6081 static unsigned long size_of_pubnames (VEC (pubname_entry,gc) *);
6082 static unsigned long size_of_aranges (void);
6083 static enum dwarf_form value_format (dw_attr_ref);
6084 static void output_value_format (dw_attr_ref);
6085 static void output_abbrev_section (void);
6086 static void output_die_symbol (dw_die_ref);
6087 static void output_die (dw_die_ref);
6088 static void output_compilation_unit_header (void);
6089 static void output_comp_unit (dw_die_ref, int);
6090 static void output_comdat_type_unit (comdat_type_node *);
6091 static const char *dwarf2_name (tree, int);
6092 static void add_pubname (tree, dw_die_ref);
6093 static void add_pubname_string (const char *, dw_die_ref);
6094 static void add_pubtype (tree, dw_die_ref);
6095 static void output_pubnames (VEC (pubname_entry,gc) *);
6096 static void add_arange (tree, dw_die_ref);
6097 static void output_aranges (void);
6098 static unsigned int add_ranges_num (int);
6099 static unsigned int add_ranges (const_tree);
6100 static void add_ranges_by_labels (dw_die_ref, const char *, const char *,
6102 static void output_ranges (void);
6103 static void output_line_info (void);
6104 static void output_file_names (void);
6105 static dw_die_ref base_type_die (tree);
6106 static int is_base_type (tree);
6107 static dw_die_ref subrange_type_die (tree, tree, tree, dw_die_ref);
6108 static dw_die_ref modified_type_die (tree, int, int, dw_die_ref);
6109 static dw_die_ref generic_parameter_die (tree, tree, bool, dw_die_ref);
6110 static dw_die_ref template_parameter_pack_die (tree, tree, dw_die_ref);
6111 static int type_is_enum (const_tree);
6112 static unsigned int dbx_reg_number (const_rtx);
6113 static void add_loc_descr_op_piece (dw_loc_descr_ref *, int);
6114 static dw_loc_descr_ref reg_loc_descriptor (rtx, enum var_init_status);
6115 static dw_loc_descr_ref one_reg_loc_descriptor (unsigned int,
6116 enum var_init_status);
6117 static dw_loc_descr_ref multiple_reg_loc_descriptor (rtx, rtx,
6118 enum var_init_status);
6119 static dw_loc_descr_ref based_loc_descr (rtx, HOST_WIDE_INT,
6120 enum var_init_status);
6121 static int is_based_loc (const_rtx);
6122 static int resolve_one_addr (rtx *, void *);
6123 static dw_loc_descr_ref mem_loc_descriptor (rtx, enum machine_mode mode,
6124 enum var_init_status);
6125 static dw_loc_descr_ref concat_loc_descriptor (rtx, rtx,
6126 enum var_init_status);
6127 static dw_loc_descr_ref loc_descriptor (rtx, enum machine_mode mode,
6128 enum var_init_status);
6129 static dw_loc_list_ref loc_list_from_tree (tree, int);
6130 static dw_loc_descr_ref loc_descriptor_from_tree (tree, int);
6131 static HOST_WIDE_INT ceiling (HOST_WIDE_INT, unsigned int);
6132 static tree field_type (const_tree);
6133 static unsigned int simple_type_align_in_bits (const_tree);
6134 static unsigned int simple_decl_align_in_bits (const_tree);
6135 static unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT simple_type_size_in_bits (const_tree);
6136 static HOST_WIDE_INT field_byte_offset (const_tree);
6137 static void add_AT_location_description (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute,
6139 static void add_data_member_location_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
6140 static bool add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref, rtx);
6141 static void insert_int (HOST_WIDE_INT, unsigned, unsigned char *);
6142 static void insert_double (double_int, unsigned char *);
6143 static void insert_float (const_rtx, unsigned char *);
6144 static rtx rtl_for_decl_location (tree);
6145 static bool add_location_or_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree,
6146 enum dwarf_attribute);
6147 static bool tree_add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
6148 static bool tree_add_const_value_attribute_for_decl (dw_die_ref, tree);
6149 static void add_name_attribute (dw_die_ref, const char *);
6150 static void add_comp_dir_attribute (dw_die_ref);
6151 static void add_bound_info (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, tree);
6152 static void add_subscript_info (dw_die_ref, tree, bool);
6153 static void add_byte_size_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
6154 static void add_bit_offset_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
6155 static void add_bit_size_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
6156 static void add_prototyped_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
6157 static dw_die_ref add_abstract_origin_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
6158 static void add_pure_or_virtual_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
6159 static void add_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref, tree);
6160 static void add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref, tree);
6161 static void push_decl_scope (tree);
6162 static void pop_decl_scope (void);
6163 static dw_die_ref scope_die_for (tree, dw_die_ref);
6164 static inline int local_scope_p (dw_die_ref);
6165 static inline int class_scope_p (dw_die_ref);
6166 static inline int class_or_namespace_scope_p (dw_die_ref);
6167 static void add_type_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree, int, int, dw_die_ref);
6168 static void add_calling_convention_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
6169 static const char *type_tag (const_tree);
6170 static tree member_declared_type (const_tree);
6172 static const char *decl_start_label (tree);
6174 static void gen_array_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
6175 static void gen_descr_array_type_die (tree, struct array_descr_info *, dw_die_ref);
6177 static void gen_entry_point_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
6179 static dw_die_ref gen_enumeration_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
6180 static dw_die_ref gen_formal_parameter_die (tree, tree, bool, dw_die_ref);
6181 static dw_die_ref gen_formal_parameter_pack_die (tree, tree, dw_die_ref, tree*);
6182 static void gen_unspecified_parameters_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
6183 static void gen_formal_types_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
6184 static void gen_subprogram_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
6185 static void gen_variable_die (tree, tree, dw_die_ref);
6186 static void gen_const_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
6187 static void gen_label_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
6188 static void gen_lexical_block_die (tree, dw_die_ref, int);
6189 static void gen_inlined_subroutine_die (tree, dw_die_ref, int);
6190 static void gen_field_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
6191 static void gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
6192 static dw_die_ref gen_compile_unit_die (const char *);
6193 static void gen_inheritance_die (tree, tree, dw_die_ref);
6194 static void gen_member_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
6195 static void gen_struct_or_union_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref,
6196 enum debug_info_usage);
6197 static void gen_subroutine_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
6198 static void gen_typedef_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
6199 static void gen_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
6200 static void gen_block_die (tree, dw_die_ref, int);
6201 static void decls_for_scope (tree, dw_die_ref, int);
6202 static int is_redundant_typedef (const_tree);
6203 static inline dw_die_ref get_context_die (tree);
6204 static void gen_namespace_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
6205 static void gen_decl_die (tree, tree, dw_die_ref);
6206 static dw_die_ref force_decl_die (tree);
6207 static dw_die_ref force_type_die (tree);
6208 static dw_die_ref setup_namespace_context (tree, dw_die_ref);
6209 static dw_die_ref declare_in_namespace (tree, dw_die_ref);
6210 static struct dwarf_file_data * lookup_filename (const char *);
6211 static void retry_incomplete_types (void);
6212 static void gen_type_die_for_member (tree, tree, dw_die_ref);
6213 static void gen_generic_params_dies (tree);
6214 static void splice_child_die (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref);
6215 static int file_info_cmp (const void *, const void *);
6216 static dw_loc_list_ref new_loc_list (dw_loc_descr_ref, const char *,
6217 const char *, const char *);
6218 static void output_loc_list (dw_loc_list_ref);
6219 static char *gen_internal_sym (const char *);
6221 static void prune_unmark_dies (dw_die_ref);
6222 static void prune_unused_types_mark (dw_die_ref, int);
6223 static void prune_unused_types_walk (dw_die_ref);
6224 static void prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (dw_die_ref);
6225 static void prune_unused_types_prune (dw_die_ref);
6226 static void prune_unused_types (void);
6227 static int maybe_emit_file (struct dwarf_file_data *fd);
6228 static void append_entry_to_tmpl_value_parm_die_table (dw_die_ref, tree);
6229 static void gen_remaining_tmpl_value_param_die_attribute (void);
6231 /* Section names used to hold DWARF debugging information. */
6232 #ifndef DEBUG_INFO_SECTION
6233 #define DEBUG_INFO_SECTION ".debug_info"
6235 #ifndef DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION
6236 #define DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION ".debug_abbrev"
6238 #ifndef DEBUG_ARANGES_SECTION
6239 #define DEBUG_ARANGES_SECTION ".debug_aranges"
6241 #ifndef DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION
6242 #define DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION ".debug_macinfo"
6244 #ifndef DEBUG_LINE_SECTION
6245 #define DEBUG_LINE_SECTION ".debug_line"
6247 #ifndef DEBUG_LOC_SECTION
6248 #define DEBUG_LOC_SECTION ".debug_loc"
6250 #ifndef DEBUG_PUBNAMES_SECTION
6251 #define DEBUG_PUBNAMES_SECTION ".debug_pubnames"
6253 #ifndef DEBUG_PUBTYPES_SECTION
6254 #define DEBUG_PUBTYPES_SECTION ".debug_pubtypes"
6256 #ifndef DEBUG_DCALL_SECTION
6257 #define DEBUG_DCALL_SECTION ".debug_dcall"
6259 #ifndef DEBUG_VCALL_SECTION
6260 #define DEBUG_VCALL_SECTION ".debug_vcall"
6262 #ifndef DEBUG_STR_SECTION
6263 #define DEBUG_STR_SECTION ".debug_str"
6265 #ifndef DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION
6266 #define DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION ".debug_ranges"
6269 /* Standard ELF section names for compiled code and data. */
6270 #ifndef TEXT_SECTION_NAME
6271 #define TEXT_SECTION_NAME ".text"
6274 /* Section flags for .debug_str section. */
6275 #define DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS \
6276 (HAVE_GAS_SHF_MERGE && flag_merge_debug_strings \
6277 ? SECTION_DEBUG | SECTION_MERGE | SECTION_STRINGS | 1 \
6280 /* Labels we insert at beginning sections we can reference instead of
6281 the section names themselves. */
6283 #ifndef TEXT_SECTION_LABEL
6284 #define TEXT_SECTION_LABEL "Ltext"
6286 #ifndef COLD_TEXT_SECTION_LABEL
6287 #define COLD_TEXT_SECTION_LABEL "Ltext_cold"
6289 #ifndef DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL
6290 #define DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_line"
6292 #ifndef DEBUG_INFO_SECTION_LABEL
6293 #define DEBUG_INFO_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_info"
6295 #ifndef DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL
6296 #define DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_abbrev"
6298 #ifndef DEBUG_LOC_SECTION_LABEL
6299 #define DEBUG_LOC_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_loc"
6301 #ifndef DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION_LABEL
6302 #define DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_ranges"
6304 #ifndef DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION_LABEL
6305 #define DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_macinfo"
6308 /* Mangled name attribute to use. This used to be a vendor extension
6309 until DWARF 4 standardized it. */
6310 #define AT_linkage_name \
6311 (dwarf_version >= 4 ? DW_AT_linkage_name : DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name)
6314 /* Definitions of defaults for formats and names of various special
6315 (artificial) labels which may be generated within this file (when the -g
6316 options is used and DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO is in effect.
6317 If necessary, these may be overridden from within the tm.h file, but
6318 typically, overriding these defaults is unnecessary. */
6320 static char text_end_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
6321 static char text_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
6322 static char cold_text_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
6323 static char cold_end_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
6324 static char abbrev_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
6325 static char debug_info_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
6326 static char debug_line_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
6327 static char macinfo_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
6328 static char loc_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
6329 static char ranges_section_label[2 * MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
6331 #ifndef TEXT_END_LABEL
6332 #define TEXT_END_LABEL "Letext"
6334 #ifndef COLD_END_LABEL
6335 #define COLD_END_LABEL "Letext_cold"
6337 #ifndef BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL
6338 #define BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL "LBB"
6340 #ifndef BLOCK_END_LABEL
6341 #define BLOCK_END_LABEL "LBE"
6343 #ifndef LINE_CODE_LABEL
6344 #define LINE_CODE_LABEL "LM"
6346 #ifndef SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL
6347 #define SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL "LSM"
6351 /* We allow a language front-end to designate a function that is to be
6352 called to "demangle" any name before it is put into a DIE. */
6354 static const char *(*demangle_name_func) (const char *);
6357 dwarf2out_set_demangle_name_func (const char *(*func) (const char *))
6359 demangle_name_func = func;
6362 /* Test if rtl node points to a pseudo register. */
6365 is_pseudo_reg (const_rtx rtl)
6367 return ((REG_P (rtl) && REGNO (rtl) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
6368 || (GET_CODE (rtl) == SUBREG
6369 && REGNO (SUBREG_REG (rtl)) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER));
6372 /* Return a reference to a type, with its const and volatile qualifiers
6376 type_main_variant (tree type)
6378 type = TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type);
6380 /* ??? There really should be only one main variant among any group of
6381 variants of a given type (and all of the MAIN_VARIANT values for all
6382 members of the group should point to that one type) but sometimes the C
6383 front-end messes this up for array types, so we work around that bug
6385 if (TREE_CODE (type) == ARRAY_TYPE)
6386 while (type != TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type))
6387 type = TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type);
6392 /* Return nonzero if the given type node represents a tagged type. */
6395 is_tagged_type (const_tree type)
6397 enum tree_code code = TREE_CODE (type);
6399 return (code == RECORD_TYPE || code == UNION_TYPE
6400 || code == QUAL_UNION_TYPE || code == ENUMERAL_TYPE);
6403 /* Convert a DIE tag into its string name. */
6406 dwarf_tag_name (unsigned int tag)
6410 case DW_TAG_padding:
6411 return "DW_TAG_padding";
6412 case DW_TAG_array_type:
6413 return "DW_TAG_array_type";
6414 case DW_TAG_class_type:
6415 return "DW_TAG_class_type";
6416 case DW_TAG_entry_point:
6417 return "DW_TAG_entry_point";
6418 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type:
6419 return "DW_TAG_enumeration_type";
6420 case DW_TAG_formal_parameter:
6421 return "DW_TAG_formal_parameter";
6422 case DW_TAG_imported_declaration:
6423 return "DW_TAG_imported_declaration";
6425 return "DW_TAG_label";
6426 case DW_TAG_lexical_block:
6427 return "DW_TAG_lexical_block";
6429 return "DW_TAG_member";
6430 case DW_TAG_pointer_type:
6431 return "DW_TAG_pointer_type";
6432 case DW_TAG_reference_type:
6433 return "DW_TAG_reference_type";
6434 case DW_TAG_compile_unit:
6435 return "DW_TAG_compile_unit";
6436 case DW_TAG_string_type:
6437 return "DW_TAG_string_type";
6438 case DW_TAG_structure_type:
6439 return "DW_TAG_structure_type";
6440 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type:
6441 return "DW_TAG_subroutine_type";
6442 case DW_TAG_typedef:
6443 return "DW_TAG_typedef";
6444 case DW_TAG_union_type:
6445 return "DW_TAG_union_type";
6446 case DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters:
6447 return "DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters";
6448 case DW_TAG_variant:
6449 return "DW_TAG_variant";
6450 case DW_TAG_common_block:
6451 return "DW_TAG_common_block";
6452 case DW_TAG_common_inclusion:
6453 return "DW_TAG_common_inclusion";
6454 case DW_TAG_inheritance:
6455 return "DW_TAG_inheritance";
6456 case DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine:
6457 return "DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine";
6459 return "DW_TAG_module";
6460 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type:
6461 return "DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type";
6462 case DW_TAG_set_type:
6463 return "DW_TAG_set_type";
6464 case DW_TAG_subrange_type:
6465 return "DW_TAG_subrange_type";
6466 case DW_TAG_with_stmt:
6467 return "DW_TAG_with_stmt";
6468 case DW_TAG_access_declaration:
6469 return "DW_TAG_access_declaration";
6470 case DW_TAG_base_type:
6471 return "DW_TAG_base_type";
6472 case DW_TAG_catch_block:
6473 return "DW_TAG_catch_block";
6474 case DW_TAG_const_type:
6475 return "DW_TAG_const_type";
6476 case DW_TAG_constant:
6477 return "DW_TAG_constant";
6478 case DW_TAG_enumerator:
6479 return "DW_TAG_enumerator";
6480 case DW_TAG_file_type:
6481 return "DW_TAG_file_type";
6483 return "DW_TAG_friend";
6484 case DW_TAG_namelist:
6485 return "DW_TAG_namelist";
6486 case DW_TAG_namelist_item:
6487 return "DW_TAG_namelist_item";
6488 case DW_TAG_packed_type:
6489 return "DW_TAG_packed_type";
6490 case DW_TAG_subprogram:
6491 return "DW_TAG_subprogram";
6492 case DW_TAG_template_type_param:
6493 return "DW_TAG_template_type_param";
6494 case DW_TAG_template_value_param:
6495 return "DW_TAG_template_value_param";
6496 case DW_TAG_thrown_type:
6497 return "DW_TAG_thrown_type";
6498 case DW_TAG_try_block:
6499 return "DW_TAG_try_block";
6500 case DW_TAG_variant_part:
6501 return "DW_TAG_variant_part";
6502 case DW_TAG_variable:
6503 return "DW_TAG_variable";
6504 case DW_TAG_volatile_type:
6505 return "DW_TAG_volatile_type";
6506 case DW_TAG_dwarf_procedure:
6507 return "DW_TAG_dwarf_procedure";
6508 case DW_TAG_restrict_type:
6509 return "DW_TAG_restrict_type";
6510 case DW_TAG_interface_type:
6511 return "DW_TAG_interface_type";
6512 case DW_TAG_namespace:
6513 return "DW_TAG_namespace";
6514 case DW_TAG_imported_module:
6515 return "DW_TAG_imported_module";
6516 case DW_TAG_unspecified_type:
6517 return "DW_TAG_unspecified_type";
6518 case DW_TAG_partial_unit:
6519 return "DW_TAG_partial_unit";
6520 case DW_TAG_imported_unit:
6521 return "DW_TAG_imported_unit";
6522 case DW_TAG_condition:
6523 return "DW_TAG_condition";
6524 case DW_TAG_shared_type:
6525 return "DW_TAG_shared_type";
6526 case DW_TAG_type_unit:
6527 return "DW_TAG_type_unit";
6528 case DW_TAG_rvalue_reference_type:
6529 return "DW_TAG_rvalue_reference_type";
6530 case DW_TAG_template_alias:
6531 return "DW_TAG_template_alias";
6532 case DW_TAG_GNU_template_parameter_pack:
6533 return "DW_TAG_GNU_template_parameter_pack";
6534 case DW_TAG_GNU_formal_parameter_pack:
6535 return "DW_TAG_GNU_formal_parameter_pack";
6536 case DW_TAG_MIPS_loop:
6537 return "DW_TAG_MIPS_loop";
6538 case DW_TAG_format_label:
6539 return "DW_TAG_format_label";
6540 case DW_TAG_function_template:
6541 return "DW_TAG_function_template";
6542 case DW_TAG_class_template:
6543 return "DW_TAG_class_template";
6544 case DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL:
6545 return "DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL";
6546 case DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL:
6547 return "DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL";
6548 case DW_TAG_GNU_template_template_param:
6549 return "DW_TAG_GNU_template_template_param";
6551 return "DW_TAG_<unknown>";
6555 /* Convert a DWARF attribute code into its string name. */
6558 dwarf_attr_name (unsigned int attr)
6563 return "DW_AT_sibling";
6564 case DW_AT_location:
6565 return "DW_AT_location";
6567 return "DW_AT_name";
6568 case DW_AT_ordering:
6569 return "DW_AT_ordering";
6570 case DW_AT_subscr_data:
6571 return "DW_AT_subscr_data";
6572 case DW_AT_byte_size:
6573 return "DW_AT_byte_size";
6574 case DW_AT_bit_offset:
6575 return "DW_AT_bit_offset";
6576 case DW_AT_bit_size:
6577 return "DW_AT_bit_size";
6578 case DW_AT_element_list:
6579 return "DW_AT_element_list";
6580 case DW_AT_stmt_list:
6581 return "DW_AT_stmt_list";
6583 return "DW_AT_low_pc";
6585 return "DW_AT_high_pc";
6586 case DW_AT_language:
6587 return "DW_AT_language";
6589 return "DW_AT_member";
6591 return "DW_AT_discr";
6592 case DW_AT_discr_value:
6593 return "DW_AT_discr_value";
6594 case DW_AT_visibility:
6595 return "DW_AT_visibility";
6597 return "DW_AT_import";
6598 case DW_AT_string_length:
6599 return "DW_AT_string_length";
6600 case DW_AT_common_reference:
6601 return "DW_AT_common_reference";
6602 case DW_AT_comp_dir:
6603 return "DW_AT_comp_dir";
6604 case DW_AT_const_value:
6605 return "DW_AT_const_value";
6606 case DW_AT_containing_type:
6607 return "DW_AT_containing_type";
6608 case DW_AT_default_value:
6609 return "DW_AT_default_value";
6611 return "DW_AT_inline";
6612 case DW_AT_is_optional:
6613 return "DW_AT_is_optional";
6614 case DW_AT_lower_bound:
6615 return "DW_AT_lower_bound";
6616 case DW_AT_producer:
6617 return "DW_AT_producer";
6618 case DW_AT_prototyped:
6619 return "DW_AT_prototyped";
6620 case DW_AT_return_addr:
6621 return "DW_AT_return_addr";
6622 case DW_AT_start_scope:
6623 return "DW_AT_start_scope";
6624 case DW_AT_bit_stride:
6625 return "DW_AT_bit_stride";
6626 case DW_AT_upper_bound:
6627 return "DW_AT_upper_bound";
6628 case DW_AT_abstract_origin:
6629 return "DW_AT_abstract_origin";
6630 case DW_AT_accessibility:
6631 return "DW_AT_accessibility";
6632 case DW_AT_address_class:
6633 return "DW_AT_address_class";
6634 case DW_AT_artificial:
6635 return "DW_AT_artificial";
6636 case DW_AT_base_types:
6637 return "DW_AT_base_types";
6638 case DW_AT_calling_convention:
6639 return "DW_AT_calling_convention";
6641 return "DW_AT_count";
6642 case DW_AT_data_member_location:
6643 return "DW_AT_data_member_location";
6644 case DW_AT_decl_column:
6645 return "DW_AT_decl_column";
6646 case DW_AT_decl_file:
6647 return "DW_AT_decl_file";
6648 case DW_AT_decl_line:
6649 return "DW_AT_decl_line";
6650 case DW_AT_declaration:
6651 return "DW_AT_declaration";
6652 case DW_AT_discr_list:
6653 return "DW_AT_discr_list";
6654 case DW_AT_encoding:
6655 return "DW_AT_encoding";
6656 case DW_AT_external:
6657 return "DW_AT_external";
6658 case DW_AT_explicit:
6659 return "DW_AT_explicit";
6660 case DW_AT_frame_base:
6661 return "DW_AT_frame_base";
6663 return "DW_AT_friend";
6664 case DW_AT_identifier_case:
6665 return "DW_AT_identifier_case";
6666 case DW_AT_macro_info:
6667 return "DW_AT_macro_info";
6668 case DW_AT_namelist_items:
6669 return "DW_AT_namelist_items";
6670 case DW_AT_priority:
6671 return "DW_AT_priority";
6673 return "DW_AT_segment";
6674 case DW_AT_specification:
6675 return "DW_AT_specification";
6676 case DW_AT_static_link:
6677 return "DW_AT_static_link";
6679 return "DW_AT_type";
6680 case DW_AT_use_location:
6681 return "DW_AT_use_location";
6682 case DW_AT_variable_parameter:
6683 return "DW_AT_variable_parameter";
6684 case DW_AT_virtuality:
6685 return "DW_AT_virtuality";
6686 case DW_AT_vtable_elem_location:
6687 return "DW_AT_vtable_elem_location";
6689 case DW_AT_allocated:
6690 return "DW_AT_allocated";
6691 case DW_AT_associated:
6692 return "DW_AT_associated";
6693 case DW_AT_data_location:
6694 return "DW_AT_data_location";
6695 case DW_AT_byte_stride:
6696 return "DW_AT_byte_stride";
6697 case DW_AT_entry_pc:
6698 return "DW_AT_entry_pc";
6699 case DW_AT_use_UTF8:
6700 return "DW_AT_use_UTF8";
6701 case DW_AT_extension:
6702 return "DW_AT_extension";
6704 return "DW_AT_ranges";
6705 case DW_AT_trampoline:
6706 return "DW_AT_trampoline";
6707 case DW_AT_call_column:
6708 return "DW_AT_call_column";
6709 case DW_AT_call_file:
6710 return "DW_AT_call_file";
6711 case DW_AT_call_line:
6712 return "DW_AT_call_line";
6714 case DW_AT_signature:
6715 return "DW_AT_signature";
6716 case DW_AT_main_subprogram:
6717 return "DW_AT_main_subprogram";
6718 case DW_AT_data_bit_offset:
6719 return "DW_AT_data_bit_offset";
6720 case DW_AT_const_expr:
6721 return "DW_AT_const_expr";
6722 case DW_AT_enum_class:
6723 return "DW_AT_enum_class";
6724 case DW_AT_linkage_name:
6725 return "DW_AT_linkage_name";
6727 case DW_AT_MIPS_fde:
6728 return "DW_AT_MIPS_fde";
6729 case DW_AT_MIPS_loop_begin:
6730 return "DW_AT_MIPS_loop_begin";
6731 case DW_AT_MIPS_tail_loop_begin:
6732 return "DW_AT_MIPS_tail_loop_begin";
6733 case DW_AT_MIPS_epilog_begin:
6734 return "DW_AT_MIPS_epilog_begin";
6735 case DW_AT_MIPS_loop_unroll_factor:
6736 return "DW_AT_MIPS_loop_unroll_factor";
6737 case DW_AT_MIPS_software_pipeline_depth:
6738 return "DW_AT_MIPS_software_pipeline_depth";
6739 case DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name:
6740 return "DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name";
6741 case DW_AT_MIPS_stride:
6742 return "DW_AT_MIPS_stride";
6743 case DW_AT_MIPS_abstract_name:
6744 return "DW_AT_MIPS_abstract_name";
6745 case DW_AT_MIPS_clone_origin:
6746 return "DW_AT_MIPS_clone_origin";
6747 case DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines:
6748 return "DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines";
6750 case DW_AT_sf_names:
6751 return "DW_AT_sf_names";
6752 case DW_AT_src_info:
6753 return "DW_AT_src_info";
6754 case DW_AT_mac_info:
6755 return "DW_AT_mac_info";
6756 case DW_AT_src_coords:
6757 return "DW_AT_src_coords";
6758 case DW_AT_body_begin:
6759 return "DW_AT_body_begin";
6760 case DW_AT_body_end:
6761 return "DW_AT_body_end";
6762 case DW_AT_GNU_vector:
6763 return "DW_AT_GNU_vector";
6764 case DW_AT_GNU_guarded_by:
6765 return "DW_AT_GNU_guarded_by";
6766 case DW_AT_GNU_pt_guarded_by:
6767 return "DW_AT_GNU_pt_guarded_by";
6768 case DW_AT_GNU_guarded:
6769 return "DW_AT_GNU_guarded";
6770 case DW_AT_GNU_pt_guarded:
6771 return "DW_AT_GNU_pt_guarded";
6772 case DW_AT_GNU_locks_excluded:
6773 return "DW_AT_GNU_locks_excluded";
6774 case DW_AT_GNU_exclusive_locks_required:
6775 return "DW_AT_GNU_exclusive_locks_required";
6776 case DW_AT_GNU_shared_locks_required:
6777 return "DW_AT_GNU_shared_locks_required";
6778 case DW_AT_GNU_odr_signature:
6779 return "DW_AT_GNU_odr_signature";
6780 case DW_AT_GNU_template_name:
6781 return "DW_AT_GNU_template_name";
6783 case DW_AT_VMS_rtnbeg_pd_address:
6784 return "DW_AT_VMS_rtnbeg_pd_address";
6787 return "DW_AT_<unknown>";
6791 /* Convert a DWARF value form code into its string name. */
6794 dwarf_form_name (unsigned int form)
6799 return "DW_FORM_addr";
6800 case DW_FORM_block2:
6801 return "DW_FORM_block2";
6802 case DW_FORM_block4:
6803 return "DW_FORM_block4";
6805 return "DW_FORM_data2";
6807 return "DW_FORM_data4";
6809 return "DW_FORM_data8";
6810 case DW_FORM_string:
6811 return "DW_FORM_string";
6813 return "DW_FORM_block";
6814 case DW_FORM_block1:
6815 return "DW_FORM_block1";
6817 return "DW_FORM_data1";
6819 return "DW_FORM_flag";
6821 return "DW_FORM_sdata";
6823 return "DW_FORM_strp";
6825 return "DW_FORM_udata";
6826 case DW_FORM_ref_addr:
6827 return "DW_FORM_ref_addr";
6829 return "DW_FORM_ref1";
6831 return "DW_FORM_ref2";
6833 return "DW_FORM_ref4";
6835 return "DW_FORM_ref8";
6836 case DW_FORM_ref_udata:
6837 return "DW_FORM_ref_udata";
6838 case DW_FORM_indirect:
6839 return "DW_FORM_indirect";
6840 case DW_FORM_sec_offset:
6841 return "DW_FORM_sec_offset";
6842 case DW_FORM_exprloc:
6843 return "DW_FORM_exprloc";
6844 case DW_FORM_flag_present:
6845 return "DW_FORM_flag_present";
6846 case DW_FORM_ref_sig8:
6847 return "DW_FORM_ref_sig8";
6849 return "DW_FORM_<unknown>";
6853 /* Determine the "ultimate origin" of a decl. The decl may be an inlined
6854 instance of an inlined instance of a decl which is local to an inline
6855 function, so we have to trace all of the way back through the origin chain
6856 to find out what sort of node actually served as the original seed for the
6860 decl_ultimate_origin (const_tree decl)
6862 if (!CODE_CONTAINS_STRUCT (TREE_CODE (decl), TS_DECL_COMMON))
6865 /* output_inline_function sets DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN for all the
6866 nodes in the function to point to themselves; ignore that if
6867 we're trying to output the abstract instance of this function. */
6868 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl) && DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl) == decl)
6871 /* Since the DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN for a DECL is supposed to be the
6872 most distant ancestor, this should never happen. */
6873 gcc_assert (!DECL_FROM_INLINE (DECL_ORIGIN (decl)));
6875 return DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl);
6878 /* Get the class to which DECL belongs, if any. In g++, the DECL_CONTEXT
6879 of a virtual function may refer to a base class, so we check the 'this'
6883 decl_class_context (tree decl)
6885 tree context = NULL_TREE;
6887 if (TREE_CODE (decl) != FUNCTION_DECL || ! DECL_VINDEX (decl))
6888 context = DECL_CONTEXT (decl);
6890 context = TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT
6891 (TREE_TYPE (TREE_VALUE (TYPE_ARG_TYPES (TREE_TYPE (decl)))));
6893 if (context && !TYPE_P (context))
6894 context = NULL_TREE;
6899 /* Add an attribute/value pair to a DIE. */
6902 add_dwarf_attr (dw_die_ref die, dw_attr_ref attr)
6904 /* Maybe this should be an assert? */
6908 if (die->die_attr == NULL)
6909 die->die_attr = VEC_alloc (dw_attr_node, gc, 1);
6910 VEC_safe_push (dw_attr_node, gc, die->die_attr, attr);
6913 static inline enum dw_val_class
6914 AT_class (dw_attr_ref a)
6916 return a->dw_attr_val.val_class;
6919 /* Add a flag value attribute to a DIE. */
6922 add_AT_flag (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, unsigned int flag)
6926 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
6927 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_flag;
6928 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_flag = flag;
6929 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
6932 static inline unsigned
6933 AT_flag (dw_attr_ref a)
6935 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_flag);
6936 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_flag;
6939 /* Add a signed integer attribute value to a DIE. */
6942 add_AT_int (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, HOST_WIDE_INT int_val)
6946 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
6947 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_const;
6948 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_int = int_val;
6949 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
6952 static inline HOST_WIDE_INT
6953 AT_int (dw_attr_ref a)
6955 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_const);
6956 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_int;
6959 /* Add an unsigned integer attribute value to a DIE. */
6962 add_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
6963 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT unsigned_val)
6967 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
6968 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_unsigned_const;
6969 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_unsigned = unsigned_val;
6970 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
6973 static inline unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
6974 AT_unsigned (dw_attr_ref a)
6976 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_unsigned_const);
6977 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_unsigned;
6980 /* Add an unsigned double integer attribute value to a DIE. */
6983 add_AT_double (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
6984 HOST_WIDE_INT high, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT low)
6988 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
6989 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_const_double;
6990 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_double.high = high;
6991 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_double.low = low;
6992 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
6995 /* Add a floating point attribute value to a DIE and return it. */
6998 add_AT_vec (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
6999 unsigned int length, unsigned int elt_size, unsigned char *array)
7003 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
7004 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_vec;
7005 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.length = length;
7006 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.elt_size = elt_size;
7007 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.array = array;
7008 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
7011 /* Add an 8-byte data attribute value to a DIE. */
7014 add_AT_data8 (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
7015 unsigned char data8[8])
7019 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
7020 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_data8;
7021 memcpy (attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_data8, data8, 8);
7022 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
7025 /* Hash and equality functions for debug_str_hash. */
7028 debug_str_do_hash (const void *x)
7030 return htab_hash_string (((const struct indirect_string_node *)x)->str);
7034 debug_str_eq (const void *x1, const void *x2)
7036 return strcmp ((((const struct indirect_string_node *)x1)->str),
7037 (const char *)x2) == 0;
7040 /* Add STR to the indirect string hash table. */
7042 static struct indirect_string_node *
7043 find_AT_string (const char *str)
7045 struct indirect_string_node *node;
7048 if (! debug_str_hash)
7049 debug_str_hash = htab_create_ggc (10, debug_str_do_hash,
7050 debug_str_eq, NULL);
7052 slot = htab_find_slot_with_hash (debug_str_hash, str,
7053 htab_hash_string (str), INSERT);
7056 node = (struct indirect_string_node *)
7057 ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (struct indirect_string_node));
7058 node->str = ggc_strdup (str);
7062 node = (struct indirect_string_node *) *slot;
7068 /* Add a string attribute value to a DIE. */
7071 add_AT_string (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, const char *str)
7074 struct indirect_string_node *node;
7076 node = find_AT_string (str);
7078 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
7079 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_str;
7080 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_str = node;
7081 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
7084 /* Create a label for an indirect string node, ensuring it is going to
7085 be output, unless its reference count goes down to zero. */
7088 gen_label_for_indirect_string (struct indirect_string_node *node)
7095 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, "LASF", dw2_string_counter);
7096 ++dw2_string_counter;
7097 node->label = xstrdup (label);
7100 /* Create a SYMBOL_REF rtx whose value is the initial address of a
7101 debug string STR. */
7104 get_debug_string_label (const char *str)
7106 struct indirect_string_node *node = find_AT_string (str);
7108 debug_str_hash_forced = true;
7110 gen_label_for_indirect_string (node);
7112 return gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, node->label);
7115 static inline const char *
7116 AT_string (dw_attr_ref a)
7118 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_str);
7119 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str->str;
7122 /* Find out whether a string should be output inline in DIE
7123 or out-of-line in .debug_str section. */
7125 static enum dwarf_form
7126 AT_string_form (dw_attr_ref a)
7128 struct indirect_string_node *node;
7131 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_str);
7133 node = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str;
7137 len = strlen (node->str) + 1;
7139 /* If the string is shorter or equal to the size of the reference, it is
7140 always better to put it inline. */
7141 if (len <= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE || node->refcount == 0)
7142 return node->form = DW_FORM_string;
7144 /* If we cannot expect the linker to merge strings in .debug_str
7145 section, only put it into .debug_str if it is worth even in this
7147 if (DWARF2_INDIRECT_STRING_SUPPORT_MISSING_ON_TARGET
7148 || ((debug_str_section->common.flags & SECTION_MERGE) == 0
7149 && (len - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE) * node->refcount <= len))
7150 return node->form = DW_FORM_string;
7152 gen_label_for_indirect_string (node);
7154 return node->form = DW_FORM_strp;
7157 /* Add a DIE reference attribute value to a DIE. */
7160 add_AT_die_ref (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, dw_die_ref targ_die)
7164 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
7165 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_die_ref;
7166 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.die = targ_die;
7167 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.external = 0;
7168 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
7171 /* Add an AT_specification attribute to a DIE, and also make the back
7172 pointer from the specification to the definition. */
7175 add_AT_specification (dw_die_ref die, dw_die_ref targ_die)
7177 add_AT_die_ref (die, DW_AT_specification, targ_die);
7178 gcc_assert (!targ_die->die_definition);
7179 targ_die->die_definition = die;
7182 static inline dw_die_ref
7183 AT_ref (dw_attr_ref a)
7185 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_die_ref);
7186 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.die;
7190 AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref a)
7192 if (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_die_ref)
7193 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.external;
7199 set_AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref a, int i)
7201 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_die_ref);
7202 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.external = i;
7205 /* Add an FDE reference attribute value to a DIE. */
7208 add_AT_fde_ref (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, unsigned int targ_fde)
7212 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
7213 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_fde_ref;
7214 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_fde_index = targ_fde;
7215 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
7218 /* Add a location description attribute value to a DIE. */
7221 add_AT_loc (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, dw_loc_descr_ref loc)
7225 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
7226 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_loc;
7227 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_loc = loc;
7228 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
7231 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
7232 AT_loc (dw_attr_ref a)
7234 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_loc);
7235 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_loc;
7239 add_AT_loc_list (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, dw_loc_list_ref loc_list)
7243 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
7244 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_loc_list;
7245 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_loc_list = loc_list;
7246 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
7247 have_location_lists = true;
7250 static inline dw_loc_list_ref
7251 AT_loc_list (dw_attr_ref a)
7253 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_loc_list);
7254 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_loc_list;
7257 static inline dw_loc_list_ref *
7258 AT_loc_list_ptr (dw_attr_ref a)
7260 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_loc_list);
7261 return &a->dw_attr_val.v.val_loc_list;
7264 /* Add an address constant attribute value to a DIE. */
7267 add_AT_addr (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, rtx addr)
7271 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
7272 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_addr;
7273 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_addr = addr;
7274 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
7277 /* Get the RTX from to an address DIE attribute. */
7280 AT_addr (dw_attr_ref a)
7282 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_addr);
7283 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_addr;
7286 /* Add a file attribute value to a DIE. */
7289 add_AT_file (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
7290 struct dwarf_file_data *fd)
7294 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
7295 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_file;
7296 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_file = fd;
7297 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
7300 /* Get the dwarf_file_data from a file DIE attribute. */
7302 static inline struct dwarf_file_data *
7303 AT_file (dw_attr_ref a)
7305 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_file);
7306 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_file;
7309 /* Add a label identifier attribute value to a DIE. */
7312 add_AT_lbl_id (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, const char *lbl_id)
7316 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
7317 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_lbl_id;
7318 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_lbl_id = xstrdup (lbl_id);
7319 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
7322 /* Add a section offset attribute value to a DIE, an offset into the
7323 debug_line section. */
7326 add_AT_lineptr (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
7331 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
7332 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_lineptr;
7333 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_lbl_id = xstrdup (label);
7334 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
7337 /* Add a section offset attribute value to a DIE, an offset into the
7338 debug_macinfo section. */
7341 add_AT_macptr (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
7346 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
7347 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_macptr;
7348 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_lbl_id = xstrdup (label);
7349 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
7352 /* Add an offset attribute value to a DIE. */
7355 add_AT_offset (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
7356 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
7360 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
7361 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_offset;
7362 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_offset = offset;
7363 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
7366 /* Add an range_list attribute value to a DIE. */
7369 add_AT_range_list (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
7370 long unsigned int offset)
7374 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
7375 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_range_list;
7376 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_offset = offset;
7377 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
7380 static inline const char *
7381 AT_lbl (dw_attr_ref a)
7383 gcc_assert (a && (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_lbl_id
7384 || AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_lineptr
7385 || AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_macptr));
7386 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_lbl_id;
7389 /* Get the attribute of type attr_kind. */
7392 get_AT (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind)
7396 dw_die_ref spec = NULL;
7401 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
7402 if (a->dw_attr == attr_kind)
7404 else if (a->dw_attr == DW_AT_specification
7405 || a->dw_attr == DW_AT_abstract_origin)
7409 return get_AT (spec, attr_kind);
7414 /* Return the "low pc" attribute value, typically associated with a subprogram
7415 DIE. Return null if the "low pc" attribute is either not present, or if it
7416 cannot be represented as an assembler label identifier. */
7418 static inline const char *
7419 get_AT_low_pc (dw_die_ref die)
7421 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, DW_AT_low_pc);
7423 return a ? AT_lbl (a) : NULL;
7426 /* Return the "high pc" attribute value, typically associated with a subprogram
7427 DIE. Return null if the "high pc" attribute is either not present, or if it
7428 cannot be represented as an assembler label identifier. */
7430 static inline const char *
7431 get_AT_hi_pc (dw_die_ref die)
7433 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, DW_AT_high_pc);
7435 return a ? AT_lbl (a) : NULL;
7438 /* Return the value of the string attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or
7439 NULL if it is not present. */
7441 static inline const char *
7442 get_AT_string (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind)
7444 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, attr_kind);
7446 return a ? AT_string (a) : NULL;
7449 /* Return the value of the flag attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or -1
7450 if it is not present. */
7453 get_AT_flag (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind)
7455 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, attr_kind);
7457 return a ? AT_flag (a) : 0;
7460 /* Return the value of the unsigned attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or 0
7461 if it is not present. */
7463 static inline unsigned
7464 get_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind)
7466 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, attr_kind);
7468 return a ? AT_unsigned (a) : 0;
7471 static inline dw_die_ref
7472 get_AT_ref (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind)
7474 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, attr_kind);
7476 return a ? AT_ref (a) : NULL;
7479 static inline struct dwarf_file_data *
7480 get_AT_file (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind)
7482 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, attr_kind);
7484 return a ? AT_file (a) : NULL;
7487 /* Return TRUE if the language is C++. */
7492 unsigned int lang = get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language);
7494 return lang == DW_LANG_C_plus_plus || lang == DW_LANG_ObjC_plus_plus;
7497 /* Return TRUE if the language is Fortran. */
7502 unsigned int lang = get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language);
7504 return (lang == DW_LANG_Fortran77
7505 || lang == DW_LANG_Fortran90
7506 || lang == DW_LANG_Fortran95);
7509 /* Return TRUE if the language is Ada. */
7514 unsigned int lang = get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language);
7516 return lang == DW_LANG_Ada95 || lang == DW_LANG_Ada83;
7519 /* Remove the specified attribute if present. */
7522 remove_AT (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind)
7530 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
7531 if (a->dw_attr == attr_kind)
7533 if (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_str)
7534 if (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str->refcount)
7535 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str->refcount--;
7537 /* VEC_ordered_remove should help reduce the number of abbrevs
7539 VEC_ordered_remove (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix);
7544 /* Remove CHILD from its parent. PREV must have the property that
7545 PREV->DIE_SIB == CHILD. Does not alter CHILD. */
7548 remove_child_with_prev (dw_die_ref child, dw_die_ref prev)
7550 gcc_assert (child->die_parent == prev->die_parent);
7551 gcc_assert (prev->die_sib == child);
7554 gcc_assert (child->die_parent->die_child == child);
7558 prev->die_sib = child->die_sib;
7559 if (child->die_parent->die_child == child)
7560 child->die_parent->die_child = prev;
7563 /* Replace OLD_CHILD with NEW_CHILD. PREV must have the property that
7564 PREV->DIE_SIB == OLD_CHILD. Does not alter OLD_CHILD. */
7567 replace_child (dw_die_ref old_child, dw_die_ref new_child, dw_die_ref prev)
7569 dw_die_ref parent = old_child->die_parent;
7571 gcc_assert (parent == prev->die_parent);
7572 gcc_assert (prev->die_sib == old_child);
7574 new_child->die_parent = parent;
7575 if (prev == old_child)
7577 gcc_assert (parent->die_child == old_child);
7578 new_child->die_sib = new_child;
7582 prev->die_sib = new_child;
7583 new_child->die_sib = old_child->die_sib;
7585 if (old_child->die_parent->die_child == old_child)
7586 old_child->die_parent->die_child = new_child;
7589 /* Move all children from OLD_PARENT to NEW_PARENT. */
7592 move_all_children (dw_die_ref old_parent, dw_die_ref new_parent)
7595 new_parent->die_child = old_parent->die_child;
7596 old_parent->die_child = NULL;
7597 FOR_EACH_CHILD (new_parent, c, c->die_parent = new_parent);
7600 /* Remove child DIE whose die_tag is TAG. Do nothing if no child
7604 remove_child_TAG (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_tag tag)
7610 dw_die_ref prev = c;
7612 while (c->die_tag == tag)
7614 remove_child_with_prev (c, prev);
7615 /* Might have removed every child. */
7616 if (c == c->die_sib)
7620 } while (c != die->die_child);
7623 /* Add a CHILD_DIE as the last child of DIE. */
7626 add_child_die (dw_die_ref die, dw_die_ref child_die)
7628 /* FIXME this should probably be an assert. */
7629 if (! die || ! child_die)
7631 gcc_assert (die != child_die);
7633 child_die->die_parent = die;
7636 child_die->die_sib = die->die_child->die_sib;
7637 die->die_child->die_sib = child_die;
7640 child_die->die_sib = child_die;
7641 die->die_child = child_die;
7644 /* Move CHILD, which must be a child of PARENT or the DIE for which PARENT
7645 is the specification, to the end of PARENT's list of children.
7646 This is done by removing and re-adding it. */
7649 splice_child_die (dw_die_ref parent, dw_die_ref child)
7653 /* We want the declaration DIE from inside the class, not the
7654 specification DIE at toplevel. */
7655 if (child->die_parent != parent)
7657 dw_die_ref tmp = get_AT_ref (child, DW_AT_specification);
7663 gcc_assert (child->die_parent == parent
7664 || (child->die_parent
7665 == get_AT_ref (parent, DW_AT_specification)));
7667 for (p = child->die_parent->die_child; ; p = p->die_sib)
7668 if (p->die_sib == child)
7670 remove_child_with_prev (child, p);
7674 add_child_die (parent, child);
7677 /* Return a pointer to a newly created DIE node. */
7679 static inline dw_die_ref
7680 new_die (enum dwarf_tag tag_value, dw_die_ref parent_die, tree t)
7682 dw_die_ref die = GGC_CNEW (die_node);
7684 die->die_tag = tag_value;
7686 if (parent_die != NULL)
7687 add_child_die (parent_die, die);
7690 limbo_die_node *limbo_node;
7692 limbo_node = GGC_CNEW (limbo_die_node);
7693 limbo_node->die = die;
7694 limbo_node->created_for = t;
7695 limbo_node->next = limbo_die_list;
7696 limbo_die_list = limbo_node;
7702 /* Return the DIE associated with the given type specifier. */
7704 static inline dw_die_ref
7705 lookup_type_die (tree type)
7707 return TYPE_SYMTAB_DIE (type);
7710 /* Equate a DIE to a given type specifier. */
7713 equate_type_number_to_die (tree type, dw_die_ref type_die)
7715 TYPE_SYMTAB_DIE (type) = type_die;
7718 /* Returns a hash value for X (which really is a die_struct). */
7721 decl_die_table_hash (const void *x)
7723 return (hashval_t) ((const_dw_die_ref) x)->decl_id;
7726 /* Return nonzero if decl_id of die_struct X is the same as UID of decl *Y. */
7729 decl_die_table_eq (const void *x, const void *y)
7731 return (((const_dw_die_ref) x)->decl_id == DECL_UID ((const_tree) y));
7734 /* Return the DIE associated with a given declaration. */
7736 static inline dw_die_ref
7737 lookup_decl_die (tree decl)
7739 return (dw_die_ref) htab_find_with_hash (decl_die_table, decl, DECL_UID (decl));
7742 /* Returns a hash value for X (which really is a var_loc_list). */
7745 decl_loc_table_hash (const void *x)
7747 return (hashval_t) ((const var_loc_list *) x)->decl_id;
7750 /* Return nonzero if decl_id of var_loc_list X is the same as
7754 decl_loc_table_eq (const void *x, const void *y)
7756 return (((const var_loc_list *) x)->decl_id == DECL_UID ((const_tree) y));
7759 /* Return the var_loc list associated with a given declaration. */
7761 static inline var_loc_list *
7762 lookup_decl_loc (const_tree decl)
7764 if (!decl_loc_table)
7766 return (var_loc_list *)
7767 htab_find_with_hash (decl_loc_table, decl, DECL_UID (decl));
7770 /* Equate a DIE to a particular declaration. */
7773 equate_decl_number_to_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref decl_die)
7775 unsigned int decl_id = DECL_UID (decl);
7778 slot = htab_find_slot_with_hash (decl_die_table, decl, decl_id, INSERT);
7780 decl_die->decl_id = decl_id;
7783 /* Return how many bits covers PIECE EXPR_LIST. */
7786 decl_piece_bitsize (rtx piece)
7788 int ret = (int) GET_MODE (piece);
7791 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (XEXP (piece, 0)) == CONCAT
7792 && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (XEXP (piece, 0), 0)));
7793 return INTVAL (XEXP (XEXP (piece, 0), 0));
7796 /* Return pointer to the location of location note in PIECE EXPR_LIST. */
7799 decl_piece_varloc_ptr (rtx piece)
7801 if ((int) GET_MODE (piece))
7802 return &XEXP (piece, 0);
7804 return &XEXP (XEXP (piece, 0), 1);
7807 /* Create an EXPR_LIST for location note LOC_NOTE covering BITSIZE bits.
7808 Next is the chain of following piece nodes. */
7811 decl_piece_node (rtx loc_note, HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize, rtx next)
7813 if (bitsize <= (int) MAX_MACHINE_MODE)
7814 return alloc_EXPR_LIST (bitsize, loc_note, next);
7816 return alloc_EXPR_LIST (0, gen_rtx_CONCAT (VOIDmode,
7821 /* Return rtx that should be stored into loc field for
7822 LOC_NOTE and BITPOS/BITSIZE. */
7825 construct_piece_list (rtx loc_note, HOST_WIDE_INT bitpos,
7826 HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize)
7830 loc_note = decl_piece_node (loc_note, bitsize, NULL_RTX);
7832 loc_note = decl_piece_node (NULL_RTX, bitpos, loc_note);
7837 /* This function either modifies location piece list *DEST in
7838 place (if SRC and INNER is NULL), or copies location piece list
7839 *SRC to *DEST while modifying it. Location BITPOS is modified
7840 to contain LOC_NOTE, any pieces overlapping it are removed resp.
7841 not copied and if needed some padding around it is added.
7842 When modifying in place, DEST should point to EXPR_LIST where
7843 earlier pieces cover PIECE_BITPOS bits, when copying SRC points
7844 to the start of the whole list and INNER points to the EXPR_LIST
7845 where earlier pieces cover PIECE_BITPOS bits. */
7848 adjust_piece_list (rtx *dest, rtx *src, rtx *inner,
7849 HOST_WIDE_INT bitpos, HOST_WIDE_INT piece_bitpos,
7850 HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize, rtx loc_note)
7853 bool copy = inner != NULL;
7857 /* First copy all nodes preceeding the current bitpos. */
7858 while (src != inner)
7860 *dest = decl_piece_node (*decl_piece_varloc_ptr (*src),
7861 decl_piece_bitsize (*src), NULL_RTX);
7862 dest = &XEXP (*dest, 1);
7863 src = &XEXP (*src, 1);
7866 /* Add padding if needed. */
7867 if (bitpos != piece_bitpos)
7869 *dest = decl_piece_node (NULL_RTX, bitpos - piece_bitpos,
7870 copy ? NULL_RTX : *dest);
7871 dest = &XEXP (*dest, 1);
7873 else if (*dest && decl_piece_bitsize (*dest) == bitsize)
7876 /* A piece with correct bitpos and bitsize already exist,
7877 just update the location for it and return. */
7878 *decl_piece_varloc_ptr (*dest) = loc_note;
7881 /* Add the piece that changed. */
7882 *dest = decl_piece_node (loc_note, bitsize, copy ? NULL_RTX : *dest);
7883 dest = &XEXP (*dest, 1);
7884 /* Skip over pieces that overlap it. */
7885 diff = bitpos - piece_bitpos + bitsize;
7888 while (diff > 0 && *src)
7891 diff -= decl_piece_bitsize (piece);
7893 src = &XEXP (piece, 1);
7896 *src = XEXP (piece, 1);
7897 free_EXPR_LIST_node (piece);
7900 /* Add padding if needed. */
7901 if (diff < 0 && *src)
7905 *dest = decl_piece_node (NULL_RTX, -diff, copy ? NULL_RTX : *dest);
7906 dest = &XEXP (*dest, 1);
7910 /* Finally copy all nodes following it. */
7913 *dest = decl_piece_node (*decl_piece_varloc_ptr (*src),
7914 decl_piece_bitsize (*src), NULL_RTX);
7915 dest = &XEXP (*dest, 1);
7916 src = &XEXP (*src, 1);
7920 /* Add a variable location node to the linked list for DECL. */
7922 static struct var_loc_node *
7923 add_var_loc_to_decl (tree decl, rtx loc_note, const char *label)
7925 unsigned int decl_id;
7928 struct var_loc_node *loc = NULL;
7929 HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize = -1, bitpos = -1;
7931 if (DECL_DEBUG_EXPR_IS_FROM (decl))
7933 tree realdecl = DECL_DEBUG_EXPR (decl);
7934 if (realdecl && handled_component_p (realdecl))
7936 HOST_WIDE_INT maxsize;
7939 = get_ref_base_and_extent (realdecl, &bitpos, &bitsize, &maxsize);
7940 if (!DECL_P (innerdecl)
7941 || DECL_IGNORED_P (innerdecl)
7942 || TREE_STATIC (innerdecl)
7944 || bitpos + bitsize > 256
7945 || bitsize != maxsize)
7951 decl_id = DECL_UID (decl);
7952 slot = htab_find_slot_with_hash (decl_loc_table, decl, decl_id, INSERT);
7955 temp = GGC_CNEW (var_loc_list);
7956 temp->decl_id = decl_id;
7960 temp = (var_loc_list *) *slot;
7964 struct var_loc_node *last = temp->last, *unused = NULL;
7965 rtx *piece_loc = NULL, last_loc_note;
7966 int piece_bitpos = 0;
7970 gcc_assert (last->next == NULL);
7972 if (bitsize != -1 && GET_CODE (last->loc) == EXPR_LIST)
7974 piece_loc = &last->loc;
7977 int cur_bitsize = decl_piece_bitsize (*piece_loc);
7978 if (piece_bitpos + cur_bitsize > bitpos)
7980 piece_bitpos += cur_bitsize;
7981 piece_loc = &XEXP (*piece_loc, 1);
7985 /* TEMP->LAST here is either pointer to the last but one or
7986 last element in the chained list, LAST is pointer to the
7988 if (label && strcmp (last->label, label) == 0)
7990 /* For SRA optimized variables if there weren't any real
7991 insns since last note, just modify the last node. */
7992 if (piece_loc != NULL)
7994 adjust_piece_list (piece_loc, NULL, NULL,
7995 bitpos, piece_bitpos, bitsize, loc_note);
7998 /* If the last note doesn't cover any instructions, remove it. */
7999 if (temp->last != last)
8001 temp->last->next = NULL;
8004 gcc_assert (strcmp (last->label, label) != 0);
8008 gcc_assert (temp->first == temp->last);
8009 memset (temp->last, '\0', sizeof (*temp->last));
8010 temp->last->loc = construct_piece_list (loc_note, bitpos, bitsize);
8014 if (bitsize == -1 && NOTE_P (last->loc))
8015 last_loc_note = last->loc;
8016 else if (piece_loc != NULL
8017 && *piece_loc != NULL_RTX
8018 && piece_bitpos == bitpos
8019 && decl_piece_bitsize (*piece_loc) == bitsize)
8020 last_loc_note = *decl_piece_varloc_ptr (*piece_loc);
8022 last_loc_note = NULL_RTX;
8023 /* If the current location is the same as the end of the list,
8024 and either both or neither of the locations is uninitialized,
8025 we have nothing to do. */
8026 if (last_loc_note == NULL_RTX
8027 || (!rtx_equal_p (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (last_loc_note),
8028 NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (loc_note)))
8029 || ((NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (last_loc_note)
8030 != NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (loc_note))
8031 && ((NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (last_loc_note)
8032 == VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED)
8033 || (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (loc_note)
8034 == VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED))))
8036 /* Add LOC to the end of list and update LAST. If the last
8037 element of the list has been removed above, reuse its
8038 memory for the new node, otherwise allocate a new one. */
8042 memset (loc, '\0', sizeof (*loc));
8045 loc = GGC_CNEW (struct var_loc_node);
8046 if (bitsize == -1 || piece_loc == NULL)
8047 loc->loc = construct_piece_list (loc_note, bitpos, bitsize);
8049 adjust_piece_list (&loc->loc, &last->loc, piece_loc,
8050 bitpos, piece_bitpos, bitsize, loc_note);
8052 /* Ensure TEMP->LAST will point either to the new last but one
8053 element of the chain, or to the last element in it. */
8054 if (last != temp->last)
8062 loc = GGC_CNEW (struct var_loc_node);
8065 loc->loc = construct_piece_list (loc_note, bitpos, bitsize);
8070 /* Keep track of the number of spaces used to indent the
8071 output of the debugging routines that print the structure of
8072 the DIE internal representation. */
8073 static int print_indent;
8075 /* Indent the line the number of spaces given by print_indent. */
8078 print_spaces (FILE *outfile)
8080 fprintf (outfile, "%*s", print_indent, "");
8083 /* Print a type signature in hex. */
8086 print_signature (FILE *outfile, char *sig)
8090 for (i = 0; i < DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE; i++)
8091 fprintf (outfile, "%02x", sig[i] & 0xff);
8094 /* Print the information associated with a given DIE, and its children.
8095 This routine is a debugging aid only. */
8098 print_die (dw_die_ref die, FILE *outfile)
8104 print_spaces (outfile);
8105 fprintf (outfile, "DIE %4ld: %s\n",
8106 die->die_offset, dwarf_tag_name (die->die_tag));
8107 print_spaces (outfile);
8108 fprintf (outfile, " abbrev id: %lu", die->die_abbrev);
8109 fprintf (outfile, " offset: %ld\n", die->die_offset);
8110 if (dwarf_version >= 4 && die->die_id.die_type_node)
8112 print_spaces (outfile);
8113 fprintf (outfile, " signature: ");
8114 print_signature (outfile, die->die_id.die_type_node->signature);
8115 fprintf (outfile, "\n");
8118 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
8120 print_spaces (outfile);
8121 fprintf (outfile, " %s: ", dwarf_attr_name (a->dw_attr));
8123 switch (AT_class (a))
8125 case dw_val_class_addr:
8126 fprintf (outfile, "address");
8128 case dw_val_class_offset:
8129 fprintf (outfile, "offset");
8131 case dw_val_class_loc:
8132 fprintf (outfile, "location descriptor");
8134 case dw_val_class_loc_list:
8135 fprintf (outfile, "location list -> label:%s",
8136 AT_loc_list (a)->ll_symbol);
8138 case dw_val_class_range_list:
8139 fprintf (outfile, "range list");
8141 case dw_val_class_const:
8142 fprintf (outfile, HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC, AT_int (a));
8144 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
8145 fprintf (outfile, HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_UNSIGNED, AT_unsigned (a));
8147 case dw_val_class_const_double:
8148 fprintf (outfile, "constant ("HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC","\
8149 HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_UNSIGNED")",
8150 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_double.high,
8151 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_double.low);
8153 case dw_val_class_vec:
8154 fprintf (outfile, "floating-point or vector constant");
8156 case dw_val_class_flag:
8157 fprintf (outfile, "%u", AT_flag (a));
8159 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
8160 if (AT_ref (a) != NULL)
8162 if (dwarf_version >= 4 && AT_ref (a)->die_id.die_type_node)
8164 fprintf (outfile, "die -> signature: ");
8165 print_signature (outfile,
8166 AT_ref (a)->die_id.die_type_node->signature);
8168 else if (dwarf_version < 4 && AT_ref (a)->die_id.die_symbol)
8169 fprintf (outfile, "die -> label: %s",
8170 AT_ref (a)->die_id.die_symbol);
8172 fprintf (outfile, "die -> %ld", AT_ref (a)->die_offset);
8175 fprintf (outfile, "die -> <null>");
8177 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
8178 case dw_val_class_lineptr:
8179 case dw_val_class_macptr:
8180 fprintf (outfile, "label: %s", AT_lbl (a));
8182 case dw_val_class_str:
8183 if (AT_string (a) != NULL)
8184 fprintf (outfile, "\"%s\"", AT_string (a));
8186 fprintf (outfile, "<null>");
8188 case dw_val_class_file:
8189 fprintf (outfile, "\"%s\" (%d)", AT_file (a)->filename,
8190 AT_file (a)->emitted_number);
8192 case dw_val_class_data8:
8196 for (i = 0; i < 8; i++)
8197 fprintf (outfile, "%02x", a->dw_attr_val.v.val_data8[i]);
8204 fprintf (outfile, "\n");
8207 if (die->die_child != NULL)
8210 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, print_die (c, outfile));
8213 if (print_indent == 0)
8214 fprintf (outfile, "\n");
8217 /* Print the contents of the source code line number correspondence table.
8218 This routine is a debugging aid only. */
8221 print_dwarf_line_table (FILE *outfile)
8224 dw_line_info_ref line_info;
8226 fprintf (outfile, "\n\nDWARF source line information\n");
8227 for (i = 1; i < line_info_table_in_use; i++)
8229 line_info = &line_info_table[i];
8230 fprintf (outfile, "%5d: %4ld %6ld\n", i,
8231 line_info->dw_file_num,
8232 line_info->dw_line_num);
8235 fprintf (outfile, "\n\n");
8238 /* Print the information collected for a given DIE. */
8241 debug_dwarf_die (dw_die_ref die)
8243 print_die (die, stderr);
8246 /* Print all DWARF information collected for the compilation unit.
8247 This routine is a debugging aid only. */
8253 print_die (comp_unit_die, stderr);
8254 if (! DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO)
8255 print_dwarf_line_table (stderr);
8258 /* Start a new compilation unit DIE for an include file. OLD_UNIT is the CU
8259 for the enclosing include file, if any. BINCL_DIE is the DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL
8260 DIE that marks the start of the DIEs for this include file. */
8263 push_new_compile_unit (dw_die_ref old_unit, dw_die_ref bincl_die)
8265 const char *filename = get_AT_string (bincl_die, DW_AT_name);
8266 dw_die_ref new_unit = gen_compile_unit_die (filename);
8268 new_unit->die_sib = old_unit;
8272 /* Close an include-file CU and reopen the enclosing one. */
8275 pop_compile_unit (dw_die_ref old_unit)
8277 dw_die_ref new_unit = old_unit->die_sib;
8279 old_unit->die_sib = NULL;
8283 #define CHECKSUM(FOO) md5_process_bytes (&(FOO), sizeof (FOO), ctx)
8284 #define CHECKSUM_STRING(FOO) md5_process_bytes ((FOO), strlen (FOO), ctx)
8286 /* Calculate the checksum of a location expression. */
8289 loc_checksum (dw_loc_descr_ref loc, struct md5_ctx *ctx)
8293 tem = (loc->dtprel << 8) | ((unsigned int) loc->dw_loc_opc);
8295 CHECKSUM (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1);
8296 CHECKSUM (loc->dw_loc_oprnd2);
8299 /* Calculate the checksum of an attribute. */
8302 attr_checksum (dw_attr_ref at, struct md5_ctx *ctx, int *mark)
8304 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
8307 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr);
8309 /* We don't care that this was compiled with a different compiler
8310 snapshot; if the output is the same, that's what matters. */
8311 if (at->dw_attr == DW_AT_producer)
8314 switch (AT_class (at))
8316 case dw_val_class_const:
8317 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_int);
8319 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
8320 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_unsigned);
8322 case dw_val_class_const_double:
8323 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_double);
8325 case dw_val_class_vec:
8326 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec);
8328 case dw_val_class_flag:
8329 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_flag);
8331 case dw_val_class_str:
8332 CHECKSUM_STRING (AT_string (at));
8335 case dw_val_class_addr:
8337 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (r) == SYMBOL_REF);
8338 CHECKSUM_STRING (XSTR (r, 0));
8341 case dw_val_class_offset:
8342 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_offset);
8345 case dw_val_class_loc:
8346 for (loc = AT_loc (at); loc; loc = loc->dw_loc_next)
8347 loc_checksum (loc, ctx);
8350 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
8351 die_checksum (AT_ref (at), ctx, mark);
8354 case dw_val_class_fde_ref:
8355 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
8356 case dw_val_class_lineptr:
8357 case dw_val_class_macptr:
8360 case dw_val_class_file:
8361 CHECKSUM_STRING (AT_file (at)->filename);
8364 case dw_val_class_data8:
8365 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_data8);
8373 /* Calculate the checksum of a DIE. */
8376 die_checksum (dw_die_ref die, struct md5_ctx *ctx, int *mark)
8382 /* To avoid infinite recursion. */
8385 CHECKSUM (die->die_mark);
8388 die->die_mark = ++(*mark);
8390 CHECKSUM (die->die_tag);
8392 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
8393 attr_checksum (a, ctx, mark);
8395 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, die_checksum (c, ctx, mark));
8399 #undef CHECKSUM_STRING
8401 /* For DWARF-4 types, include the trailing NULL when checksumming strings. */
8402 #define CHECKSUM(FOO) md5_process_bytes (&(FOO), sizeof (FOO), ctx)
8403 #define CHECKSUM_STRING(FOO) md5_process_bytes ((FOO), strlen (FOO) + 1, ctx)
8404 #define CHECKSUM_SLEB128(FOO) checksum_sleb128 ((FOO), ctx)
8405 #define CHECKSUM_ULEB128(FOO) checksum_uleb128 ((FOO), ctx)
8406 #define CHECKSUM_ATTR(FOO) \
8407 if (FOO) attr_checksum_ordered (die->die_tag, (FOO), ctx, mark)
8409 /* Calculate the checksum of a number in signed LEB128 format. */
8412 checksum_sleb128 (HOST_WIDE_INT value, struct md5_ctx *ctx)
8419 byte = (value & 0x7f);
8421 more = !((value == 0 && (byte & 0x40) == 0)
8422 || (value == -1 && (byte & 0x40) != 0));
8431 /* Calculate the checksum of a number in unsigned LEB128 format. */
8434 checksum_uleb128 (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT value, struct md5_ctx *ctx)
8438 unsigned char byte = (value & 0x7f);
8441 /* More bytes to follow. */
8449 /* Checksum the context of the DIE. This adds the names of any
8450 surrounding namespaces or structures to the checksum. */
8453 checksum_die_context (dw_die_ref die, struct md5_ctx *ctx)
8457 int tag = die->die_tag;
8459 if (tag != DW_TAG_namespace
8460 && tag != DW_TAG_structure_type
8461 && tag != DW_TAG_class_type)
8464 name = get_AT_string (die, DW_AT_name);
8466 spec = get_AT_ref (die, DW_AT_specification);
8470 if (die->die_parent != NULL)
8471 checksum_die_context (die->die_parent, ctx);
8473 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('C');
8474 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (tag);
8476 CHECKSUM_STRING (name);
8479 /* Calculate the checksum of a location expression. */
8482 loc_checksum_ordered (dw_loc_descr_ref loc, struct md5_ctx *ctx)
8484 /* Special case for lone DW_OP_plus_uconst: checksum as if the location
8485 were emitted as a DW_FORM_sdata instead of a location expression. */
8486 if (loc->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_plus_uconst && loc->dw_loc_next == NULL)
8488 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_sdata);
8489 CHECKSUM_SLEB128 ((HOST_WIDE_INT) loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
8493 /* Otherwise, just checksum the raw location expression. */
8496 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (loc->dw_loc_opc);
8497 CHECKSUM (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1);
8498 CHECKSUM (loc->dw_loc_oprnd2);
8499 loc = loc->dw_loc_next;
8503 /* Calculate the checksum of an attribute. */
8506 attr_checksum_ordered (enum dwarf_tag tag, dw_attr_ref at,
8507 struct md5_ctx *ctx, int *mark)
8509 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
8512 if (AT_class (at) == dw_val_class_die_ref)
8514 dw_die_ref target_die = AT_ref (at);
8516 /* For pointer and reference types, we checksum only the (qualified)
8517 name of the target type (if there is a name). For friend entries,
8518 we checksum only the (qualified) name of the target type or function.
8519 This allows the checksum to remain the same whether the target type
8520 is complete or not. */
8521 if ((at->dw_attr == DW_AT_type
8522 && (tag == DW_TAG_pointer_type
8523 || tag == DW_TAG_reference_type
8524 || tag == DW_TAG_rvalue_reference_type
8525 || tag == DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type))
8526 || (at->dw_attr == DW_AT_friend
8527 && tag == DW_TAG_friend))
8529 dw_attr_ref name_attr = get_AT (target_die, DW_AT_name);
8531 if (name_attr != NULL)
8533 dw_die_ref decl = get_AT_ref (target_die, DW_AT_specification);
8537 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('N');
8538 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (at->dw_attr);
8539 if (decl->die_parent != NULL)
8540 checksum_die_context (decl->die_parent, ctx);
8541 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('E');
8542 CHECKSUM_STRING (AT_string (name_attr));
8547 /* For all other references to another DIE, we check to see if the
8548 target DIE has already been visited. If it has, we emit a
8549 backward reference; if not, we descend recursively. */
8550 if (target_die->die_mark > 0)
8552 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('R');
8553 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (at->dw_attr);
8554 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (target_die->die_mark);
8558 dw_die_ref decl = get_AT_ref (target_die, DW_AT_specification);
8562 target_die->die_mark = ++(*mark);
8563 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('T');
8564 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (at->dw_attr);
8565 if (decl->die_parent != NULL)
8566 checksum_die_context (decl->die_parent, ctx);
8567 die_checksum_ordered (target_die, ctx, mark);
8572 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('A');
8573 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (at->dw_attr);
8575 switch (AT_class (at))
8577 case dw_val_class_const:
8578 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_sdata);
8579 CHECKSUM_SLEB128 (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_int);
8582 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
8583 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_sdata);
8584 CHECKSUM_SLEB128 ((int) at->dw_attr_val.v.val_unsigned);
8587 case dw_val_class_const_double:
8588 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_block);
8589 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (sizeof (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_double));
8590 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_double);
8593 case dw_val_class_vec:
8594 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_block);
8595 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (sizeof (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec));
8596 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec);
8599 case dw_val_class_flag:
8600 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_flag);
8601 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_flag ? 1 : 0);
8604 case dw_val_class_str:
8605 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_string);
8606 CHECKSUM_STRING (AT_string (at));
8609 case dw_val_class_addr:
8611 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (r) == SYMBOL_REF);
8612 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_string);
8613 CHECKSUM_STRING (XSTR (r, 0));
8616 case dw_val_class_offset:
8617 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_sdata);
8618 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_offset);
8621 case dw_val_class_loc:
8622 for (loc = AT_loc (at); loc; loc = loc->dw_loc_next)
8623 loc_checksum_ordered (loc, ctx);
8626 case dw_val_class_fde_ref:
8627 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
8628 case dw_val_class_lineptr:
8629 case dw_val_class_macptr:
8632 case dw_val_class_file:
8633 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_string);
8634 CHECKSUM_STRING (AT_file (at)->filename);
8637 case dw_val_class_data8:
8638 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_data8);
8646 struct checksum_attributes
8648 dw_attr_ref at_name;
8649 dw_attr_ref at_type;
8650 dw_attr_ref at_friend;
8651 dw_attr_ref at_accessibility;
8652 dw_attr_ref at_address_class;
8653 dw_attr_ref at_allocated;
8654 dw_attr_ref at_artificial;
8655 dw_attr_ref at_associated;
8656 dw_attr_ref at_binary_scale;
8657 dw_attr_ref at_bit_offset;
8658 dw_attr_ref at_bit_size;
8659 dw_attr_ref at_bit_stride;
8660 dw_attr_ref at_byte_size;
8661 dw_attr_ref at_byte_stride;
8662 dw_attr_ref at_const_value;
8663 dw_attr_ref at_containing_type;
8664 dw_attr_ref at_count;
8665 dw_attr_ref at_data_location;
8666 dw_attr_ref at_data_member_location;
8667 dw_attr_ref at_decimal_scale;
8668 dw_attr_ref at_decimal_sign;
8669 dw_attr_ref at_default_value;
8670 dw_attr_ref at_digit_count;
8671 dw_attr_ref at_discr;
8672 dw_attr_ref at_discr_list;
8673 dw_attr_ref at_discr_value;
8674 dw_attr_ref at_encoding;
8675 dw_attr_ref at_endianity;
8676 dw_attr_ref at_explicit;
8677 dw_attr_ref at_is_optional;
8678 dw_attr_ref at_location;
8679 dw_attr_ref at_lower_bound;
8680 dw_attr_ref at_mutable;
8681 dw_attr_ref at_ordering;
8682 dw_attr_ref at_picture_string;
8683 dw_attr_ref at_prototyped;
8684 dw_attr_ref at_small;
8685 dw_attr_ref at_segment;
8686 dw_attr_ref at_string_length;
8687 dw_attr_ref at_threads_scaled;
8688 dw_attr_ref at_upper_bound;
8689 dw_attr_ref at_use_location;
8690 dw_attr_ref at_use_UTF8;
8691 dw_attr_ref at_variable_parameter;
8692 dw_attr_ref at_virtuality;
8693 dw_attr_ref at_visibility;
8694 dw_attr_ref at_vtable_elem_location;
8697 /* Collect the attributes that we will want to use for the checksum. */
8700 collect_checksum_attributes (struct checksum_attributes *attrs, dw_die_ref die)
8705 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
8716 attrs->at_friend = a;
8718 case DW_AT_accessibility:
8719 attrs->at_accessibility = a;
8721 case DW_AT_address_class:
8722 attrs->at_address_class = a;
8724 case DW_AT_allocated:
8725 attrs->at_allocated = a;
8727 case DW_AT_artificial:
8728 attrs->at_artificial = a;
8730 case DW_AT_associated:
8731 attrs->at_associated = a;
8733 case DW_AT_binary_scale:
8734 attrs->at_binary_scale = a;
8736 case DW_AT_bit_offset:
8737 attrs->at_bit_offset = a;
8739 case DW_AT_bit_size:
8740 attrs->at_bit_size = a;
8742 case DW_AT_bit_stride:
8743 attrs->at_bit_stride = a;
8745 case DW_AT_byte_size:
8746 attrs->at_byte_size = a;
8748 case DW_AT_byte_stride:
8749 attrs->at_byte_stride = a;
8751 case DW_AT_const_value:
8752 attrs->at_const_value = a;
8754 case DW_AT_containing_type:
8755 attrs->at_containing_type = a;
8758 attrs->at_count = a;
8760 case DW_AT_data_location:
8761 attrs->at_data_location = a;
8763 case DW_AT_data_member_location:
8764 attrs->at_data_member_location = a;
8766 case DW_AT_decimal_scale:
8767 attrs->at_decimal_scale = a;
8769 case DW_AT_decimal_sign:
8770 attrs->at_decimal_sign = a;
8772 case DW_AT_default_value:
8773 attrs->at_default_value = a;
8775 case DW_AT_digit_count:
8776 attrs->at_digit_count = a;
8779 attrs->at_discr = a;
8781 case DW_AT_discr_list:
8782 attrs->at_discr_list = a;
8784 case DW_AT_discr_value:
8785 attrs->at_discr_value = a;
8787 case DW_AT_encoding:
8788 attrs->at_encoding = a;
8790 case DW_AT_endianity:
8791 attrs->at_endianity = a;
8793 case DW_AT_explicit:
8794 attrs->at_explicit = a;
8796 case DW_AT_is_optional:
8797 attrs->at_is_optional = a;
8799 case DW_AT_location:
8800 attrs->at_location = a;
8802 case DW_AT_lower_bound:
8803 attrs->at_lower_bound = a;
8806 attrs->at_mutable = a;
8808 case DW_AT_ordering:
8809 attrs->at_ordering = a;
8811 case DW_AT_picture_string:
8812 attrs->at_picture_string = a;
8814 case DW_AT_prototyped:
8815 attrs->at_prototyped = a;
8818 attrs->at_small = a;
8821 attrs->at_segment = a;
8823 case DW_AT_string_length:
8824 attrs->at_string_length = a;
8826 case DW_AT_threads_scaled:
8827 attrs->at_threads_scaled = a;
8829 case DW_AT_upper_bound:
8830 attrs->at_upper_bound = a;
8832 case DW_AT_use_location:
8833 attrs->at_use_location = a;
8835 case DW_AT_use_UTF8:
8836 attrs->at_use_UTF8 = a;
8838 case DW_AT_variable_parameter:
8839 attrs->at_variable_parameter = a;
8841 case DW_AT_virtuality:
8842 attrs->at_virtuality = a;
8844 case DW_AT_visibility:
8845 attrs->at_visibility = a;
8847 case DW_AT_vtable_elem_location:
8848 attrs->at_vtable_elem_location = a;
8856 /* Calculate the checksum of a DIE, using an ordered subset of attributes. */
8859 die_checksum_ordered (dw_die_ref die, struct md5_ctx *ctx, int *mark)
8863 struct checksum_attributes attrs;
8865 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('D');
8866 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (die->die_tag);
8868 memset (&attrs, 0, sizeof (attrs));
8870 decl = get_AT_ref (die, DW_AT_specification);
8872 collect_checksum_attributes (&attrs, decl);
8873 collect_checksum_attributes (&attrs, die);
8875 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_name);
8876 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_accessibility);
8877 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_address_class);
8878 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_allocated);
8879 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_artificial);
8880 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_associated);
8881 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_binary_scale);
8882 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_bit_offset);
8883 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_bit_size);
8884 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_bit_stride);
8885 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_byte_size);
8886 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_byte_stride);
8887 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_const_value);
8888 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_containing_type);
8889 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_count);
8890 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_data_location);
8891 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_data_member_location);
8892 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_decimal_scale);
8893 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_decimal_sign);
8894 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_default_value);
8895 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_digit_count);
8896 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_discr);
8897 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_discr_list);
8898 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_discr_value);
8899 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_encoding);
8900 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_endianity);
8901 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_explicit);
8902 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_is_optional);
8903 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_location);
8904 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_lower_bound);
8905 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_mutable);
8906 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_ordering);
8907 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_picture_string);
8908 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_prototyped);
8909 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_small);
8910 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_segment);
8911 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_string_length);
8912 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_threads_scaled);
8913 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_upper_bound);
8914 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_use_location);
8915 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_use_UTF8);
8916 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_variable_parameter);
8917 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_virtuality);
8918 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_visibility);
8919 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_vtable_elem_location);
8920 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_type);
8921 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_friend);
8923 /* Checksum the child DIEs, except for nested types and member functions. */
8926 dw_attr_ref name_attr;
8929 name_attr = get_AT (c, DW_AT_name);
8930 if ((is_type_die (c) || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_subprogram)
8931 && name_attr != NULL)
8933 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('S');
8934 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (c->die_tag);
8935 CHECKSUM_STRING (AT_string (name_attr));
8939 /* Mark this DIE so it gets processed when unmarking. */
8940 if (c->die_mark == 0)
8942 die_checksum_ordered (c, ctx, mark);
8944 } while (c != die->die_child);
8946 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (0);
8950 #undef CHECKSUM_STRING
8951 #undef CHECKSUM_ATTR
8952 #undef CHECKSUM_LEB128
8953 #undef CHECKSUM_ULEB128
8955 /* Generate the type signature for DIE. This is computed by generating an
8956 MD5 checksum over the DIE's tag, its relevant attributes, and its
8957 children. Attributes that are references to other DIEs are processed
8958 by recursion, using the MARK field to prevent infinite recursion.
8959 If the DIE is nested inside a namespace or another type, we also
8960 need to include that context in the signature. The lower 64 bits
8961 of the resulting MD5 checksum comprise the signature. */
8964 generate_type_signature (dw_die_ref die, comdat_type_node *type_node)
8968 unsigned char checksum[16];
8972 name = get_AT_string (die, DW_AT_name);
8973 decl = get_AT_ref (die, DW_AT_specification);
8975 /* First, compute a signature for just the type name (and its surrounding
8976 context, if any. This is stored in the type unit DIE for link-time
8977 ODR (one-definition rule) checking. */
8979 if (is_cxx() && name != NULL)
8981 md5_init_ctx (&ctx);
8983 /* Checksum the names of surrounding namespaces and structures. */
8984 if (decl != NULL && decl->die_parent != NULL)
8985 checksum_die_context (decl->die_parent, &ctx);
8987 md5_process_bytes (&die->die_tag, sizeof (die->die_tag), &ctx);
8988 md5_process_bytes (name, strlen (name) + 1, &ctx);
8989 md5_finish_ctx (&ctx, checksum);
8991 add_AT_data8 (type_node->root_die, DW_AT_GNU_odr_signature, &checksum[8]);
8994 /* Next, compute the complete type signature. */
8996 md5_init_ctx (&ctx);
8998 die->die_mark = mark;
9000 /* Checksum the names of surrounding namespaces and structures. */
9001 if (decl != NULL && decl->die_parent != NULL)
9002 checksum_die_context (decl->die_parent, &ctx);
9004 /* Checksum the DIE and its children. */
9005 die_checksum_ordered (die, &ctx, &mark);
9006 unmark_all_dies (die);
9007 md5_finish_ctx (&ctx, checksum);
9009 /* Store the signature in the type node and link the type DIE and the
9010 type node together. */
9011 memcpy (type_node->signature, &checksum[16 - DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE],
9012 DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE);
9013 die->die_id.die_type_node = type_node;
9014 type_node->type_die = die;
9016 /* If the DIE is a specification, link its declaration to the type node
9019 decl->die_id.die_type_node = type_node;
9022 /* Do the location expressions look same? */
9024 same_loc_p (dw_loc_descr_ref loc1, dw_loc_descr_ref loc2, int *mark)
9026 return loc1->dw_loc_opc == loc2->dw_loc_opc
9027 && same_dw_val_p (&loc1->dw_loc_oprnd1, &loc2->dw_loc_oprnd1, mark)
9028 && same_dw_val_p (&loc1->dw_loc_oprnd2, &loc2->dw_loc_oprnd2, mark);
9031 /* Do the values look the same? */
9033 same_dw_val_p (const dw_val_node *v1, const dw_val_node *v2, int *mark)
9035 dw_loc_descr_ref loc1, loc2;
9038 if (v1->val_class != v2->val_class)
9041 switch (v1->val_class)
9043 case dw_val_class_const:
9044 return v1->v.val_int == v2->v.val_int;
9045 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
9046 return v1->v.val_unsigned == v2->v.val_unsigned;
9047 case dw_val_class_const_double:
9048 return v1->v.val_double.high == v2->v.val_double.high
9049 && v1->v.val_double.low == v2->v.val_double.low;
9050 case dw_val_class_vec:
9051 if (v1->v.val_vec.length != v2->v.val_vec.length
9052 || v1->v.val_vec.elt_size != v2->v.val_vec.elt_size)
9054 if (memcmp (v1->v.val_vec.array, v2->v.val_vec.array,
9055 v1->v.val_vec.length * v1->v.val_vec.elt_size))
9058 case dw_val_class_flag:
9059 return v1->v.val_flag == v2->v.val_flag;
9060 case dw_val_class_str:
9061 return !strcmp(v1->v.val_str->str, v2->v.val_str->str);
9063 case dw_val_class_addr:
9064 r1 = v1->v.val_addr;
9065 r2 = v2->v.val_addr;
9066 if (GET_CODE (r1) != GET_CODE (r2))
9068 return !rtx_equal_p (r1, r2);
9070 case dw_val_class_offset:
9071 return v1->v.val_offset == v2->v.val_offset;
9073 case dw_val_class_loc:
9074 for (loc1 = v1->v.val_loc, loc2 = v2->v.val_loc;
9076 loc1 = loc1->dw_loc_next, loc2 = loc2->dw_loc_next)
9077 if (!same_loc_p (loc1, loc2, mark))
9079 return !loc1 && !loc2;
9081 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
9082 return same_die_p (v1->v.val_die_ref.die, v2->v.val_die_ref.die, mark);
9084 case dw_val_class_fde_ref:
9085 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
9086 case dw_val_class_lineptr:
9087 case dw_val_class_macptr:
9090 case dw_val_class_file:
9091 return v1->v.val_file == v2->v.val_file;
9093 case dw_val_class_data8:
9094 return !memcmp (v1->v.val_data8, v2->v.val_data8, 8);
9101 /* Do the attributes look the same? */
9104 same_attr_p (dw_attr_ref at1, dw_attr_ref at2, int *mark)
9106 if (at1->dw_attr != at2->dw_attr)
9109 /* We don't care that this was compiled with a different compiler
9110 snapshot; if the output is the same, that's what matters. */
9111 if (at1->dw_attr == DW_AT_producer)
9114 return same_dw_val_p (&at1->dw_attr_val, &at2->dw_attr_val, mark);
9117 /* Do the dies look the same? */
9120 same_die_p (dw_die_ref die1, dw_die_ref die2, int *mark)
9126 /* To avoid infinite recursion. */
9128 return die1->die_mark == die2->die_mark;
9129 die1->die_mark = die2->die_mark = ++(*mark);
9131 if (die1->die_tag != die2->die_tag)
9134 if (VEC_length (dw_attr_node, die1->die_attr)
9135 != VEC_length (dw_attr_node, die2->die_attr))
9138 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die1->die_attr, ix, a1); ix++)
9139 if (!same_attr_p (a1, VEC_index (dw_attr_node, die2->die_attr, ix), mark))
9142 c1 = die1->die_child;
9143 c2 = die2->die_child;
9152 if (!same_die_p (c1, c2, mark))
9156 if (c1 == die1->die_child)
9158 if (c2 == die2->die_child)
9168 /* Do the dies look the same? Wrapper around same_die_p. */
9171 same_die_p_wrap (dw_die_ref die1, dw_die_ref die2)
9174 int ret = same_die_p (die1, die2, &mark);
9176 unmark_all_dies (die1);
9177 unmark_all_dies (die2);
9182 /* The prefix to attach to symbols on DIEs in the current comdat debug
9184 static char *comdat_symbol_id;
9186 /* The index of the current symbol within the current comdat CU. */
9187 static unsigned int comdat_symbol_number;
9189 /* Calculate the MD5 checksum of the compilation unit DIE UNIT_DIE and its
9190 children, and set comdat_symbol_id accordingly. */
9193 compute_section_prefix (dw_die_ref unit_die)
9195 const char *die_name = get_AT_string (unit_die, DW_AT_name);
9196 const char *base = die_name ? lbasename (die_name) : "anonymous";
9197 char *name = XALLOCAVEC (char, strlen (base) + 64);
9200 unsigned char checksum[16];
9203 /* Compute the checksum of the DIE, then append part of it as hex digits to
9204 the name filename of the unit. */
9206 md5_init_ctx (&ctx);
9208 die_checksum (unit_die, &ctx, &mark);
9209 unmark_all_dies (unit_die);
9210 md5_finish_ctx (&ctx, checksum);
9212 sprintf (name, "%s.", base);
9213 clean_symbol_name (name);
9215 p = name + strlen (name);
9216 for (i = 0; i < 4; i++)
9218 sprintf (p, "%.2x", checksum[i]);
9222 comdat_symbol_id = unit_die->die_id.die_symbol = xstrdup (name);
9223 comdat_symbol_number = 0;
9226 /* Returns nonzero if DIE represents a type, in the sense of TYPE_P. */
9229 is_type_die (dw_die_ref die)
9231 switch (die->die_tag)
9233 case DW_TAG_array_type:
9234 case DW_TAG_class_type:
9235 case DW_TAG_interface_type:
9236 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type:
9237 case DW_TAG_pointer_type:
9238 case DW_TAG_reference_type:
9239 case DW_TAG_rvalue_reference_type:
9240 case DW_TAG_string_type:
9241 case DW_TAG_structure_type:
9242 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type:
9243 case DW_TAG_union_type:
9244 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type:
9245 case DW_TAG_set_type:
9246 case DW_TAG_subrange_type:
9247 case DW_TAG_base_type:
9248 case DW_TAG_const_type:
9249 case DW_TAG_file_type:
9250 case DW_TAG_packed_type:
9251 case DW_TAG_volatile_type:
9252 case DW_TAG_typedef:
9259 /* Returns 1 iff C is the sort of DIE that should go into a COMDAT CU.
9260 Basically, we want to choose the bits that are likely to be shared between
9261 compilations (types) and leave out the bits that are specific to individual
9262 compilations (functions). */
9265 is_comdat_die (dw_die_ref c)
9267 /* I think we want to leave base types and __vtbl_ptr_type in the main CU, as
9268 we do for stabs. The advantage is a greater likelihood of sharing between
9269 objects that don't include headers in the same order (and therefore would
9270 put the base types in a different comdat). jason 8/28/00 */
9272 if (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_base_type)
9275 if (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_pointer_type
9276 || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_reference_type
9277 || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_rvalue_reference_type
9278 || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_const_type
9279 || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_volatile_type)
9281 dw_die_ref t = get_AT_ref (c, DW_AT_type);
9283 return t ? is_comdat_die (t) : 0;
9286 return is_type_die (c);
9289 /* Returns 1 iff C is the sort of DIE that might be referred to from another
9290 compilation unit. */
9293 is_symbol_die (dw_die_ref c)
9295 return (is_type_die (c)
9296 || is_declaration_die (c)
9297 || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_namespace
9298 || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_module);
9302 gen_internal_sym (const char *prefix)
9306 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (buf, prefix, label_num++);
9307 return xstrdup (buf);
9310 /* Assign symbols to all worthy DIEs under DIE. */
9313 assign_symbol_names (dw_die_ref die)
9317 if (is_symbol_die (die))
9319 if (comdat_symbol_id)
9321 char *p = XALLOCAVEC (char, strlen (comdat_symbol_id) + 64);
9323 sprintf (p, "%s.%s.%x", DIE_LABEL_PREFIX,
9324 comdat_symbol_id, comdat_symbol_number++);
9325 die->die_id.die_symbol = xstrdup (p);
9328 die->die_id.die_symbol = gen_internal_sym ("LDIE");
9331 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, assign_symbol_names (c));
9334 struct cu_hash_table_entry
9337 unsigned min_comdat_num, max_comdat_num;
9338 struct cu_hash_table_entry *next;
9341 /* Routines to manipulate hash table of CUs. */
9343 htab_cu_hash (const void *of)
9345 const struct cu_hash_table_entry *const entry =
9346 (const struct cu_hash_table_entry *) of;
9348 return htab_hash_string (entry->cu->die_id.die_symbol);
9352 htab_cu_eq (const void *of1, const void *of2)
9354 const struct cu_hash_table_entry *const entry1 =
9355 (const struct cu_hash_table_entry *) of1;
9356 const struct die_struct *const entry2 = (const struct die_struct *) of2;
9358 return !strcmp (entry1->cu->die_id.die_symbol, entry2->die_id.die_symbol);
9362 htab_cu_del (void *what)
9364 struct cu_hash_table_entry *next,
9365 *entry = (struct cu_hash_table_entry *) what;
9375 /* Check whether we have already seen this CU and set up SYM_NUM
9378 check_duplicate_cu (dw_die_ref cu, htab_t htable, unsigned int *sym_num)
9380 struct cu_hash_table_entry dummy;
9381 struct cu_hash_table_entry **slot, *entry, *last = &dummy;
9383 dummy.max_comdat_num = 0;
9385 slot = (struct cu_hash_table_entry **)
9386 htab_find_slot_with_hash (htable, cu, htab_hash_string (cu->die_id.die_symbol),
9390 for (; entry; last = entry, entry = entry->next)
9392 if (same_die_p_wrap (cu, entry->cu))
9398 *sym_num = entry->min_comdat_num;
9402 entry = XCNEW (struct cu_hash_table_entry);
9404 entry->min_comdat_num = *sym_num = last->max_comdat_num;
9405 entry->next = *slot;
9411 /* Record SYM_NUM to record of CU in HTABLE. */
9413 record_comdat_symbol_number (dw_die_ref cu, htab_t htable, unsigned int sym_num)
9415 struct cu_hash_table_entry **slot, *entry;
9417 slot = (struct cu_hash_table_entry **)
9418 htab_find_slot_with_hash (htable, cu, htab_hash_string (cu->die_id.die_symbol),
9422 entry->max_comdat_num = sym_num;
9425 /* Traverse the DIE (which is always comp_unit_die), and set up
9426 additional compilation units for each of the include files we see
9427 bracketed by BINCL/EINCL. */
9430 break_out_includes (dw_die_ref die)
9433 dw_die_ref unit = NULL;
9434 limbo_die_node *node, **pnode;
9435 htab_t cu_hash_table;
9439 dw_die_ref prev = c;
9441 while (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL
9442 || (unit && is_comdat_die (c)))
9444 dw_die_ref next = c->die_sib;
9446 /* This DIE is for a secondary CU; remove it from the main one. */
9447 remove_child_with_prev (c, prev);
9449 if (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL)
9450 unit = push_new_compile_unit (unit, c);
9451 else if (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL)
9452 unit = pop_compile_unit (unit);
9454 add_child_die (unit, c);
9456 if (c == die->die_child)
9459 } while (c != die->die_child);
9462 /* We can only use this in debugging, since the frontend doesn't check
9463 to make sure that we leave every include file we enter. */
9467 assign_symbol_names (die);
9468 cu_hash_table = htab_create (10, htab_cu_hash, htab_cu_eq, htab_cu_del);
9469 for (node = limbo_die_list, pnode = &limbo_die_list;
9475 compute_section_prefix (node->die);
9476 is_dupl = check_duplicate_cu (node->die, cu_hash_table,
9477 &comdat_symbol_number);
9478 assign_symbol_names (node->die);
9480 *pnode = node->next;
9483 pnode = &node->next;
9484 record_comdat_symbol_number (node->die, cu_hash_table,
9485 comdat_symbol_number);
9488 htab_delete (cu_hash_table);
9491 /* Return non-zero if this DIE is a declaration. */
9494 is_declaration_die (dw_die_ref die)
9499 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
9500 if (a->dw_attr == DW_AT_declaration)
9506 /* Return non-zero if this is a type DIE that should be moved to a
9507 COMDAT .debug_types section. */
9510 should_move_die_to_comdat (dw_die_ref die)
9512 switch (die->die_tag)
9514 case DW_TAG_class_type:
9515 case DW_TAG_structure_type:
9516 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type:
9517 case DW_TAG_union_type:
9518 /* Don't move declarations or inlined instances. */
9519 if (is_declaration_die (die) || get_AT (die, DW_AT_abstract_origin))
9522 case DW_TAG_array_type:
9523 case DW_TAG_interface_type:
9524 case DW_TAG_pointer_type:
9525 case DW_TAG_reference_type:
9526 case DW_TAG_rvalue_reference_type:
9527 case DW_TAG_string_type:
9528 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type:
9529 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type:
9530 case DW_TAG_set_type:
9531 case DW_TAG_subrange_type:
9532 case DW_TAG_base_type:
9533 case DW_TAG_const_type:
9534 case DW_TAG_file_type:
9535 case DW_TAG_packed_type:
9536 case DW_TAG_volatile_type:
9537 case DW_TAG_typedef:
9543 /* Make a clone of DIE. */
9546 clone_die (dw_die_ref die)
9552 clone = GGC_CNEW (die_node);
9553 clone->die_tag = die->die_tag;
9555 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
9556 add_dwarf_attr (clone, a);
9561 /* Make a clone of the tree rooted at DIE. */
9564 clone_tree (dw_die_ref die)
9567 dw_die_ref clone = clone_die (die);
9569 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, add_child_die (clone, clone_tree(c)));
9574 /* Make a clone of DIE as a declaration. */
9577 clone_as_declaration (dw_die_ref die)
9584 /* If the DIE is already a declaration, just clone it. */
9585 if (is_declaration_die (die))
9586 return clone_die (die);
9588 /* If the DIE is a specification, just clone its declaration DIE. */
9589 decl = get_AT_ref (die, DW_AT_specification);
9591 return clone_die (decl);
9593 clone = GGC_CNEW (die_node);
9594 clone->die_tag = die->die_tag;
9596 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
9598 /* We don't want to copy over all attributes.
9599 For example we don't want DW_AT_byte_size because otherwise we will no
9600 longer have a declaration and GDB will treat it as a definition. */
9604 case DW_AT_artificial:
9605 case DW_AT_containing_type:
9606 case DW_AT_external:
9609 case DW_AT_virtuality:
9610 case DW_AT_linkage_name:
9611 case DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name:
9612 add_dwarf_attr (clone, a);
9614 case DW_AT_byte_size:
9620 if (die->die_id.die_type_node)
9621 add_AT_die_ref (clone, DW_AT_signature, die);
9623 add_AT_flag (clone, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
9627 /* Copy the declaration context to the new compile unit DIE. This includes
9628 any surrounding namespace or type declarations. If the DIE has an
9629 AT_specification attribute, it also includes attributes and children
9630 attached to the specification. */
9633 copy_declaration_context (dw_die_ref unit, dw_die_ref die)
9636 dw_die_ref new_decl;
9638 decl = get_AT_ref (die, DW_AT_specification);
9647 /* Copy the type node pointer from the new DIE to the original
9648 declaration DIE so we can forward references later. */
9649 decl->die_id.die_type_node = die->die_id.die_type_node;
9651 remove_AT (die, DW_AT_specification);
9653 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, decl->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
9655 if (a->dw_attr != DW_AT_name
9656 && a->dw_attr != DW_AT_declaration
9657 && a->dw_attr != DW_AT_external)
9658 add_dwarf_attr (die, a);
9661 FOR_EACH_CHILD (decl, c, add_child_die (die, clone_tree(c)));
9664 if (decl->die_parent != NULL
9665 && decl->die_parent->die_tag != DW_TAG_compile_unit
9666 && decl->die_parent->die_tag != DW_TAG_type_unit)
9668 new_decl = copy_ancestor_tree (unit, decl, NULL);
9669 if (new_decl != NULL)
9671 remove_AT (new_decl, DW_AT_signature);
9672 add_AT_specification (die, new_decl);
9677 /* Generate the skeleton ancestor tree for the given NODE, then clone
9678 the DIE and add the clone into the tree. */
9681 generate_skeleton_ancestor_tree (skeleton_chain_node *node)
9683 if (node->new_die != NULL)
9686 node->new_die = clone_as_declaration (node->old_die);
9688 if (node->parent != NULL)
9690 generate_skeleton_ancestor_tree (node->parent);
9691 add_child_die (node->parent->new_die, node->new_die);
9695 /* Generate a skeleton tree of DIEs containing any declarations that are
9696 found in the original tree. We traverse the tree looking for declaration
9697 DIEs, and construct the skeleton from the bottom up whenever we find one. */
9700 generate_skeleton_bottom_up (skeleton_chain_node *parent)
9702 skeleton_chain_node node;
9705 dw_die_ref prev = NULL;
9706 dw_die_ref next = NULL;
9708 node.parent = parent;
9710 first = c = parent->old_die->die_child;
9714 if (prev == NULL || prev->die_sib == c)
9717 next = (c == first ? NULL : c->die_sib);
9719 node.new_die = NULL;
9720 if (is_declaration_die (c))
9722 /* Clone the existing DIE, move the original to the skeleton
9723 tree (which is in the main CU), and put the clone, with
9724 all the original's children, where the original came from. */
9725 dw_die_ref clone = clone_die (c);
9726 move_all_children (c, clone);
9728 replace_child (c, clone, prev);
9729 generate_skeleton_ancestor_tree (parent);
9730 add_child_die (parent->new_die, c);
9734 generate_skeleton_bottom_up (&node);
9735 } while (next != NULL);
9738 /* Wrapper function for generate_skeleton_bottom_up. */
9741 generate_skeleton (dw_die_ref die)
9743 skeleton_chain_node node;
9746 node.new_die = NULL;
9749 /* If this type definition is nested inside another type,
9750 always leave at least a declaration in its place. */
9751 if (die->die_parent != NULL && is_type_die (die->die_parent))
9752 node.new_die = clone_as_declaration (die);
9754 generate_skeleton_bottom_up (&node);
9755 return node.new_die;
9758 /* Remove the DIE from its parent, possibly replacing it with a cloned
9759 declaration. The original DIE will be moved to a new compile unit
9760 so that existing references to it follow it to the new location. If
9761 any of the original DIE's descendants is a declaration, we need to
9762 replace the original DIE with a skeleton tree and move the
9763 declarations back into the skeleton tree. */
9766 remove_child_or_replace_with_skeleton (dw_die_ref child, dw_die_ref prev)
9768 dw_die_ref skeleton;
9770 skeleton = generate_skeleton (child);
9771 if (skeleton == NULL)
9772 remove_child_with_prev (child, prev);
9775 skeleton->die_id.die_type_node = child->die_id.die_type_node;
9776 replace_child (child, skeleton, prev);
9782 /* Traverse the DIE and set up additional .debug_types sections for each
9783 type worthy of being placed in a COMDAT section. */
9786 break_out_comdat_types (dw_die_ref die)
9790 dw_die_ref prev = NULL;
9791 dw_die_ref next = NULL;
9792 dw_die_ref unit = NULL;
9794 first = c = die->die_child;
9798 if (prev == NULL || prev->die_sib == c)
9801 next = (c == first ? NULL : c->die_sib);
9802 if (should_move_die_to_comdat (c))
9804 dw_die_ref replacement;
9805 comdat_type_node_ref type_node;
9807 /* Create a new type unit DIE as the root for the new tree, and
9808 add it to the list of comdat types. */
9809 unit = new_die (DW_TAG_type_unit, NULL, NULL);
9810 add_AT_unsigned (unit, DW_AT_language,
9811 get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language));
9812 type_node = GGC_CNEW (comdat_type_node);
9813 type_node->root_die = unit;
9814 type_node->next = comdat_type_list;
9815 comdat_type_list = type_node;
9817 /* Generate the type signature. */
9818 generate_type_signature (c, type_node);
9820 /* Copy the declaration context, attributes, and children of the
9821 declaration into the new compile unit DIE. */
9822 copy_declaration_context (unit, c);
9824 /* Remove this DIE from the main CU. */
9825 replacement = remove_child_or_replace_with_skeleton (c, prev);
9827 /* Break out nested types into their own type units. */
9828 break_out_comdat_types (c);
9830 /* Add the DIE to the new compunit. */
9831 add_child_die (unit, c);
9833 if (replacement != NULL)
9836 else if (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_namespace
9837 || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_class_type
9838 || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_structure_type
9839 || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_union_type)
9841 /* Look for nested types that can be broken out. */
9842 break_out_comdat_types (c);
9844 } while (next != NULL);
9847 /* Structure to map a DIE in one CU to its copy in a comdat type unit. */
9849 struct decl_table_entry
9855 /* Routines to manipulate hash table of copied declarations. */
9858 htab_decl_hash (const void *of)
9860 const struct decl_table_entry *const entry =
9861 (const struct decl_table_entry *) of;
9863 return htab_hash_pointer (entry->orig);
9867 htab_decl_eq (const void *of1, const void *of2)
9869 const struct decl_table_entry *const entry1 =
9870 (const struct decl_table_entry *) of1;
9871 const struct die_struct *const entry2 = (const struct die_struct *) of2;
9873 return entry1->orig == entry2;
9877 htab_decl_del (void *what)
9879 struct decl_table_entry *entry = (struct decl_table_entry *) what;
9884 /* Copy DIE and its ancestors, up to, but not including, the compile unit
9885 or type unit entry, to a new tree. Adds the new tree to UNIT and returns
9886 a pointer to the copy of DIE. If DECL_TABLE is provided, it is used
9887 to check if the ancestor has already been copied into UNIT. */
9890 copy_ancestor_tree (dw_die_ref unit, dw_die_ref die, htab_t decl_table)
9892 dw_die_ref parent = die->die_parent;
9893 dw_die_ref new_parent = unit;
9896 struct decl_table_entry *entry = NULL;
9900 /* Check if the entry has already been copied to UNIT. */
9901 slot = htab_find_slot_with_hash (decl_table, die,
9902 htab_hash_pointer (die), INSERT);
9903 if (*slot != HTAB_EMPTY_ENTRY)
9905 entry = (struct decl_table_entry *) *slot;
9909 /* Record in DECL_TABLE that DIE has been copied to UNIT. */
9910 entry = XCNEW (struct decl_table_entry);
9918 dw_die_ref spec = get_AT_ref (parent, DW_AT_specification);
9921 if (parent->die_tag != DW_TAG_compile_unit
9922 && parent->die_tag != DW_TAG_type_unit)
9923 new_parent = copy_ancestor_tree (unit, parent, decl_table);
9926 copy = clone_as_declaration (die);
9927 add_child_die (new_parent, copy);
9929 if (decl_table != NULL)
9931 /* Make sure the copy is marked as part of the type unit. */
9933 /* Record the pointer to the copy. */
9940 /* Walk the DIE and its children, looking for references to incomplete
9941 or trivial types that are unmarked (i.e., that are not in the current
9945 copy_decls_walk (dw_die_ref unit, dw_die_ref die, htab_t decl_table)
9951 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
9953 if (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_die_ref)
9955 dw_die_ref targ = AT_ref (a);
9956 comdat_type_node_ref type_node = targ->die_id.die_type_node;
9958 struct decl_table_entry *entry;
9960 if (targ->die_mark != 0 || type_node != NULL)
9963 slot = htab_find_slot_with_hash (decl_table, targ,
9964 htab_hash_pointer (targ), INSERT);
9966 if (*slot != HTAB_EMPTY_ENTRY)
9968 /* TARG has already been copied, so we just need to
9969 modify the reference to point to the copy. */
9970 entry = (struct decl_table_entry *) *slot;
9971 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.die = entry->copy;
9975 dw_die_ref parent = unit;
9976 dw_die_ref copy = clone_tree (targ);
9978 /* Make sure the cloned tree is marked as part of the
9982 /* Record in DECL_TABLE that TARG has been copied.
9983 Need to do this now, before the recursive call,
9984 because DECL_TABLE may be expanded and SLOT
9985 would no longer be a valid pointer. */
9986 entry = XCNEW (struct decl_table_entry);
9991 /* If TARG has surrounding context, copy its ancestor tree
9992 into the new type unit. */
9993 if (targ->die_parent != NULL
9994 && targ->die_parent->die_tag != DW_TAG_compile_unit
9995 && targ->die_parent->die_tag != DW_TAG_type_unit)
9996 parent = copy_ancestor_tree (unit, targ->die_parent,
9999 add_child_die (parent, copy);
10000 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.die = copy;
10002 /* Make sure the newly-copied DIE is walked. If it was
10003 installed in a previously-added context, it won't
10004 get visited otherwise. */
10005 if (parent != unit)
10006 copy_decls_walk (unit, parent, decl_table);
10011 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, copy_decls_walk (unit, c, decl_table));
10014 /* Copy declarations for "unworthy" types into the new comdat section.
10015 Incomplete types, modified types, and certain other types aren't broken
10016 out into comdat sections of their own, so they don't have a signature,
10017 and we need to copy the declaration into the same section so that we
10018 don't have an external reference. */
10021 copy_decls_for_unworthy_types (dw_die_ref unit)
10026 decl_table = htab_create (10, htab_decl_hash, htab_decl_eq, htab_decl_del);
10027 copy_decls_walk (unit, unit, decl_table);
10028 htab_delete (decl_table);
10029 unmark_dies (unit);
10032 /* Traverse the DIE and add a sibling attribute if it may have the
10033 effect of speeding up access to siblings. To save some space,
10034 avoid generating sibling attributes for DIE's without children. */
10037 add_sibling_attributes (dw_die_ref die)
10041 if (! die->die_child)
10044 if (die->die_parent && die != die->die_parent->die_child)
10045 add_AT_die_ref (die, DW_AT_sibling, die->die_sib);
10047 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, add_sibling_attributes (c));
10050 /* Output all location lists for the DIE and its children. */
10053 output_location_lists (dw_die_ref die)
10059 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
10060 if (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_loc_list)
10061 output_loc_list (AT_loc_list (a));
10063 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, output_location_lists (c));
10066 /* The format of each DIE (and its attribute value pairs) is encoded in an
10067 abbreviation table. This routine builds the abbreviation table and assigns
10068 a unique abbreviation id for each abbreviation entry. The children of each
10069 die are visited recursively. */
10072 build_abbrev_table (dw_die_ref die)
10074 unsigned long abbrev_id;
10075 unsigned int n_alloc;
10080 /* Scan the DIE references, and mark as external any that refer to
10081 DIEs from other CUs (i.e. those which are not marked). */
10082 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
10083 if (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_die_ref
10084 && AT_ref (a)->die_mark == 0)
10086 gcc_assert (dwarf_version >= 4 || AT_ref (a)->die_id.die_symbol);
10087 set_AT_ref_external (a, 1);
10090 for (abbrev_id = 1; abbrev_id < abbrev_die_table_in_use; ++abbrev_id)
10092 dw_die_ref abbrev = abbrev_die_table[abbrev_id];
10093 dw_attr_ref die_a, abbrev_a;
10097 if (abbrev->die_tag != die->die_tag)
10099 if ((abbrev->die_child != NULL) != (die->die_child != NULL))
10102 if (VEC_length (dw_attr_node, abbrev->die_attr)
10103 != VEC_length (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr))
10106 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, die_a); ix++)
10108 abbrev_a = VEC_index (dw_attr_node, abbrev->die_attr, ix);
10109 if ((abbrev_a->dw_attr != die_a->dw_attr)
10110 || (value_format (abbrev_a) != value_format (die_a)))
10120 if (abbrev_id >= abbrev_die_table_in_use)
10122 if (abbrev_die_table_in_use >= abbrev_die_table_allocated)
10124 n_alloc = abbrev_die_table_allocated + ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
10125 abbrev_die_table = GGC_RESIZEVEC (dw_die_ref, abbrev_die_table,
10128 memset (&abbrev_die_table[abbrev_die_table_allocated], 0,
10129 (n_alloc - abbrev_die_table_allocated) * sizeof (dw_die_ref));
10130 abbrev_die_table_allocated = n_alloc;
10133 ++abbrev_die_table_in_use;
10134 abbrev_die_table[abbrev_id] = die;
10137 die->die_abbrev = abbrev_id;
10138 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, build_abbrev_table (c));
10141 /* Return the power-of-two number of bytes necessary to represent VALUE. */
10144 constant_size (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT value)
10151 log = floor_log2 (value);
10154 log = 1 << (floor_log2 (log) + 1);
10159 /* Return the size of a DIE as it is represented in the
10160 .debug_info section. */
10162 static unsigned long
10163 size_of_die (dw_die_ref die)
10165 unsigned long size = 0;
10169 size += size_of_uleb128 (die->die_abbrev);
10170 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
10172 switch (AT_class (a))
10174 case dw_val_class_addr:
10175 size += DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
10177 case dw_val_class_offset:
10178 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
10180 case dw_val_class_loc:
10182 unsigned long lsize = size_of_locs (AT_loc (a));
10184 /* Block length. */
10185 if (dwarf_version >= 4)
10186 size += size_of_uleb128 (lsize);
10188 size += constant_size (lsize);
10192 case dw_val_class_loc_list:
10193 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
10195 case dw_val_class_range_list:
10196 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
10198 case dw_val_class_const:
10199 size += size_of_sleb128 (AT_int (a));
10201 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
10202 size += constant_size (AT_unsigned (a));
10204 case dw_val_class_const_double:
10205 size += 2 * HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT / HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR;
10206 if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT >= 64)
10207 size++; /* block */
10209 case dw_val_class_vec:
10210 size += constant_size (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.length
10211 * a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.elt_size)
10212 + a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.length
10213 * a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.elt_size; /* block */
10215 case dw_val_class_flag:
10216 if (dwarf_version >= 4)
10217 /* Currently all add_AT_flag calls pass in 1 as last argument,
10218 so DW_FORM_flag_present can be used. If that ever changes,
10219 we'll need to use DW_FORM_flag and have some optimization
10220 in build_abbrev_table that will change those to
10221 DW_FORM_flag_present if it is set to 1 in all DIEs using
10222 the same abbrev entry. */
10223 gcc_assert (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_flag == 1);
10227 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
10228 if (AT_ref_external (a))
10230 /* In DWARF4, we use DW_FORM_sig8; for earlier versions
10231 we use DW_FORM_ref_addr. In DWARF2, DW_FORM_ref_addr
10232 is sized by target address length, whereas in DWARF3
10233 it's always sized as an offset. */
10234 if (dwarf_version >= 4)
10235 size += DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE;
10236 else if (dwarf_version == 2)
10237 size += DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
10239 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
10242 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
10244 case dw_val_class_fde_ref:
10245 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
10247 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
10248 size += DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
10250 case dw_val_class_lineptr:
10251 case dw_val_class_macptr:
10252 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
10254 case dw_val_class_str:
10255 if (AT_string_form (a) == DW_FORM_strp)
10256 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
10258 size += strlen (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str->str) + 1;
10260 case dw_val_class_file:
10261 size += constant_size (maybe_emit_file (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_file));
10263 case dw_val_class_data8:
10267 gcc_unreachable ();
10274 /* Size the debugging information associated with a given DIE. Visits the
10275 DIE's children recursively. Updates the global variable next_die_offset, on
10276 each time through. Uses the current value of next_die_offset to update the
10277 die_offset field in each DIE. */
10280 calc_die_sizes (dw_die_ref die)
10284 die->die_offset = next_die_offset;
10285 next_die_offset += size_of_die (die);
10287 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, calc_die_sizes (c));
10289 if (die->die_child != NULL)
10290 /* Count the null byte used to terminate sibling lists. */
10291 next_die_offset += 1;
10294 /* Set the marks for a die and its children. We do this so
10295 that we know whether or not a reference needs to use FORM_ref_addr; only
10296 DIEs in the same CU will be marked. We used to clear out the offset
10297 and use that as the flag, but ran into ordering problems. */
10300 mark_dies (dw_die_ref die)
10304 gcc_assert (!die->die_mark);
10307 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, mark_dies (c));
10310 /* Clear the marks for a die and its children. */
10313 unmark_dies (dw_die_ref die)
10317 if (dwarf_version < 4)
10318 gcc_assert (die->die_mark);
10321 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, unmark_dies (c));
10324 /* Clear the marks for a die, its children and referred dies. */
10327 unmark_all_dies (dw_die_ref die)
10333 if (!die->die_mark)
10337 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, unmark_all_dies (c));
10339 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
10340 if (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_die_ref)
10341 unmark_all_dies (AT_ref (a));
10344 /* Return the size of the .debug_pubnames or .debug_pubtypes table
10345 generated for the compilation unit. */
10347 static unsigned long
10348 size_of_pubnames (VEC (pubname_entry, gc) * names)
10350 unsigned long size;
10354 size = DWARF_PUBNAMES_HEADER_SIZE;
10355 for (i = 0; VEC_iterate (pubname_entry, names, i, p); i++)
10356 if (names != pubtype_table
10357 || p->die->die_offset != 0
10358 || !flag_eliminate_unused_debug_types)
10359 size += strlen (p->name) + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 1;
10361 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
10365 /* Return the size of the information in the .debug_aranges section. */
10367 static unsigned long
10368 size_of_aranges (void)
10370 unsigned long size;
10372 size = DWARF_ARANGES_HEADER_SIZE;
10374 /* Count the address/length pair for this compilation unit. */
10375 if (text_section_used)
10376 size += 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
10377 if (cold_text_section_used)
10378 size += 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
10379 size += 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * arange_table_in_use;
10381 /* Count the two zero words used to terminated the address range table. */
10382 size += 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
10386 /* Select the encoding of an attribute value. */
10388 static enum dwarf_form
10389 value_format (dw_attr_ref a)
10391 switch (a->dw_attr_val.val_class)
10393 case dw_val_class_addr:
10394 /* Only very few attributes allow DW_FORM_addr. */
10395 switch (a->dw_attr)
10398 case DW_AT_high_pc:
10399 case DW_AT_entry_pc:
10400 case DW_AT_trampoline:
10401 return DW_FORM_addr;
10405 switch (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
10408 return DW_FORM_data1;
10410 return DW_FORM_data2;
10412 return DW_FORM_data4;
10414 return DW_FORM_data8;
10416 gcc_unreachable ();
10418 case dw_val_class_range_list:
10419 case dw_val_class_loc_list:
10420 if (dwarf_version >= 4)
10421 return DW_FORM_sec_offset;
10423 case dw_val_class_offset:
10424 switch (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE)
10427 return DW_FORM_data4;
10429 return DW_FORM_data8;
10431 gcc_unreachable ();
10433 case dw_val_class_loc:
10434 if (dwarf_version >= 4)
10435 return DW_FORM_exprloc;
10436 switch (constant_size (size_of_locs (AT_loc (a))))
10439 return DW_FORM_block1;
10441 return DW_FORM_block2;
10443 gcc_unreachable ();
10445 case dw_val_class_const:
10446 return DW_FORM_sdata;
10447 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
10448 switch (constant_size (AT_unsigned (a)))
10451 return DW_FORM_data1;
10453 return DW_FORM_data2;
10455 return DW_FORM_data4;
10457 return DW_FORM_data8;
10459 gcc_unreachable ();
10461 case dw_val_class_const_double:
10462 switch (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT)
10465 return DW_FORM_data2;
10467 return DW_FORM_data4;
10469 return DW_FORM_data8;
10472 return DW_FORM_block1;
10474 case dw_val_class_vec:
10475 switch (constant_size (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.length
10476 * a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.elt_size))
10479 return DW_FORM_block1;
10481 return DW_FORM_block2;
10483 return DW_FORM_block4;
10485 gcc_unreachable ();
10487 case dw_val_class_flag:
10488 if (dwarf_version >= 4)
10490 /* Currently all add_AT_flag calls pass in 1 as last argument,
10491 so DW_FORM_flag_present can be used. If that ever changes,
10492 we'll need to use DW_FORM_flag and have some optimization
10493 in build_abbrev_table that will change those to
10494 DW_FORM_flag_present if it is set to 1 in all DIEs using
10495 the same abbrev entry. */
10496 gcc_assert (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_flag == 1);
10497 return DW_FORM_flag_present;
10499 return DW_FORM_flag;
10500 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
10501 if (AT_ref_external (a))
10502 return dwarf_version >= 4 ? DW_FORM_sig8 : DW_FORM_ref_addr;
10504 return DW_FORM_ref;
10505 case dw_val_class_fde_ref:
10506 return DW_FORM_data;
10507 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
10508 return DW_FORM_addr;
10509 case dw_val_class_lineptr:
10510 case dw_val_class_macptr:
10511 return dwarf_version >= 4 ? DW_FORM_sec_offset : DW_FORM_data;
10512 case dw_val_class_str:
10513 return AT_string_form (a);
10514 case dw_val_class_file:
10515 switch (constant_size (maybe_emit_file (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_file)))
10518 return DW_FORM_data1;
10520 return DW_FORM_data2;
10522 return DW_FORM_data4;
10524 gcc_unreachable ();
10527 case dw_val_class_data8:
10528 return DW_FORM_data8;
10531 gcc_unreachable ();
10535 /* Output the encoding of an attribute value. */
10538 output_value_format (dw_attr_ref a)
10540 enum dwarf_form form = value_format (a);
10542 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (form, "(%s)", dwarf_form_name (form));
10545 /* Output the .debug_abbrev section which defines the DIE abbreviation
10549 output_abbrev_section (void)
10551 unsigned long abbrev_id;
10553 for (abbrev_id = 1; abbrev_id < abbrev_die_table_in_use; ++abbrev_id)
10555 dw_die_ref abbrev = abbrev_die_table[abbrev_id];
10557 dw_attr_ref a_attr;
10559 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (abbrev_id, "(abbrev code)");
10560 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (abbrev->die_tag, "(TAG: %s)",
10561 dwarf_tag_name (abbrev->die_tag));
10563 if (abbrev->die_child != NULL)
10564 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_children_yes, "DW_children_yes");
10566 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_children_no, "DW_children_no");
10568 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, abbrev->die_attr, ix, a_attr);
10571 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (a_attr->dw_attr, "(%s)",
10572 dwarf_attr_name (a_attr->dw_attr));
10573 output_value_format (a_attr);
10576 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, NULL);
10577 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, NULL);
10580 /* Terminate the table. */
10581 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, NULL);
10584 /* Output a symbol we can use to refer to this DIE from another CU. */
10587 output_die_symbol (dw_die_ref die)
10589 char *sym = die->die_id.die_symbol;
10594 if (strncmp (sym, DIE_LABEL_PREFIX, sizeof (DIE_LABEL_PREFIX) - 1) == 0)
10595 /* We make these global, not weak; if the target doesn't support
10596 .linkonce, it doesn't support combining the sections, so debugging
10598 targetm.asm_out.globalize_label (asm_out_file, sym);
10600 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, sym);
10603 /* Return a new location list, given the begin and end range, and the
10606 static inline dw_loc_list_ref
10607 new_loc_list (dw_loc_descr_ref expr, const char *begin, const char *end,
10608 const char *section)
10610 dw_loc_list_ref retlist = GGC_CNEW (dw_loc_list_node);
10612 retlist->begin = begin;
10613 retlist->end = end;
10614 retlist->expr = expr;
10615 retlist->section = section;
10620 /* Generate a new internal symbol for this location list node, if it
10621 hasn't got one yet. */
10624 gen_llsym (dw_loc_list_ref list)
10626 gcc_assert (!list->ll_symbol);
10627 list->ll_symbol = gen_internal_sym ("LLST");
10630 /* Output the location list given to us. */
10633 output_loc_list (dw_loc_list_ref list_head)
10635 dw_loc_list_ref curr = list_head;
10637 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, list_head->ll_symbol);
10639 /* Walk the location list, and output each range + expression. */
10640 for (curr = list_head; curr != NULL; curr = curr->dw_loc_next)
10642 unsigned long size;
10643 /* Don't output an entry that starts and ends at the same address. */
10644 if (strcmp (curr->begin, curr->end) == 0)
10646 if (!have_multiple_function_sections)
10648 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, curr->begin, curr->section,
10649 "Location list begin address (%s)",
10650 list_head->ll_symbol);
10651 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, curr->end, curr->section,
10652 "Location list end address (%s)",
10653 list_head->ll_symbol);
10657 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, curr->begin,
10658 "Location list begin address (%s)",
10659 list_head->ll_symbol);
10660 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, curr->end,
10661 "Location list end address (%s)",
10662 list_head->ll_symbol);
10664 size = size_of_locs (curr->expr);
10666 /* Output the block length for this list of location operations. */
10667 gcc_assert (size <= 0xffff);
10668 dw2_asm_output_data (2, size, "%s", "Location expression size");
10670 output_loc_sequence (curr->expr);
10673 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, 0,
10674 "Location list terminator begin (%s)",
10675 list_head->ll_symbol);
10676 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, 0,
10677 "Location list terminator end (%s)",
10678 list_head->ll_symbol);
10681 /* Output a type signature. */
10684 output_signature (const char *sig, const char *name)
10688 for (i = 0; i < DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE; i++)
10689 dw2_asm_output_data (1, sig[i], i == 0 ? "%s" : NULL, name);
10692 /* Output the DIE and its attributes. Called recursively to generate
10693 the definitions of each child DIE. */
10696 output_die (dw_die_ref die)
10700 unsigned long size;
10703 /* If someone in another CU might refer to us, set up a symbol for
10704 them to point to. */
10705 if (dwarf_version < 4 && die->die_id.die_symbol)
10706 output_die_symbol (die);
10708 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (die->die_abbrev, "(DIE (%#lx) %s)",
10709 (unsigned long)die->die_offset,
10710 dwarf_tag_name (die->die_tag));
10712 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
10714 const char *name = dwarf_attr_name (a->dw_attr);
10716 switch (AT_class (a))
10718 case dw_val_class_addr:
10719 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, AT_addr (a), "%s", name);
10722 case dw_val_class_offset:
10723 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, a->dw_attr_val.v.val_offset,
10727 case dw_val_class_range_list:
10729 char *p = strchr (ranges_section_label, '\0');
10731 sprintf (p, "+" HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_HEX,
10732 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_offset);
10733 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, ranges_section_label,
10734 debug_ranges_section, "%s", name);
10739 case dw_val_class_loc:
10740 size = size_of_locs (AT_loc (a));
10742 /* Output the block length for this list of location operations. */
10743 if (dwarf_version >= 4)
10744 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (size, "%s", name);
10746 dw2_asm_output_data (constant_size (size), size, "%s", name);
10748 output_loc_sequence (AT_loc (a));
10751 case dw_val_class_const:
10752 /* ??? It would be slightly more efficient to use a scheme like is
10753 used for unsigned constants below, but gdb 4.x does not sign
10754 extend. Gdb 5.x does sign extend. */
10755 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (AT_int (a), "%s", name);
10758 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
10759 dw2_asm_output_data (constant_size (AT_unsigned (a)),
10760 AT_unsigned (a), "%s", name);
10763 case dw_val_class_const_double:
10765 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT first, second;
10767 if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT >= 64)
10768 dw2_asm_output_data (1,
10769 2 * HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
10770 / HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR,
10773 if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN)
10775 first = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_double.high;
10776 second = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_double.low;
10780 first = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_double.low;
10781 second = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_double.high;
10784 dw2_asm_output_data (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT / HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR,
10786 dw2_asm_output_data (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT / HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR,
10791 case dw_val_class_vec:
10793 unsigned int elt_size = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.elt_size;
10794 unsigned int len = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.length;
10798 dw2_asm_output_data (constant_size (len * elt_size),
10799 len * elt_size, "%s", name);
10800 if (elt_size > sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT))
10805 for (i = 0, p = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.array;
10807 i++, p += elt_size)
10808 dw2_asm_output_data (elt_size, extract_int (p, elt_size),
10809 "fp or vector constant word %u", i);
10813 case dw_val_class_flag:
10814 if (dwarf_version >= 4)
10816 /* Currently all add_AT_flag calls pass in 1 as last argument,
10817 so DW_FORM_flag_present can be used. If that ever changes,
10818 we'll need to use DW_FORM_flag and have some optimization
10819 in build_abbrev_table that will change those to
10820 DW_FORM_flag_present if it is set to 1 in all DIEs using
10821 the same abbrev entry. */
10822 gcc_assert (AT_flag (a) == 1);
10823 if (flag_debug_asm)
10824 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t\t\t%s %s\n",
10825 ASM_COMMENT_START, name);
10828 dw2_asm_output_data (1, AT_flag (a), "%s", name);
10831 case dw_val_class_loc_list:
10833 char *sym = AT_loc_list (a)->ll_symbol;
10836 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, sym, debug_loc_section,
10841 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
10842 if (AT_ref_external (a))
10844 if (dwarf_version >= 4)
10846 comdat_type_node_ref type_node =
10847 AT_ref (a)->die_id.die_type_node;
10849 gcc_assert (type_node);
10850 output_signature (type_node->signature, name);
10854 char *sym = AT_ref (a)->die_id.die_symbol;
10858 /* In DWARF2, DW_FORM_ref_addr is sized by target address
10859 length, whereas in DWARF3 it's always sized as an
10861 if (dwarf_version == 2)
10862 size = DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
10864 size = DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
10865 dw2_asm_output_offset (size, sym, debug_info_section, "%s",
10871 gcc_assert (AT_ref (a)->die_offset);
10872 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, AT_ref (a)->die_offset,
10877 case dw_val_class_fde_ref:
10881 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1, FDE_LABEL,
10882 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_fde_index * 2);
10883 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, l1, debug_frame_section,
10888 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
10889 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, AT_lbl (a), "%s", name);
10892 case dw_val_class_lineptr:
10893 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, AT_lbl (a),
10894 debug_line_section, "%s", name);
10897 case dw_val_class_macptr:
10898 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, AT_lbl (a),
10899 debug_macinfo_section, "%s", name);
10902 case dw_val_class_str:
10903 if (AT_string_form (a) == DW_FORM_strp)
10904 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE,
10905 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str->label,
10907 "%s: \"%s\"", name, AT_string (a));
10909 dw2_asm_output_nstring (AT_string (a), -1, "%s", name);
10912 case dw_val_class_file:
10914 int f = maybe_emit_file (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_file);
10916 dw2_asm_output_data (constant_size (f), f, "%s (%s)", name,
10917 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_file->filename);
10921 case dw_val_class_data8:
10925 for (i = 0; i < 8; i++)
10926 dw2_asm_output_data (1, a->dw_attr_val.v.val_data8[i],
10927 i == 0 ? "%s" : NULL, name);
10932 gcc_unreachable ();
10936 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, output_die (c));
10938 /* Add null byte to terminate sibling list. */
10939 if (die->die_child != NULL)
10940 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "end of children of DIE %#lx",
10941 (unsigned long) die->die_offset);
10944 /* Output the compilation unit that appears at the beginning of the
10945 .debug_info section, and precedes the DIE descriptions. */
10948 output_compilation_unit_header (void)
10950 int ver = dwarf_version;
10952 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4)
10953 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
10954 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
10955 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE,
10956 next_die_offset - DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE,
10957 "Length of Compilation Unit Info");
10958 dw2_asm_output_data (2, ver, "DWARF version number");
10959 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, abbrev_section_label,
10960 debug_abbrev_section,
10961 "Offset Into Abbrev. Section");
10962 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, "Pointer Size (in bytes)");
10965 /* Output the compilation unit DIE and its children. */
10968 output_comp_unit (dw_die_ref die, int output_if_empty)
10970 const char *secname;
10971 char *oldsym, *tmp;
10973 /* Unless we are outputting main CU, we may throw away empty ones. */
10974 if (!output_if_empty && die->die_child == NULL)
10977 /* Even if there are no children of this DIE, we must output the information
10978 about the compilation unit. Otherwise, on an empty translation unit, we
10979 will generate a present, but empty, .debug_info section. IRIX 6.5 `nm'
10980 will then complain when examining the file. First mark all the DIEs in
10981 this CU so we know which get local refs. */
10984 build_abbrev_table (die);
10986 /* Initialize the beginning DIE offset - and calculate sizes/offsets. */
10987 next_die_offset = DWARF_COMPILE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE;
10988 calc_die_sizes (die);
10990 oldsym = die->die_id.die_symbol;
10993 tmp = XALLOCAVEC (char, strlen (oldsym) + 24);
10995 sprintf (tmp, ".gnu.linkonce.wi.%s", oldsym);
10997 die->die_id.die_symbol = NULL;
10998 switch_to_section (get_section (secname, SECTION_DEBUG, NULL));
11001 switch_to_section (debug_info_section);
11003 /* Output debugging information. */
11004 output_compilation_unit_header ();
11007 /* Leave the marks on the main CU, so we can check them in
11008 output_pubnames. */
11012 die->die_id.die_symbol = oldsym;
11016 /* Output a comdat type unit DIE and its children. */
11019 output_comdat_type_unit (comdat_type_node *node)
11021 const char *secname;
11024 #if defined (OBJECT_FORMAT_ELF)
11028 /* First mark all the DIEs in this CU so we know which get local refs. */
11029 mark_dies (node->root_die);
11031 build_abbrev_table (node->root_die);
11033 /* Initialize the beginning DIE offset - and calculate sizes/offsets. */
11034 next_die_offset = DWARF_COMDAT_TYPE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE;
11035 calc_die_sizes (node->root_die);
11037 #if defined (OBJECT_FORMAT_ELF)
11038 secname = ".debug_types";
11039 tmp = XALLOCAVEC (char, 4 + DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE * 2);
11040 sprintf (tmp, "wt.");
11041 for (i = 0; i < DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE; i++)
11042 sprintf (tmp + 3 + i * 2, "%02x", node->signature[i] & 0xff);
11043 comdat_key = get_identifier (tmp);
11044 targetm.asm_out.named_section (secname,
11045 SECTION_DEBUG | SECTION_LINKONCE,
11048 tmp = XALLOCAVEC (char, 18 + DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE * 2);
11049 sprintf (tmp, ".gnu.linkonce.wt.");
11050 for (i = 0; i < DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE; i++)
11051 sprintf (tmp + 17 + i * 2, "%02x", node->signature[i] & 0xff);
11053 switch_to_section (get_section (secname, SECTION_DEBUG, NULL));
11056 /* Output debugging information. */
11057 output_compilation_unit_header ();
11058 output_signature (node->signature, "Type Signature");
11059 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, node->type_die->die_offset,
11060 "Offset to Type DIE");
11061 output_die (node->root_die);
11063 unmark_dies (node->root_die);
11066 /* Return the DWARF2/3 pubname associated with a decl. */
11068 static const char *
11069 dwarf2_name (tree decl, int scope)
11071 return lang_hooks.dwarf_name (decl, scope ? 1 : 0);
11074 /* Add a new entry to .debug_pubnames if appropriate. */
11077 add_pubname_string (const char *str, dw_die_ref die)
11082 e.name = xstrdup (str);
11083 VEC_safe_push (pubname_entry, gc, pubname_table, &e);
11087 add_pubname (tree decl, dw_die_ref die)
11089 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl))
11091 const char *name = dwarf2_name (decl, 1);
11093 add_pubname_string (name, die);
11097 /* Add a new entry to .debug_pubtypes if appropriate. */
11100 add_pubtype (tree decl, dw_die_ref die)
11105 if ((TREE_PUBLIC (decl)
11106 || die->die_parent == comp_unit_die)
11107 && (die->die_tag == DW_TAG_typedef || COMPLETE_TYPE_P (decl)))
11112 if (TYPE_NAME (decl))
11114 if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (decl)) == IDENTIFIER_NODE)
11115 e.name = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (TYPE_NAME (decl));
11116 else if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (decl)) == TYPE_DECL
11117 && DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (decl)))
11118 e.name = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (decl)));
11120 e.name = xstrdup ((const char *) get_AT_string (die, DW_AT_name));
11125 e.name = dwarf2_name (decl, 1);
11127 e.name = xstrdup (e.name);
11130 /* If we don't have a name for the type, there's no point in adding
11131 it to the table. */
11132 if (e.name && e.name[0] != '\0')
11133 VEC_safe_push (pubname_entry, gc, pubtype_table, &e);
11137 /* Output the public names table used to speed up access to externally
11138 visible names; or the public types table used to find type definitions. */
11141 output_pubnames (VEC (pubname_entry, gc) * names)
11144 unsigned long pubnames_length = size_of_pubnames (names);
11147 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4)
11148 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
11149 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
11150 if (names == pubname_table)
11151 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, pubnames_length,
11152 "Length of Public Names Info");
11154 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, pubnames_length,
11155 "Length of Public Type Names Info");
11156 /* Version number for pubnames/pubtypes is still 2, even in DWARF3. */
11157 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 2, "DWARF Version");
11158 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, debug_info_section_label,
11159 debug_info_section,
11160 "Offset of Compilation Unit Info");
11161 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, next_die_offset,
11162 "Compilation Unit Length");
11164 for (i = 0; VEC_iterate (pubname_entry, names, i, pub); i++)
11166 /* We shouldn't see pubnames for DIEs outside of the main CU. */
11167 if (names == pubname_table)
11168 gcc_assert (pub->die->die_mark);
11170 if (names != pubtype_table
11171 || pub->die->die_offset != 0
11172 || !flag_eliminate_unused_debug_types)
11174 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, pub->die->die_offset,
11177 dw2_asm_output_nstring (pub->name, -1, "external name");
11181 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, 0, NULL);
11184 /* Add a new entry to .debug_aranges if appropriate. */
11187 add_arange (tree decl, dw_die_ref die)
11189 if (! DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl))
11192 if (arange_table_in_use == arange_table_allocated)
11194 arange_table_allocated += ARANGE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
11195 arange_table = GGC_RESIZEVEC (dw_die_ref, arange_table,
11196 arange_table_allocated);
11197 memset (arange_table + arange_table_in_use, 0,
11198 ARANGE_TABLE_INCREMENT * sizeof (dw_die_ref));
11201 arange_table[arange_table_in_use++] = die;
11204 /* Output the information that goes into the .debug_aranges table.
11205 Namely, define the beginning and ending address range of the
11206 text section generated for this compilation unit. */
11209 output_aranges (void)
11212 unsigned long aranges_length = size_of_aranges ();
11214 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4)
11215 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
11216 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
11217 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, aranges_length,
11218 "Length of Address Ranges Info");
11219 /* Version number for aranges is still 2, even in DWARF3. */
11220 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 2, "DWARF Version");
11221 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, debug_info_section_label,
11222 debug_info_section,
11223 "Offset of Compilation Unit Info");
11224 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, "Size of Address");
11225 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "Size of Segment Descriptor");
11227 /* We need to align to twice the pointer size here. */
11228 if (DWARF_ARANGES_PAD_SIZE)
11230 /* Pad using a 2 byte words so that padding is correct for any
11232 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 0, "Pad to %d byte boundary",
11233 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE);
11234 for (i = 2; i < (unsigned) DWARF_ARANGES_PAD_SIZE; i += 2)
11235 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 0, NULL);
11238 /* It is necessary not to output these entries if the sections were
11239 not used; if the sections were not used, the length will be 0 and
11240 the address may end up as 0 if the section is discarded by ld
11241 --gc-sections, leaving an invalid (0, 0) entry that can be
11242 confused with the terminator. */
11243 if (text_section_used)
11245 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, text_section_label, "Address");
11246 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, text_end_label,
11247 text_section_label, "Length");
11249 if (cold_text_section_used)
11251 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, cold_text_section_label,
11253 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, cold_end_label,
11254 cold_text_section_label, "Length");
11257 for (i = 0; i < arange_table_in_use; i++)
11259 dw_die_ref die = arange_table[i];
11261 /* We shouldn't see aranges for DIEs outside of the main CU. */
11262 gcc_assert (die->die_mark);
11264 if (die->die_tag == DW_TAG_subprogram)
11266 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, get_AT_low_pc (die),
11268 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, get_AT_hi_pc (die),
11269 get_AT_low_pc (die), "Length");
11273 /* A static variable; extract the symbol from DW_AT_location.
11274 Note that this code isn't currently hit, as we only emit
11275 aranges for functions (jason 9/23/99). */
11276 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, DW_AT_location);
11277 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
11279 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_loc);
11282 gcc_assert (loc->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_addr);
11284 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
11285 loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr, "Address");
11286 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
11287 get_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_byte_size),
11292 /* Output the terminator words. */
11293 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, 0, NULL);
11294 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, 0, NULL);
11297 /* Add a new entry to .debug_ranges. Return the offset at which it
11300 static unsigned int
11301 add_ranges_num (int num)
11303 unsigned int in_use = ranges_table_in_use;
11305 if (in_use == ranges_table_allocated)
11307 ranges_table_allocated += RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT;
11308 ranges_table = GGC_RESIZEVEC (struct dw_ranges_struct, ranges_table,
11309 ranges_table_allocated);
11310 memset (ranges_table + ranges_table_in_use, 0,
11311 RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT * sizeof (struct dw_ranges_struct));
11314 ranges_table[in_use].num = num;
11315 ranges_table_in_use = in_use + 1;
11317 return in_use * 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
11320 /* Add a new entry to .debug_ranges corresponding to a block, or a
11321 range terminator if BLOCK is NULL. */
11323 static unsigned int
11324 add_ranges (const_tree block)
11326 return add_ranges_num (block ? BLOCK_NUMBER (block) : 0);
11329 /* Add a new entry to .debug_ranges corresponding to a pair of
11333 add_ranges_by_labels (dw_die_ref die, const char *begin, const char *end,
11336 unsigned int in_use = ranges_by_label_in_use;
11337 unsigned int offset;
11339 if (in_use == ranges_by_label_allocated)
11341 ranges_by_label_allocated += RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT;
11342 ranges_by_label = GGC_RESIZEVEC (struct dw_ranges_by_label_struct,
11344 ranges_by_label_allocated);
11345 memset (ranges_by_label + ranges_by_label_in_use, 0,
11346 RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT
11347 * sizeof (struct dw_ranges_by_label_struct));
11350 ranges_by_label[in_use].begin = begin;
11351 ranges_by_label[in_use].end = end;
11352 ranges_by_label_in_use = in_use + 1;
11354 offset = add_ranges_num (-(int)in_use - 1);
11357 add_AT_range_list (die, DW_AT_ranges, offset);
11363 output_ranges (void)
11366 static const char *const start_fmt = "Offset %#x";
11367 const char *fmt = start_fmt;
11369 for (i = 0; i < ranges_table_in_use; i++)
11371 int block_num = ranges_table[i].num;
11375 char blabel[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
11376 char elabel[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
11378 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (blabel, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL, block_num);
11379 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (elabel, BLOCK_END_LABEL, block_num);
11381 /* If all code is in the text section, then the compilation
11382 unit base address defaults to DW_AT_low_pc, which is the
11383 base of the text section. */
11384 if (!have_multiple_function_sections)
11386 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, blabel,
11387 text_section_label,
11388 fmt, i * 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE);
11389 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, elabel,
11390 text_section_label, NULL);
11393 /* Otherwise, the compilation unit base address is zero,
11394 which allows us to use absolute addresses, and not worry
11395 about whether the target supports cross-section
11399 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, blabel,
11400 fmt, i * 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE);
11401 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, elabel, NULL);
11407 /* Negative block_num stands for an index into ranges_by_label. */
11408 else if (block_num < 0)
11410 int lab_idx = - block_num - 1;
11412 if (!have_multiple_function_sections)
11414 gcc_unreachable ();
11416 /* If we ever use add_ranges_by_labels () for a single
11417 function section, all we have to do is to take out
11418 the #if 0 above. */
11419 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
11420 ranges_by_label[lab_idx].begin,
11421 text_section_label,
11422 fmt, i * 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE);
11423 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
11424 ranges_by_label[lab_idx].end,
11425 text_section_label, NULL);
11430 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
11431 ranges_by_label[lab_idx].begin,
11432 fmt, i * 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE);
11433 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
11434 ranges_by_label[lab_idx].end,
11440 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, 0, NULL);
11441 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, 0, NULL);
11447 /* Data structure containing information about input files. */
11450 const char *path; /* Complete file name. */
11451 const char *fname; /* File name part. */
11452 int length; /* Length of entire string. */
11453 struct dwarf_file_data * file_idx; /* Index in input file table. */
11454 int dir_idx; /* Index in directory table. */
11457 /* Data structure containing information about directories with source
11461 const char *path; /* Path including directory name. */
11462 int length; /* Path length. */
11463 int prefix; /* Index of directory entry which is a prefix. */
11464 int count; /* Number of files in this directory. */
11465 int dir_idx; /* Index of directory used as base. */
11468 /* Callback function for file_info comparison. We sort by looking at
11469 the directories in the path. */
11472 file_info_cmp (const void *p1, const void *p2)
11474 const struct file_info *const s1 = (const struct file_info *) p1;
11475 const struct file_info *const s2 = (const struct file_info *) p2;
11476 const unsigned char *cp1;
11477 const unsigned char *cp2;
11479 /* Take care of file names without directories. We need to make sure that
11480 we return consistent values to qsort since some will get confused if
11481 we return the same value when identical operands are passed in opposite
11482 orders. So if neither has a directory, return 0 and otherwise return
11483 1 or -1 depending on which one has the directory. */
11484 if ((s1->path == s1->fname || s2->path == s2->fname))
11485 return (s2->path == s2->fname) - (s1->path == s1->fname);
11487 cp1 = (const unsigned char *) s1->path;
11488 cp2 = (const unsigned char *) s2->path;
11494 /* Reached the end of the first path? If so, handle like above. */
11495 if ((cp1 == (const unsigned char *) s1->fname)
11496 || (cp2 == (const unsigned char *) s2->fname))
11497 return ((cp2 == (const unsigned char *) s2->fname)
11498 - (cp1 == (const unsigned char *) s1->fname));
11500 /* Character of current path component the same? */
11501 else if (*cp1 != *cp2)
11502 return *cp1 - *cp2;
11506 struct file_name_acquire_data
11508 struct file_info *files;
11513 /* Traversal function for the hash table. */
11516 file_name_acquire (void ** slot, void *data)
11518 struct file_name_acquire_data *fnad = (struct file_name_acquire_data *) data;
11519 struct dwarf_file_data *d = (struct dwarf_file_data *) *slot;
11520 struct file_info *fi;
11523 gcc_assert (fnad->max_files >= d->emitted_number);
11525 if (! d->emitted_number)
11528 gcc_assert (fnad->max_files != fnad->used_files);
11530 fi = fnad->files + fnad->used_files++;
11532 /* Skip all leading "./". */
11534 while (f[0] == '.' && IS_DIR_SEPARATOR (f[1]))
11537 /* Create a new array entry. */
11539 fi->length = strlen (f);
11542 /* Search for the file name part. */
11543 f = strrchr (f, DIR_SEPARATOR);
11544 #if defined (DIR_SEPARATOR_2)
11546 char *g = strrchr (fi->path, DIR_SEPARATOR_2);
11550 if (f == NULL || f < g)
11556 fi->fname = f == NULL ? fi->path : f + 1;
11560 /* Output the directory table and the file name table. We try to minimize
11561 the total amount of memory needed. A heuristic is used to avoid large
11562 slowdowns with many input files. */
11565 output_file_names (void)
11567 struct file_name_acquire_data fnad;
11569 struct file_info *files;
11570 struct dir_info *dirs;
11578 if (!last_emitted_file)
11580 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End directory table");
11581 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End file name table");
11585 numfiles = last_emitted_file->emitted_number;
11587 /* Allocate the various arrays we need. */
11588 files = XALLOCAVEC (struct file_info, numfiles);
11589 dirs = XALLOCAVEC (struct dir_info, numfiles);
11591 fnad.files = files;
11592 fnad.used_files = 0;
11593 fnad.max_files = numfiles;
11594 htab_traverse (file_table, file_name_acquire, &fnad);
11595 gcc_assert (fnad.used_files == fnad.max_files);
11597 qsort (files, numfiles, sizeof (files[0]), file_info_cmp);
11599 /* Find all the different directories used. */
11600 dirs[0].path = files[0].path;
11601 dirs[0].length = files[0].fname - files[0].path;
11602 dirs[0].prefix = -1;
11604 dirs[0].dir_idx = 0;
11605 files[0].dir_idx = 0;
11608 for (i = 1; i < numfiles; i++)
11609 if (files[i].fname - files[i].path == dirs[ndirs - 1].length
11610 && memcmp (dirs[ndirs - 1].path, files[i].path,
11611 dirs[ndirs - 1].length) == 0)
11613 /* Same directory as last entry. */
11614 files[i].dir_idx = ndirs - 1;
11615 ++dirs[ndirs - 1].count;
11621 /* This is a new directory. */
11622 dirs[ndirs].path = files[i].path;
11623 dirs[ndirs].length = files[i].fname - files[i].path;
11624 dirs[ndirs].count = 1;
11625 dirs[ndirs].dir_idx = ndirs;
11626 files[i].dir_idx = ndirs;
11628 /* Search for a prefix. */
11629 dirs[ndirs].prefix = -1;
11630 for (j = 0; j < ndirs; j++)
11631 if (dirs[j].length < dirs[ndirs].length
11632 && dirs[j].length > 1
11633 && (dirs[ndirs].prefix == -1
11634 || dirs[j].length > dirs[dirs[ndirs].prefix].length)
11635 && memcmp (dirs[j].path, dirs[ndirs].path, dirs[j].length) == 0)
11636 dirs[ndirs].prefix = j;
11641 /* Now to the actual work. We have to find a subset of the directories which
11642 allow expressing the file name using references to the directory table
11643 with the least amount of characters. We do not do an exhaustive search
11644 where we would have to check out every combination of every single
11645 possible prefix. Instead we use a heuristic which provides nearly optimal
11646 results in most cases and never is much off. */
11647 saved = XALLOCAVEC (int, ndirs);
11648 savehere = XALLOCAVEC (int, ndirs);
11650 memset (saved, '\0', ndirs * sizeof (saved[0]));
11651 for (i = 0; i < ndirs; i++)
11656 /* We can always save some space for the current directory. But this
11657 does not mean it will be enough to justify adding the directory. */
11658 savehere[i] = dirs[i].length;
11659 total = (savehere[i] - saved[i]) * dirs[i].count;
11661 for (j = i + 1; j < ndirs; j++)
11664 if (saved[j] < dirs[i].length)
11666 /* Determine whether the dirs[i] path is a prefix of the
11670 k = dirs[j].prefix;
11671 while (k != -1 && k != (int) i)
11672 k = dirs[k].prefix;
11676 /* Yes it is. We can possibly save some memory by
11677 writing the filenames in dirs[j] relative to
11679 savehere[j] = dirs[i].length;
11680 total += (savehere[j] - saved[j]) * dirs[j].count;
11685 /* Check whether we can save enough to justify adding the dirs[i]
11687 if (total > dirs[i].length + 1)
11689 /* It's worthwhile adding. */
11690 for (j = i; j < ndirs; j++)
11691 if (savehere[j] > 0)
11693 /* Remember how much we saved for this directory so far. */
11694 saved[j] = savehere[j];
11696 /* Remember the prefix directory. */
11697 dirs[j].dir_idx = i;
11702 /* Emit the directory name table. */
11703 idx_offset = dirs[0].length > 0 ? 1 : 0;
11704 for (i = 1 - idx_offset; i < ndirs; i++)
11705 dw2_asm_output_nstring (dirs[i].path,
11707 - !DWARF2_DIR_SHOULD_END_WITH_SEPARATOR,
11708 "Directory Entry: %#x", i + idx_offset);
11710 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End directory table");
11712 /* We have to emit them in the order of emitted_number since that's
11713 used in the debug info generation. To do this efficiently we
11714 generate a back-mapping of the indices first. */
11715 backmap = XALLOCAVEC (int, numfiles);
11716 for (i = 0; i < numfiles; i++)
11717 backmap[files[i].file_idx->emitted_number - 1] = i;
11719 /* Now write all the file names. */
11720 for (i = 0; i < numfiles; i++)
11722 int file_idx = backmap[i];
11723 int dir_idx = dirs[files[file_idx].dir_idx].dir_idx;
11725 #ifdef VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO
11726 #define MAX_VMS_VERSION_LEN 6 /* ";32768" */
11728 /* Setting these fields can lead to debugger miscomparisons,
11729 but VMS Debug requires them to be set correctly. */
11734 int maxfilelen = strlen (files[file_idx].path)
11735 + dirs[dir_idx].length
11736 + MAX_VMS_VERSION_LEN + 1;
11737 char *filebuf = XALLOCAVEC (char, maxfilelen);
11739 vms_file_stats_name (files[file_idx].path, 0, 0, 0, &ver);
11740 snprintf (filebuf, maxfilelen, "%s;%d",
11741 files[file_idx].path + dirs[dir_idx].length, ver);
11743 dw2_asm_output_nstring
11744 (filebuf, -1, "File Entry: %#x", (unsigned) i + 1);
11746 /* Include directory index. */
11747 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (dir_idx + idx_offset, NULL);
11749 /* Modification time. */
11750 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128
11751 ((vms_file_stats_name (files[file_idx].path, &cdt, 0, 0, 0) == 0)
11755 /* File length in bytes. */
11756 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128
11757 ((vms_file_stats_name (files[file_idx].path, 0, &siz, 0, 0) == 0)
11761 dw2_asm_output_nstring (files[file_idx].path + dirs[dir_idx].length, -1,
11762 "File Entry: %#x", (unsigned) i + 1);
11764 /* Include directory index. */
11765 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (dir_idx + idx_offset, NULL);
11767 /* Modification time. */
11768 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, NULL);
11770 /* File length in bytes. */
11771 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, NULL);
11775 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End file name table");
11779 /* Output the source line number correspondence information. This
11780 information goes into the .debug_line section. */
11783 output_line_info (void)
11785 char l1[20], l2[20], p1[20], p2[20];
11786 char line_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
11787 char prev_line_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
11789 unsigned n_op_args;
11790 unsigned long lt_index;
11791 unsigned long current_line;
11794 unsigned long current_file;
11795 unsigned long function;
11796 int ver = dwarf_version;
11798 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1, LINE_NUMBER_BEGIN_LABEL, 0);
11799 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2, LINE_NUMBER_END_LABEL, 0);
11800 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (p1, LN_PROLOG_AS_LABEL, 0);
11801 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (p2, LN_PROLOG_END_LABEL, 0);
11803 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4)
11804 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
11805 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
11806 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, l2, l1,
11807 "Length of Source Line Info");
11808 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l1);
11810 dw2_asm_output_data (2, ver, "DWARF Version");
11811 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, p2, p1, "Prolog Length");
11812 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, p1);
11814 /* Define the architecture-dependent minimum instruction length (in
11815 bytes). In this implementation of DWARF, this field is used for
11816 information purposes only. Since GCC generates assembly language,
11817 we have no a priori knowledge of how many instruction bytes are
11818 generated for each source line, and therefore can use only the
11819 DW_LNE_set_address and DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc line information
11820 commands. Accordingly, we fix this as `1', which is "correct
11821 enough" for all architectures, and don't let the target override. */
11822 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 1,
11823 "Minimum Instruction Length");
11826 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_MAX_OPS_PER_INSN,
11827 "Maximum Operations Per Instruction");
11828 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_IS_STMT_START,
11829 "Default is_stmt_start flag");
11830 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_BASE,
11831 "Line Base Value (Special Opcodes)");
11832 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_RANGE,
11833 "Line Range Value (Special Opcodes)");
11834 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE,
11835 "Special Opcode Base");
11837 for (opc = 1; opc < DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE; opc++)
11841 case DW_LNS_advance_pc:
11842 case DW_LNS_advance_line:
11843 case DW_LNS_set_file:
11844 case DW_LNS_set_column:
11845 case DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc:
11853 dw2_asm_output_data (1, n_op_args, "opcode: %#x has %d args",
11857 /* Write out the information about the files we use. */
11858 output_file_names ();
11859 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, p2);
11861 /* We used to set the address register to the first location in the text
11862 section here, but that didn't accomplish anything since we already
11863 have a line note for the opening brace of the first function. */
11865 /* Generate the line number to PC correspondence table, encoded as
11866 a series of state machine operations. */
11870 if (cfun && in_cold_section_p)
11871 strcpy (prev_line_label, crtl->subsections.cold_section_label);
11873 strcpy (prev_line_label, text_section_label);
11874 for (lt_index = 1; lt_index < line_info_table_in_use; ++lt_index)
11876 dw_line_info_ref line_info = &line_info_table[lt_index];
11879 /* Disable this optimization for now; GDB wants to see two line notes
11880 at the beginning of a function so it can find the end of the
11883 /* Don't emit anything for redundant notes. Just updating the
11884 address doesn't accomplish anything, because we already assume
11885 that anything after the last address is this line. */
11886 if (line_info->dw_line_num == current_line
11887 && line_info->dw_file_num == current_file)
11891 /* Emit debug info for the address of the current line.
11893 Unfortunately, we have little choice here currently, and must always
11894 use the most general form. GCC does not know the address delta
11895 itself, so we can't use DW_LNS_advance_pc. Many ports do have length
11896 attributes which will give an upper bound on the address range. We
11897 could perhaps use length attributes to determine when it is safe to
11898 use DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc. */
11900 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (line_label, LINE_CODE_LABEL, lt_index);
11903 /* This can handle deltas up to 0xffff. This takes 3 bytes. */
11904 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc,
11905 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
11906 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, line_label, prev_line_label, NULL);
11910 /* This can handle any delta. This takes
11911 4+DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE bytes. */
11912 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
11913 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, NULL);
11914 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address, NULL);
11915 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, line_label, NULL);
11918 strcpy (prev_line_label, line_label);
11920 /* Emit debug info for the source file of the current line, if
11921 different from the previous line. */
11922 if (line_info->dw_file_num != current_file)
11924 current_file = line_info->dw_file_num;
11925 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_set_file, "DW_LNS_set_file");
11926 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (current_file, "%lu", current_file);
11929 /* Emit debug info for the current line number, choosing the encoding
11930 that uses the least amount of space. */
11931 if (line_info->dw_line_num != current_line)
11933 line_offset = line_info->dw_line_num - current_line;
11934 line_delta = line_offset - DWARF_LINE_BASE;
11935 current_line = line_info->dw_line_num;
11936 if (line_delta >= 0 && line_delta < (DWARF_LINE_RANGE - 1))
11937 /* This can handle deltas from -10 to 234, using the current
11938 definitions of DWARF_LINE_BASE and DWARF_LINE_RANGE. This
11940 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE + line_delta,
11941 "line %lu", current_line);
11944 /* This can handle any delta. This takes at least 4 bytes,
11945 depending on the value being encoded. */
11946 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_advance_line,
11947 "advance to line %lu", current_line);
11948 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (line_offset, NULL);
11949 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy, "DW_LNS_copy");
11953 /* We still need to start a new row, so output a copy insn. */
11954 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy, "DW_LNS_copy");
11957 /* Emit debug info for the address of the end of the function. */
11960 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc,
11961 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
11962 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, text_end_label, prev_line_label, NULL);
11966 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
11967 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, NULL);
11968 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address, NULL);
11969 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, text_end_label, NULL);
11972 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_end_sequence");
11973 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1, NULL);
11974 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_end_sequence, NULL);
11979 for (lt_index = 0; lt_index < separate_line_info_table_in_use;)
11981 dw_separate_line_info_ref line_info
11982 = &separate_line_info_table[lt_index];
11985 /* Don't emit anything for redundant notes. */
11986 if (line_info->dw_line_num == current_line
11987 && line_info->dw_file_num == current_file
11988 && line_info->function == function)
11992 /* Emit debug info for the address of the current line. If this is
11993 a new function, or the first line of a function, then we need
11994 to handle it differently. */
11995 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (line_label, SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL,
11997 if (function != line_info->function)
11999 function = line_info->function;
12001 /* Set the address register to the first line in the function. */
12002 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
12003 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, NULL);
12004 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address, NULL);
12005 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, line_label, NULL);
12009 /* ??? See the DW_LNS_advance_pc comment above. */
12012 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc,
12013 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
12014 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, line_label, prev_line_label, NULL);
12018 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
12019 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, NULL);
12020 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address, NULL);
12021 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, line_label, NULL);
12025 strcpy (prev_line_label, line_label);
12027 /* Emit debug info for the source file of the current line, if
12028 different from the previous line. */
12029 if (line_info->dw_file_num != current_file)
12031 current_file = line_info->dw_file_num;
12032 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_set_file, "DW_LNS_set_file");
12033 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (current_file, "%lu", current_file);
12036 /* Emit debug info for the current line number, choosing the encoding
12037 that uses the least amount of space. */
12038 if (line_info->dw_line_num != current_line)
12040 line_offset = line_info->dw_line_num - current_line;
12041 line_delta = line_offset - DWARF_LINE_BASE;
12042 current_line = line_info->dw_line_num;
12043 if (line_delta >= 0 && line_delta < (DWARF_LINE_RANGE - 1))
12044 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE + line_delta,
12045 "line %lu", current_line);
12048 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_advance_line,
12049 "advance to line %lu", current_line);
12050 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (line_offset, NULL);
12051 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy, "DW_LNS_copy");
12055 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy, "DW_LNS_copy");
12063 /* If we're done with a function, end its sequence. */
12064 if (lt_index == separate_line_info_table_in_use
12065 || separate_line_info_table[lt_index].function != function)
12070 /* Emit debug info for the address of the end of the function. */
12071 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (line_label, FUNC_END_LABEL, function);
12074 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc,
12075 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
12076 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, line_label, prev_line_label, NULL);
12080 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
12081 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, NULL);
12082 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address, NULL);
12083 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, line_label, NULL);
12086 /* Output the marker for the end of this sequence. */
12087 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_end_sequence");
12088 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1, NULL);
12089 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_end_sequence, NULL);
12093 /* Output the marker for the end of the line number info. */
12094 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l2);
12097 /* Return the size of the .debug_dcall table for the compilation unit. */
12099 static unsigned long
12100 size_of_dcall_table (void)
12102 unsigned long size;
12105 tree last_poc_decl = NULL;
12107 /* Header: version + debug info section pointer + pointer size. */
12108 size = 2 + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 1;
12110 /* Each entry: code label + DIE offset. */
12111 for (i = 0; VEC_iterate (dcall_entry, dcall_table, i, p); i++)
12113 gcc_assert (p->targ_die != NULL);
12114 /* Insert a "from" entry when the point-of-call DIE offset changes. */
12115 if (p->poc_decl != last_poc_decl)
12117 dw_die_ref poc_die = lookup_decl_die (p->poc_decl);
12118 gcc_assert (poc_die);
12119 last_poc_decl = p->poc_decl;
12121 size += (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
12122 + size_of_uleb128 (poc_die->die_offset));
12124 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + size_of_uleb128 (p->targ_die->die_offset);
12130 /* Output the direct call table used to disambiguate PC values when
12131 identical function have been merged. */
12134 output_dcall_table (void)
12137 unsigned long dcall_length = size_of_dcall_table ();
12139 char poc_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
12140 tree last_poc_decl = NULL;
12142 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4)
12143 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
12144 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
12145 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, dcall_length,
12146 "Length of Direct Call Table");
12147 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 4, "Version number");
12148 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, debug_info_section_label,
12149 debug_info_section,
12150 "Offset of Compilation Unit Info");
12151 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, "Pointer Size (in bytes)");
12153 for (i = 0; VEC_iterate (dcall_entry, dcall_table, i, p); i++)
12155 /* Insert a "from" entry when the point-of-call DIE offset changes. */
12156 if (p->poc_decl != last_poc_decl)
12158 dw_die_ref poc_die = lookup_decl_die (p->poc_decl);
12159 last_poc_decl = p->poc_decl;
12162 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, 0, "New caller");
12163 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (poc_die->die_offset,
12164 "Caller DIE offset");
12167 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (poc_label, "LPOC", p->poc_label_num);
12168 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, poc_label, "Point of call");
12169 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (p->targ_die->die_offset,
12170 "Callee DIE offset");
12174 /* Return the size of the .debug_vcall table for the compilation unit. */
12176 static unsigned long
12177 size_of_vcall_table (void)
12179 unsigned long size;
12183 /* Header: version + pointer size. */
12186 /* Each entry: code label + vtable slot index. */
12187 for (i = 0; VEC_iterate (vcall_entry, vcall_table, i, p); i++)
12188 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + size_of_uleb128 (p->vtable_slot);
12193 /* Output the virtual call table used to disambiguate PC values when
12194 identical function have been merged. */
12197 output_vcall_table (void)
12200 unsigned long vcall_length = size_of_vcall_table ();
12202 char poc_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
12204 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4)
12205 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
12206 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
12207 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, vcall_length,
12208 "Length of Virtual Call Table");
12209 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 4, "Version number");
12210 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, "Pointer Size (in bytes)");
12212 for (i = 0; VEC_iterate (vcall_entry, vcall_table, i, p); i++)
12214 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (poc_label, "LPOC", p->poc_label_num);
12215 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, poc_label, "Point of call");
12216 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (p->vtable_slot, "Vtable slot");
12220 /* Given a pointer to a tree node for some base type, return a pointer to
12221 a DIE that describes the given type.
12223 This routine must only be called for GCC type nodes that correspond to
12224 Dwarf base (fundamental) types. */
12227 base_type_die (tree type)
12229 dw_die_ref base_type_result;
12230 enum dwarf_type encoding;
12232 if (TREE_CODE (type) == ERROR_MARK || TREE_CODE (type) == VOID_TYPE)
12235 /* If this is a subtype that should not be emitted as a subrange type,
12236 use the base type. See subrange_type_for_debug_p. */
12237 if (TREE_CODE (type) == INTEGER_TYPE && TREE_TYPE (type) != NULL_TREE)
12238 type = TREE_TYPE (type);
12240 switch (TREE_CODE (type))
12243 if (TYPE_STRING_FLAG (type))
12245 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (type))
12246 encoding = DW_ATE_unsigned_char;
12248 encoding = DW_ATE_signed_char;
12250 else if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (type))
12251 encoding = DW_ATE_unsigned;
12253 encoding = DW_ATE_signed;
12257 if (DECIMAL_FLOAT_MODE_P (TYPE_MODE (type)))
12259 if (dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict)
12260 encoding = DW_ATE_decimal_float;
12262 encoding = DW_ATE_lo_user;
12265 encoding = DW_ATE_float;
12268 case FIXED_POINT_TYPE:
12269 if (!(dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict))
12270 encoding = DW_ATE_lo_user;
12271 else if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (type))
12272 encoding = DW_ATE_unsigned_fixed;
12274 encoding = DW_ATE_signed_fixed;
12277 /* Dwarf2 doesn't know anything about complex ints, so use
12278 a user defined type for it. */
12280 if (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (type)) == REAL_TYPE)
12281 encoding = DW_ATE_complex_float;
12283 encoding = DW_ATE_lo_user;
12287 /* GNU FORTRAN/Ada/C++ BOOLEAN type. */
12288 encoding = DW_ATE_boolean;
12292 /* No other TREE_CODEs are Dwarf fundamental types. */
12293 gcc_unreachable ();
12296 base_type_result = new_die (DW_TAG_base_type, comp_unit_die, type);
12298 add_AT_unsigned (base_type_result, DW_AT_byte_size,
12299 int_size_in_bytes (type));
12300 add_AT_unsigned (base_type_result, DW_AT_encoding, encoding);
12302 return base_type_result;
12305 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return nonzero if the
12306 given input type is a Dwarf "fundamental" type. Otherwise return null. */
12309 is_base_type (tree type)
12311 switch (TREE_CODE (type))
12317 case FIXED_POINT_TYPE:
12325 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE:
12326 case ENUMERAL_TYPE:
12327 case FUNCTION_TYPE:
12330 case REFERENCE_TYPE:
12337 gcc_unreachable ();
12343 /* Given a pointer to a tree node, assumed to be some kind of a ..._TYPE
12344 node, return the size in bits for the type if it is a constant, or else
12345 return the alignment for the type if the type's size is not constant, or
12346 else return BITS_PER_WORD if the type actually turns out to be an
12347 ERROR_MARK node. */
12349 static inline unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
12350 simple_type_size_in_bits (const_tree type)
12352 if (TREE_CODE (type) == ERROR_MARK)
12353 return BITS_PER_WORD;
12354 else if (TYPE_SIZE (type) == NULL_TREE)
12356 else if (host_integerp (TYPE_SIZE (type), 1))
12357 return tree_low_cst (TYPE_SIZE (type), 1);
12359 return TYPE_ALIGN (type);
12362 /* Given a pointer to a tree node for a subrange type, return a pointer
12363 to a DIE that describes the given type. */
12366 subrange_type_die (tree type, tree low, tree high, dw_die_ref context_die)
12368 dw_die_ref subrange_die;
12369 const HOST_WIDE_INT size_in_bytes = int_size_in_bytes (type);
12371 if (context_die == NULL)
12372 context_die = comp_unit_die;
12374 subrange_die = new_die (DW_TAG_subrange_type, context_die, type);
12376 if (int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (type)) != size_in_bytes)
12378 /* The size of the subrange type and its base type do not match,
12379 so we need to generate a size attribute for the subrange type. */
12380 add_AT_unsigned (subrange_die, DW_AT_byte_size, size_in_bytes);
12384 add_bound_info (subrange_die, DW_AT_lower_bound, low);
12386 add_bound_info (subrange_die, DW_AT_upper_bound, high);
12388 return subrange_die;
12391 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return a debugging
12392 entry that chains various modifiers in front of the given type. */
12395 modified_type_die (tree type, int is_const_type, int is_volatile_type,
12396 dw_die_ref context_die)
12398 enum tree_code code = TREE_CODE (type);
12399 dw_die_ref mod_type_die;
12400 dw_die_ref sub_die = NULL;
12401 tree item_type = NULL;
12402 tree qualified_type;
12403 tree name, low, high;
12405 if (code == ERROR_MARK)
12408 /* See if we already have the appropriately qualified variant of
12411 = get_qualified_type (type,
12412 ((is_const_type ? TYPE_QUAL_CONST : 0)
12413 | (is_volatile_type ? TYPE_QUAL_VOLATILE : 0)));
12415 if (qualified_type == sizetype
12416 && TYPE_NAME (qualified_type)
12417 && TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (qualified_type)) == TYPE_DECL)
12419 #ifdef ENABLE_CHECKING
12420 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (TYPE_NAME (qualified_type)))
12422 && TYPE_PRECISION (TREE_TYPE (TYPE_NAME (qualified_type)))
12423 == TYPE_PRECISION (qualified_type)
12424 && TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TYPE_NAME (qualified_type)))
12425 == TYPE_UNSIGNED (qualified_type));
12427 qualified_type = TREE_TYPE (TYPE_NAME (qualified_type));
12430 /* If we do, then we can just use its DIE, if it exists. */
12431 if (qualified_type)
12433 mod_type_die = lookup_type_die (qualified_type);
12435 return mod_type_die;
12438 name = qualified_type ? TYPE_NAME (qualified_type) : NULL;
12440 /* Handle C typedef types. */
12441 if (name && TREE_CODE (name) == TYPE_DECL && DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (name)
12442 && !DECL_ARTIFICIAL (name))
12444 tree dtype = TREE_TYPE (name);
12446 if (qualified_type == dtype)
12448 /* For a named type, use the typedef. */
12449 gen_type_die (qualified_type, context_die);
12450 return lookup_type_die (qualified_type);
12452 else if (is_const_type < TYPE_READONLY (dtype)
12453 || is_volatile_type < TYPE_VOLATILE (dtype)
12454 || (is_const_type <= TYPE_READONLY (dtype)
12455 && is_volatile_type <= TYPE_VOLATILE (dtype)
12456 && DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (name) != type))
12457 /* cv-unqualified version of named type. Just use the unnamed
12458 type to which it refers. */
12459 return modified_type_die (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (name),
12460 is_const_type, is_volatile_type,
12462 /* Else cv-qualified version of named type; fall through. */
12467 mod_type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_const_type, comp_unit_die, type);
12468 sub_die = modified_type_die (type, 0, is_volatile_type, context_die);
12470 else if (is_volatile_type)
12472 mod_type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_volatile_type, comp_unit_die, type);
12473 sub_die = modified_type_die (type, 0, 0, context_die);
12475 else if (code == POINTER_TYPE)
12477 mod_type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_pointer_type, comp_unit_die, type);
12478 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_byte_size,
12479 simple_type_size_in_bits (type) / BITS_PER_UNIT);
12480 item_type = TREE_TYPE (type);
12481 if (!ADDR_SPACE_GENERIC_P (TYPE_ADDR_SPACE (item_type)))
12482 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_address_class,
12483 TYPE_ADDR_SPACE (item_type));
12485 else if (code == REFERENCE_TYPE)
12487 if (TYPE_REF_IS_RVALUE (type) && dwarf_version >= 4)
12488 mod_type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_rvalue_reference_type, comp_unit_die,
12491 mod_type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_reference_type, comp_unit_die, type);
12492 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_byte_size,
12493 simple_type_size_in_bits (type) / BITS_PER_UNIT);
12494 item_type = TREE_TYPE (type);
12495 if (!ADDR_SPACE_GENERIC_P (TYPE_ADDR_SPACE (item_type)))
12496 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_address_class,
12497 TYPE_ADDR_SPACE (item_type));
12499 else if (code == INTEGER_TYPE
12500 && TREE_TYPE (type) != NULL_TREE
12501 && subrange_type_for_debug_p (type, &low, &high))
12503 mod_type_die = subrange_type_die (type, low, high, context_die);
12504 item_type = TREE_TYPE (type);
12506 else if (is_base_type (type))
12507 mod_type_die = base_type_die (type);
12510 gen_type_die (type, context_die);
12512 /* We have to get the type_main_variant here (and pass that to the
12513 `lookup_type_die' routine) because the ..._TYPE node we have
12514 might simply be a *copy* of some original type node (where the
12515 copy was created to help us keep track of typedef names) and
12516 that copy might have a different TYPE_UID from the original
12518 if (TREE_CODE (type) != VECTOR_TYPE)
12519 return lookup_type_die (type_main_variant (type));
12521 /* Vectors have the debugging information in the type,
12522 not the main variant. */
12523 return lookup_type_die (type);
12526 /* Builtin types don't have a DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE. For those,
12527 don't output a DW_TAG_typedef, since there isn't one in the
12528 user's program; just attach a DW_AT_name to the type.
12529 Don't attach a DW_AT_name to DW_TAG_const_type or DW_TAG_volatile_type
12530 if the base type already has the same name. */
12532 && ((TREE_CODE (name) != TYPE_DECL
12533 && (qualified_type == TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type)
12534 || (!is_const_type && !is_volatile_type)))
12535 || (TREE_CODE (name) == TYPE_DECL
12536 && TREE_TYPE (name) == qualified_type
12537 && DECL_NAME (name))))
12539 if (TREE_CODE (name) == TYPE_DECL)
12540 /* Could just call add_name_and_src_coords_attributes here,
12541 but since this is a builtin type it doesn't have any
12542 useful source coordinates anyway. */
12543 name = DECL_NAME (name);
12544 add_name_attribute (mod_type_die, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (name));
12546 /* This probably indicates a bug. */
12547 else if (mod_type_die && mod_type_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_base_type)
12548 add_name_attribute (mod_type_die, "__unknown__");
12550 if (qualified_type)
12551 equate_type_number_to_die (qualified_type, mod_type_die);
12554 /* We must do this after the equate_type_number_to_die call, in case
12555 this is a recursive type. This ensures that the modified_type_die
12556 recursion will terminate even if the type is recursive. Recursive
12557 types are possible in Ada. */
12558 sub_die = modified_type_die (item_type,
12559 TYPE_READONLY (item_type),
12560 TYPE_VOLATILE (item_type),
12563 if (sub_die != NULL)
12564 add_AT_die_ref (mod_type_die, DW_AT_type, sub_die);
12566 return mod_type_die;
12569 /* Generate DIEs for the generic parameters of T.
12570 T must be either a generic type or a generic function.
12571 See http://gcc.gnu.org/wiki/TemplateParmsDwarf for more. */
12574 gen_generic_params_dies (tree t)
12578 dw_die_ref die = NULL;
12580 if (!t || (TYPE_P (t) && !COMPLETE_TYPE_P (t)))
12584 die = lookup_type_die (t);
12585 else if (DECL_P (t))
12586 die = lookup_decl_die (t);
12590 parms = lang_hooks.get_innermost_generic_parms (t);
12592 /* T has no generic parameter. It means T is neither a generic type
12593 or function. End of story. */
12596 parms_num = TREE_VEC_LENGTH (parms);
12597 args = lang_hooks.get_innermost_generic_args (t);
12598 for (i = 0; i < parms_num; i++)
12600 tree parm, arg, arg_pack_elems;
12602 parm = TREE_VEC_ELT (parms, i);
12603 arg = TREE_VEC_ELT (args, i);
12604 arg_pack_elems = lang_hooks.types.get_argument_pack_elems (arg);
12605 gcc_assert (parm && TREE_VALUE (parm) && arg);
12607 if (parm && TREE_VALUE (parm) && arg)
12609 /* If PARM represents a template parameter pack,
12610 emit a DW_TAG_GNU_template_parameter_pack DIE, followed
12611 by DW_TAG_template_*_parameter DIEs for the argument
12612 pack elements of ARG. Note that ARG would then be
12613 an argument pack. */
12614 if (arg_pack_elems)
12615 template_parameter_pack_die (TREE_VALUE (parm),
12619 generic_parameter_die (TREE_VALUE (parm), arg,
12620 true /* Emit DW_AT_name */, die);
12625 /* Create and return a DIE for PARM which should be
12626 the representation of a generic type parameter.
12627 For instance, in the C++ front end, PARM would be a template parameter.
12628 ARG is the argument to PARM.
12629 EMIT_NAME_P if tree, the DIE will have DW_AT_name attribute set to the
12631 PARENT_DIE is the parent DIE which the new created DIE should be added to,
12632 as a child node. */
12635 generic_parameter_die (tree parm, tree arg,
12637 dw_die_ref parent_die)
12639 dw_die_ref tmpl_die = NULL;
12640 const char *name = NULL;
12642 if (!parm || !DECL_NAME (parm) || !arg)
12645 /* We support non-type generic parameters and arguments,
12646 type generic parameters and arguments, as well as
12647 generic generic parameters (a.k.a. template template parameters in C++)
12649 if (TREE_CODE (parm) == PARM_DECL)
12650 /* PARM is a nontype generic parameter */
12651 tmpl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_template_value_param, parent_die, parm);
12652 else if (TREE_CODE (parm) == TYPE_DECL)
12653 /* PARM is a type generic parameter. */
12654 tmpl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_template_type_param, parent_die, parm);
12655 else if (lang_hooks.decls.generic_generic_parameter_decl_p (parm))
12656 /* PARM is a generic generic parameter.
12657 Its DIE is a GNU extension. It shall have a
12658 DW_AT_name attribute to represent the name of the template template
12659 parameter, and a DW_AT_GNU_template_name attribute to represent the
12660 name of the template template argument. */
12661 tmpl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_template_template_param,
12664 gcc_unreachable ();
12670 /* If PARM is a generic parameter pack, it means we are
12671 emitting debug info for a template argument pack element.
12672 In other terms, ARG is a template argument pack element.
12673 In that case, we don't emit any DW_AT_name attribute for
12677 name = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_NAME (parm));
12679 add_AT_string (tmpl_die, DW_AT_name, name);
12682 if (!lang_hooks.decls.generic_generic_parameter_decl_p (parm))
12684 /* DWARF3, 5.6.8 says if PARM is a non-type generic parameter
12685 TMPL_DIE should have a child DW_AT_type attribute that is set
12686 to the type of the argument to PARM, which is ARG.
12687 If PARM is a type generic parameter, TMPL_DIE should have a
12688 child DW_AT_type that is set to ARG. */
12689 tmpl_type = TYPE_P (arg) ? arg : TREE_TYPE (arg);
12690 add_type_attribute (tmpl_die, tmpl_type, 0,
12691 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (tmpl_type),
12696 /* So TMPL_DIE is a DIE representing a
12697 a generic generic template parameter, a.k.a template template
12698 parameter in C++ and arg is a template. */
12700 /* The DW_AT_GNU_template_name attribute of the DIE must be set
12701 to the name of the argument. */
12702 name = dwarf2_name (TYPE_P (arg) ? TYPE_NAME (arg) : arg, 1);
12704 add_AT_string (tmpl_die, DW_AT_GNU_template_name, name);
12707 if (TREE_CODE (parm) == PARM_DECL)
12708 /* So PARM is a non-type generic parameter.
12709 DWARF3 5.6.8 says we must set a DW_AT_const_value child
12710 attribute of TMPL_DIE which value represents the value
12712 We must be careful here:
12713 The value of ARG might reference some function decls.
12714 We might currently be emitting debug info for a generic
12715 type and types are emitted before function decls, we don't
12716 know if the function decls referenced by ARG will actually be
12717 emitted after cgraph computations.
12718 So must defer the generation of the DW_AT_const_value to
12719 after cgraph is ready. */
12720 append_entry_to_tmpl_value_parm_die_table (tmpl_die, arg);
12726 /* Generate and return a DW_TAG_GNU_template_parameter_pack DIE representing.
12727 PARM_PACK must be a template parameter pack. The returned DIE
12728 will be child DIE of PARENT_DIE. */
12731 template_parameter_pack_die (tree parm_pack,
12732 tree parm_pack_args,
12733 dw_die_ref parent_die)
12738 gcc_assert (parent_die && parm_pack);
12740 die = new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_template_parameter_pack, parent_die, parm_pack);
12741 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (die, parm_pack);
12742 for (j = 0; j < TREE_VEC_LENGTH (parm_pack_args); j++)
12743 generic_parameter_die (parm_pack,
12744 TREE_VEC_ELT (parm_pack_args, j),
12745 false /* Don't emit DW_AT_name */,
12750 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return true if it is
12751 an enumerated type. */
12754 type_is_enum (const_tree type)
12756 return TREE_CODE (type) == ENUMERAL_TYPE;
12759 /* Return the DBX register number described by a given RTL node. */
12761 static unsigned int
12762 dbx_reg_number (const_rtx rtl)
12764 unsigned regno = REGNO (rtl);
12766 gcc_assert (regno < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER);
12768 #ifdef LEAF_REG_REMAP
12769 if (current_function_uses_only_leaf_regs)
12771 int leaf_reg = LEAF_REG_REMAP (regno);
12772 if (leaf_reg != -1)
12773 regno = (unsigned) leaf_reg;
12777 return DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (regno);
12780 /* Optionally add a DW_OP_piece term to a location description expression.
12781 DW_OP_piece is only added if the location description expression already
12782 doesn't end with DW_OP_piece. */
12785 add_loc_descr_op_piece (dw_loc_descr_ref *list_head, int size)
12787 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
12789 if (*list_head != NULL)
12791 /* Find the end of the chain. */
12792 for (loc = *list_head; loc->dw_loc_next != NULL; loc = loc->dw_loc_next)
12795 if (loc->dw_loc_opc != DW_OP_piece)
12796 loc->dw_loc_next = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_piece, size, 0);
12800 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a machine register or
12801 zero if there is none. */
12803 static dw_loc_descr_ref
12804 reg_loc_descriptor (rtx rtl, enum var_init_status initialized)
12808 if (REGNO (rtl) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
12811 regs = targetm.dwarf_register_span (rtl);
12813 if (hard_regno_nregs[REGNO (rtl)][GET_MODE (rtl)] > 1 || regs)
12814 return multiple_reg_loc_descriptor (rtl, regs, initialized);
12816 return one_reg_loc_descriptor (dbx_reg_number (rtl), initialized);
12819 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a machine register for
12820 a given hard register number. */
12822 static dw_loc_descr_ref
12823 one_reg_loc_descriptor (unsigned int regno, enum var_init_status initialized)
12825 dw_loc_descr_ref reg_loc_descr;
12829 = new_loc_descr ((enum dwarf_location_atom) (DW_OP_reg0 + regno), 0, 0);
12831 reg_loc_descr = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_regx, regno, 0);
12833 if (initialized == VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED)
12834 add_loc_descr (®_loc_descr, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_uninit, 0, 0));
12836 return reg_loc_descr;
12839 /* Given an RTL of a register, return a location descriptor that
12840 designates a value that spans more than one register. */
12842 static dw_loc_descr_ref
12843 multiple_reg_loc_descriptor (rtx rtl, rtx regs,
12844 enum var_init_status initialized)
12846 int nregs, size, i;
12848 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result = NULL;
12851 #ifdef LEAF_REG_REMAP
12852 if (current_function_uses_only_leaf_regs)
12854 int leaf_reg = LEAF_REG_REMAP (reg);
12855 if (leaf_reg != -1)
12856 reg = (unsigned) leaf_reg;
12859 gcc_assert ((unsigned) DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (reg) == dbx_reg_number (rtl));
12860 nregs = hard_regno_nregs[REGNO (rtl)][GET_MODE (rtl)];
12862 /* Simple, contiguous registers. */
12863 if (regs == NULL_RTX)
12865 size = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl)) / nregs;
12870 dw_loc_descr_ref t;
12872 t = one_reg_loc_descriptor (DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (reg),
12873 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
12874 add_loc_descr (&loc_result, t);
12875 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&loc_result, size);
12881 /* Now onto stupid register sets in non contiguous locations. */
12883 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (regs) == PARALLEL);
12885 size = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XVECEXP (regs, 0, 0)));
12888 for (i = 0; i < XVECLEN (regs, 0); ++i)
12890 dw_loc_descr_ref t;
12892 t = one_reg_loc_descriptor (REGNO (XVECEXP (regs, 0, i)),
12893 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
12894 add_loc_descr (&loc_result, t);
12895 size = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XVECEXP (regs, 0, 0)));
12896 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&loc_result, size);
12899 if (loc_result && initialized == VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED)
12900 add_loc_descr (&loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_uninit, 0, 0));
12904 #endif /* DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO */
12906 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
12908 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a constant. */
12910 static dw_loc_descr_ref
12911 int_loc_descriptor (HOST_WIDE_INT i)
12913 enum dwarf_location_atom op;
12915 /* Pick the smallest representation of a constant, rather than just
12916 defaulting to the LEB encoding. */
12920 op = (enum dwarf_location_atom) (DW_OP_lit0 + i);
12921 else if (i <= 0xff)
12922 op = DW_OP_const1u;
12923 else if (i <= 0xffff)
12924 op = DW_OP_const2u;
12925 else if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT == 32
12926 || i <= 0xffffffff)
12927 op = DW_OP_const4u;
12934 op = DW_OP_const1s;
12935 else if (i >= -0x8000)
12936 op = DW_OP_const2s;
12937 else if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT == 32
12938 || i >= -0x80000000)
12939 op = DW_OP_const4s;
12944 return new_loc_descr (op, i, 0);
12948 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
12949 /* Return loc description representing "address" of integer value.
12950 This can appear only as toplevel expression. */
12952 static dw_loc_descr_ref
12953 address_of_int_loc_descriptor (int size, HOST_WIDE_INT i)
12956 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result = NULL;
12958 if (!(dwarf_version >= 4 || !dwarf_strict))
12965 else if (i <= 0xff)
12967 else if (i <= 0xffff)
12969 else if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT == 32
12970 || i <= 0xffffffff)
12973 litsize = 1 + size_of_uleb128 ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) i);
12979 else if (i >= -0x8000)
12981 else if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT == 32
12982 || i >= -0x80000000)
12985 litsize = 1 + size_of_sleb128 (i);
12987 /* Determine if DW_OP_stack_value or DW_OP_implicit_value
12988 is more compact. For DW_OP_stack_value we need:
12989 litsize + 1 (DW_OP_stack_value)
12990 and for DW_OP_implicit_value:
12991 1 (DW_OP_implicit_value) + 1 (length) + size. */
12992 if ((int) DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE >= size && litsize + 1 <= 1 + 1 + size)
12994 loc_result = int_loc_descriptor (i);
12995 add_loc_descr (&loc_result,
12996 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value, 0, 0));
13000 loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_implicit_value,
13002 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.val_class = dw_val_class_const;
13003 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_int = i;
13007 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a base+offset location. */
13009 static dw_loc_descr_ref
13010 based_loc_descr (rtx reg, HOST_WIDE_INT offset,
13011 enum var_init_status initialized)
13013 unsigned int regno;
13014 dw_loc_descr_ref result;
13015 dw_fde_ref fde = current_fde ();
13017 /* We only use "frame base" when we're sure we're talking about the
13018 post-prologue local stack frame. We do this by *not* running
13019 register elimination until this point, and recognizing the special
13020 argument pointer and soft frame pointer rtx's. */
13021 if (reg == arg_pointer_rtx || reg == frame_pointer_rtx)
13023 rtx elim = eliminate_regs (reg, VOIDmode, NULL_RTX);
13027 if (GET_CODE (elim) == PLUS)
13029 offset += INTVAL (XEXP (elim, 1));
13030 elim = XEXP (elim, 0);
13032 gcc_assert ((SUPPORTS_STACK_ALIGNMENT
13033 && (elim == hard_frame_pointer_rtx
13034 || elim == stack_pointer_rtx))
13035 || elim == (frame_pointer_needed
13036 ? hard_frame_pointer_rtx
13037 : stack_pointer_rtx));
13039 /* If drap register is used to align stack, use frame
13040 pointer + offset to access stack variables. If stack
13041 is aligned without drap, use stack pointer + offset to
13042 access stack variables. */
13043 if (crtl->stack_realign_tried
13044 && reg == frame_pointer_rtx)
13047 = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM ((fde && fde->drap_reg != INVALID_REGNUM)
13048 ? HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
13049 : STACK_POINTER_REGNUM);
13050 return new_reg_loc_descr (base_reg, offset);
13053 offset += frame_pointer_fb_offset;
13054 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_fbreg, offset, 0);
13059 && (fde->drap_reg == REGNO (reg)
13060 || fde->vdrap_reg == REGNO (reg)))
13062 /* Use cfa+offset to represent the location of arguments passed
13063 on the stack when drap is used to align stack.
13064 Only do this when not optimizing, for optimized code var-tracking
13065 is supposed to track where the arguments live and the register
13066 used as vdrap or drap in some spot might be used for something
13067 else in other part of the routine. */
13068 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_fbreg, offset, 0);
13071 regno = dbx_reg_number (reg);
13073 result = new_loc_descr ((enum dwarf_location_atom) (DW_OP_breg0 + regno),
13076 result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bregx, regno, offset);
13078 if (initialized == VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED)
13079 add_loc_descr (&result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_uninit, 0, 0));
13084 /* Return true if this RTL expression describes a base+offset calculation. */
13087 is_based_loc (const_rtx rtl)
13089 return (GET_CODE (rtl) == PLUS
13090 && ((REG_P (XEXP (rtl, 0))
13091 && REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
13092 && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl, 1)))));
13095 /* Try to handle TLS MEMs, for which mem_loc_descriptor on XEXP (mem, 0)
13098 static dw_loc_descr_ref
13099 tls_mem_loc_descriptor (rtx mem)
13102 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result;
13104 if (MEM_EXPR (mem) == NULL_TREE || MEM_OFFSET (mem) == NULL_RTX)
13107 base = get_base_address (MEM_EXPR (mem));
13109 || TREE_CODE (base) != VAR_DECL
13110 || !DECL_THREAD_LOCAL_P (base))
13113 loc_result = loc_descriptor_from_tree (MEM_EXPR (mem), 1);
13114 if (loc_result == NULL)
13117 if (INTVAL (MEM_OFFSET (mem)))
13118 loc_descr_plus_const (&loc_result, INTVAL (MEM_OFFSET (mem)));
13123 /* Output debug info about reason why we failed to expand expression as dwarf
13127 expansion_failed (tree expr, rtx rtl, char const *reason)
13129 if (dump_file && (dump_flags & TDF_DETAILS))
13131 fprintf (dump_file, "Failed to expand as dwarf: ");
13133 print_generic_expr (dump_file, expr, dump_flags);
13136 fprintf (dump_file, "\n");
13137 print_rtl (dump_file, rtl);
13139 fprintf (dump_file, "\nReason: %s\n", reason);
13143 /* Helper function for const_ok_for_output, called either directly
13144 or via for_each_rtx. */
13147 const_ok_for_output_1 (rtx *rtlp, void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
13151 if (GET_CODE (rtl) == UNSPEC)
13153 /* If delegitimize_address couldn't do anything with the UNSPEC, assume
13154 we can't express it in the debug info. */
13155 #ifdef ENABLE_CHECKING
13156 inform (current_function_decl
13157 ? DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (current_function_decl)
13158 : UNKNOWN_LOCATION,
13159 "non-delegitimized UNSPEC %d found in variable location",
13162 expansion_failed (NULL_TREE, rtl,
13163 "UNSPEC hasn't been delegitimized.\n");
13167 if (GET_CODE (rtl) != SYMBOL_REF)
13170 if (CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (rtl))
13173 get_pool_constant_mark (rtl, &marked);
13174 /* If all references to this pool constant were optimized away,
13175 it was not output and thus we can't represent it. */
13178 expansion_failed (NULL_TREE, rtl,
13179 "Constant was removed from constant pool.\n");
13184 if (SYMBOL_REF_TLS_MODEL (rtl) != TLS_MODEL_NONE)
13187 /* Avoid references to external symbols in debug info, on several targets
13188 the linker might even refuse to link when linking a shared library,
13189 and in many other cases the relocations for .debug_info/.debug_loc are
13190 dropped, so the address becomes zero anyway. Hidden symbols, guaranteed
13191 to be defined within the same shared library or executable are fine. */
13192 if (SYMBOL_REF_EXTERNAL_P (rtl))
13194 tree decl = SYMBOL_REF_DECL (rtl);
13196 if (decl == NULL || !targetm.binds_local_p (decl))
13198 expansion_failed (NULL_TREE, rtl,
13199 "Symbol not defined in current TU.\n");
13207 /* Return true if constant RTL can be emitted in DW_OP_addr or
13208 DW_AT_const_value. TLS SYMBOL_REFs, external SYMBOL_REFs or
13209 non-marked constant pool SYMBOL_REFs can't be referenced in it. */
13212 const_ok_for_output (rtx rtl)
13214 if (GET_CODE (rtl) == SYMBOL_REF)
13215 return const_ok_for_output_1 (&rtl, NULL) == 0;
13217 if (GET_CODE (rtl) == CONST)
13218 return for_each_rtx (&XEXP (rtl, 0), const_ok_for_output_1, NULL) == 0;
13223 /* The following routine converts the RTL for a variable or parameter
13224 (resident in memory) into an equivalent Dwarf representation of a
13225 mechanism for getting the address of that same variable onto the top of a
13226 hypothetical "address evaluation" stack.
13228 When creating memory location descriptors, we are effectively transforming
13229 the RTL for a memory-resident object into its Dwarf postfix expression
13230 equivalent. This routine recursively descends an RTL tree, turning
13231 it into Dwarf postfix code as it goes.
13233 MODE is the mode of the memory reference, needed to handle some
13234 autoincrement addressing modes.
13236 CAN_USE_FBREG is a flag whether we can use DW_AT_frame_base in the
13237 location list for RTL.
13239 Return 0 if we can't represent the location. */
13241 static dw_loc_descr_ref
13242 mem_loc_descriptor (rtx rtl, enum machine_mode mode,
13243 enum var_init_status initialized)
13245 dw_loc_descr_ref mem_loc_result = NULL;
13246 enum dwarf_location_atom op;
13247 dw_loc_descr_ref op0, op1;
13249 /* Note that for a dynamically sized array, the location we will generate a
13250 description of here will be the lowest numbered location which is
13251 actually within the array. That's *not* necessarily the same as the
13252 zeroth element of the array. */
13254 rtl = targetm.delegitimize_address (rtl);
13256 switch (GET_CODE (rtl))
13261 return mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode, initialized);
13264 /* The case of a subreg may arise when we have a local (register)
13265 variable or a formal (register) parameter which doesn't quite fill
13266 up an entire register. For now, just assume that it is
13267 legitimate to make the Dwarf info refer to the whole register which
13268 contains the given subreg. */
13269 if (!subreg_lowpart_p (rtl))
13271 rtl = SUBREG_REG (rtl);
13272 if (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl)) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
13274 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (rtl)) != MODE_INT)
13276 mem_loc_result = mem_loc_descriptor (rtl, mode, initialized);
13280 /* Whenever a register number forms a part of the description of the
13281 method for calculating the (dynamic) address of a memory resident
13282 object, DWARF rules require the register number be referred to as
13283 a "base register". This distinction is not based in any way upon
13284 what category of register the hardware believes the given register
13285 belongs to. This is strictly DWARF terminology we're dealing with
13286 here. Note that in cases where the location of a memory-resident
13287 data object could be expressed as: OP_ADD (OP_BASEREG (basereg),
13288 OP_CONST (0)) the actual DWARF location descriptor that we generate
13289 may just be OP_BASEREG (basereg). This may look deceptively like
13290 the object in question was allocated to a register (rather than in
13291 memory) so DWARF consumers need to be aware of the subtle
13292 distinction between OP_REG and OP_BASEREG. */
13293 if (REGNO (rtl) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
13294 mem_loc_result = based_loc_descr (rtl, 0, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13295 else if (stack_realign_drap
13297 && crtl->args.internal_arg_pointer == rtl
13298 && REGNO (crtl->drap_reg) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
13300 /* If RTL is internal_arg_pointer, which has been optimized
13301 out, use DRAP instead. */
13302 mem_loc_result = based_loc_descr (crtl->drap_reg, 0,
13303 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13309 op0 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode,
13310 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13315 int shift = DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
13316 - GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)));
13317 shift *= BITS_PER_UNIT;
13318 if (GET_CODE (rtl) == SIGN_EXTEND)
13322 mem_loc_result = op0;
13323 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, int_loc_descriptor (shift));
13324 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_shl, 0, 0));
13325 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, int_loc_descriptor (shift));
13326 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (op, 0, 0));
13331 mem_loc_result = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), GET_MODE (rtl),
13332 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13333 if (mem_loc_result == NULL)
13334 mem_loc_result = tls_mem_loc_descriptor (rtl);
13335 if (mem_loc_result != 0)
13337 if (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl)) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
13339 expansion_failed (NULL_TREE, rtl, "DWARF address size mismatch");
13342 else if (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl)) == DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
13343 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref, 0, 0));
13345 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result,
13346 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref_size,
13347 GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl)), 0));
13351 rtx new_rtl = avoid_constant_pool_reference (rtl);
13352 if (new_rtl != rtl)
13353 return mem_loc_descriptor (new_rtl, mode, initialized);
13358 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 1);
13360 /* ... fall through ... */
13363 /* Some ports can transform a symbol ref into a label ref, because
13364 the symbol ref is too far away and has to be dumped into a constant
13368 if (GET_CODE (rtl) == SYMBOL_REF
13369 && SYMBOL_REF_TLS_MODEL (rtl) != TLS_MODEL_NONE)
13371 dw_loc_descr_ref temp;
13373 /* If this is not defined, we have no way to emit the data. */
13374 if (!targetm.have_tls || !targetm.asm_out.output_dwarf_dtprel)
13377 temp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_addr, 0, 0);
13378 temp->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_addr;
13379 temp->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr = rtl;
13380 temp->dtprel = true;
13382 mem_loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address, 0, 0);
13383 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, temp);
13388 if (!const_ok_for_output (rtl))
13392 mem_loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_addr, 0, 0);
13393 mem_loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_addr;
13394 mem_loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr = rtl;
13395 VEC_safe_push (rtx, gc, used_rtx_array, rtl);
13401 expansion_failed (NULL_TREE, rtl,
13402 "CONCAT/CONCATN/VAR_LOCATION is handled only by loc_descriptor");
13406 /* Extract the PLUS expression nested inside and fall into
13407 PLUS code below. */
13408 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 1);
13413 /* Turn these into a PLUS expression and fall into the PLUS code
13415 rtl = gen_rtx_PLUS (word_mode, XEXP (rtl, 0),
13416 GEN_INT (GET_CODE (rtl) == PRE_INC
13417 ? GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (mode)
13418 : -GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (mode)));
13420 /* ... fall through ... */
13424 if (is_based_loc (rtl))
13425 mem_loc_result = based_loc_descr (XEXP (rtl, 0),
13426 INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1)),
13427 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13430 mem_loc_result = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode,
13431 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13432 if (mem_loc_result == 0)
13435 if (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl, 1)))
13436 loc_descr_plus_const (&mem_loc_result, INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1)));
13439 dw_loc_descr_ref mem_loc_result2
13440 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 1), mode,
13441 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13442 if (mem_loc_result2 == 0)
13444 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, mem_loc_result2);
13445 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result,
13446 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus, 0, 0));
13451 /* If a pseudo-reg is optimized away, it is possible for it to
13452 be replaced with a MEM containing a multiply or shift. */
13494 op0 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode,
13495 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13496 op1 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 1), mode,
13497 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13499 if (op0 == 0 || op1 == 0)
13502 mem_loc_result = op0;
13503 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, op1);
13504 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (op, 0, 0));
13508 op0 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode,
13509 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13510 op1 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 1), mode,
13511 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13513 if (op0 == 0 || op1 == 0)
13516 mem_loc_result = op0;
13517 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, op1);
13518 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_over, 0, 0));
13519 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_over, 0, 0));
13520 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_div, 0, 0));
13521 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_mul, 0, 0));
13522 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_minus, 0, 0));
13538 op0 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode,
13539 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13544 mem_loc_result = op0;
13545 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (op, 0, 0));
13549 mem_loc_result = int_loc_descriptor (INTVAL (rtl));
13577 if (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0))) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
13578 || GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 1))) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
13582 enum machine_mode op_mode = GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0));
13584 if (op_mode == VOIDmode)
13585 op_mode = GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 1));
13586 if (op_mode != VOIDmode && GET_MODE_CLASS (op_mode) != MODE_INT)
13589 op0 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode,
13590 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13591 op1 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 1), mode,
13592 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13594 if (op0 == 0 || op1 == 0)
13597 if (op_mode != VOIDmode
13598 && GET_MODE_SIZE (op_mode) < DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
13600 int shift = DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE - GET_MODE_SIZE (op_mode);
13601 shift *= BITS_PER_UNIT;
13602 /* For eq/ne, if the operands are known to be zero-extended,
13603 there is no need to do the fancy shifting up. */
13604 if (op == DW_OP_eq || op == DW_OP_ne)
13606 dw_loc_descr_ref last0, last1;
13608 last0->dw_loc_next != NULL;
13609 last0 = last0->dw_loc_next)
13612 last1->dw_loc_next != NULL;
13613 last1 = last1->dw_loc_next)
13615 /* deref_size zero extends, and for constants we can check
13616 whether they are zero extended or not. */
13617 if (((last0->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_deref_size
13618 && last0->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int
13619 <= GET_MODE_SIZE (op_mode))
13620 || (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl, 0))
13621 && (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 0))
13622 == (INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 0))
13623 & GET_MODE_MASK (op_mode))))
13624 && ((last1->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_deref_size
13625 && last1->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int
13626 <= GET_MODE_SIZE (op_mode))
13627 || (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl, 1))
13628 && (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT)
13629 INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1))
13630 == (INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1))
13631 & GET_MODE_MASK (op_mode)))))
13634 add_loc_descr (&op0, int_loc_descriptor (shift));
13635 add_loc_descr (&op0, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_shl, 0, 0));
13636 if (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl, 1)))
13637 op1 = int_loc_descriptor (INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1)) << shift);
13640 add_loc_descr (&op1, int_loc_descriptor (shift));
13641 add_loc_descr (&op1, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_shl, 0, 0));
13647 mem_loc_result = op0;
13648 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, op1);
13649 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (op, 0, 0));
13650 if (STORE_FLAG_VALUE != 1)
13652 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result,
13653 int_loc_descriptor (STORE_FLAG_VALUE));
13654 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_mul, 0, 0));
13675 if (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0))) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
13676 || GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 1))) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
13680 enum machine_mode op_mode = GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0));
13682 if (op_mode == VOIDmode)
13683 op_mode = GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 1));
13684 if (op_mode != VOIDmode && GET_MODE_CLASS (op_mode) != MODE_INT)
13687 op0 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode,
13688 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13689 op1 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 1), mode,
13690 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13692 if (op0 == 0 || op1 == 0)
13695 if (op_mode != VOIDmode
13696 && GET_MODE_SIZE (op_mode) < DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
13698 HOST_WIDE_INT mask = GET_MODE_MASK (op_mode);
13699 dw_loc_descr_ref last0, last1;
13701 last0->dw_loc_next != NULL;
13702 last0 = last0->dw_loc_next)
13705 last1->dw_loc_next != NULL;
13706 last1 = last1->dw_loc_next)
13708 if (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl, 0)))
13709 op0 = int_loc_descriptor (INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 0)) & mask);
13710 /* deref_size zero extends, so no need to mask it again. */
13711 else if (last0->dw_loc_opc != DW_OP_deref_size
13712 || last0->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int
13713 > GET_MODE_SIZE (op_mode))
13715 add_loc_descr (&op0, int_loc_descriptor (mask));
13716 add_loc_descr (&op0, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_and, 0, 0));
13718 if (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl, 1)))
13719 op1 = int_loc_descriptor (INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1)) & mask);
13720 /* deref_size zero extends, so no need to mask it again. */
13721 else if (last1->dw_loc_opc != DW_OP_deref_size
13722 || last1->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int
13723 > GET_MODE_SIZE (op_mode))
13725 add_loc_descr (&op1, int_loc_descriptor (mask));
13726 add_loc_descr (&op1, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_and, 0, 0));
13731 HOST_WIDE_INT bias = 1;
13732 bias <<= (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * BITS_PER_UNIT - 1);
13733 add_loc_descr (&op0, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst, bias, 0));
13734 if (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl, 1)))
13735 op1 = int_loc_descriptor ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) bias
13736 + INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1)));
13738 add_loc_descr (&op1, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst,
13748 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0))) != MODE_INT
13749 || GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0))) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
13750 || GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)) != GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 1)))
13753 op0 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode,
13754 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13755 op1 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 1), mode,
13756 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13758 if (op0 == 0 || op1 == 0)
13761 add_loc_descr (&op0, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_dup, 0, 0));
13762 add_loc_descr (&op1, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_swap, 0, 0));
13763 add_loc_descr (&op1, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_over, 0, 0));
13764 if (GET_CODE (rtl) == UMIN || GET_CODE (rtl) == UMAX)
13766 if (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0))) < DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
13768 HOST_WIDE_INT mask = GET_MODE_MASK (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)));
13769 add_loc_descr (&op0, int_loc_descriptor (mask));
13770 add_loc_descr (&op0, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_and, 0, 0));
13771 add_loc_descr (&op1, int_loc_descriptor (mask));
13772 add_loc_descr (&op1, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_and, 0, 0));
13776 HOST_WIDE_INT bias = 1;
13777 bias <<= (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * BITS_PER_UNIT - 1);
13778 add_loc_descr (&op0, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst, bias, 0));
13779 add_loc_descr (&op1, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst, bias, 0));
13782 else if (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0))) < DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
13784 int shift = DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
13785 - GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)));
13786 shift *= BITS_PER_UNIT;
13787 add_loc_descr (&op0, int_loc_descriptor (shift));
13788 add_loc_descr (&op0, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_shl, 0, 0));
13789 add_loc_descr (&op1, int_loc_descriptor (shift));
13790 add_loc_descr (&op1, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_shl, 0, 0));
13793 if (GET_CODE (rtl) == SMIN || GET_CODE (rtl) == UMIN)
13797 mem_loc_result = op0;
13798 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, op1);
13799 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (op, 0, 0));
13801 dw_loc_descr_ref bra_node, drop_node;
13803 bra_node = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bra, 0, 0);
13804 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, bra_node);
13805 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_swap, 0, 0));
13806 drop_node = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_drop, 0, 0);
13807 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, drop_node);
13808 bra_node->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_loc;
13809 bra_node->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_loc = drop_node;
13815 if (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl, 1))
13816 && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl, 2))
13817 && ((unsigned) INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1))
13818 + (unsigned) INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 2))
13819 <= GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (rtl)))
13820 && GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (rtl)) <= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
13821 && GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0))) <= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
13824 op0 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode,
13825 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13828 if (GET_CODE (rtl) == SIGN_EXTRACT)
13832 mem_loc_result = op0;
13833 size = INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1));
13834 shift = INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 2));
13835 if (BITS_BIG_ENDIAN)
13836 shift = GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)))
13838 if (shift + size != (int) DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
13840 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result,
13841 int_loc_descriptor (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
13843 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_shl, 0, 0));
13845 if (size != (int) DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
13847 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result,
13848 int_loc_descriptor (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE - size));
13849 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (op, 0, 0));
13859 /* In theory, we could implement the above. */
13860 /* DWARF cannot represent the unsigned compare operations
13887 case FLOAT_TRUNCATE:
13889 case UNSIGNED_FLOAT:
13892 case FRACT_CONVERT:
13893 case UNSIGNED_FRACT_CONVERT:
13895 case UNSIGNED_SAT_FRACT:
13907 case VEC_DUPLICATE:
13910 /* If delegitimize_address couldn't do anything with the UNSPEC, we
13911 can't express it in the debug info. This can happen e.g. with some
13916 resolve_one_addr (&rtl, NULL);
13920 #ifdef ENABLE_CHECKING
13921 print_rtl (stderr, rtl);
13922 gcc_unreachable ();
13928 if (mem_loc_result && initialized == VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED)
13929 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_uninit, 0, 0));
13931 return mem_loc_result;
13934 /* Return a descriptor that describes the concatenation of two locations.
13935 This is typically a complex variable. */
13937 static dw_loc_descr_ref
13938 concat_loc_descriptor (rtx x0, rtx x1, enum var_init_status initialized)
13940 dw_loc_descr_ref cc_loc_result = NULL;
13941 dw_loc_descr_ref x0_ref
13942 = loc_descriptor (x0, VOIDmode, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13943 dw_loc_descr_ref x1_ref
13944 = loc_descriptor (x1, VOIDmode, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13946 if (x0_ref == 0 || x1_ref == 0)
13949 cc_loc_result = x0_ref;
13950 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&cc_loc_result, GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x0)));
13952 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result, x1_ref);
13953 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&cc_loc_result, GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x1)));
13955 if (initialized == VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED)
13956 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_uninit, 0, 0));
13958 return cc_loc_result;
13961 /* Return a descriptor that describes the concatenation of N
13964 static dw_loc_descr_ref
13965 concatn_loc_descriptor (rtx concatn, enum var_init_status initialized)
13968 dw_loc_descr_ref cc_loc_result = NULL;
13969 unsigned int n = XVECLEN (concatn, 0);
13971 for (i = 0; i < n; ++i)
13973 dw_loc_descr_ref ref;
13974 rtx x = XVECEXP (concatn, 0, i);
13976 ref = loc_descriptor (x, VOIDmode, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13980 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result, ref);
13981 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&cc_loc_result, GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x)));
13984 if (cc_loc_result && initialized == VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED)
13985 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_uninit, 0, 0));
13987 return cc_loc_result;
13990 /* Output a proper Dwarf location descriptor for a variable or parameter
13991 which is either allocated in a register or in a memory location. For a
13992 register, we just generate an OP_REG and the register number. For a
13993 memory location we provide a Dwarf postfix expression describing how to
13994 generate the (dynamic) address of the object onto the address stack.
13996 MODE is mode of the decl if this loc_descriptor is going to be used in
13997 .debug_loc section where DW_OP_stack_value and DW_OP_implicit_value are
13998 allowed, VOIDmode otherwise.
14000 If we don't know how to describe it, return 0. */
14002 static dw_loc_descr_ref
14003 loc_descriptor (rtx rtl, enum machine_mode mode,
14004 enum var_init_status initialized)
14006 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result = NULL;
14008 switch (GET_CODE (rtl))
14011 /* The case of a subreg may arise when we have a local (register)
14012 variable or a formal (register) parameter which doesn't quite fill
14013 up an entire register. For now, just assume that it is
14014 legitimate to make the Dwarf info refer to the whole register which
14015 contains the given subreg. */
14016 loc_result = loc_descriptor (SUBREG_REG (rtl), mode, initialized);
14020 loc_result = reg_loc_descriptor (rtl, initialized);
14025 loc_result = loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode, initialized);
14029 loc_result = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), GET_MODE (rtl),
14031 if (loc_result == NULL)
14032 loc_result = tls_mem_loc_descriptor (rtl);
14033 if (loc_result == NULL)
14035 rtx new_rtl = avoid_constant_pool_reference (rtl);
14036 if (new_rtl != rtl)
14037 loc_result = loc_descriptor (new_rtl, mode, initialized);
14042 loc_result = concat_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), XEXP (rtl, 1),
14047 loc_result = concatn_loc_descriptor (rtl, initialized);
14052 if (GET_CODE (PAT_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (rtl)) != PARALLEL)
14054 rtx loc = PAT_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (rtl);
14055 if (GET_CODE (loc) == EXPR_LIST)
14056 loc = XEXP (loc, 0);
14057 loc_result = loc_descriptor (loc, mode, initialized);
14061 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 1);
14066 rtvec par_elems = XVEC (rtl, 0);
14067 int num_elem = GET_NUM_ELEM (par_elems);
14068 enum machine_mode mode;
14071 /* Create the first one, so we have something to add to. */
14072 loc_result = loc_descriptor (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems, 0), 0),
14073 VOIDmode, initialized);
14074 if (loc_result == NULL)
14076 mode = GET_MODE (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems, 0), 0));
14077 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&loc_result, GET_MODE_SIZE (mode));
14078 for (i = 1; i < num_elem; i++)
14080 dw_loc_descr_ref temp;
14082 temp = loc_descriptor (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems, i), 0),
14083 VOIDmode, initialized);
14086 add_loc_descr (&loc_result, temp);
14087 mode = GET_MODE (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems, i), 0));
14088 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&loc_result, GET_MODE_SIZE (mode));
14094 if (mode != VOIDmode && mode != BLKmode)
14095 loc_result = address_of_int_loc_descriptor (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode),
14100 if (mode == VOIDmode)
14101 mode = GET_MODE (rtl);
14103 if (mode != VOIDmode && (dwarf_version >= 4 || !dwarf_strict))
14105 gcc_assert (mode == GET_MODE (rtl) || VOIDmode == GET_MODE (rtl));
14107 /* Note that a CONST_DOUBLE rtx could represent either an integer
14108 or a floating-point constant. A CONST_DOUBLE is used whenever
14109 the constant requires more than one word in order to be
14110 adequately represented. We output CONST_DOUBLEs as blocks. */
14111 loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_implicit_value,
14112 GET_MODE_SIZE (mode), 0);
14113 if (SCALAR_FLOAT_MODE_P (mode))
14115 unsigned int length = GET_MODE_SIZE (mode);
14116 unsigned char *array = GGC_NEWVEC (unsigned char, length);
14118 insert_float (rtl, array);
14119 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.val_class = dw_val_class_vec;
14120 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_vec.length = length / 4;
14121 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_vec.elt_size = 4;
14122 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_vec.array = array;
14126 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.val_class = dw_val_class_const_double;
14127 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_double
14128 = rtx_to_double_int (rtl);
14134 if (mode == VOIDmode)
14135 mode = GET_MODE (rtl);
14137 if (mode != VOIDmode && (dwarf_version >= 4 || !dwarf_strict))
14139 unsigned int elt_size = GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl));
14140 unsigned int length = CONST_VECTOR_NUNITS (rtl);
14141 unsigned char *array = GGC_NEWVEC (unsigned char, length * elt_size);
14145 gcc_assert (mode == GET_MODE (rtl) || VOIDmode == GET_MODE (rtl));
14146 switch (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode))
14148 case MODE_VECTOR_INT:
14149 for (i = 0, p = array; i < length; i++, p += elt_size)
14151 rtx elt = CONST_VECTOR_ELT (rtl, i);
14152 double_int val = rtx_to_double_int (elt);
14154 if (elt_size <= sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT))
14155 insert_int (double_int_to_shwi (val), elt_size, p);
14158 gcc_assert (elt_size == 2 * sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT));
14159 insert_double (val, p);
14164 case MODE_VECTOR_FLOAT:
14165 for (i = 0, p = array; i < length; i++, p += elt_size)
14167 rtx elt = CONST_VECTOR_ELT (rtl, i);
14168 insert_float (elt, p);
14173 gcc_unreachable ();
14176 loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_implicit_value,
14177 length * elt_size, 0);
14178 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.val_class = dw_val_class_vec;
14179 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_vec.length = length;
14180 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_vec.elt_size = elt_size;
14181 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_vec.array = array;
14186 if (mode == VOIDmode
14187 || GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == CONST_INT
14188 || GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == CONST_DOUBLE
14189 || GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == CONST_VECTOR)
14191 loc_result = loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode, initialized);
14196 if (!const_ok_for_output (rtl))
14199 if (mode != VOIDmode && GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) == DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
14200 && (dwarf_version >= 4 || !dwarf_strict))
14202 loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_addr, 0, 0);
14203 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_addr;
14204 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr = rtl;
14205 add_loc_descr (&loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value, 0, 0));
14206 VEC_safe_push (rtx, gc, used_rtx_array, rtl);
14211 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_INT && GET_MODE (rtl) == mode
14212 && GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl)) <= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
14213 && (dwarf_version >= 4 || !dwarf_strict))
14215 /* Value expression. */
14216 loc_result = mem_loc_descriptor (rtl, VOIDmode, initialized);
14218 add_loc_descr (&loc_result,
14219 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value, 0, 0));
14227 /* We need to figure out what section we should use as the base for the
14228 address ranges where a given location is valid.
14229 1. If this particular DECL has a section associated with it, use that.
14230 2. If this function has a section associated with it, use that.
14231 3. Otherwise, use the text section.
14232 XXX: If you split a variable across multiple sections, we won't notice. */
14234 static const char *
14235 secname_for_decl (const_tree decl)
14237 const char *secname;
14239 if (VAR_OR_FUNCTION_DECL_P (decl) && DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl))
14241 tree sectree = DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl);
14242 secname = TREE_STRING_POINTER (sectree);
14244 else if (current_function_decl && DECL_SECTION_NAME (current_function_decl))
14246 tree sectree = DECL_SECTION_NAME (current_function_decl);
14247 secname = TREE_STRING_POINTER (sectree);
14249 else if (cfun && in_cold_section_p)
14250 secname = crtl->subsections.cold_section_label;
14252 secname = text_section_label;
14257 /* Return true when DECL_BY_REFERENCE is defined and set for DECL. */
14260 decl_by_reference_p (tree decl)
14262 return ((TREE_CODE (decl) == PARM_DECL || TREE_CODE (decl) == RESULT_DECL
14263 || TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL)
14264 && DECL_BY_REFERENCE (decl));
14267 /* Helper function for dw_loc_list. Compute proper Dwarf location descriptor
14270 static dw_loc_descr_ref
14271 dw_loc_list_1 (tree loc, rtx varloc, int want_address,
14272 enum var_init_status initialized)
14274 int have_address = 0;
14275 dw_loc_descr_ref descr;
14276 enum machine_mode mode;
14278 if (want_address != 2)
14280 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (varloc) == VAR_LOCATION);
14282 if (GET_CODE (PAT_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (varloc)) != PARALLEL)
14284 varloc = PAT_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (varloc);
14285 if (GET_CODE (varloc) == EXPR_LIST)
14286 varloc = XEXP (varloc, 0);
14287 mode = GET_MODE (varloc);
14288 if (MEM_P (varloc))
14290 rtx addr = XEXP (varloc, 0);
14291 descr = mem_loc_descriptor (addr, mode, initialized);
14296 rtx x = avoid_constant_pool_reference (varloc);
14298 descr = mem_loc_descriptor (x, mode, initialized);
14302 descr = mem_loc_descriptor (varloc, mode, initialized);
14309 if (GET_CODE (varloc) == VAR_LOCATION)
14310 mode = DECL_MODE (PAT_VAR_LOCATION_DECL (varloc));
14312 mode = DECL_MODE (loc);
14313 descr = loc_descriptor (varloc, mode, initialized);
14320 if (want_address == 2 && !have_address
14321 && (dwarf_version >= 4 || !dwarf_strict))
14323 if (int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (loc)) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
14325 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX,
14326 "DWARF address size mismatch");
14329 add_loc_descr (&descr, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value, 0, 0));
14332 /* Show if we can't fill the request for an address. */
14333 if (want_address && !have_address)
14335 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX,
14336 "Want address and only have value");
14340 /* If we've got an address and don't want one, dereference. */
14341 if (!want_address && have_address)
14343 HOST_WIDE_INT size = int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (loc));
14344 enum dwarf_location_atom op;
14346 if (size > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE || size == -1)
14348 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX,
14349 "DWARF address size mismatch");
14352 else if (size == DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
14355 op = DW_OP_deref_size;
14357 add_loc_descr (&descr, new_loc_descr (op, size, 0));
14363 /* Create a DW_OP_piece or DW_OP_bit_piece for bitsize, or return NULL
14364 if it is not possible. */
14366 static dw_loc_descr_ref
14367 new_loc_descr_op_bit_piece (HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize)
14369 if ((bitsize % BITS_PER_UNIT) == 0)
14370 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_piece, bitsize / BITS_PER_UNIT, 0);
14371 else if (dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict)
14372 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bit_piece, bitsize, 0);
14377 /* Helper function for dw_loc_list. Compute proper Dwarf location descriptor
14378 for VAR_LOC_NOTE for variable DECL that has been optimized by SRA. */
14380 static dw_loc_descr_ref
14381 dw_sra_loc_expr (tree decl, rtx loc)
14384 unsigned int padsize = 0;
14385 dw_loc_descr_ref descr, *descr_tail;
14386 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT decl_size;
14388 enum var_init_status initialized;
14390 if (DECL_SIZE (decl) == NULL
14391 || !host_integerp (DECL_SIZE (decl), 1))
14394 decl_size = tree_low_cst (DECL_SIZE (decl), 1);
14396 descr_tail = &descr;
14398 for (p = loc; p; p = XEXP (p, 1))
14400 unsigned int bitsize = decl_piece_bitsize (p);
14401 rtx loc_note = *decl_piece_varloc_ptr (p);
14402 dw_loc_descr_ref cur_descr;
14403 dw_loc_descr_ref *tail, last = NULL;
14404 unsigned int opsize = 0;
14406 if (loc_note == NULL_RTX
14407 || NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (loc_note) == NULL_RTX)
14409 padsize += bitsize;
14412 initialized = NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (loc_note);
14413 varloc = NOTE_VAR_LOCATION (loc_note);
14414 cur_descr = dw_loc_list_1 (decl, varloc, 2, initialized);
14415 if (cur_descr == NULL)
14417 padsize += bitsize;
14421 /* Check that cur_descr either doesn't use
14422 DW_OP_*piece operations, or their sum is equal
14423 to bitsize. Otherwise we can't embed it. */
14424 for (tail = &cur_descr; *tail != NULL;
14425 tail = &(*tail)->dw_loc_next)
14426 if ((*tail)->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_piece)
14428 opsize += (*tail)->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned
14432 else if ((*tail)->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_bit_piece)
14434 opsize += (*tail)->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned;
14438 if (last != NULL && opsize != bitsize)
14440 padsize += bitsize;
14444 /* If there is a hole, add DW_OP_*piece after empty DWARF
14445 expression, which means that those bits are optimized out. */
14448 if (padsize > decl_size)
14450 decl_size -= padsize;
14451 *descr_tail = new_loc_descr_op_bit_piece (padsize);
14452 if (*descr_tail == NULL)
14454 descr_tail = &(*descr_tail)->dw_loc_next;
14457 *descr_tail = cur_descr;
14459 if (bitsize > decl_size)
14461 decl_size -= bitsize;
14464 *descr_tail = new_loc_descr_op_bit_piece (bitsize);
14465 if (*descr_tail == NULL)
14467 descr_tail = &(*descr_tail)->dw_loc_next;
14471 /* If there were any non-empty expressions, add padding till the end of
14473 if (descr != NULL && decl_size != 0)
14475 *descr_tail = new_loc_descr_op_bit_piece (decl_size);
14476 if (*descr_tail == NULL)
14482 /* Return the dwarf representation of the location list LOC_LIST of
14483 DECL. WANT_ADDRESS has the same meaning as in loc_list_from_tree
14486 static dw_loc_list_ref
14487 dw_loc_list (var_loc_list *loc_list, tree decl, int want_address)
14489 const char *endname, *secname;
14491 enum var_init_status initialized;
14492 struct var_loc_node *node;
14493 dw_loc_descr_ref descr;
14494 char label_id[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
14495 dw_loc_list_ref list = NULL;
14496 dw_loc_list_ref *listp = &list;
14498 /* Now that we know what section we are using for a base,
14499 actually construct the list of locations.
14500 The first location information is what is passed to the
14501 function that creates the location list, and the remaining
14502 locations just get added on to that list.
14503 Note that we only know the start address for a location
14504 (IE location changes), so to build the range, we use
14505 the range [current location start, next location start].
14506 This means we have to special case the last node, and generate
14507 a range of [last location start, end of function label]. */
14509 secname = secname_for_decl (decl);
14511 for (node = loc_list->first; node; node = node->next)
14512 if (GET_CODE (node->loc) == EXPR_LIST
14513 || NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (node->loc) != NULL_RTX)
14515 if (GET_CODE (node->loc) == EXPR_LIST)
14517 /* This requires DW_OP_{,bit_}piece, which is not usable
14518 inside DWARF expressions. */
14519 if (want_address != 2)
14521 descr = dw_sra_loc_expr (decl, node->loc);
14527 initialized = NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (node->loc);
14528 varloc = NOTE_VAR_LOCATION (node->loc);
14529 descr = dw_loc_list_1 (decl, varloc, want_address, initialized);
14533 /* The variable has a location between NODE->LABEL and
14534 NODE->NEXT->LABEL. */
14536 endname = node->next->label;
14537 /* If the variable has a location at the last label
14538 it keeps its location until the end of function. */
14539 else if (!current_function_decl)
14540 endname = text_end_label;
14543 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label_id, FUNC_END_LABEL,
14544 current_function_funcdef_no);
14545 endname = ggc_strdup (label_id);
14548 *listp = new_loc_list (descr, node->label, endname, secname);
14549 listp = &(*listp)->dw_loc_next;
14553 /* Try to avoid the overhead of a location list emitting a location
14554 expression instead, but only if we didn't have more than one
14555 location entry in the first place. If some entries were not
14556 representable, we don't want to pretend a single entry that was
14557 applies to the entire scope in which the variable is
14559 if (list && loc_list->first->next)
14565 /* Return if the loc_list has only single element and thus can be represented
14566 as location description. */
14569 single_element_loc_list_p (dw_loc_list_ref list)
14571 gcc_assert (!list->dw_loc_next || list->ll_symbol);
14572 return !list->ll_symbol;
14575 /* To each location in list LIST add loc descr REF. */
14578 add_loc_descr_to_each (dw_loc_list_ref list, dw_loc_descr_ref ref)
14580 dw_loc_descr_ref copy;
14581 add_loc_descr (&list->expr, ref);
14582 list = list->dw_loc_next;
14585 copy = GGC_CNEW (dw_loc_descr_node);
14586 memcpy (copy, ref, sizeof (dw_loc_descr_node));
14587 add_loc_descr (&list->expr, copy);
14588 while (copy->dw_loc_next)
14590 dw_loc_descr_ref new_copy = GGC_CNEW (dw_loc_descr_node);
14591 memcpy (new_copy, copy->dw_loc_next, sizeof (dw_loc_descr_node));
14592 copy->dw_loc_next = new_copy;
14595 list = list->dw_loc_next;
14599 /* Given two lists RET and LIST
14600 produce location list that is result of adding expression in LIST
14601 to expression in RET on each possition in program.
14602 Might be destructive on both RET and LIST.
14604 TODO: We handle only simple cases of RET or LIST having at most one
14605 element. General case would inolve sorting the lists in program order
14606 and merging them that will need some additional work.
14607 Adding that will improve quality of debug info especially for SRA-ed
14611 add_loc_list (dw_loc_list_ref *ret, dw_loc_list_ref list)
14620 if (!list->dw_loc_next)
14622 add_loc_descr_to_each (*ret, list->expr);
14625 if (!(*ret)->dw_loc_next)
14627 add_loc_descr_to_each (list, (*ret)->expr);
14631 expansion_failed (NULL_TREE, NULL_RTX,
14632 "Don't know how to merge two non-trivial"
14633 " location lists.\n");
14638 /* LOC is constant expression. Try a luck, look it up in constant
14639 pool and return its loc_descr of its address. */
14641 static dw_loc_descr_ref
14642 cst_pool_loc_descr (tree loc)
14644 /* Get an RTL for this, if something has been emitted. */
14645 rtx rtl = lookup_constant_def (loc);
14646 enum machine_mode mode;
14648 if (!rtl || !MEM_P (rtl))
14653 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == SYMBOL_REF);
14655 /* TODO: We might get more coverage if we was actually delaying expansion
14656 of all expressions till end of compilation when constant pools are fully
14658 if (!TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (SYMBOL_REF_DECL (XEXP (rtl, 0))))
14660 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX,
14661 "CST value in contant pool but not marked.");
14664 mode = GET_MODE (rtl);
14665 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 0);
14666 return mem_loc_descriptor (rtl, mode, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
14669 /* Return dw_loc_list representing address of addr_expr LOC
14670 by looking for innder INDIRECT_REF expression and turing it
14671 into simple arithmetics. */
14673 static dw_loc_list_ref
14674 loc_list_for_address_of_addr_expr_of_indirect_ref (tree loc, bool toplev)
14677 HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize, bitpos, bytepos;
14678 enum machine_mode mode;
14680 int unsignedp = TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc));
14681 dw_loc_list_ref list_ret = NULL, list_ret1 = NULL;
14683 obj = get_inner_reference (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0),
14684 &bitsize, &bitpos, &offset, &mode,
14685 &unsignedp, &volatilep, false);
14687 if (bitpos % BITS_PER_UNIT)
14689 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX, "bitfield access");
14692 if (!INDIRECT_REF_P (obj))
14694 expansion_failed (obj,
14695 NULL_RTX, "no indirect ref in inner refrence");
14698 if (!offset && !bitpos)
14699 list_ret = loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (obj, 0), toplev ? 2 : 1);
14701 && int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (loc)) <= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
14702 && (dwarf_version >= 4 || !dwarf_strict))
14704 list_ret = loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (obj, 0), 0);
14709 /* Variable offset. */
14710 list_ret1 = loc_list_from_tree (offset, 0);
14711 if (list_ret1 == 0)
14713 add_loc_list (&list_ret, list_ret1);
14716 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret,
14717 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus, 0, 0));
14719 bytepos = bitpos / BITS_PER_UNIT;
14721 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret,
14722 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst,
14724 else if (bytepos < 0)
14725 loc_list_plus_const (list_ret, bytepos);
14726 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret,
14727 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value, 0, 0));
14733 /* Generate Dwarf location list representing LOC.
14734 If WANT_ADDRESS is false, expression computing LOC will be computed
14735 If WANT_ADDRESS is 1, expression computing address of LOC will be returned
14736 if WANT_ADDRESS is 2, expression computing address useable in location
14737 will be returned (i.e. DW_OP_reg can be used
14738 to refer to register values). */
14740 static dw_loc_list_ref
14741 loc_list_from_tree (tree loc, int want_address)
14743 dw_loc_descr_ref ret = NULL, ret1 = NULL;
14744 dw_loc_list_ref list_ret = NULL, list_ret1 = NULL;
14745 int have_address = 0;
14746 enum dwarf_location_atom op;
14748 /* ??? Most of the time we do not take proper care for sign/zero
14749 extending the values properly. Hopefully this won't be a real
14752 switch (TREE_CODE (loc))
14755 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX, "ERROR_MARK");
14758 case PLACEHOLDER_EXPR:
14759 /* This case involves extracting fields from an object to determine the
14760 position of other fields. We don't try to encode this here. The
14761 only user of this is Ada, which encodes the needed information using
14762 the names of types. */
14763 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX, "PLACEHOLDER_EXPR");
14767 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX, "CALL_EXPR");
14768 /* There are no opcodes for these operations. */
14771 case PREINCREMENT_EXPR:
14772 case PREDECREMENT_EXPR:
14773 case POSTINCREMENT_EXPR:
14774 case POSTDECREMENT_EXPR:
14775 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX, "PRE/POST INDCREMENT/DECREMENT");
14776 /* There are no opcodes for these operations. */
14780 /* If we already want an address, see if there is INDIRECT_REF inside
14781 e.g. for &this->field. */
14784 list_ret = loc_list_for_address_of_addr_expr_of_indirect_ref
14785 (loc, want_address == 2);
14788 else if (decl_address_ip_invariant_p (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0))
14789 && (ret = cst_pool_loc_descr (loc)))
14792 /* Otherwise, process the argument and look for the address. */
14793 if (!list_ret && !ret)
14794 list_ret = loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 1);
14798 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX, "need address of ADDR_EXPR");
14804 if (DECL_THREAD_LOCAL_P (loc))
14807 enum dwarf_location_atom first_op;
14808 enum dwarf_location_atom second_op;
14809 bool dtprel = false;
14811 if (targetm.have_tls)
14813 /* If this is not defined, we have no way to emit the
14815 if (!targetm.asm_out.output_dwarf_dtprel)
14818 /* The way DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address is specified, we
14819 can only look up addresses of objects in the current
14821 if (DECL_EXTERNAL (loc) && !targetm.binds_local_p (loc))
14823 first_op = DW_OP_addr;
14825 second_op = DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address;
14829 if (!targetm.emutls.debug_form_tls_address
14830 || !(dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict))
14832 loc = emutls_decl (loc);
14833 first_op = DW_OP_addr;
14834 second_op = DW_OP_form_tls_address;
14837 rtl = rtl_for_decl_location (loc);
14838 if (rtl == NULL_RTX)
14843 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 0);
14844 if (! CONSTANT_P (rtl))
14847 ret = new_loc_descr (first_op, 0, 0);
14848 ret->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_addr;
14849 ret->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr = rtl;
14850 ret->dtprel = dtprel;
14852 ret1 = new_loc_descr (second_op, 0, 0);
14853 add_loc_descr (&ret, ret1);
14861 if (DECL_HAS_VALUE_EXPR_P (loc))
14862 return loc_list_from_tree (DECL_VALUE_EXPR (loc),
14867 case FUNCTION_DECL:
14870 var_loc_list *loc_list = lookup_decl_loc (loc);
14872 if (loc_list && loc_list->first)
14874 list_ret = dw_loc_list (loc_list, loc, want_address);
14875 have_address = want_address != 0;
14878 rtl = rtl_for_decl_location (loc);
14879 if (rtl == NULL_RTX)
14881 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX, "DECL has no RTL");
14884 else if (CONST_INT_P (rtl))
14886 HOST_WIDE_INT val = INTVAL (rtl);
14887 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc)))
14888 val &= GET_MODE_MASK (DECL_MODE (loc));
14889 ret = int_loc_descriptor (val);
14891 else if (GET_CODE (rtl) == CONST_STRING)
14893 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX, "CONST_STRING");
14896 else if (CONSTANT_P (rtl) && const_ok_for_output (rtl))
14898 ret = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_addr, 0, 0);
14899 ret->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_addr;
14900 ret->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr = rtl;
14904 enum machine_mode mode;
14906 /* Certain constructs can only be represented at top-level. */
14907 if (want_address == 2)
14909 ret = loc_descriptor (rtl, VOIDmode,
14910 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
14915 mode = GET_MODE (rtl);
14918 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 0);
14921 ret = mem_loc_descriptor (rtl, mode, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
14924 expansion_failed (loc, rtl,
14925 "failed to produce loc descriptor for rtl");
14931 case ALIGN_INDIRECT_REF:
14932 case MISALIGNED_INDIRECT_REF:
14933 list_ret = loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 0);
14937 case COMPOUND_EXPR:
14938 return loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), want_address);
14941 case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR:
14944 return loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), want_address);
14946 case COMPONENT_REF:
14947 case BIT_FIELD_REF:
14949 case ARRAY_RANGE_REF:
14950 case REALPART_EXPR:
14951 case IMAGPART_EXPR:
14954 HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize, bitpos, bytepos;
14955 enum machine_mode mode;
14957 int unsignedp = TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc));
14959 obj = get_inner_reference (loc, &bitsize, &bitpos, &offset, &mode,
14960 &unsignedp, &volatilep, false);
14962 gcc_assert (obj != loc);
14964 list_ret = loc_list_from_tree (obj,
14966 && !bitpos && !offset ? 2 : 1);
14967 /* TODO: We can extract value of the small expression via shifting even
14968 for nonzero bitpos. */
14971 if (bitpos % BITS_PER_UNIT != 0 || bitsize % BITS_PER_UNIT != 0)
14973 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX,
14974 "bitfield access");
14978 if (offset != NULL_TREE)
14980 /* Variable offset. */
14981 list_ret1 = loc_list_from_tree (offset, 0);
14982 if (list_ret1 == 0)
14984 add_loc_list (&list_ret, list_ret1);
14987 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus, 0, 0));
14990 bytepos = bitpos / BITS_PER_UNIT;
14992 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst, bytepos, 0));
14993 else if (bytepos < 0)
14994 loc_list_plus_const (list_ret, bytepos);
15001 if ((want_address || !host_integerp (loc, 0))
15002 && (ret = cst_pool_loc_descr (loc)))
15004 else if (want_address == 2
15005 && host_integerp (loc, 0)
15006 && (ret = address_of_int_loc_descriptor
15007 (int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (loc)),
15008 tree_low_cst (loc, 0))))
15010 else if (host_integerp (loc, 0))
15011 ret = int_loc_descriptor (tree_low_cst (loc, 0));
15014 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX,
15015 "Integer operand is not host integer");
15024 if ((ret = cst_pool_loc_descr (loc)))
15027 /* We can construct small constants here using int_loc_descriptor. */
15028 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX,
15029 "constructor or constant not in constant pool");
15032 case TRUTH_AND_EXPR:
15033 case TRUTH_ANDIF_EXPR:
15038 case TRUTH_XOR_EXPR:
15043 case TRUTH_OR_EXPR:
15044 case TRUTH_ORIF_EXPR:
15049 case FLOOR_DIV_EXPR:
15050 case CEIL_DIV_EXPR:
15051 case ROUND_DIV_EXPR:
15052 case TRUNC_DIV_EXPR:
15053 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc)))
15062 case FLOOR_MOD_EXPR:
15063 case CEIL_MOD_EXPR:
15064 case ROUND_MOD_EXPR:
15065 case TRUNC_MOD_EXPR:
15066 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc)))
15071 list_ret = loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 0);
15072 list_ret1 = loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), 0);
15073 if (list_ret == 0 || list_ret1 == 0)
15076 add_loc_list (&list_ret, list_ret1);
15079 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_over, 0, 0));
15080 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_over, 0, 0));
15081 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_div, 0, 0));
15082 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_mul, 0, 0));
15083 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_minus, 0, 0));
15095 op = (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc)) ? DW_OP_shr : DW_OP_shra);
15098 case POINTER_PLUS_EXPR:
15100 if (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1)) == INTEGER_CST
15101 && host_integerp (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), 0))
15103 list_ret = loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 0);
15107 loc_list_plus_const (list_ret, tree_low_cst (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), 0));
15115 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0))))
15122 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0))))
15129 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0))))
15136 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0))))
15151 list_ret = loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 0);
15152 list_ret1 = loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), 0);
15153 if (list_ret == 0 || list_ret1 == 0)
15156 add_loc_list (&list_ret, list_ret1);
15159 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, new_loc_descr (op, 0, 0));
15162 case TRUTH_NOT_EXPR:
15176 list_ret = loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 0);
15180 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, new_loc_descr (op, 0, 0));
15186 const enum tree_code code =
15187 TREE_CODE (loc) == MIN_EXPR ? GT_EXPR : LT_EXPR;
15189 loc = build3 (COND_EXPR, TREE_TYPE (loc),
15190 build2 (code, integer_type_node,
15191 TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1)),
15192 TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0));
15195 /* ... fall through ... */
15199 dw_loc_descr_ref lhs
15200 = loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), 0);
15201 dw_loc_list_ref rhs
15202 = loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 2), 0);
15203 dw_loc_descr_ref bra_node, jump_node, tmp;
15205 list_ret = loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 0);
15206 if (list_ret == 0 || lhs == 0 || rhs == 0)
15209 bra_node = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bra, 0, 0);
15210 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, bra_node);
15212 add_loc_list (&list_ret, rhs);
15213 jump_node = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_skip, 0, 0);
15214 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, jump_node);
15216 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, lhs);
15217 bra_node->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_loc;
15218 bra_node->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_loc = lhs;
15220 /* ??? Need a node to point the skip at. Use a nop. */
15221 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_nop, 0, 0);
15222 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, tmp);
15223 jump_node->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_loc;
15224 jump_node->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_loc = tmp;
15228 case FIX_TRUNC_EXPR:
15232 /* Leave front-end specific codes as simply unknown. This comes
15233 up, for instance, with the C STMT_EXPR. */
15234 if ((unsigned int) TREE_CODE (loc)
15235 >= (unsigned int) LAST_AND_UNUSED_TREE_CODE)
15237 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX,
15238 "language specific tree node");
15242 #ifdef ENABLE_CHECKING
15243 /* Otherwise this is a generic code; we should just lists all of
15244 these explicitly. We forgot one. */
15245 gcc_unreachable ();
15247 /* In a release build, we want to degrade gracefully: better to
15248 generate incomplete debugging information than to crash. */
15253 if (!ret && !list_ret)
15256 if (want_address == 2 && !have_address
15257 && (dwarf_version >= 4 || !dwarf_strict))
15259 if (int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (loc)) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
15261 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX,
15262 "DWARF address size mismatch");
15266 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value, 0, 0));
15268 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret,
15269 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value, 0, 0));
15272 /* Show if we can't fill the request for an address. */
15273 if (want_address && !have_address)
15275 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX,
15276 "Want address and only have value");
15280 gcc_assert (!ret || !list_ret);
15282 /* If we've got an address and don't want one, dereference. */
15283 if (!want_address && have_address)
15285 HOST_WIDE_INT size = int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (loc));
15287 if (size > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE || size == -1)
15289 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX,
15290 "DWARF address size mismatch");
15293 else if (size == DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
15296 op = DW_OP_deref_size;
15299 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (op, size, 0));
15301 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, new_loc_descr (op, size, 0));
15304 list_ret = new_loc_list (ret, NULL, NULL, NULL);
15309 /* Same as above but return only single location expression. */
15310 static dw_loc_descr_ref
15311 loc_descriptor_from_tree (tree loc, int want_address)
15313 dw_loc_list_ref ret = loc_list_from_tree (loc, want_address);
15316 if (ret->dw_loc_next)
15318 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX,
15319 "Location list where only loc descriptor needed");
15325 /* Given a value, round it up to the lowest multiple of `boundary'
15326 which is not less than the value itself. */
15328 static inline HOST_WIDE_INT
15329 ceiling (HOST_WIDE_INT value, unsigned int boundary)
15331 return (((value + boundary - 1) / boundary) * boundary);
15334 /* Given a pointer to what is assumed to be a FIELD_DECL node, return a
15335 pointer to the declared type for the relevant field variable, or return
15336 `integer_type_node' if the given node turns out to be an
15337 ERROR_MARK node. */
15340 field_type (const_tree decl)
15344 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == ERROR_MARK)
15345 return integer_type_node;
15347 type = DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl);
15348 if (type == NULL_TREE)
15349 type = TREE_TYPE (decl);
15354 /* Given a pointer to a tree node, return the alignment in bits for
15355 it, or else return BITS_PER_WORD if the node actually turns out to
15356 be an ERROR_MARK node. */
15358 static inline unsigned
15359 simple_type_align_in_bits (const_tree type)
15361 return (TREE_CODE (type) != ERROR_MARK) ? TYPE_ALIGN (type) : BITS_PER_WORD;
15364 static inline unsigned
15365 simple_decl_align_in_bits (const_tree decl)
15367 return (TREE_CODE (decl) != ERROR_MARK) ? DECL_ALIGN (decl) : BITS_PER_WORD;
15370 /* Return the result of rounding T up to ALIGN. */
15372 static inline HOST_WIDE_INT
15373 round_up_to_align (HOST_WIDE_INT t, unsigned int align)
15375 /* We must be careful if T is negative because HOST_WIDE_INT can be
15376 either "above" or "below" unsigned int as per the C promotion
15377 rules, depending on the host, thus making the signedness of the
15378 direct multiplication and division unpredictable. */
15379 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT u = (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) t;
15385 return (HOST_WIDE_INT) u;
15388 /* Given a pointer to a FIELD_DECL, compute and return the byte offset of the
15389 lowest addressed byte of the "containing object" for the given FIELD_DECL,
15390 or return 0 if we are unable to determine what that offset is, either
15391 because the argument turns out to be a pointer to an ERROR_MARK node, or
15392 because the offset is actually variable. (We can't handle the latter case
15395 static HOST_WIDE_INT
15396 field_byte_offset (const_tree decl)
15398 HOST_WIDE_INT object_offset_in_bits;
15399 HOST_WIDE_INT bitpos_int;
15401 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == ERROR_MARK)
15404 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl) == FIELD_DECL);
15406 /* We cannot yet cope with fields whose positions are variable, so
15407 for now, when we see such things, we simply return 0. Someday, we may
15408 be able to handle such cases, but it will be damn difficult. */
15409 if (! host_integerp (bit_position (decl), 0))
15412 bitpos_int = int_bit_position (decl);
15414 #ifdef PCC_BITFIELD_TYPE_MATTERS
15415 if (PCC_BITFIELD_TYPE_MATTERS)
15418 tree field_size_tree;
15419 HOST_WIDE_INT deepest_bitpos;
15420 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT field_size_in_bits;
15421 unsigned int type_align_in_bits;
15422 unsigned int decl_align_in_bits;
15423 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT type_size_in_bits;
15425 type = field_type (decl);
15426 type_size_in_bits = simple_type_size_in_bits (type);
15427 type_align_in_bits = simple_type_align_in_bits (type);
15429 field_size_tree = DECL_SIZE (decl);
15431 /* The size could be unspecified if there was an error, or for
15432 a flexible array member. */
15433 if (!field_size_tree)
15434 field_size_tree = bitsize_zero_node;
15436 /* If the size of the field is not constant, use the type size. */
15437 if (host_integerp (field_size_tree, 1))
15438 field_size_in_bits = tree_low_cst (field_size_tree, 1);
15440 field_size_in_bits = type_size_in_bits;
15442 decl_align_in_bits = simple_decl_align_in_bits (decl);
15444 /* The GCC front-end doesn't make any attempt to keep track of the
15445 starting bit offset (relative to the start of the containing
15446 structure type) of the hypothetical "containing object" for a
15447 bit-field. Thus, when computing the byte offset value for the
15448 start of the "containing object" of a bit-field, we must deduce
15449 this information on our own. This can be rather tricky to do in
15450 some cases. For example, handling the following structure type
15451 definition when compiling for an i386/i486 target (which only
15452 aligns long long's to 32-bit boundaries) can be very tricky:
15454 struct S { int field1; long long field2:31; };
15456 Fortunately, there is a simple rule-of-thumb which can be used
15457 in such cases. When compiling for an i386/i486, GCC will
15458 allocate 8 bytes for the structure shown above. It decides to
15459 do this based upon one simple rule for bit-field allocation.
15460 GCC allocates each "containing object" for each bit-field at
15461 the first (i.e. lowest addressed) legitimate alignment boundary
15462 (based upon the required minimum alignment for the declared
15463 type of the field) which it can possibly use, subject to the
15464 condition that there is still enough available space remaining
15465 in the containing object (when allocated at the selected point)
15466 to fully accommodate all of the bits of the bit-field itself.
15468 This simple rule makes it obvious why GCC allocates 8 bytes for
15469 each object of the structure type shown above. When looking
15470 for a place to allocate the "containing object" for `field2',
15471 the compiler simply tries to allocate a 64-bit "containing
15472 object" at each successive 32-bit boundary (starting at zero)
15473 until it finds a place to allocate that 64- bit field such that
15474 at least 31 contiguous (and previously unallocated) bits remain
15475 within that selected 64 bit field. (As it turns out, for the
15476 example above, the compiler finds it is OK to allocate the
15477 "containing object" 64-bit field at bit-offset zero within the
15480 Here we attempt to work backwards from the limited set of facts
15481 we're given, and we try to deduce from those facts, where GCC
15482 must have believed that the containing object started (within
15483 the structure type). The value we deduce is then used (by the
15484 callers of this routine) to generate DW_AT_location and
15485 DW_AT_bit_offset attributes for fields (both bit-fields and, in
15486 the case of DW_AT_location, regular fields as well). */
15488 /* Figure out the bit-distance from the start of the structure to
15489 the "deepest" bit of the bit-field. */
15490 deepest_bitpos = bitpos_int + field_size_in_bits;
15492 /* This is the tricky part. Use some fancy footwork to deduce
15493 where the lowest addressed bit of the containing object must
15495 object_offset_in_bits = deepest_bitpos - type_size_in_bits;
15497 /* Round up to type_align by default. This works best for
15499 object_offset_in_bits
15500 = round_up_to_align (object_offset_in_bits, type_align_in_bits);
15502 if (object_offset_in_bits > bitpos_int)
15504 object_offset_in_bits = deepest_bitpos - type_size_in_bits;
15506 /* Round up to decl_align instead. */
15507 object_offset_in_bits
15508 = round_up_to_align (object_offset_in_bits, decl_align_in_bits);
15513 object_offset_in_bits = bitpos_int;
15515 return object_offset_in_bits / BITS_PER_UNIT;
15518 /* The following routines define various Dwarf attributes and any data
15519 associated with them. */
15521 /* Add a location description attribute value to a DIE.
15523 This emits location attributes suitable for whole variables and
15524 whole parameters. Note that the location attributes for struct fields are
15525 generated by the routine `data_member_location_attribute' below. */
15528 add_AT_location_description (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
15529 dw_loc_list_ref descr)
15533 if (single_element_loc_list_p (descr))
15534 add_AT_loc (die, attr_kind, descr->expr);
15536 add_AT_loc_list (die, attr_kind, descr);
15539 /* Attach the specialized form of location attribute used for data members of
15540 struct and union types. In the special case of a FIELD_DECL node which
15541 represents a bit-field, the "offset" part of this special location
15542 descriptor must indicate the distance in bytes from the lowest-addressed
15543 byte of the containing struct or union type to the lowest-addressed byte of
15544 the "containing object" for the bit-field. (See the `field_byte_offset'
15547 For any given bit-field, the "containing object" is a hypothetical object
15548 (of some integral or enum type) within which the given bit-field lives. The
15549 type of this hypothetical "containing object" is always the same as the
15550 declared type of the individual bit-field itself (for GCC anyway... the
15551 DWARF spec doesn't actually mandate this). Note that it is the size (in
15552 bytes) of the hypothetical "containing object" which will be given in the
15553 DW_AT_byte_size attribute for this bit-field. (See the
15554 `byte_size_attribute' function below.) It is also used when calculating the
15555 value of the DW_AT_bit_offset attribute. (See the `bit_offset_attribute'
15556 function below.) */
15559 add_data_member_location_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree decl)
15561 HOST_WIDE_INT offset;
15562 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_descr = 0;
15564 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == TREE_BINFO)
15566 /* We're working on the TAG_inheritance for a base class. */
15567 if (BINFO_VIRTUAL_P (decl) && is_cxx ())
15569 /* For C++ virtual bases we can't just use BINFO_OFFSET, as they
15570 aren't at a fixed offset from all (sub)objects of the same
15571 type. We need to extract the appropriate offset from our
15572 vtable. The following dwarf expression means
15574 BaseAddr = ObAddr + *((*ObAddr) - Offset)
15576 This is specific to the V3 ABI, of course. */
15578 dw_loc_descr_ref tmp;
15580 /* Make a copy of the object address. */
15581 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_dup, 0, 0);
15582 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr, tmp);
15584 /* Extract the vtable address. */
15585 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref, 0, 0);
15586 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr, tmp);
15588 /* Calculate the address of the offset. */
15589 offset = tree_low_cst (BINFO_VPTR_FIELD (decl), 0);
15590 gcc_assert (offset < 0);
15592 tmp = int_loc_descriptor (-offset);
15593 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr, tmp);
15594 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_minus, 0, 0);
15595 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr, tmp);
15597 /* Extract the offset. */
15598 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref, 0, 0);
15599 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr, tmp);
15601 /* Add it to the object address. */
15602 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus, 0, 0);
15603 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr, tmp);
15606 offset = tree_low_cst (BINFO_OFFSET (decl), 0);
15609 offset = field_byte_offset (decl);
15613 if (dwarf_version > 2)
15615 /* Don't need to output a location expression, just the constant. */
15616 add_AT_int (die, DW_AT_data_member_location, offset);
15621 enum dwarf_location_atom op;
15623 /* The DWARF2 standard says that we should assume that the structure
15624 address is already on the stack, so we can specify a structure
15625 field address by using DW_OP_plus_uconst. */
15627 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
15628 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader does not handle the DW_OP_plus_uconst
15629 operator correctly. It works only if we leave the offset on the
15633 op = DW_OP_plus_uconst;
15636 loc_descr = new_loc_descr (op, offset, 0);
15640 add_AT_loc (die, DW_AT_data_member_location, loc_descr);
15643 /* Writes integer values to dw_vec_const array. */
15646 insert_int (HOST_WIDE_INT val, unsigned int size, unsigned char *dest)
15650 *dest++ = val & 0xff;
15656 /* Reads integers from dw_vec_const array. Inverse of insert_int. */
15658 static HOST_WIDE_INT
15659 extract_int (const unsigned char *src, unsigned int size)
15661 HOST_WIDE_INT val = 0;
15667 val |= *--src & 0xff;
15673 /* Writes double_int values to dw_vec_const array. */
15676 insert_double (double_int val, unsigned char *dest)
15678 unsigned char *p0 = dest;
15679 unsigned char *p1 = dest + sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT);
15681 if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN)
15687 insert_int ((HOST_WIDE_INT) val.low, sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT), p0);
15688 insert_int ((HOST_WIDE_INT) val.high, sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT), p1);
15691 /* Writes floating point values to dw_vec_const array. */
15694 insert_float (const_rtx rtl, unsigned char *array)
15696 REAL_VALUE_TYPE rv;
15700 REAL_VALUE_FROM_CONST_DOUBLE (rv, rtl);
15701 real_to_target (val, &rv, GET_MODE (rtl));
15703 /* real_to_target puts 32-bit pieces in each long. Pack them. */
15704 for (i = 0; i < GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl)) / 4; i++)
15706 insert_int (val[i], 4, array);
15711 /* Attach a DW_AT_const_value attribute for a variable or a parameter which
15712 does not have a "location" either in memory or in a register. These
15713 things can arise in GNU C when a constant is passed as an actual parameter
15714 to an inlined function. They can also arise in C++ where declared
15715 constants do not necessarily get memory "homes". */
15718 add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref die, rtx rtl)
15720 switch (GET_CODE (rtl))
15724 HOST_WIDE_INT val = INTVAL (rtl);
15727 add_AT_int (die, DW_AT_const_value, val);
15729 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_const_value, (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) val);
15734 /* Note that a CONST_DOUBLE rtx could represent either an integer or a
15735 floating-point constant. A CONST_DOUBLE is used whenever the
15736 constant requires more than one word in order to be adequately
15739 enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (rtl);
15741 if (SCALAR_FLOAT_MODE_P (mode))
15743 unsigned int length = GET_MODE_SIZE (mode);
15744 unsigned char *array = GGC_NEWVEC (unsigned char, length);
15746 insert_float (rtl, array);
15747 add_AT_vec (die, DW_AT_const_value, length / 4, 4, array);
15750 add_AT_double (die, DW_AT_const_value,
15751 CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (rtl), CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (rtl));
15757 enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (rtl);
15758 unsigned int elt_size = GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (mode);
15759 unsigned int length = CONST_VECTOR_NUNITS (rtl);
15760 unsigned char *array = GGC_NEWVEC (unsigned char, length * elt_size);
15764 switch (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode))
15766 case MODE_VECTOR_INT:
15767 for (i = 0, p = array; i < length; i++, p += elt_size)
15769 rtx elt = CONST_VECTOR_ELT (rtl, i);
15770 double_int val = rtx_to_double_int (elt);
15772 if (elt_size <= sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT))
15773 insert_int (double_int_to_shwi (val), elt_size, p);
15776 gcc_assert (elt_size == 2 * sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT));
15777 insert_double (val, p);
15782 case MODE_VECTOR_FLOAT:
15783 for (i = 0, p = array; i < length; i++, p += elt_size)
15785 rtx elt = CONST_VECTOR_ELT (rtl, i);
15786 insert_float (elt, p);
15791 gcc_unreachable ();
15794 add_AT_vec (die, DW_AT_const_value, length, elt_size, array);
15799 if (dwarf_version >= 4 || !dwarf_strict)
15801 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result;
15802 resolve_one_addr (&rtl, NULL);
15804 loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_addr, 0, 0);
15805 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_addr;
15806 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr = rtl;
15807 add_loc_descr (&loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value, 0, 0));
15808 add_AT_loc (die, DW_AT_location, loc_result);
15809 VEC_safe_push (rtx, gc, used_rtx_array, rtl);
15815 if (CONSTANT_P (XEXP (rtl, 0)))
15816 return add_const_value_attribute (die, XEXP (rtl, 0));
15819 if (!const_ok_for_output (rtl))
15822 if (dwarf_version >= 4 || !dwarf_strict)
15827 /* In cases where an inlined instance of an inline function is passed
15828 the address of an `auto' variable (which is local to the caller) we
15829 can get a situation where the DECL_RTL of the artificial local
15830 variable (for the inlining) which acts as a stand-in for the
15831 corresponding formal parameter (of the inline function) will look
15832 like (plus:SI (reg:SI FRAME_PTR) (const_int ...)). This is not
15833 exactly a compile-time constant expression, but it isn't the address
15834 of the (artificial) local variable either. Rather, it represents the
15835 *value* which the artificial local variable always has during its
15836 lifetime. We currently have no way to represent such quasi-constant
15837 values in Dwarf, so for now we just punt and generate nothing. */
15845 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == CONST_STRING
15846 && MEM_READONLY_P (rtl)
15847 && GET_MODE (rtl) == BLKmode)
15849 add_AT_string (die, DW_AT_const_value, XSTR (XEXP (rtl, 0), 0));
15855 /* No other kinds of rtx should be possible here. */
15856 gcc_unreachable ();
15861 /* Determine whether the evaluation of EXPR references any variables
15862 or functions which aren't otherwise used (and therefore may not be
15865 reference_to_unused (tree * tp, int * walk_subtrees,
15866 void * data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
15868 if (! EXPR_P (*tp) && ! CONSTANT_CLASS_P (*tp))
15869 *walk_subtrees = 0;
15871 if (DECL_P (*tp) && ! TREE_PUBLIC (*tp) && ! TREE_USED (*tp)
15872 && ! TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (*tp))
15874 /* ??? The C++ FE emits debug information for using decls, so
15875 putting gcc_unreachable here falls over. See PR31899. For now
15876 be conservative. */
15877 else if (!cgraph_global_info_ready
15878 && (TREE_CODE (*tp) == VAR_DECL || TREE_CODE (*tp) == FUNCTION_DECL))
15880 else if (TREE_CODE (*tp) == VAR_DECL)
15882 struct varpool_node *node = varpool_node (*tp);
15886 else if (TREE_CODE (*tp) == FUNCTION_DECL
15887 && (!DECL_EXTERNAL (*tp) || DECL_DECLARED_INLINE_P (*tp)))
15889 /* The call graph machinery must have finished analyzing,
15890 optimizing and gimplifying the CU by now.
15891 So if *TP has no call graph node associated
15892 to it, it means *TP will not be emitted. */
15893 if (!cgraph_get_node (*tp))
15896 else if (TREE_CODE (*tp) == STRING_CST && !TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (*tp))
15902 /* Generate an RTL constant from a decl initializer INIT with decl type TYPE,
15903 for use in a later add_const_value_attribute call. */
15906 rtl_for_decl_init (tree init, tree type)
15908 rtx rtl = NULL_RTX;
15910 /* If a variable is initialized with a string constant without embedded
15911 zeros, build CONST_STRING. */
15912 if (TREE_CODE (init) == STRING_CST && TREE_CODE (type) == ARRAY_TYPE)
15914 tree enttype = TREE_TYPE (type);
15915 tree domain = TYPE_DOMAIN (type);
15916 enum machine_mode mode = TYPE_MODE (enttype);
15918 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_INT && GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) == 1
15920 && integer_zerop (TYPE_MIN_VALUE (domain))
15921 && compare_tree_int (TYPE_MAX_VALUE (domain),
15922 TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init) - 1) == 0
15923 && ((size_t) TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init)
15924 == strlen (TREE_STRING_POINTER (init)) + 1))
15926 rtl = gen_rtx_CONST_STRING (VOIDmode,
15927 ggc_strdup (TREE_STRING_POINTER (init)));
15928 rtl = gen_rtx_MEM (BLKmode, rtl);
15929 MEM_READONLY_P (rtl) = 1;
15932 /* Other aggregates, and complex values, could be represented using
15934 else if (AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (type) || TREE_CODE (type) == COMPLEX_TYPE)
15936 /* Vectors only work if their mode is supported by the target.
15937 FIXME: generic vectors ought to work too. */
15938 else if (TREE_CODE (type) == VECTOR_TYPE && TYPE_MODE (type) == BLKmode)
15940 /* If the initializer is something that we know will expand into an
15941 immediate RTL constant, expand it now. We must be careful not to
15942 reference variables which won't be output. */
15943 else if (initializer_constant_valid_p (init, type)
15944 && ! walk_tree (&init, reference_to_unused, NULL, NULL))
15946 /* Convert vector CONSTRUCTOR initializers to VECTOR_CST if
15948 if (TREE_CODE (type) == VECTOR_TYPE)
15949 switch (TREE_CODE (init))
15954 if (TREE_CONSTANT (init))
15956 VEC(constructor_elt,gc) *elts = CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (init);
15957 bool constant_p = true;
15959 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT ix;
15961 /* Even when ctor is constant, it might contain non-*_CST
15962 elements (e.g. { 1.0/0.0 - 1.0/0.0, 0.0 }) and those don't
15963 belong into VECTOR_CST nodes. */
15964 FOR_EACH_CONSTRUCTOR_VALUE (elts, ix, value)
15965 if (!CONSTANT_CLASS_P (value))
15967 constant_p = false;
15973 init = build_vector_from_ctor (type, elts);
15983 rtl = expand_expr (init, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, EXPAND_INITIALIZER);
15985 /* If expand_expr returns a MEM, it wasn't immediate. */
15986 gcc_assert (!rtl || !MEM_P (rtl));
15992 /* Generate RTL for the variable DECL to represent its location. */
15995 rtl_for_decl_location (tree decl)
15999 /* Here we have to decide where we are going to say the parameter "lives"
16000 (as far as the debugger is concerned). We only have a couple of
16001 choices. GCC provides us with DECL_RTL and with DECL_INCOMING_RTL.
16003 DECL_RTL normally indicates where the parameter lives during most of the
16004 activation of the function. If optimization is enabled however, this
16005 could be either NULL or else a pseudo-reg. Both of those cases indicate
16006 that the parameter doesn't really live anywhere (as far as the code
16007 generation parts of GCC are concerned) during most of the function's
16008 activation. That will happen (for example) if the parameter is never
16009 referenced within the function.
16011 We could just generate a location descriptor here for all non-NULL
16012 non-pseudo values of DECL_RTL and ignore all of the rest, but we can be
16013 a little nicer than that if we also consider DECL_INCOMING_RTL in cases
16014 where DECL_RTL is NULL or is a pseudo-reg.
16016 Note however that we can only get away with using DECL_INCOMING_RTL as
16017 a backup substitute for DECL_RTL in certain limited cases. In cases
16018 where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) indicates the same type as TREE_TYPE (decl),
16019 we can be sure that the parameter was passed using the same type as it is
16020 declared to have within the function, and that its DECL_INCOMING_RTL
16021 points us to a place where a value of that type is passed.
16023 In cases where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) and TREE_TYPE (decl) are different,
16024 we cannot (in general) use DECL_INCOMING_RTL as a substitute for DECL_RTL
16025 because in these cases DECL_INCOMING_RTL points us to a value of some
16026 type which is *different* from the type of the parameter itself. Thus,
16027 if we tried to use DECL_INCOMING_RTL to generate a location attribute in
16028 such cases, the debugger would end up (for example) trying to fetch a
16029 `float' from a place which actually contains the first part of a
16030 `double'. That would lead to really incorrect and confusing
16031 output at debug-time.
16033 So, in general, we *do not* use DECL_INCOMING_RTL as a backup for DECL_RTL
16034 in cases where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) != TREE_TYPE (decl). There
16035 are a couple of exceptions however. On little-endian machines we can
16036 get away with using DECL_INCOMING_RTL even when DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) is
16037 not the same as TREE_TYPE (decl), but only when DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) is
16038 an integral type that is smaller than TREE_TYPE (decl). These cases arise
16039 when (on a little-endian machine) a non-prototyped function has a
16040 parameter declared to be of type `short' or `char'. In such cases,
16041 TREE_TYPE (decl) will be `short' or `char', DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) will
16042 be `int', and DECL_INCOMING_RTL will point to the lowest-order byte of the
16043 passed `int' value. If the debugger then uses that address to fetch
16044 a `short' or a `char' (on a little-endian machine) the result will be
16045 the correct data, so we allow for such exceptional cases below.
16047 Note that our goal here is to describe the place where the given formal
16048 parameter lives during most of the function's activation (i.e. between the
16049 end of the prologue and the start of the epilogue). We'll do that as best
16050 as we can. Note however that if the given formal parameter is modified
16051 sometime during the execution of the function, then a stack backtrace (at
16052 debug-time) will show the function as having been called with the *new*
16053 value rather than the value which was originally passed in. This happens
16054 rarely enough that it is not a major problem, but it *is* a problem, and
16055 I'd like to fix it.
16057 A future version of dwarf2out.c may generate two additional attributes for
16058 any given DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE which will describe the "passed
16059 type" and the "passed location" for the given formal parameter in addition
16060 to the attributes we now generate to indicate the "declared type" and the
16061 "active location" for each parameter. This additional set of attributes
16062 could be used by debuggers for stack backtraces. Separately, note that
16063 sometimes DECL_RTL can be NULL and DECL_INCOMING_RTL can be NULL also.
16064 This happens (for example) for inlined-instances of inline function formal
16065 parameters which are never referenced. This really shouldn't be
16066 happening. All PARM_DECL nodes should get valid non-NULL
16067 DECL_INCOMING_RTL values. FIXME. */
16069 /* Use DECL_RTL as the "location" unless we find something better. */
16070 rtl = DECL_RTL_IF_SET (decl);
16072 /* When generating abstract instances, ignore everything except
16073 constants, symbols living in memory, and symbols living in
16074 fixed registers. */
16075 if (! reload_completed)
16078 && (CONSTANT_P (rtl)
16080 && CONSTANT_P (XEXP (rtl, 0)))
16082 && TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL
16083 && TREE_STATIC (decl))))
16085 rtl = targetm.delegitimize_address (rtl);
16090 else if (TREE_CODE (decl) == PARM_DECL)
16092 if (rtl == NULL_RTX || is_pseudo_reg (rtl))
16094 tree declared_type = TREE_TYPE (decl);
16095 tree passed_type = DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl);
16096 enum machine_mode dmode = TYPE_MODE (declared_type);
16097 enum machine_mode pmode = TYPE_MODE (passed_type);
16099 /* This decl represents a formal parameter which was optimized out.
16100 Note that DECL_INCOMING_RTL may be NULL in here, but we handle
16101 all cases where (rtl == NULL_RTX) just below. */
16102 if (dmode == pmode)
16103 rtl = DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl);
16104 else if (SCALAR_INT_MODE_P (dmode)
16105 && GET_MODE_SIZE (dmode) <= GET_MODE_SIZE (pmode)
16106 && DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl))
16108 rtx inc = DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl);
16111 else if (MEM_P (inc))
16113 if (BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN)
16114 rtl = adjust_address_nv (inc, dmode,
16115 GET_MODE_SIZE (pmode)
16116 - GET_MODE_SIZE (dmode));
16123 /* If the parm was passed in registers, but lives on the stack, then
16124 make a big endian correction if the mode of the type of the
16125 parameter is not the same as the mode of the rtl. */
16126 /* ??? This is the same series of checks that are made in dbxout.c before
16127 we reach the big endian correction code there. It isn't clear if all
16128 of these checks are necessary here, but keeping them all is the safe
16130 else if (MEM_P (rtl)
16131 && XEXP (rtl, 0) != const0_rtx
16132 && ! CONSTANT_P (XEXP (rtl, 0))
16133 /* Not passed in memory. */
16134 && !MEM_P (DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl))
16135 /* Not passed by invisible reference. */
16136 && (!REG_P (XEXP (rtl, 0))
16137 || REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
16138 || REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
16139 #if ARG_POINTER_REGNUM != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
16140 || REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == ARG_POINTER_REGNUM
16143 /* Big endian correction check. */
16144 && BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
16145 && TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)) != GET_MODE (rtl)
16146 && (GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)))
16149 int offset = (UNITS_PER_WORD
16150 - GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl))));
16152 rtl = gen_rtx_MEM (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)),
16153 plus_constant (XEXP (rtl, 0), offset));
16156 else if (TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL
16159 && GET_MODE (rtl) != TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl))
16160 && BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN)
16162 int rsize = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl));
16163 int dsize = GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)));
16165 /* If a variable is declared "register" yet is smaller than
16166 a register, then if we store the variable to memory, it
16167 looks like we're storing a register-sized value, when in
16168 fact we are not. We need to adjust the offset of the
16169 storage location to reflect the actual value's bytes,
16170 else gdb will not be able to display it. */
16172 rtl = gen_rtx_MEM (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)),
16173 plus_constant (XEXP (rtl, 0), rsize-dsize));
16176 /* A variable with no DECL_RTL but a DECL_INITIAL is a compile-time constant,
16177 and will have been substituted directly into all expressions that use it.
16178 C does not have such a concept, but C++ and other languages do. */
16179 if (!rtl && TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL && DECL_INITIAL (decl))
16180 rtl = rtl_for_decl_init (DECL_INITIAL (decl), TREE_TYPE (decl));
16183 rtl = targetm.delegitimize_address (rtl);
16185 /* If we don't look past the constant pool, we risk emitting a
16186 reference to a constant pool entry that isn't referenced from
16187 code, and thus is not emitted. */
16189 rtl = avoid_constant_pool_reference (rtl);
16191 /* Try harder to get a rtl. If this symbol ends up not being emitted
16192 in the current CU, resolve_addr will remove the expression referencing
16194 if (rtl == NULL_RTX
16195 && TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL
16196 && !DECL_EXTERNAL (decl)
16197 && TREE_STATIC (decl)
16198 && DECL_NAME (decl)
16199 && !DECL_HARD_REGISTER (decl)
16200 && DECL_MODE (decl) != VOIDmode)
16202 rtl = make_decl_rtl_for_debug (decl);
16204 || GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)) != SYMBOL_REF
16205 || SYMBOL_REF_DECL (XEXP (rtl, 0)) != decl)
16212 /* Check whether decl is a Fortran COMMON symbol. If not, NULL_TREE is
16213 returned. If so, the decl for the COMMON block is returned, and the
16214 value is the offset into the common block for the symbol. */
16217 fortran_common (tree decl, HOST_WIDE_INT *value)
16219 tree val_expr, cvar;
16220 enum machine_mode mode;
16221 HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize, bitpos;
16223 int volatilep = 0, unsignedp = 0;
16225 /* If the decl isn't a VAR_DECL, or if it isn't static, or if
16226 it does not have a value (the offset into the common area), or if it
16227 is thread local (as opposed to global) then it isn't common, and shouldn't
16228 be handled as such. */
16229 if (TREE_CODE (decl) != VAR_DECL
16230 || !TREE_STATIC (decl)
16231 || !DECL_HAS_VALUE_EXPR_P (decl)
16235 val_expr = DECL_VALUE_EXPR (decl);
16236 if (TREE_CODE (val_expr) != COMPONENT_REF)
16239 cvar = get_inner_reference (val_expr, &bitsize, &bitpos, &offset,
16240 &mode, &unsignedp, &volatilep, true);
16242 if (cvar == NULL_TREE
16243 || TREE_CODE (cvar) != VAR_DECL
16244 || DECL_ARTIFICIAL (cvar)
16245 || !TREE_PUBLIC (cvar))
16249 if (offset != NULL)
16251 if (!host_integerp (offset, 0))
16253 *value = tree_low_cst (offset, 0);
16256 *value += bitpos / BITS_PER_UNIT;
16261 /* Generate *either* a DW_AT_location attribute or else a DW_AT_const_value
16262 data attribute for a variable or a parameter. We generate the
16263 DW_AT_const_value attribute only in those cases where the given variable
16264 or parameter does not have a true "location" either in memory or in a
16265 register. This can happen (for example) when a constant is passed as an
16266 actual argument in a call to an inline function. (It's possible that
16267 these things can crop up in other ways also.) Note that one type of
16268 constant value which can be passed into an inlined function is a constant
16269 pointer. This can happen for example if an actual argument in an inlined
16270 function call evaluates to a compile-time constant address. */
16273 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree decl,
16274 enum dwarf_attribute attr)
16277 dw_loc_list_ref list;
16278 var_loc_list *loc_list;
16280 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == ERROR_MARK)
16283 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL || TREE_CODE (decl) == PARM_DECL
16284 || TREE_CODE (decl) == RESULT_DECL);
16286 /* Try to get some constant RTL for this decl, and use that as the value of
16289 rtl = rtl_for_decl_location (decl);
16290 if (rtl && (CONSTANT_P (rtl) || GET_CODE (rtl) == CONST_STRING)
16291 && add_const_value_attribute (die, rtl))
16294 /* See if we have single element location list that is equivalent to
16295 a constant value. That way we are better to use add_const_value_attribute
16296 rather than expanding constant value equivalent. */
16297 loc_list = lookup_decl_loc (decl);
16300 && loc_list->first->next == NULL
16301 && NOTE_P (loc_list->first->loc)
16302 && NOTE_VAR_LOCATION (loc_list->first->loc)
16303 && NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (loc_list->first->loc))
16305 struct var_loc_node *node;
16307 node = loc_list->first;
16308 rtl = NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (node->loc);
16309 if (GET_CODE (rtl) == EXPR_LIST)
16310 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 0);
16311 if ((CONSTANT_P (rtl) || GET_CODE (rtl) == CONST_STRING)
16312 && add_const_value_attribute (die, rtl))
16315 list = loc_list_from_tree (decl, decl_by_reference_p (decl) ? 0 : 2);
16318 add_AT_location_description (die, attr, list);
16321 /* None of that worked, so it must not really have a location;
16322 try adding a constant value attribute from the DECL_INITIAL. */
16323 return tree_add_const_value_attribute_for_decl (die, decl);
16326 /* Add VARIABLE and DIE into deferred locations list. */
16329 defer_location (tree variable, dw_die_ref die)
16331 deferred_locations entry;
16332 entry.variable = variable;
16334 VEC_safe_push (deferred_locations, gc, deferred_locations_list, &entry);
16337 /* Helper function for tree_add_const_value_attribute. Natively encode
16338 initializer INIT into an array. Return true if successful. */
16341 native_encode_initializer (tree init, unsigned char *array, int size)
16345 if (init == NULL_TREE)
16349 switch (TREE_CODE (init))
16352 type = TREE_TYPE (init);
16353 if (TREE_CODE (type) == ARRAY_TYPE)
16355 tree enttype = TREE_TYPE (type);
16356 enum machine_mode mode = TYPE_MODE (enttype);
16358 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) != MODE_INT || GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) != 1)
16360 if (int_size_in_bytes (type) != size)
16362 if (size > TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init))
16364 memcpy (array, TREE_STRING_POINTER (init),
16365 TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init));
16366 memset (array + TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init),
16367 '\0', size - TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init));
16370 memcpy (array, TREE_STRING_POINTER (init), size);
16375 type = TREE_TYPE (init);
16376 if (int_size_in_bytes (type) != size)
16378 if (TREE_CODE (type) == ARRAY_TYPE)
16380 HOST_WIDE_INT min_index;
16381 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT cnt;
16382 int curpos = 0, fieldsize;
16383 constructor_elt *ce;
16385 if (TYPE_DOMAIN (type) == NULL_TREE
16386 || !host_integerp (TYPE_MIN_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (type)), 0))
16389 fieldsize = int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (type));
16390 if (fieldsize <= 0)
16393 min_index = tree_low_cst (TYPE_MIN_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (type)), 0);
16394 memset (array, '\0', size);
16396 VEC_iterate (constructor_elt, CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (init), cnt, ce);
16399 tree val = ce->value;
16400 tree index = ce->index;
16402 if (index && TREE_CODE (index) == RANGE_EXPR)
16403 pos = (tree_low_cst (TREE_OPERAND (index, 0), 0) - min_index)
16406 pos = (tree_low_cst (index, 0) - min_index) * fieldsize;
16411 if (!native_encode_initializer (val, array + pos, fieldsize))
16414 curpos = pos + fieldsize;
16415 if (index && TREE_CODE (index) == RANGE_EXPR)
16417 int count = tree_low_cst (TREE_OPERAND (index, 1), 0)
16418 - tree_low_cst (TREE_OPERAND (index, 0), 0);
16422 memcpy (array + curpos, array + pos, fieldsize);
16423 curpos += fieldsize;
16426 gcc_assert (curpos <= size);
16430 else if (TREE_CODE (type) == RECORD_TYPE
16431 || TREE_CODE (type) == UNION_TYPE)
16433 tree field = NULL_TREE;
16434 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT cnt;
16435 constructor_elt *ce;
16437 if (int_size_in_bytes (type) != size)
16440 if (TREE_CODE (type) == RECORD_TYPE)
16441 field = TYPE_FIELDS (type);
16444 VEC_iterate (constructor_elt, CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (init), cnt, ce);
16445 cnt++, field = field ? TREE_CHAIN (field) : 0)
16447 tree val = ce->value;
16448 int pos, fieldsize;
16450 if (ce->index != 0)
16456 if (field == NULL_TREE || DECL_BIT_FIELD (field))
16459 if (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (field)) == ARRAY_TYPE
16460 && TYPE_DOMAIN (TREE_TYPE (field))
16461 && ! TYPE_MAX_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (TREE_TYPE (field))))
16463 else if (DECL_SIZE_UNIT (field) == NULL_TREE
16464 || !host_integerp (DECL_SIZE_UNIT (field), 0))
16466 fieldsize = tree_low_cst (DECL_SIZE_UNIT (field), 0);
16467 pos = int_byte_position (field);
16468 gcc_assert (pos + fieldsize <= size);
16470 && !native_encode_initializer (val, array + pos, fieldsize))
16476 case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR:
16477 case NON_LVALUE_EXPR:
16478 return native_encode_initializer (TREE_OPERAND (init, 0), array, size);
16480 return native_encode_expr (init, array, size) == size;
16484 /* Attach a DW_AT_const_value attribute to DIE. The value of the
16485 attribute is the const value T. */
16488 tree_add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree t)
16491 tree type = TREE_TYPE (t);
16494 if (!t || !TREE_TYPE (t) || TREE_TYPE (t) == error_mark_node)
16498 gcc_assert (!DECL_P (init));
16500 rtl = rtl_for_decl_init (init, type);
16502 return add_const_value_attribute (die, rtl);
16503 /* If the host and target are sane, try harder. */
16504 else if (CHAR_BIT == 8 && BITS_PER_UNIT == 8
16505 && initializer_constant_valid_p (init, type))
16507 HOST_WIDE_INT size = int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (init));
16508 if (size > 0 && (int) size == size)
16510 unsigned char *array = GGC_CNEWVEC (unsigned char, size);
16512 if (native_encode_initializer (init, array, size))
16514 add_AT_vec (die, DW_AT_const_value, size, 1, array);
16522 /* Attach a DW_AT_const_value attribute to VAR_DIE. The value of the
16523 attribute is the const value of T, where T is an integral constant
16524 variable with static storage duration
16525 (so it can't be a PARM_DECL or a RESULT_DECL). */
16528 tree_add_const_value_attribute_for_decl (dw_die_ref var_die, tree decl)
16532 || (TREE_CODE (decl) != VAR_DECL
16533 && TREE_CODE (decl) != CONST_DECL))
16536 if (TREE_READONLY (decl)
16537 && ! TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl)
16538 && DECL_INITIAL (decl))
16543 /* Don't add DW_AT_const_value if abstract origin already has one. */
16544 if (get_AT (var_die, DW_AT_const_value))
16547 return tree_add_const_value_attribute (var_die, DECL_INITIAL (decl));
16550 /* Convert the CFI instructions for the current function into a
16551 location list. This is used for DW_AT_frame_base when we targeting
16552 a dwarf2 consumer that does not support the dwarf3
16553 DW_OP_call_frame_cfa. OFFSET is a constant to be added to all CFA
16556 static dw_loc_list_ref
16557 convert_cfa_to_fb_loc_list (HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
16560 dw_loc_list_ref list, *list_tail;
16562 dw_cfa_location last_cfa, next_cfa;
16563 const char *start_label, *last_label, *section;
16564 dw_cfa_location remember;
16566 fde = current_fde ();
16567 gcc_assert (fde != NULL);
16569 section = secname_for_decl (current_function_decl);
16573 memset (&next_cfa, 0, sizeof (next_cfa));
16574 next_cfa.reg = INVALID_REGNUM;
16575 remember = next_cfa;
16577 start_label = fde->dw_fde_begin;
16579 /* ??? Bald assumption that the CIE opcode list does not contain
16580 advance opcodes. */
16581 for (cfi = cie_cfi_head; cfi; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
16582 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi, &next_cfa, &remember);
16584 last_cfa = next_cfa;
16585 last_label = start_label;
16587 for (cfi = fde->dw_fde_cfi; cfi; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
16588 switch (cfi->dw_cfi_opc)
16590 case DW_CFA_set_loc:
16591 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1:
16592 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2:
16593 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4:
16594 if (!cfa_equal_p (&last_cfa, &next_cfa))
16596 *list_tail = new_loc_list (build_cfa_loc (&last_cfa, offset),
16597 start_label, last_label, section);
16599 list_tail = &(*list_tail)->dw_loc_next;
16600 last_cfa = next_cfa;
16601 start_label = last_label;
16603 last_label = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr;
16606 case DW_CFA_advance_loc:
16607 /* The encoding is complex enough that we should never emit this. */
16608 gcc_unreachable ();
16611 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi, &next_cfa, &remember);
16615 if (!cfa_equal_p (&last_cfa, &next_cfa))
16617 *list_tail = new_loc_list (build_cfa_loc (&last_cfa, offset),
16618 start_label, last_label, section);
16619 list_tail = &(*list_tail)->dw_loc_next;
16620 start_label = last_label;
16623 *list_tail = new_loc_list (build_cfa_loc (&next_cfa, offset),
16624 start_label, fde->dw_fde_end, section);
16626 if (list && list->dw_loc_next)
16632 /* Compute a displacement from the "steady-state frame pointer" to the
16633 frame base (often the same as the CFA), and store it in
16634 frame_pointer_fb_offset. OFFSET is added to the displacement
16635 before the latter is negated. */
16638 compute_frame_pointer_to_fb_displacement (HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
16642 #ifdef FRAME_POINTER_CFA_OFFSET
16643 reg = frame_pointer_rtx;
16644 offset += FRAME_POINTER_CFA_OFFSET (current_function_decl);
16646 reg = arg_pointer_rtx;
16647 offset += ARG_POINTER_CFA_OFFSET (current_function_decl);
16650 elim = eliminate_regs (reg, VOIDmode, NULL_RTX);
16651 if (GET_CODE (elim) == PLUS)
16653 offset += INTVAL (XEXP (elim, 1));
16654 elim = XEXP (elim, 0);
16657 gcc_assert ((SUPPORTS_STACK_ALIGNMENT
16658 && (elim == hard_frame_pointer_rtx
16659 || elim == stack_pointer_rtx))
16660 || elim == (frame_pointer_needed
16661 ? hard_frame_pointer_rtx
16662 : stack_pointer_rtx));
16664 frame_pointer_fb_offset = -offset;
16667 /* Generate a DW_AT_name attribute given some string value to be included as
16668 the value of the attribute. */
16671 add_name_attribute (dw_die_ref die, const char *name_string)
16673 if (name_string != NULL && *name_string != 0)
16675 if (demangle_name_func)
16676 name_string = (*demangle_name_func) (name_string);
16678 add_AT_string (die, DW_AT_name, name_string);
16682 /* Generate a DW_AT_comp_dir attribute for DIE. */
16685 add_comp_dir_attribute (dw_die_ref die)
16687 const char *wd = get_src_pwd ();
16693 if (DWARF2_DIR_SHOULD_END_WITH_SEPARATOR)
16697 wdlen = strlen (wd);
16698 wd1 = GGC_NEWVEC (char, wdlen + 2);
16700 wd1 [wdlen] = DIR_SEPARATOR;
16701 wd1 [wdlen + 1] = 0;
16705 add_AT_string (die, DW_AT_comp_dir, remap_debug_filename (wd));
16708 /* Return the default for DW_AT_lower_bound, or -1 if there is not any
16712 lower_bound_default (void)
16714 switch (get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language))
16719 case DW_LANG_C_plus_plus:
16721 case DW_LANG_ObjC_plus_plus:
16724 case DW_LANG_Fortran77:
16725 case DW_LANG_Fortran90:
16726 case DW_LANG_Fortran95:
16730 case DW_LANG_Python:
16731 return dwarf_version >= 4 ? 0 : -1;
16732 case DW_LANG_Ada95:
16733 case DW_LANG_Ada83:
16734 case DW_LANG_Cobol74:
16735 case DW_LANG_Cobol85:
16736 case DW_LANG_Pascal83:
16737 case DW_LANG_Modula2:
16739 return dwarf_version >= 4 ? 1 : -1;
16745 /* Given a tree node describing an array bound (either lower or upper) output
16746 a representation for that bound. */
16749 add_bound_info (dw_die_ref subrange_die, enum dwarf_attribute bound_attr, tree bound)
16751 switch (TREE_CODE (bound))
16756 /* All fixed-bounds are represented by INTEGER_CST nodes. */
16759 unsigned int prec = simple_type_size_in_bits (TREE_TYPE (bound));
16762 /* Use the default if possible. */
16763 if (bound_attr == DW_AT_lower_bound
16764 && host_integerp (bound, 0)
16765 && (dflt = lower_bound_default ()) != -1
16766 && tree_low_cst (bound, 0) == dflt)
16769 /* Otherwise represent the bound as an unsigned value with the
16770 precision of its type. The precision and signedness of the
16771 type will be necessary to re-interpret it unambiguously. */
16772 else if (prec < HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT)
16774 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT mask
16775 = ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) 1 << prec) - 1;
16776 add_AT_unsigned (subrange_die, bound_attr,
16777 TREE_INT_CST_LOW (bound) & mask);
16779 else if (prec == HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
16780 || TREE_INT_CST_HIGH (bound) == 0)
16781 add_AT_unsigned (subrange_die, bound_attr,
16782 TREE_INT_CST_LOW (bound));
16784 add_AT_double (subrange_die, bound_attr, TREE_INT_CST_HIGH (bound),
16785 TREE_INT_CST_LOW (bound));
16790 case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR:
16791 add_bound_info (subrange_die, bound_attr, TREE_OPERAND (bound, 0));
16801 dw_die_ref decl_die = lookup_decl_die (bound);
16803 /* ??? Can this happen, or should the variable have been bound
16804 first? Probably it can, since I imagine that we try to create
16805 the types of parameters in the order in which they exist in
16806 the list, and won't have created a forward reference to a
16807 later parameter. */
16808 if (decl_die != NULL)
16810 add_AT_die_ref (subrange_die, bound_attr, decl_die);
16818 /* Otherwise try to create a stack operation procedure to
16819 evaluate the value of the array bound. */
16821 dw_die_ref ctx, decl_die;
16822 dw_loc_list_ref list;
16824 list = loc_list_from_tree (bound, 2);
16825 if (list == NULL || single_element_loc_list_p (list))
16827 /* If DW_AT_*bound is not a reference nor constant, it is
16828 a DWARF expression rather than location description.
16829 For that loc_list_from_tree (bound, 0) is needed.
16830 If that fails to give a single element list,
16831 fall back to outputting this as a reference anyway. */
16832 dw_loc_list_ref list2 = loc_list_from_tree (bound, 0);
16833 if (list2 && single_element_loc_list_p (list2))
16835 add_AT_loc (subrange_die, bound_attr, list2->expr);
16842 if (current_function_decl == 0)
16843 ctx = comp_unit_die;
16845 ctx = lookup_decl_die (current_function_decl);
16847 decl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_variable, ctx, bound);
16848 add_AT_flag (decl_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
16849 add_type_attribute (decl_die, TREE_TYPE (bound), 1, 0, ctx);
16850 add_AT_location_description (decl_die, DW_AT_location, list);
16851 add_AT_die_ref (subrange_die, bound_attr, decl_die);
16857 /* Add subscript info to TYPE_DIE, describing an array TYPE, collapsing
16858 possibly nested array subscripts in a flat sequence if COLLAPSE_P is true.
16859 Note that the block of subscript information for an array type also
16860 includes information about the element type of the given array type. */
16863 add_subscript_info (dw_die_ref type_die, tree type, bool collapse_p)
16865 unsigned dimension_number;
16867 dw_die_ref subrange_die;
16869 for (dimension_number = 0;
16870 TREE_CODE (type) == ARRAY_TYPE && (dimension_number == 0 || collapse_p);
16871 type = TREE_TYPE (type), dimension_number++)
16873 tree domain = TYPE_DOMAIN (type);
16875 if (TYPE_STRING_FLAG (type) && is_fortran () && dimension_number > 0)
16878 /* Arrays come in three flavors: Unspecified bounds, fixed bounds,
16879 and (in GNU C only) variable bounds. Handle all three forms
16881 subrange_die = new_die (DW_TAG_subrange_type, type_die, NULL);
16884 /* We have an array type with specified bounds. */
16885 lower = TYPE_MIN_VALUE (domain);
16886 upper = TYPE_MAX_VALUE (domain);
16888 /* Define the index type. */
16889 if (TREE_TYPE (domain))
16891 /* ??? This is probably an Ada unnamed subrange type. Ignore the
16892 TREE_TYPE field. We can't emit debug info for this
16893 because it is an unnamed integral type. */
16894 if (TREE_CODE (domain) == INTEGER_TYPE
16895 && TYPE_NAME (domain) == NULL_TREE
16896 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (domain)) == INTEGER_TYPE
16897 && TYPE_NAME (TREE_TYPE (domain)) == NULL_TREE)
16900 add_type_attribute (subrange_die, TREE_TYPE (domain), 0, 0,
16904 /* ??? If upper is NULL, the array has unspecified length,
16905 but it does have a lower bound. This happens with Fortran
16907 Since the debugger is definitely going to need to know N
16908 to produce useful results, go ahead and output the lower
16909 bound solo, and hope the debugger can cope. */
16911 add_bound_info (subrange_die, DW_AT_lower_bound, lower);
16913 add_bound_info (subrange_die, DW_AT_upper_bound, upper);
16916 /* Otherwise we have an array type with an unspecified length. The
16917 DWARF-2 spec does not say how to handle this; let's just leave out the
16923 add_byte_size_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree tree_node)
16927 switch (TREE_CODE (tree_node))
16932 case ENUMERAL_TYPE:
16935 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE:
16936 size = int_size_in_bytes (tree_node);
16939 /* For a data member of a struct or union, the DW_AT_byte_size is
16940 generally given as the number of bytes normally allocated for an
16941 object of the *declared* type of the member itself. This is true
16942 even for bit-fields. */
16943 size = simple_type_size_in_bits (field_type (tree_node)) / BITS_PER_UNIT;
16946 gcc_unreachable ();
16949 /* Note that `size' might be -1 when we get to this point. If it is, that
16950 indicates that the byte size of the entity in question is variable. We
16951 have no good way of expressing this fact in Dwarf at the present time,
16952 so just let the -1 pass on through. */
16953 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_byte_size, size);
16956 /* For a FIELD_DECL node which represents a bit-field, output an attribute
16957 which specifies the distance in bits from the highest order bit of the
16958 "containing object" for the bit-field to the highest order bit of the
16961 For any given bit-field, the "containing object" is a hypothetical object
16962 (of some integral or enum type) within which the given bit-field lives. The
16963 type of this hypothetical "containing object" is always the same as the
16964 declared type of the individual bit-field itself. The determination of the
16965 exact location of the "containing object" for a bit-field is rather
16966 complicated. It's handled by the `field_byte_offset' function (above).
16968 Note that it is the size (in bytes) of the hypothetical "containing object"
16969 which will be given in the DW_AT_byte_size attribute for this bit-field.
16970 (See `byte_size_attribute' above). */
16973 add_bit_offset_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree decl)
16975 HOST_WIDE_INT object_offset_in_bytes = field_byte_offset (decl);
16976 tree type = DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl);
16977 HOST_WIDE_INT bitpos_int;
16978 HOST_WIDE_INT highest_order_object_bit_offset;
16979 HOST_WIDE_INT highest_order_field_bit_offset;
16980 HOST_WIDE_INT unsigned bit_offset;
16982 /* Must be a field and a bit field. */
16983 gcc_assert (type && TREE_CODE (decl) == FIELD_DECL);
16985 /* We can't yet handle bit-fields whose offsets are variable, so if we
16986 encounter such things, just return without generating any attribute
16987 whatsoever. Likewise for variable or too large size. */
16988 if (! host_integerp (bit_position (decl), 0)
16989 || ! host_integerp (DECL_SIZE (decl), 1))
16992 bitpos_int = int_bit_position (decl);
16994 /* Note that the bit offset is always the distance (in bits) from the
16995 highest-order bit of the "containing object" to the highest-order bit of
16996 the bit-field itself. Since the "high-order end" of any object or field
16997 is different on big-endian and little-endian machines, the computation
16998 below must take account of these differences. */
16999 highest_order_object_bit_offset = object_offset_in_bytes * BITS_PER_UNIT;
17000 highest_order_field_bit_offset = bitpos_int;
17002 if (! BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN)
17004 highest_order_field_bit_offset += tree_low_cst (DECL_SIZE (decl), 0);
17005 highest_order_object_bit_offset += simple_type_size_in_bits (type);
17009 = (! BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
17010 ? highest_order_object_bit_offset - highest_order_field_bit_offset
17011 : highest_order_field_bit_offset - highest_order_object_bit_offset);
17013 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_bit_offset, bit_offset);
17016 /* For a FIELD_DECL node which represents a bit field, output an attribute
17017 which specifies the length in bits of the given field. */
17020 add_bit_size_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree decl)
17022 /* Must be a field and a bit field. */
17023 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl) == FIELD_DECL
17024 && DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl));
17026 if (host_integerp (DECL_SIZE (decl), 1))
17027 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_bit_size, tree_low_cst (DECL_SIZE (decl), 1));
17030 /* If the compiled language is ANSI C, then add a 'prototyped'
17031 attribute, if arg types are given for the parameters of a function. */
17034 add_prototyped_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree func_type)
17036 if (get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language) == DW_LANG_C89
17037 && TYPE_ARG_TYPES (func_type) != NULL)
17038 add_AT_flag (die, DW_AT_prototyped, 1);
17041 /* Add an 'abstract_origin' attribute below a given DIE. The DIE is found
17042 by looking in either the type declaration or object declaration
17045 static inline dw_die_ref
17046 add_abstract_origin_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree origin)
17048 dw_die_ref origin_die = NULL;
17050 if (TREE_CODE (origin) != FUNCTION_DECL)
17052 /* We may have gotten separated from the block for the inlined
17053 function, if we're in an exception handler or some such; make
17054 sure that the abstract function has been written out.
17056 Doing this for nested functions is wrong, however; functions are
17057 distinct units, and our context might not even be inline. */
17061 fn = TYPE_STUB_DECL (fn);
17063 fn = decl_function_context (fn);
17065 dwarf2out_abstract_function (fn);
17068 if (DECL_P (origin))
17069 origin_die = lookup_decl_die (origin);
17070 else if (TYPE_P (origin))
17071 origin_die = lookup_type_die (origin);
17073 /* XXX: Functions that are never lowered don't always have correct block
17074 trees (in the case of java, they simply have no block tree, in some other
17075 languages). For these functions, there is nothing we can really do to
17076 output correct debug info for inlined functions in all cases. Rather
17077 than die, we'll just produce deficient debug info now, in that we will
17078 have variables without a proper abstract origin. In the future, when all
17079 functions are lowered, we should re-add a gcc_assert (origin_die)
17083 add_AT_die_ref (die, DW_AT_abstract_origin, origin_die);
17087 /* We do not currently support the pure_virtual attribute. */
17090 add_pure_or_virtual_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree func_decl)
17092 if (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl))
17094 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_virtuality, DW_VIRTUALITY_virtual);
17096 if (host_integerp (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl), 0))
17097 add_AT_loc (die, DW_AT_vtable_elem_location,
17098 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_constu,
17099 tree_low_cst (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl), 0),
17102 /* GNU extension: Record what type this method came from originally. */
17103 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
17104 && DECL_CONTEXT (func_decl))
17105 add_AT_die_ref (die, DW_AT_containing_type,
17106 lookup_type_die (DECL_CONTEXT (func_decl)));
17110 /* Add source coordinate attributes for the given decl. */
17113 add_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref die, tree decl)
17115 expanded_location s = expand_location (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl));
17117 add_AT_file (die, DW_AT_decl_file, lookup_filename (s.file));
17118 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_decl_line, s.line);
17121 /* Add a DW_AT_name attribute and source coordinate attribute for the
17122 given decl, but only if it actually has a name. */
17125 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref die, tree decl)
17129 decl_name = DECL_NAME (decl);
17130 if (decl_name != NULL && IDENTIFIER_POINTER (decl_name) != NULL)
17132 const char *name = dwarf2_name (decl, 0);
17134 add_name_attribute (die, name);
17135 if (! DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl))
17136 add_src_coords_attributes (die, decl);
17138 if ((TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL || TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL)
17139 && TREE_PUBLIC (decl)
17140 && !DECL_ABSTRACT (decl)
17141 && !(TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL && DECL_REGISTER (decl)))
17143 /* Defer until we have an assembler name set. */
17144 if (!DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME_SET_P (decl))
17146 limbo_die_node *asm_name;
17148 asm_name = GGC_CNEW (limbo_die_node);
17149 asm_name->die = die;
17150 asm_name->created_for = decl;
17151 asm_name->next = deferred_asm_name;
17152 deferred_asm_name = asm_name;
17154 else if (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl) != DECL_NAME (decl))
17155 add_AT_string (die, AT_linkage_name,
17156 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl)));
17160 #ifdef VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO
17161 /* Get the function's name, as described by its RTL. This may be different
17162 from the DECL_NAME name used in the source file. */
17163 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL && TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl))
17165 add_AT_addr (die, DW_AT_VMS_rtnbeg_pd_address,
17166 XEXP (DECL_RTL (decl), 0));
17167 VEC_safe_push (rtx, gc, used_rtx_array, XEXP (DECL_RTL (decl), 0));
17172 /* Push a new declaration scope. */
17175 push_decl_scope (tree scope)
17177 VEC_safe_push (tree, gc, decl_scope_table, scope);
17180 /* Pop a declaration scope. */
17183 pop_decl_scope (void)
17185 VEC_pop (tree, decl_scope_table);
17188 /* Return the DIE for the scope that immediately contains this type.
17189 Non-named types get global scope. Named types nested in other
17190 types get their containing scope if it's open, or global scope
17191 otherwise. All other types (i.e. function-local named types) get
17192 the current active scope. */
17195 scope_die_for (tree t, dw_die_ref context_die)
17197 dw_die_ref scope_die = NULL;
17198 tree containing_scope;
17201 /* Non-types always go in the current scope. */
17202 gcc_assert (TYPE_P (t));
17204 containing_scope = TYPE_CONTEXT (t);
17206 /* Use the containing namespace if it was passed in (for a declaration). */
17207 if (containing_scope && TREE_CODE (containing_scope) == NAMESPACE_DECL)
17209 if (context_die == lookup_decl_die (containing_scope))
17212 containing_scope = NULL_TREE;
17215 /* Ignore function type "scopes" from the C frontend. They mean that
17216 a tagged type is local to a parmlist of a function declarator, but
17217 that isn't useful to DWARF. */
17218 if (containing_scope && TREE_CODE (containing_scope) == FUNCTION_TYPE)
17219 containing_scope = NULL_TREE;
17221 if (containing_scope == NULL_TREE)
17222 scope_die = comp_unit_die;
17223 else if (TYPE_P (containing_scope))
17225 /* For types, we can just look up the appropriate DIE. But
17226 first we check to see if we're in the middle of emitting it
17227 so we know where the new DIE should go. */
17228 for (i = VEC_length (tree, decl_scope_table) - 1; i >= 0; --i)
17229 if (VEC_index (tree, decl_scope_table, i) == containing_scope)
17234 gcc_assert (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
17235 || TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (containing_scope));
17237 /* If none of the current dies are suitable, we get file scope. */
17238 scope_die = comp_unit_die;
17241 scope_die = lookup_type_die (containing_scope);
17244 scope_die = context_die;
17249 /* Returns nonzero if CONTEXT_DIE is internal to a function. */
17252 local_scope_p (dw_die_ref context_die)
17254 for (; context_die; context_die = context_die->die_parent)
17255 if (context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine
17256 || context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_subprogram)
17262 /* Returns nonzero if CONTEXT_DIE is a class. */
17265 class_scope_p (dw_die_ref context_die)
17267 return (context_die
17268 && (context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_structure_type
17269 || context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_class_type
17270 || context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_interface_type
17271 || context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_union_type));
17274 /* Returns nonzero if CONTEXT_DIE is a class or namespace, for deciding
17275 whether or not to treat a DIE in this context as a declaration. */
17278 class_or_namespace_scope_p (dw_die_ref context_die)
17280 return (class_scope_p (context_die)
17281 || (context_die && context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_namespace));
17284 /* Many forms of DIEs require a "type description" attribute. This
17285 routine locates the proper "type descriptor" die for the type given
17286 by 'type', and adds a DW_AT_type attribute below the given die. */
17289 add_type_attribute (dw_die_ref object_die, tree type, int decl_const,
17290 int decl_volatile, dw_die_ref context_die)
17292 enum tree_code code = TREE_CODE (type);
17293 dw_die_ref type_die = NULL;
17295 /* ??? If this type is an unnamed subrange type of an integral, floating-point
17296 or fixed-point type, use the inner type. This is because we have no
17297 support for unnamed types in base_type_die. This can happen if this is
17298 an Ada subrange type. Correct solution is emit a subrange type die. */
17299 if ((code == INTEGER_TYPE || code == REAL_TYPE || code == FIXED_POINT_TYPE)
17300 && TREE_TYPE (type) != 0 && TYPE_NAME (type) == 0)
17301 type = TREE_TYPE (type), code = TREE_CODE (type);
17303 if (code == ERROR_MARK
17304 /* Handle a special case. For functions whose return type is void, we
17305 generate *no* type attribute. (Note that no object may have type
17306 `void', so this only applies to function return types). */
17307 || code == VOID_TYPE)
17310 type_die = modified_type_die (type,
17311 decl_const || TYPE_READONLY (type),
17312 decl_volatile || TYPE_VOLATILE (type),
17315 if (type_die != NULL)
17316 add_AT_die_ref (object_die, DW_AT_type, type_die);
17319 /* Given an object die, add the calling convention attribute for the
17320 function call type. */
17322 add_calling_convention_attribute (dw_die_ref subr_die, tree decl)
17324 enum dwarf_calling_convention value = DW_CC_normal;
17326 value = ((enum dwarf_calling_convention)
17327 targetm.dwarf_calling_convention (TREE_TYPE (decl)));
17329 /* DWARF doesn't provide a way to identify a program's source-level
17330 entry point. DW_AT_calling_convention attributes are only meant
17331 to describe functions' calling conventions. However, lacking a
17332 better way to signal the Fortran main program, we use this for the
17333 time being, following existing custom. */
17335 && !strcmp (IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl)), "MAIN__"))
17336 value = DW_CC_program;
17338 /* Only add the attribute if the backend requests it, and
17339 is not DW_CC_normal. */
17340 if (value && (value != DW_CC_normal))
17341 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_calling_convention, value);
17344 /* Given a tree pointer to a struct, class, union, or enum type node, return
17345 a pointer to the (string) tag name for the given type, or zero if the type
17346 was declared without a tag. */
17348 static const char *
17349 type_tag (const_tree type)
17351 const char *name = 0;
17353 if (TYPE_NAME (type) != 0)
17357 /* Find the IDENTIFIER_NODE for the type name. */
17358 if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type)) == IDENTIFIER_NODE)
17359 t = TYPE_NAME (type);
17361 /* The g++ front end makes the TYPE_NAME of *each* tagged type point to
17362 a TYPE_DECL node, regardless of whether or not a `typedef' was
17364 else if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type)) == TYPE_DECL
17365 && ! DECL_IGNORED_P (TYPE_NAME (type)))
17367 /* We want to be extra verbose. Don't call dwarf_name if
17368 DECL_NAME isn't set. The default hook for decl_printable_name
17369 doesn't like that, and in this context it's correct to return
17370 0, instead of "<anonymous>" or the like. */
17371 if (DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (type)))
17372 name = lang_hooks.dwarf_name (TYPE_NAME (type), 2);
17375 /* Now get the name as a string, or invent one. */
17376 if (!name && t != 0)
17377 name = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (t);
17380 return (name == 0 || *name == '\0') ? 0 : name;
17383 /* Return the type associated with a data member, make a special check
17384 for bit field types. */
17387 member_declared_type (const_tree member)
17389 return (DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (member)
17390 ? DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (member) : TREE_TYPE (member));
17393 /* Get the decl's label, as described by its RTL. This may be different
17394 from the DECL_NAME name used in the source file. */
17397 static const char *
17398 decl_start_label (tree decl)
17401 const char *fnname;
17403 x = DECL_RTL (decl);
17404 gcc_assert (MEM_P (x));
17407 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (x) == SYMBOL_REF);
17409 fnname = XSTR (x, 0);
17414 /* These routines generate the internal representation of the DIE's for
17415 the compilation unit. Debugging information is collected by walking
17416 the declaration trees passed in from dwarf2out_decl(). */
17419 gen_array_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
17421 dw_die_ref scope_die = scope_die_for (type, context_die);
17422 dw_die_ref array_die;
17424 /* GNU compilers represent multidimensional array types as sequences of one
17425 dimensional array types whose element types are themselves array types.
17426 We sometimes squish that down to a single array_type DIE with multiple
17427 subscripts in the Dwarf debugging info. The draft Dwarf specification
17428 say that we are allowed to do this kind of compression in C, because
17429 there is no difference between an array of arrays and a multidimensional
17430 array. We don't do this for Ada to remain as close as possible to the
17431 actual representation, which is especially important against the language
17432 flexibilty wrt arrays of variable size. */
17434 bool collapse_nested_arrays = !is_ada ();
17437 /* Emit DW_TAG_string_type for Fortran character types (with kind 1 only, as
17438 DW_TAG_string_type doesn't have DW_AT_type attribute). */
17439 if (TYPE_STRING_FLAG (type)
17440 && TREE_CODE (type) == ARRAY_TYPE
17442 && TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (type)) == TYPE_MODE (char_type_node))
17444 HOST_WIDE_INT size;
17446 array_die = new_die (DW_TAG_string_type, scope_die, type);
17447 add_name_attribute (array_die, type_tag (type));
17448 equate_type_number_to_die (type, array_die);
17449 size = int_size_in_bytes (type);
17451 add_AT_unsigned (array_die, DW_AT_byte_size, size);
17452 else if (TYPE_DOMAIN (type) != NULL_TREE
17453 && TYPE_MAX_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (type)) != NULL_TREE
17454 && DECL_P (TYPE_MAX_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (type))))
17456 tree szdecl = TYPE_MAX_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (type));
17457 dw_loc_list_ref loc = loc_list_from_tree (szdecl, 2);
17459 size = int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (szdecl));
17460 if (loc && size > 0)
17462 add_AT_location_description (array_die, DW_AT_string_length, loc);
17463 if (size != DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
17464 add_AT_unsigned (array_die, DW_AT_byte_size, size);
17470 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader fails for array of array of enum types
17471 (e.g. const enum machine_mode insn_operand_mode[2][10]) unless the inner
17472 array type comes before the outer array type. We thus call gen_type_die
17473 before we new_die and must prevent nested array types collapsing for this
17476 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
17477 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die);
17478 collapse_nested_arrays = false;
17481 array_die = new_die (DW_TAG_array_type, scope_die, type);
17482 add_name_attribute (array_die, type_tag (type));
17483 equate_type_number_to_die (type, array_die);
17485 if (TREE_CODE (type) == VECTOR_TYPE)
17487 /* The frontend feeds us a representation for the vector as a struct
17488 containing an array. Pull out the array type. */
17489 type = TREE_TYPE (TYPE_FIELDS (TYPE_DEBUG_REPRESENTATION_TYPE (type)));
17490 add_AT_flag (array_die, DW_AT_GNU_vector, 1);
17493 /* For Fortran multidimensional arrays use DW_ORD_col_major ordering. */
17495 && TREE_CODE (type) == ARRAY_TYPE
17496 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (type)) == ARRAY_TYPE
17497 && !TYPE_STRING_FLAG (TREE_TYPE (type)))
17498 add_AT_unsigned (array_die, DW_AT_ordering, DW_ORD_col_major);
17501 /* We default the array ordering. SDB will probably do
17502 the right things even if DW_AT_ordering is not present. It's not even
17503 an issue until we start to get into multidimensional arrays anyway. If
17504 SDB is ever caught doing the Wrong Thing for multi-dimensional arrays,
17505 then we'll have to put the DW_AT_ordering attribute back in. (But if
17506 and when we find out that we need to put these in, we will only do so
17507 for multidimensional arrays. */
17508 add_AT_unsigned (array_die, DW_AT_ordering, DW_ORD_row_major);
17511 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
17512 /* The SGI compilers handle arrays of unknown bound by setting
17513 AT_declaration and not emitting any subrange DIEs. */
17514 if (! TYPE_DOMAIN (type))
17515 add_AT_flag (array_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
17518 add_subscript_info (array_die, type, collapse_nested_arrays);
17520 /* Add representation of the type of the elements of this array type and
17521 emit the corresponding DIE if we haven't done it already. */
17522 element_type = TREE_TYPE (type);
17523 if (collapse_nested_arrays)
17524 while (TREE_CODE (element_type) == ARRAY_TYPE)
17526 if (TYPE_STRING_FLAG (element_type) && is_fortran ())
17528 element_type = TREE_TYPE (element_type);
17531 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
17532 gen_type_die (element_type, context_die);
17535 add_type_attribute (array_die, element_type, 0, 0, context_die);
17537 if (get_AT (array_die, DW_AT_name))
17538 add_pubtype (type, array_die);
17541 static dw_loc_descr_ref
17542 descr_info_loc (tree val, tree base_decl)
17544 HOST_WIDE_INT size;
17545 dw_loc_descr_ref loc, loc2;
17546 enum dwarf_location_atom op;
17548 if (val == base_decl)
17549 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_push_object_address, 0, 0);
17551 switch (TREE_CODE (val))
17554 return descr_info_loc (TREE_OPERAND (val, 0), base_decl);
17556 return loc_descriptor_from_tree (val, 0);
17558 if (host_integerp (val, 0))
17559 return int_loc_descriptor (tree_low_cst (val, 0));
17562 size = int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (val));
17565 loc = descr_info_loc (TREE_OPERAND (val, 0), base_decl);
17568 if (size == DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
17569 add_loc_descr (&loc, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref, 0, 0));
17571 add_loc_descr (&loc, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref_size, size, 0));
17573 case POINTER_PLUS_EXPR:
17575 if (host_integerp (TREE_OPERAND (val, 1), 1)
17576 && (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) tree_low_cst (TREE_OPERAND (val, 1), 1)
17579 loc = descr_info_loc (TREE_OPERAND (val, 0), base_decl);
17582 loc_descr_plus_const (&loc, tree_low_cst (TREE_OPERAND (val, 1), 0));
17588 loc = descr_info_loc (TREE_OPERAND (val, 0), base_decl);
17591 loc2 = descr_info_loc (TREE_OPERAND (val, 1), base_decl);
17594 add_loc_descr (&loc, loc2);
17595 add_loc_descr (&loc2, new_loc_descr (op, 0, 0));
17617 add_descr_info_field (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr,
17618 tree val, tree base_decl)
17620 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
17622 if (host_integerp (val, 0))
17624 add_AT_unsigned (die, attr, tree_low_cst (val, 0));
17628 loc = descr_info_loc (val, base_decl);
17632 add_AT_loc (die, attr, loc);
17635 /* This routine generates DIE for array with hidden descriptor, details
17636 are filled into *info by a langhook. */
17639 gen_descr_array_type_die (tree type, struct array_descr_info *info,
17640 dw_die_ref context_die)
17642 dw_die_ref scope_die = scope_die_for (type, context_die);
17643 dw_die_ref array_die;
17646 array_die = new_die (DW_TAG_array_type, scope_die, type);
17647 add_name_attribute (array_die, type_tag (type));
17648 equate_type_number_to_die (type, array_die);
17650 /* For Fortran multidimensional arrays use DW_ORD_col_major ordering. */
17652 && info->ndimensions >= 2)
17653 add_AT_unsigned (array_die, DW_AT_ordering, DW_ORD_col_major);
17655 if (info->data_location)
17656 add_descr_info_field (array_die, DW_AT_data_location, info->data_location,
17658 if (info->associated)
17659 add_descr_info_field (array_die, DW_AT_associated, info->associated,
17661 if (info->allocated)
17662 add_descr_info_field (array_die, DW_AT_allocated, info->allocated,
17665 for (dim = 0; dim < info->ndimensions; dim++)
17667 dw_die_ref subrange_die
17668 = new_die (DW_TAG_subrange_type, array_die, NULL);
17670 if (info->dimen[dim].lower_bound)
17672 /* If it is the default value, omit it. */
17675 if (host_integerp (info->dimen[dim].lower_bound, 0)
17676 && (dflt = lower_bound_default ()) != -1
17677 && tree_low_cst (info->dimen[dim].lower_bound, 0) == dflt)
17680 add_descr_info_field (subrange_die, DW_AT_lower_bound,
17681 info->dimen[dim].lower_bound,
17684 if (info->dimen[dim].upper_bound)
17685 add_descr_info_field (subrange_die, DW_AT_upper_bound,
17686 info->dimen[dim].upper_bound,
17688 if (info->dimen[dim].stride)
17689 add_descr_info_field (subrange_die, DW_AT_byte_stride,
17690 info->dimen[dim].stride,
17694 gen_type_die (info->element_type, context_die);
17695 add_type_attribute (array_die, info->element_type, 0, 0, context_die);
17697 if (get_AT (array_die, DW_AT_name))
17698 add_pubtype (type, array_die);
17703 gen_entry_point_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die)
17705 tree origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl);
17706 dw_die_ref decl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_entry_point, context_die, decl);
17708 if (origin != NULL)
17709 add_abstract_origin_attribute (decl_die, origin);
17712 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (decl_die, decl);
17713 add_type_attribute (decl_die, TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl)),
17714 0, 0, context_die);
17717 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl))
17718 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, decl_die);
17720 add_AT_lbl_id (decl_die, DW_AT_low_pc, decl_start_label (decl));
17724 /* Walk through the list of incomplete types again, trying once more to
17725 emit full debugging info for them. */
17728 retry_incomplete_types (void)
17732 for (i = VEC_length (tree, incomplete_types) - 1; i >= 0; i--)
17733 if (should_emit_struct_debug (VEC_index (tree, incomplete_types, i),
17734 DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE))
17735 gen_type_die (VEC_index (tree, incomplete_types, i), comp_unit_die);
17738 /* Determine what tag to use for a record type. */
17740 static enum dwarf_tag
17741 record_type_tag (tree type)
17743 if (! lang_hooks.types.classify_record)
17744 return DW_TAG_structure_type;
17746 switch (lang_hooks.types.classify_record (type))
17748 case RECORD_IS_STRUCT:
17749 return DW_TAG_structure_type;
17751 case RECORD_IS_CLASS:
17752 return DW_TAG_class_type;
17754 case RECORD_IS_INTERFACE:
17755 if (dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict)
17756 return DW_TAG_interface_type;
17757 return DW_TAG_structure_type;
17760 gcc_unreachable ();
17764 /* Generate a DIE to represent an enumeration type. Note that these DIEs
17765 include all of the information about the enumeration values also. Each
17766 enumerated type name/value is listed as a child of the enumerated type
17770 gen_enumeration_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
17772 dw_die_ref type_die = lookup_type_die (type);
17774 if (type_die == NULL)
17776 type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_enumeration_type,
17777 scope_die_for (type, context_die), type);
17778 equate_type_number_to_die (type, type_die);
17779 add_name_attribute (type_die, type_tag (type));
17780 if ((dwarf_version >= 4 || !dwarf_strict)
17781 && ENUM_IS_SCOPED (type))
17782 add_AT_flag (type_die, DW_AT_enum_class, 1);
17784 else if (! TYPE_SIZE (type))
17787 remove_AT (type_die, DW_AT_declaration);
17789 /* Handle a GNU C/C++ extension, i.e. incomplete enum types. If the
17790 given enum type is incomplete, do not generate the DW_AT_byte_size
17791 attribute or the DW_AT_element_list attribute. */
17792 if (TYPE_SIZE (type))
17796 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1;
17797 add_byte_size_attribute (type_die, type);
17798 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type) != NULL_TREE)
17799 add_src_coords_attributes (type_die, TYPE_STUB_DECL (type));
17801 /* If the first reference to this type was as the return type of an
17802 inline function, then it may not have a parent. Fix this now. */
17803 if (type_die->die_parent == NULL)
17804 add_child_die (scope_die_for (type, context_die), type_die);
17806 for (link = TYPE_VALUES (type);
17807 link != NULL; link = TREE_CHAIN (link))
17809 dw_die_ref enum_die = new_die (DW_TAG_enumerator, type_die, link);
17810 tree value = TREE_VALUE (link);
17812 add_name_attribute (enum_die,
17813 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (TREE_PURPOSE (link)));
17815 if (TREE_CODE (value) == CONST_DECL)
17816 value = DECL_INITIAL (value);
17818 if (host_integerp (value, TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (value))))
17819 /* DWARF2 does not provide a way of indicating whether or
17820 not enumeration constants are signed or unsigned. GDB
17821 always assumes the values are signed, so we output all
17822 values as if they were signed. That means that
17823 enumeration constants with very large unsigned values
17824 will appear to have negative values in the debugger. */
17825 add_AT_int (enum_die, DW_AT_const_value,
17826 tree_low_cst (value, tree_int_cst_sgn (value) > 0));
17830 add_AT_flag (type_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
17832 if (get_AT (type_die, DW_AT_name))
17833 add_pubtype (type, type_die);
17838 /* Generate a DIE to represent either a real live formal parameter decl or to
17839 represent just the type of some formal parameter position in some function
17842 Note that this routine is a bit unusual because its argument may be a
17843 ..._DECL node (i.e. either a PARM_DECL or perhaps a VAR_DECL which
17844 represents an inlining of some PARM_DECL) or else some sort of a ..._TYPE
17845 node. If it's the former then this function is being called to output a
17846 DIE to represent a formal parameter object (or some inlining thereof). If
17847 it's the latter, then this function is only being called to output a
17848 DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE to stand as a placeholder for some formal
17849 argument type of some subprogram type.
17850 If EMIT_NAME_P is true, name and source coordinate attributes
17854 gen_formal_parameter_die (tree node, tree origin, bool emit_name_p,
17855 dw_die_ref context_die)
17857 tree node_or_origin = node ? node : origin;
17858 tree ultimate_origin;
17859 dw_die_ref parm_die
17860 = new_die (DW_TAG_formal_parameter, context_die, node);
17862 switch (TREE_CODE_CLASS (TREE_CODE (node_or_origin)))
17864 case tcc_declaration:
17865 ultimate_origin = decl_ultimate_origin (node_or_origin);
17866 if (node || ultimate_origin)
17867 origin = ultimate_origin;
17868 if (origin != NULL)
17869 add_abstract_origin_attribute (parm_die, origin);
17872 tree type = TREE_TYPE (node);
17874 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (parm_die, node);
17875 if (decl_by_reference_p (node))
17876 add_type_attribute (parm_die, TREE_TYPE (type), 0, 0,
17879 add_type_attribute (parm_die, type,
17880 TREE_READONLY (node),
17881 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (node),
17883 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (node))
17884 add_AT_flag (parm_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
17887 if (node && node != origin)
17888 equate_decl_number_to_die (node, parm_die);
17889 if (! DECL_ABSTRACT (node_or_origin))
17890 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (parm_die, node_or_origin,
17896 /* We were called with some kind of a ..._TYPE node. */
17897 add_type_attribute (parm_die, node_or_origin, 0, 0, context_die);
17901 gcc_unreachable ();
17907 /* Generate and return a DW_TAG_GNU_formal_parameter_pack. Also generate
17908 children DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIEs representing the arguments of the
17911 PARM_PACK must be a function parameter pack.
17912 PACK_ARG is the first argument of the parameter pack. Its TREE_CHAIN
17913 must point to the subsequent arguments of the function PACK_ARG belongs to.
17914 SUBR_DIE is the DIE of the function PACK_ARG belongs to.
17915 If NEXT_ARG is non NULL, *NEXT_ARG is set to the function argument
17916 following the last one for which a DIE was generated. */
17919 gen_formal_parameter_pack_die (tree parm_pack,
17921 dw_die_ref subr_die,
17925 dw_die_ref parm_pack_die;
17927 gcc_assert (parm_pack
17928 && lang_hooks.function_parameter_pack_p (parm_pack)
17931 parm_pack_die = new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_formal_parameter_pack, subr_die, parm_pack);
17932 add_src_coords_attributes (parm_pack_die, parm_pack);
17934 for (arg = pack_arg; arg; arg = TREE_CHAIN (arg))
17936 if (! lang_hooks.decls.function_parm_expanded_from_pack_p (arg,
17939 gen_formal_parameter_die (arg, NULL,
17940 false /* Don't emit name attribute. */,
17945 return parm_pack_die;
17948 /* Generate a special type of DIE used as a stand-in for a trailing ellipsis
17949 at the end of an (ANSI prototyped) formal parameters list. */
17952 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (tree decl_or_type, dw_die_ref context_die)
17954 new_die (DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters, context_die, decl_or_type);
17957 /* Generate a list of nameless DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIEs (and perhaps a
17958 DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters DIE) to represent the types of the formal
17959 parameters as specified in some function type specification (except for
17960 those which appear as part of a function *definition*). */
17963 gen_formal_types_die (tree function_or_method_type, dw_die_ref context_die)
17966 tree formal_type = NULL;
17967 tree first_parm_type;
17970 if (TREE_CODE (function_or_method_type) == FUNCTION_DECL)
17972 arg = DECL_ARGUMENTS (function_or_method_type);
17973 function_or_method_type = TREE_TYPE (function_or_method_type);
17978 first_parm_type = TYPE_ARG_TYPES (function_or_method_type);
17980 /* Make our first pass over the list of formal parameter types and output a
17981 DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE for each one. */
17982 for (link = first_parm_type; link; )
17984 dw_die_ref parm_die;
17986 formal_type = TREE_VALUE (link);
17987 if (formal_type == void_type_node)
17990 /* Output a (nameless) DIE to represent the formal parameter itself. */
17991 parm_die = gen_formal_parameter_die (formal_type, NULL,
17992 true /* Emit name attribute. */,
17994 if ((TREE_CODE (function_or_method_type) == METHOD_TYPE
17995 && link == first_parm_type)
17996 || (arg && DECL_ARTIFICIAL (arg)))
17997 add_AT_flag (parm_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
17999 link = TREE_CHAIN (link);
18001 arg = TREE_CHAIN (arg);
18004 /* If this function type has an ellipsis, add a
18005 DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters DIE to the end of the parameter list. */
18006 if (formal_type != void_type_node)
18007 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (function_or_method_type, context_die);
18009 /* Make our second (and final) pass over the list of formal parameter types
18010 and output DIEs to represent those types (as necessary). */
18011 for (link = TYPE_ARG_TYPES (function_or_method_type);
18012 link && TREE_VALUE (link);
18013 link = TREE_CHAIN (link))
18014 gen_type_die (TREE_VALUE (link), context_die);
18017 /* We want to generate the DIE for TYPE so that we can generate the
18018 die for MEMBER, which has been defined; we will need to refer back
18019 to the member declaration nested within TYPE. If we're trying to
18020 generate minimal debug info for TYPE, processing TYPE won't do the
18021 trick; we need to attach the member declaration by hand. */
18024 gen_type_die_for_member (tree type, tree member, dw_die_ref context_die)
18026 gen_type_die (type, context_die);
18028 /* If we're trying to avoid duplicate debug info, we may not have
18029 emitted the member decl for this function. Emit it now. */
18030 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type)
18031 && TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type))
18032 && ! lookup_decl_die (member))
18034 dw_die_ref type_die;
18035 gcc_assert (!decl_ultimate_origin (member));
18037 push_decl_scope (type);
18038 type_die = lookup_type_die (type);
18039 if (TREE_CODE (member) == FUNCTION_DECL)
18040 gen_subprogram_die (member, type_die);
18041 else if (TREE_CODE (member) == FIELD_DECL)
18043 /* Ignore the nameless fields that are used to skip bits but handle
18044 C++ anonymous unions and structs. */
18045 if (DECL_NAME (member) != NULL_TREE
18046 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (member)) == UNION_TYPE
18047 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (member)) == RECORD_TYPE)
18049 gen_type_die (member_declared_type (member), type_die);
18050 gen_field_die (member, type_die);
18054 gen_variable_die (member, NULL_TREE, type_die);
18060 /* Generate the DWARF2 info for the "abstract" instance of a function which we
18061 may later generate inlined and/or out-of-line instances of. */
18064 dwarf2out_abstract_function (tree decl)
18066 dw_die_ref old_die;
18070 htab_t old_decl_loc_table;
18072 /* Make sure we have the actual abstract inline, not a clone. */
18073 decl = DECL_ORIGIN (decl);
18075 old_die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
18076 if (old_die && get_AT (old_die, DW_AT_inline))
18077 /* We've already generated the abstract instance. */
18080 /* We can be called while recursively when seeing block defining inlined subroutine
18081 DIE. Be sure to not clobber the outer location table nor use it or we would
18082 get locations in abstract instantces. */
18083 old_decl_loc_table = decl_loc_table;
18084 decl_loc_table = NULL;
18086 /* Be sure we've emitted the in-class declaration DIE (if any) first, so
18087 we don't get confused by DECL_ABSTRACT. */
18088 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
18090 context = decl_class_context (decl);
18092 gen_type_die_for_member
18093 (context, decl, decl_function_context (decl) ? NULL : comp_unit_die);
18096 /* Pretend we've just finished compiling this function. */
18097 save_fn = current_function_decl;
18098 current_function_decl = decl;
18099 push_cfun (DECL_STRUCT_FUNCTION (decl));
18101 was_abstract = DECL_ABSTRACT (decl);
18102 set_decl_abstract_flags (decl, 1);
18103 dwarf2out_decl (decl);
18104 if (! was_abstract)
18105 set_decl_abstract_flags (decl, 0);
18107 current_function_decl = save_fn;
18108 decl_loc_table = old_decl_loc_table;
18112 /* Helper function of premark_used_types() which gets called through
18115 Marks the DIE of a given type in *SLOT as perennial, so it never gets
18116 marked as unused by prune_unused_types. */
18119 premark_used_types_helper (void **slot, void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
18124 type = (tree) *slot;
18125 die = lookup_type_die (type);
18127 die->die_perennial_p = 1;
18131 /* Helper function of premark_types_used_by_global_vars which gets called
18132 through htab_traverse.
18134 Marks the DIE of a given type in *SLOT as perennial, so it never gets
18135 marked as unused by prune_unused_types. The DIE of the type is marked
18136 only if the global variable using the type will actually be emitted. */
18139 premark_types_used_by_global_vars_helper (void **slot,
18140 void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
18142 struct types_used_by_vars_entry *entry;
18145 entry = (struct types_used_by_vars_entry *) *slot;
18146 gcc_assert (entry->type != NULL
18147 && entry->var_decl != NULL);
18148 die = lookup_type_die (entry->type);
18151 /* Ask cgraph if the global variable really is to be emitted.
18152 If yes, then we'll keep the DIE of ENTRY->TYPE. */
18153 struct varpool_node *node = varpool_node (entry->var_decl);
18156 die->die_perennial_p = 1;
18157 /* Keep the parent DIEs as well. */
18158 while ((die = die->die_parent) && die->die_perennial_p == 0)
18159 die->die_perennial_p = 1;
18165 /* Mark all members of used_types_hash as perennial. */
18168 premark_used_types (void)
18170 if (cfun && cfun->used_types_hash)
18171 htab_traverse (cfun->used_types_hash, premark_used_types_helper, NULL);
18174 /* Mark all members of types_used_by_vars_entry as perennial. */
18177 premark_types_used_by_global_vars (void)
18179 if (types_used_by_vars_hash)
18180 htab_traverse (types_used_by_vars_hash,
18181 premark_types_used_by_global_vars_helper, NULL);
18184 /* Generate a DIE to represent a declared function (either file-scope or
18188 gen_subprogram_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die)
18190 char label_id[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
18191 tree origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl);
18192 dw_die_ref subr_die;
18195 dw_die_ref old_die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
18196 int declaration = (current_function_decl != decl
18197 || class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die));
18199 premark_used_types ();
18201 /* It is possible to have both DECL_ABSTRACT and DECLARATION be true if we
18202 started to generate the abstract instance of an inline, decided to output
18203 its containing class, and proceeded to emit the declaration of the inline
18204 from the member list for the class. If so, DECLARATION takes priority;
18205 we'll get back to the abstract instance when done with the class. */
18207 /* The class-scope declaration DIE must be the primary DIE. */
18208 if (origin && declaration && class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die))
18211 gcc_assert (!old_die);
18214 /* Now that the C++ front end lazily declares artificial member fns, we
18215 might need to retrofit the declaration into its class. */
18216 if (!declaration && !origin && !old_die
18217 && DECL_CONTEXT (decl) && TYPE_P (DECL_CONTEXT (decl))
18218 && !class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die)
18219 && debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
18220 old_die = force_decl_die (decl);
18222 if (origin != NULL)
18224 gcc_assert (!declaration || local_scope_p (context_die));
18226 /* Fixup die_parent for the abstract instance of a nested
18227 inline function. */
18228 if (old_die && old_die->die_parent == NULL)
18229 add_child_die (context_die, old_die);
18231 subr_die = new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram, context_die, decl);
18232 add_abstract_origin_attribute (subr_die, origin);
18236 expanded_location s = expand_location (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl));
18237 struct dwarf_file_data * file_index = lookup_filename (s.file);
18239 if (!get_AT_flag (old_die, DW_AT_declaration)
18240 /* We can have a normal definition following an inline one in the
18241 case of redefinition of GNU C extern inlines.
18242 It seems reasonable to use AT_specification in this case. */
18243 && !get_AT (old_die, DW_AT_inline))
18245 /* Detect and ignore this case, where we are trying to output
18246 something we have already output. */
18250 /* If the definition comes from the same place as the declaration,
18251 maybe use the old DIE. We always want the DIE for this function
18252 that has the *_pc attributes to be under comp_unit_die so the
18253 debugger can find it. We also need to do this for abstract
18254 instances of inlines, since the spec requires the out-of-line copy
18255 to have the same parent. For local class methods, this doesn't
18256 apply; we just use the old DIE. */
18257 if ((old_die->die_parent == comp_unit_die || context_die == NULL)
18258 && (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl)
18259 || (get_AT_file (old_die, DW_AT_decl_file) == file_index
18260 && (get_AT_unsigned (old_die, DW_AT_decl_line)
18261 == (unsigned) s.line))))
18263 subr_die = old_die;
18265 /* Clear out the declaration attribute and the formal parameters.
18266 Do not remove all children, because it is possible that this
18267 declaration die was forced using force_decl_die(). In such
18268 cases die that forced declaration die (e.g. TAG_imported_module)
18269 is one of the children that we do not want to remove. */
18270 remove_AT (subr_die, DW_AT_declaration);
18271 remove_child_TAG (subr_die, DW_TAG_formal_parameter);
18275 subr_die = new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram, context_die, decl);
18276 add_AT_specification (subr_die, old_die);
18277 if (get_AT_file (old_die, DW_AT_decl_file) != file_index)
18278 add_AT_file (subr_die, DW_AT_decl_file, file_index);
18279 if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die, DW_AT_decl_line) != (unsigned) s.line)
18280 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_decl_line, s.line);
18285 subr_die = new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram, context_die, decl);
18287 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl))
18288 add_AT_flag (subr_die, DW_AT_external, 1);
18290 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (subr_die, decl);
18291 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
18293 add_prototyped_attribute (subr_die, TREE_TYPE (decl));
18294 add_type_attribute (subr_die, TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl)),
18295 0, 0, context_die);
18298 add_pure_or_virtual_attribute (subr_die, decl);
18299 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl))
18300 add_AT_flag (subr_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
18302 if (TREE_PROTECTED (decl))
18303 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_protected);
18304 else if (TREE_PRIVATE (decl))
18305 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_private);
18310 if (!old_die || !get_AT (old_die, DW_AT_inline))
18312 add_AT_flag (subr_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
18314 /* If this is an explicit function declaration then generate
18315 a DW_AT_explicit attribute. */
18316 if (lang_hooks.decls.function_decl_explicit_p (decl)
18317 && (dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict))
18318 add_AT_flag (subr_die, DW_AT_explicit, 1);
18320 /* The first time we see a member function, it is in the context of
18321 the class to which it belongs. We make sure of this by emitting
18322 the class first. The next time is the definition, which is
18323 handled above. The two may come from the same source text.
18325 Note that force_decl_die() forces function declaration die. It is
18326 later reused to represent definition. */
18327 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, subr_die);
18330 else if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl))
18332 if (DECL_DECLARED_INLINE_P (decl))
18334 if (cgraph_function_possibly_inlined_p (decl))
18335 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_inline, DW_INL_declared_inlined);
18337 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_inline, DW_INL_declared_not_inlined);
18341 if (cgraph_function_possibly_inlined_p (decl))
18342 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_inline, DW_INL_inlined);
18344 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_inline, DW_INL_not_inlined);
18347 if (DECL_DECLARED_INLINE_P (decl)
18348 && lookup_attribute ("artificial", DECL_ATTRIBUTES (decl)))
18349 add_AT_flag (subr_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
18351 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, subr_die);
18353 else if (!DECL_EXTERNAL (decl))
18355 HOST_WIDE_INT cfa_fb_offset;
18357 if (!old_die || !get_AT (old_die, DW_AT_inline))
18358 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, subr_die);
18360 if (!flag_reorder_blocks_and_partition)
18362 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label_id, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL,
18363 current_function_funcdef_no);
18364 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_low_pc, label_id);
18365 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label_id, FUNC_END_LABEL,
18366 current_function_funcdef_no);
18367 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_high_pc, label_id);
18369 add_pubname (decl, subr_die);
18370 add_arange (decl, subr_die);
18373 { /* Do nothing for now; maybe need to duplicate die, one for
18374 hot section and one for cold section, then use the hot/cold
18375 section begin/end labels to generate the aranges... */
18377 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_low_pc, hot_section_label);
18378 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_high_pc, hot_section_end_label);
18379 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_lo_user, unlikely_section_label);
18380 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_hi_user, cold_section_end_label);
18382 add_pubname (decl, subr_die);
18383 add_arange (decl, subr_die);
18384 add_arange (decl, subr_die);
18388 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
18389 /* Add a reference to the FDE for this routine. */
18390 add_AT_fde_ref (subr_die, DW_AT_MIPS_fde, current_funcdef_fde);
18393 cfa_fb_offset = CFA_FRAME_BASE_OFFSET (decl);
18395 /* We define the "frame base" as the function's CFA. This is more
18396 convenient for several reasons: (1) It's stable across the prologue
18397 and epilogue, which makes it better than just a frame pointer,
18398 (2) With dwarf3, there exists a one-byte encoding that allows us
18399 to reference the .debug_frame data by proxy, but failing that,
18400 (3) We can at least reuse the code inspection and interpretation
18401 code that determines the CFA position at various points in the
18403 if (dwarf_version >= 3)
18405 dw_loc_descr_ref op = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_call_frame_cfa, 0, 0);
18406 add_AT_loc (subr_die, DW_AT_frame_base, op);
18410 dw_loc_list_ref list = convert_cfa_to_fb_loc_list (cfa_fb_offset);
18411 if (list->dw_loc_next)
18412 add_AT_loc_list (subr_die, DW_AT_frame_base, list);
18414 add_AT_loc (subr_die, DW_AT_frame_base, list->expr);
18417 /* Compute a displacement from the "steady-state frame pointer" to
18418 the CFA. The former is what all stack slots and argument slots
18419 will reference in the rtl; the later is what we've told the
18420 debugger about. We'll need to adjust all frame_base references
18421 by this displacement. */
18422 compute_frame_pointer_to_fb_displacement (cfa_fb_offset);
18424 if (cfun->static_chain_decl)
18425 add_AT_location_description (subr_die, DW_AT_static_link,
18426 loc_list_from_tree (cfun->static_chain_decl, 2));
18429 /* Generate child dies for template paramaters. */
18430 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
18431 gen_generic_params_dies (decl);
18433 /* Now output descriptions of the arguments for this function. This gets
18434 (unnecessarily?) complex because of the fact that the DECL_ARGUMENT list
18435 for a FUNCTION_DECL doesn't indicate cases where there was a trailing
18436 `...' at the end of the formal parameter list. In order to find out if
18437 there was a trailing ellipsis or not, we must instead look at the type
18438 associated with the FUNCTION_DECL. This will be a node of type
18439 FUNCTION_TYPE. If the chain of type nodes hanging off of this
18440 FUNCTION_TYPE node ends with a void_type_node then there should *not* be
18441 an ellipsis at the end. */
18443 /* In the case where we are describing a mere function declaration, all we
18444 need to do here (and all we *can* do here) is to describe the *types* of
18445 its formal parameters. */
18446 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
18448 else if (declaration)
18449 gen_formal_types_die (decl, subr_die);
18452 /* Generate DIEs to represent all known formal parameters. */
18453 tree parm = DECL_ARGUMENTS (decl);
18454 tree generic_decl = lang_hooks.decls.get_generic_function_decl (decl);
18455 tree generic_decl_parm = generic_decl
18456 ? DECL_ARGUMENTS (generic_decl)
18459 /* Now we want to walk the list of parameters of the function and
18460 emit their relevant DIEs.
18462 We consider the case of DECL being an instance of a generic function
18463 as well as it being a normal function.
18465 If DECL is an instance of a generic function we walk the
18466 parameters of the generic function declaration _and_ the parameters of
18467 DECL itself. This is useful because we want to emit specific DIEs for
18468 function parameter packs and those are declared as part of the
18469 generic function declaration. In that particular case,
18470 the parameter pack yields a DW_TAG_GNU_formal_parameter_pack DIE.
18471 That DIE has children DIEs representing the set of arguments
18472 of the pack. Note that the set of pack arguments can be empty.
18473 In that case, the DW_TAG_GNU_formal_parameter_pack DIE will not have any
18476 Otherwise, we just consider the parameters of DECL. */
18477 while (generic_decl_parm || parm)
18479 if (generic_decl_parm
18480 && lang_hooks.function_parameter_pack_p (generic_decl_parm))
18481 gen_formal_parameter_pack_die (generic_decl_parm,
18486 gen_decl_die (parm, NULL, subr_die);
18487 parm = TREE_CHAIN (parm);
18490 if (generic_decl_parm)
18491 generic_decl_parm = TREE_CHAIN (generic_decl_parm);
18494 /* Decide whether we need an unspecified_parameters DIE at the end.
18495 There are 2 more cases to do this for: 1) the ansi ... declaration -
18496 this is detectable when the end of the arg list is not a
18497 void_type_node 2) an unprototyped function declaration (not a
18498 definition). This just means that we have no info about the
18499 parameters at all. */
18500 fn_arg_types = TYPE_ARG_TYPES (TREE_TYPE (decl));
18501 if (fn_arg_types != NULL)
18503 /* This is the prototyped case, check for.... */
18504 if (TREE_VALUE (tree_last (fn_arg_types)) != void_type_node)
18505 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (decl, subr_die);
18507 else if (DECL_INITIAL (decl) == NULL_TREE)
18508 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (decl, subr_die);
18511 /* Output Dwarf info for all of the stuff within the body of the function
18512 (if it has one - it may be just a declaration). */
18513 outer_scope = DECL_INITIAL (decl);
18515 /* OUTER_SCOPE is a pointer to the outermost BLOCK node created to represent
18516 a function. This BLOCK actually represents the outermost binding contour
18517 for the function, i.e. the contour in which the function's formal
18518 parameters and labels get declared. Curiously, it appears that the front
18519 end doesn't actually put the PARM_DECL nodes for the current function onto
18520 the BLOCK_VARS list for this outer scope, but are strung off of the
18521 DECL_ARGUMENTS list for the function instead.
18523 The BLOCK_VARS list for the `outer_scope' does provide us with a list of
18524 the LABEL_DECL nodes for the function however, and we output DWARF info
18525 for those in decls_for_scope. Just within the `outer_scope' there will be
18526 a BLOCK node representing the function's outermost pair of curly braces,
18527 and any blocks used for the base and member initializers of a C++
18528 constructor function. */
18529 if (! declaration && TREE_CODE (outer_scope) != ERROR_MARK)
18531 /* Emit a DW_TAG_variable DIE for a named return value. */
18532 if (DECL_NAME (DECL_RESULT (decl)))
18533 gen_decl_die (DECL_RESULT (decl), NULL, subr_die);
18535 current_function_has_inlines = 0;
18536 decls_for_scope (outer_scope, subr_die, 0);
18538 #if 0 && defined (MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO)
18539 if (current_function_has_inlines)
18541 add_AT_flag (subr_die, DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines, 1);
18542 if (! comp_unit_has_inlines)
18544 add_AT_flag (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines, 1);
18545 comp_unit_has_inlines = 1;
18550 /* Add the calling convention attribute if requested. */
18551 add_calling_convention_attribute (subr_die, decl);
18555 /* Returns a hash value for X (which really is a die_struct). */
18558 common_block_die_table_hash (const void *x)
18560 const_dw_die_ref d = (const_dw_die_ref) x;
18561 return (hashval_t) d->decl_id ^ htab_hash_pointer (d->die_parent);
18564 /* Return nonzero if decl_id and die_parent of die_struct X is the same
18565 as decl_id and die_parent of die_struct Y. */
18568 common_block_die_table_eq (const void *x, const void *y)
18570 const_dw_die_ref d = (const_dw_die_ref) x;
18571 const_dw_die_ref e = (const_dw_die_ref) y;
18572 return d->decl_id == e->decl_id && d->die_parent == e->die_parent;
18575 /* Generate a DIE to represent a declared data object.
18576 Either DECL or ORIGIN must be non-null. */
18579 gen_variable_die (tree decl, tree origin, dw_die_ref context_die)
18583 tree decl_or_origin = decl ? decl : origin;
18584 tree ultimate_origin;
18585 dw_die_ref var_die;
18586 dw_die_ref old_die = decl ? lookup_decl_die (decl) : NULL;
18587 dw_die_ref origin_die;
18588 int declaration = (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl_or_origin)
18589 || class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die));
18591 ultimate_origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl_or_origin);
18592 if (decl || ultimate_origin)
18593 origin = ultimate_origin;
18594 com_decl = fortran_common (decl_or_origin, &off);
18596 /* Symbol in common gets emitted as a child of the common block, in the form
18597 of a data member. */
18600 dw_die_ref com_die;
18601 dw_loc_list_ref loc;
18602 die_node com_die_arg;
18604 var_die = lookup_decl_die (decl_or_origin);
18607 if (get_AT (var_die, DW_AT_location) == NULL)
18609 loc = loc_list_from_tree (com_decl, off ? 1 : 2);
18614 /* Optimize the common case. */
18615 if (single_element_loc_list_p (loc)
18616 && loc->expr->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_addr
18617 && loc->expr->dw_loc_next == NULL
18618 && GET_CODE (loc->expr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr)
18620 loc->expr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr
18621 = plus_constant (loc->expr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr, off);
18623 loc_list_plus_const (loc, off);
18625 add_AT_location_description (var_die, DW_AT_location, loc);
18626 remove_AT (var_die, DW_AT_declaration);
18632 if (common_block_die_table == NULL)
18633 common_block_die_table
18634 = htab_create_ggc (10, common_block_die_table_hash,
18635 common_block_die_table_eq, NULL);
18637 com_die_arg.decl_id = DECL_UID (com_decl);
18638 com_die_arg.die_parent = context_die;
18639 com_die = (dw_die_ref) htab_find (common_block_die_table, &com_die_arg);
18640 loc = loc_list_from_tree (com_decl, 2);
18641 if (com_die == NULL)
18644 = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (com_decl));
18647 com_die = new_die (DW_TAG_common_block, context_die, decl);
18648 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (com_die, com_decl);
18651 add_AT_location_description (com_die, DW_AT_location, loc);
18652 /* Avoid sharing the same loc descriptor between
18653 DW_TAG_common_block and DW_TAG_variable. */
18654 loc = loc_list_from_tree (com_decl, 2);
18656 else if (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl))
18657 add_AT_flag (com_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
18658 add_pubname_string (cnam, com_die); /* ??? needed? */
18659 com_die->decl_id = DECL_UID (com_decl);
18660 slot = htab_find_slot (common_block_die_table, com_die, INSERT);
18661 *slot = (void *) com_die;
18663 else if (get_AT (com_die, DW_AT_location) == NULL && loc)
18665 add_AT_location_description (com_die, DW_AT_location, loc);
18666 loc = loc_list_from_tree (com_decl, 2);
18667 remove_AT (com_die, DW_AT_declaration);
18669 var_die = new_die (DW_TAG_variable, com_die, decl);
18670 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (var_die, decl);
18671 add_type_attribute (var_die, TREE_TYPE (decl), TREE_READONLY (decl),
18672 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl), context_die);
18673 add_AT_flag (var_die, DW_AT_external, 1);
18678 /* Optimize the common case. */
18679 if (single_element_loc_list_p (loc)
18680 && loc->expr->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_addr
18681 && loc->expr->dw_loc_next == NULL
18682 && GET_CODE (loc->expr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr) == SYMBOL_REF)
18683 loc->expr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr
18684 = plus_constant (loc->expr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr, off);
18686 loc_list_plus_const (loc, off);
18688 add_AT_location_description (var_die, DW_AT_location, loc);
18690 else if (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl))
18691 add_AT_flag (var_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
18692 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, var_die);
18696 /* If the compiler emitted a definition for the DECL declaration
18697 and if we already emitted a DIE for it, don't emit a second
18698 DIE for it again. Allow re-declarations of DECLs that are
18699 inside functions, though. */
18700 if (old_die && declaration && !local_scope_p (context_die))
18703 /* For static data members, the declaration in the class is supposed
18704 to have DW_TAG_member tag; the specification should still be
18705 DW_TAG_variable referencing the DW_TAG_member DIE. */
18706 if (declaration && class_scope_p (context_die))
18707 var_die = new_die (DW_TAG_member, context_die, decl);
18709 var_die = new_die (DW_TAG_variable, context_die, decl);
18712 if (origin != NULL)
18713 origin_die = add_abstract_origin_attribute (var_die, origin);
18715 /* Loop unrolling can create multiple blocks that refer to the same
18716 static variable, so we must test for the DW_AT_declaration flag.
18718 ??? Loop unrolling/reorder_blocks should perhaps be rewritten to
18719 copy decls and set the DECL_ABSTRACT flag on them instead of
18722 ??? Duplicated blocks have been rewritten to use .debug_ranges.
18724 ??? The declare_in_namespace support causes us to get two DIEs for one
18725 variable, both of which are declarations. We want to avoid considering
18726 one to be a specification, so we must test that this DIE is not a
18728 else if (old_die && TREE_STATIC (decl) && ! declaration
18729 && get_AT_flag (old_die, DW_AT_declaration) == 1)
18731 /* This is a definition of a C++ class level static. */
18732 add_AT_specification (var_die, old_die);
18733 if (DECL_NAME (decl))
18735 expanded_location s = expand_location (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl));
18736 struct dwarf_file_data * file_index = lookup_filename (s.file);
18738 if (get_AT_file (old_die, DW_AT_decl_file) != file_index)
18739 add_AT_file (var_die, DW_AT_decl_file, file_index);
18741 if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die, DW_AT_decl_line) != (unsigned) s.line)
18742 add_AT_unsigned (var_die, DW_AT_decl_line, s.line);
18747 tree type = TREE_TYPE (decl);
18749 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (var_die, decl);
18750 if (decl_by_reference_p (decl))
18751 add_type_attribute (var_die, TREE_TYPE (type), 0, 0, context_die);
18753 add_type_attribute (var_die, type, TREE_READONLY (decl),
18754 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl), context_die);
18756 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl))
18757 add_AT_flag (var_die, DW_AT_external, 1);
18759 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl))
18760 add_AT_flag (var_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
18762 if (TREE_PROTECTED (decl))
18763 add_AT_unsigned (var_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_protected);
18764 else if (TREE_PRIVATE (decl))
18765 add_AT_unsigned (var_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_private);
18769 add_AT_flag (var_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
18771 if (decl && (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl) || declaration))
18772 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, var_die);
18775 && (! DECL_ABSTRACT (decl_or_origin)
18776 /* Local static vars are shared between all clones/inlines,
18777 so emit DW_AT_location on the abstract DIE if DECL_RTL is
18779 || (TREE_CODE (decl_or_origin) == VAR_DECL
18780 && TREE_STATIC (decl_or_origin)
18781 && DECL_RTL_SET_P (decl_or_origin)))
18782 /* When abstract origin already has DW_AT_location attribute, no need
18783 to add it again. */
18784 && (origin_die == NULL || get_AT (origin_die, DW_AT_location) == NULL))
18786 if (TREE_CODE (decl_or_origin) == VAR_DECL && TREE_STATIC (decl_or_origin)
18787 && !TREE_SYMBOL_REFERENCED (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl_or_origin)))
18788 defer_location (decl_or_origin, var_die);
18790 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (var_die,
18793 add_pubname (decl_or_origin, var_die);
18796 tree_add_const_value_attribute_for_decl (var_die, decl_or_origin);
18799 /* Generate a DIE to represent a named constant. */
18802 gen_const_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die)
18804 dw_die_ref const_die;
18805 tree type = TREE_TYPE (decl);
18807 const_die = new_die (DW_TAG_constant, context_die, decl);
18808 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (const_die, decl);
18809 add_type_attribute (const_die, type, 1, 0, context_die);
18810 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl))
18811 add_AT_flag (const_die, DW_AT_external, 1);
18812 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl))
18813 add_AT_flag (const_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
18814 tree_add_const_value_attribute_for_decl (const_die, decl);
18817 /* Generate a DIE to represent a label identifier. */
18820 gen_label_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die)
18822 tree origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl);
18823 dw_die_ref lbl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_label, context_die, decl);
18825 char label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
18827 if (origin != NULL)
18828 add_abstract_origin_attribute (lbl_die, origin);
18830 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (lbl_die, decl);
18832 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl))
18833 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, lbl_die);
18836 insn = DECL_RTL_IF_SET (decl);
18838 /* Deleted labels are programmer specified labels which have been
18839 eliminated because of various optimizations. We still emit them
18840 here so that it is possible to put breakpoints on them. */
18844 && NOTE_KIND (insn) == NOTE_INSN_DELETED_LABEL))))
18846 /* When optimization is enabled (via -O) some parts of the compiler
18847 (e.g. jump.c and cse.c) may try to delete CODE_LABEL insns which
18848 represent source-level labels which were explicitly declared by
18849 the user. This really shouldn't be happening though, so catch
18850 it if it ever does happen. */
18851 gcc_assert (!INSN_DELETED_P (insn));
18853 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, "L", CODE_LABEL_NUMBER (insn));
18854 add_AT_lbl_id (lbl_die, DW_AT_low_pc, label);
18859 /* A helper function for gen_inlined_subroutine_die. Add source coordinate
18860 attributes to the DIE for a block STMT, to describe where the inlined
18861 function was called from. This is similar to add_src_coords_attributes. */
18864 add_call_src_coords_attributes (tree stmt, dw_die_ref die)
18866 expanded_location s = expand_location (BLOCK_SOURCE_LOCATION (stmt));
18868 if (dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict)
18870 add_AT_file (die, DW_AT_call_file, lookup_filename (s.file));
18871 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_call_line, s.line);
18876 /* A helper function for gen_lexical_block_die and gen_inlined_subroutine_die.
18877 Add low_pc and high_pc attributes to the DIE for a block STMT. */
18880 add_high_low_attributes (tree stmt, dw_die_ref die)
18882 char label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
18884 if (BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (stmt)
18885 && (dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict))
18889 if (inlined_function_outer_scope_p (stmt))
18891 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL,
18892 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt));
18893 add_AT_lbl_id (die, DW_AT_entry_pc, label);
18896 add_AT_range_list (die, DW_AT_ranges, add_ranges (stmt));
18898 chain = BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (stmt);
18901 add_ranges (chain);
18902 chain = BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (chain);
18909 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL,
18910 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt));
18911 add_AT_lbl_id (die, DW_AT_low_pc, label);
18912 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, BLOCK_END_LABEL,
18913 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt));
18914 add_AT_lbl_id (die, DW_AT_high_pc, label);
18918 /* Generate a DIE for a lexical block. */
18921 gen_lexical_block_die (tree stmt, dw_die_ref context_die, int depth)
18923 dw_die_ref stmt_die = new_die (DW_TAG_lexical_block, context_die, stmt);
18925 if (! BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt) && TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (stmt))
18926 add_high_low_attributes (stmt, stmt_die);
18928 decls_for_scope (stmt, stmt_die, depth);
18931 /* Generate a DIE for an inlined subprogram. */
18934 gen_inlined_subroutine_die (tree stmt, dw_die_ref context_die, int depth)
18938 /* The instance of function that is effectively being inlined shall not
18940 gcc_assert (! BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt));
18942 decl = block_ultimate_origin (stmt);
18944 /* Emit info for the abstract instance first, if we haven't yet. We
18945 must emit this even if the block is abstract, otherwise when we
18946 emit the block below (or elsewhere), we may end up trying to emit
18947 a die whose origin die hasn't been emitted, and crashing. */
18948 dwarf2out_abstract_function (decl);
18950 if (! BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt))
18952 dw_die_ref subr_die
18953 = new_die (DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine, context_die, stmt);
18955 add_abstract_origin_attribute (subr_die, decl);
18956 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (stmt))
18957 add_high_low_attributes (stmt, subr_die);
18958 add_call_src_coords_attributes (stmt, subr_die);
18960 decls_for_scope (stmt, subr_die, depth);
18961 current_function_has_inlines = 1;
18965 /* Generate a DIE for a field in a record, or structure. */
18968 gen_field_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die)
18970 dw_die_ref decl_die;
18972 if (TREE_TYPE (decl) == error_mark_node)
18975 decl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_member, context_die, decl);
18976 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (decl_die, decl);
18977 add_type_attribute (decl_die, member_declared_type (decl),
18978 TREE_READONLY (decl), TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl),
18981 if (DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl))
18983 add_byte_size_attribute (decl_die, decl);
18984 add_bit_size_attribute (decl_die, decl);
18985 add_bit_offset_attribute (decl_die, decl);
18988 if (TREE_CODE (DECL_FIELD_CONTEXT (decl)) != UNION_TYPE)
18989 add_data_member_location_attribute (decl_die, decl);
18991 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl))
18992 add_AT_flag (decl_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
18994 if (TREE_PROTECTED (decl))
18995 add_AT_unsigned (decl_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_protected);
18996 else if (TREE_PRIVATE (decl))
18997 add_AT_unsigned (decl_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_private);
18999 /* Equate decl number to die, so that we can look up this decl later on. */
19000 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, decl_die);
19004 /* Don't generate either pointer_type DIEs or reference_type DIEs here.
19005 Use modified_type_die instead.
19006 We keep this code here just in case these types of DIEs may be needed to
19007 represent certain things in other languages (e.g. Pascal) someday. */
19010 gen_pointer_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
19013 = new_die (DW_TAG_pointer_type, scope_die_for (type, context_die), type);
19015 equate_type_number_to_die (type, ptr_die);
19016 add_type_attribute (ptr_die, TREE_TYPE (type), 0, 0, context_die);
19017 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_byte_size, PTR_SIZE);
19020 /* Don't generate either pointer_type DIEs or reference_type DIEs here.
19021 Use modified_type_die instead.
19022 We keep this code here just in case these types of DIEs may be needed to
19023 represent certain things in other languages (e.g. Pascal) someday. */
19026 gen_reference_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
19028 dw_die_ref ref_die, scope_die = scope_die_for (type, context_die);
19030 if (TYPE_REF_IS_RVALUE (type) && dwarf_version >= 4)
19031 ref_die = new_die (DW_TAG_rvalue_reference_type, scope_die, type);
19033 ref_die = new_die (DW_TAG_reference_type, scope_die, type);
19035 equate_type_number_to_die (type, ref_die);
19036 add_type_attribute (ref_die, TREE_TYPE (type), 0, 0, context_die);
19037 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_byte_size, PTR_SIZE);
19041 /* Generate a DIE for a pointer to a member type. */
19044 gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
19047 = new_die (DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type,
19048 scope_die_for (type, context_die), type);
19050 equate_type_number_to_die (type, ptr_die);
19051 add_AT_die_ref (ptr_die, DW_AT_containing_type,
19052 lookup_type_die (TYPE_OFFSET_BASETYPE (type)));
19053 add_type_attribute (ptr_die, TREE_TYPE (type), 0, 0, context_die);
19056 /* Generate the DIE for the compilation unit. */
19059 gen_compile_unit_die (const char *filename)
19062 char producer[250];
19063 const char *language_string = lang_hooks.name;
19066 die = new_die (DW_TAG_compile_unit, NULL, NULL);
19070 add_name_attribute (die, filename);
19071 /* Don't add cwd for <built-in>. */
19072 if (!IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (filename) && filename[0] != '<')
19073 add_comp_dir_attribute (die);
19076 sprintf (producer, "%s %s", language_string, version_string);
19078 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
19079 /* The MIPS/SGI compilers place the 'cc' command line options in the producer
19080 string. The SGI debugger looks for -g, -g1, -g2, or -g3; if they do
19081 not appear in the producer string, the debugger reaches the conclusion
19082 that the object file is stripped and has no debugging information.
19083 To get the MIPS/SGI debugger to believe that there is debugging
19084 information in the object file, we add a -g to the producer string. */
19085 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
19086 strcat (producer, " -g");
19089 add_AT_string (die, DW_AT_producer, producer);
19091 language = DW_LANG_C89;
19092 if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU C++") == 0)
19093 language = DW_LANG_C_plus_plus;
19094 else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU F77") == 0)
19095 language = DW_LANG_Fortran77;
19096 else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU Pascal") == 0)
19097 language = DW_LANG_Pascal83;
19098 else if (dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict)
19100 if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU Ada") == 0)
19101 language = DW_LANG_Ada95;
19102 else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU Fortran") == 0)
19103 language = DW_LANG_Fortran95;
19104 else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU Java") == 0)
19105 language = DW_LANG_Java;
19106 else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU Objective-C") == 0)
19107 language = DW_LANG_ObjC;
19108 else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU Objective-C++") == 0)
19109 language = DW_LANG_ObjC_plus_plus;
19112 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_language, language);
19116 case DW_LANG_Fortran77:
19117 case DW_LANG_Fortran90:
19118 case DW_LANG_Fortran95:
19119 /* Fortran has case insensitive identifiers and the front-end
19120 lowercases everything. */
19121 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_identifier_case, DW_ID_down_case);
19124 /* The default DW_ID_case_sensitive doesn't need to be specified. */
19130 /* Generate the DIE for a base class. */
19133 gen_inheritance_die (tree binfo, tree access, dw_die_ref context_die)
19135 dw_die_ref die = new_die (DW_TAG_inheritance, context_die, binfo);
19137 add_type_attribute (die, BINFO_TYPE (binfo), 0, 0, context_die);
19138 add_data_member_location_attribute (die, binfo);
19140 if (BINFO_VIRTUAL_P (binfo))
19141 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_virtuality, DW_VIRTUALITY_virtual);
19143 if (access == access_public_node)
19144 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_public);
19145 else if (access == access_protected_node)
19146 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_protected);
19149 /* Generate a DIE for a class member. */
19152 gen_member_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
19155 tree binfo = TYPE_BINFO (type);
19158 /* If this is not an incomplete type, output descriptions of each of its
19159 members. Note that as we output the DIEs necessary to represent the
19160 members of this record or union type, we will also be trying to output
19161 DIEs to represent the *types* of those members. However the `type'
19162 function (above) will specifically avoid generating type DIEs for member
19163 types *within* the list of member DIEs for this (containing) type except
19164 for those types (of members) which are explicitly marked as also being
19165 members of this (containing) type themselves. The g++ front- end can
19166 force any given type to be treated as a member of some other (containing)
19167 type by setting the TYPE_CONTEXT of the given (member) type to point to
19168 the TREE node representing the appropriate (containing) type. */
19170 /* First output info about the base classes. */
19173 VEC(tree,gc) *accesses = BINFO_BASE_ACCESSES (binfo);
19177 for (i = 0; BINFO_BASE_ITERATE (binfo, i, base); i++)
19178 gen_inheritance_die (base,
19179 (accesses ? VEC_index (tree, accesses, i)
19180 : access_public_node), context_die);
19183 /* Now output info about the data members and type members. */
19184 for (member = TYPE_FIELDS (type); member; member = TREE_CHAIN (member))
19186 /* If we thought we were generating minimal debug info for TYPE
19187 and then changed our minds, some of the member declarations
19188 may have already been defined. Don't define them again, but
19189 do put them in the right order. */
19191 child = lookup_decl_die (member);
19193 splice_child_die (context_die, child);
19195 gen_decl_die (member, NULL, context_die);
19198 /* Now output info about the function members (if any). */
19199 for (member = TYPE_METHODS (type); member; member = TREE_CHAIN (member))
19201 /* Don't include clones in the member list. */
19202 if (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (member))
19205 child = lookup_decl_die (member);
19207 splice_child_die (context_die, child);
19209 gen_decl_die (member, NULL, context_die);
19213 /* Generate a DIE for a structure or union type. If TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG
19214 is set, we pretend that the type was never defined, so we only get the
19215 member DIEs needed by later specification DIEs. */
19218 gen_struct_or_union_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die,
19219 enum debug_info_usage usage)
19221 dw_die_ref type_die = lookup_type_die (type);
19222 dw_die_ref scope_die = 0;
19224 int complete = (TYPE_SIZE (type)
19225 && (! TYPE_STUB_DECL (type)
19226 || ! TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type))));
19227 int ns_decl = (context_die && context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_namespace);
19228 complete = complete && should_emit_struct_debug (type, usage);
19230 if (type_die && ! complete)
19233 if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type) != NULL_TREE
19234 && (AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (TYPE_CONTEXT (type))
19235 || TREE_CODE (TYPE_CONTEXT (type)) == NAMESPACE_DECL))
19238 scope_die = scope_die_for (type, context_die);
19240 if (! type_die || (nested && scope_die == comp_unit_die))
19241 /* First occurrence of type or toplevel definition of nested class. */
19243 dw_die_ref old_die = type_die;
19245 type_die = new_die (TREE_CODE (type) == RECORD_TYPE
19246 ? record_type_tag (type) : DW_TAG_union_type,
19248 equate_type_number_to_die (type, type_die);
19250 add_AT_specification (type_die, old_die);
19252 add_name_attribute (type_die, type_tag (type));
19255 remove_AT (type_die, DW_AT_declaration);
19257 /* Generate child dies for template paramaters. */
19258 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
19259 && COMPLETE_TYPE_P (type))
19260 gen_generic_params_dies (type);
19262 /* If this type has been completed, then give it a byte_size attribute and
19263 then give a list of members. */
19264 if (complete && !ns_decl)
19266 /* Prevent infinite recursion in cases where the type of some member of
19267 this type is expressed in terms of this type itself. */
19268 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1;
19269 add_byte_size_attribute (type_die, type);
19270 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type) != NULL_TREE)
19271 add_src_coords_attributes (type_die, TYPE_STUB_DECL (type));
19273 /* If the first reference to this type was as the return type of an
19274 inline function, then it may not have a parent. Fix this now. */
19275 if (type_die->die_parent == NULL)
19276 add_child_die (scope_die, type_die);
19278 push_decl_scope (type);
19279 gen_member_die (type, type_die);
19282 /* GNU extension: Record what type our vtable lives in. */
19283 if (TYPE_VFIELD (type))
19285 tree vtype = DECL_FCONTEXT (TYPE_VFIELD (type));
19287 gen_type_die (vtype, context_die);
19288 add_AT_die_ref (type_die, DW_AT_containing_type,
19289 lookup_type_die (vtype));
19294 add_AT_flag (type_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
19296 /* We don't need to do this for function-local types. */
19297 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type)
19298 && ! decl_function_context (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type)))
19299 VEC_safe_push (tree, gc, incomplete_types, type);
19302 if (get_AT (type_die, DW_AT_name))
19303 add_pubtype (type, type_die);
19306 /* Generate a DIE for a subroutine _type_. */
19309 gen_subroutine_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
19311 tree return_type = TREE_TYPE (type);
19312 dw_die_ref subr_die
19313 = new_die (DW_TAG_subroutine_type,
19314 scope_die_for (type, context_die), type);
19316 equate_type_number_to_die (type, subr_die);
19317 add_prototyped_attribute (subr_die, type);
19318 add_type_attribute (subr_die, return_type, 0, 0, context_die);
19319 gen_formal_types_die (type, subr_die);
19321 if (get_AT (subr_die, DW_AT_name))
19322 add_pubtype (type, subr_die);
19325 /* Generate a DIE for a type definition. */
19328 gen_typedef_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die)
19330 dw_die_ref type_die;
19333 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl))
19336 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl) = 1;
19337 type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_typedef, context_die, decl);
19338 origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl);
19339 if (origin != NULL)
19340 add_abstract_origin_attribute (type_die, origin);
19345 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (type_die, decl);
19346 if (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (decl))
19348 type = DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (decl);
19350 gcc_assert (type != TREE_TYPE (decl));
19351 equate_type_number_to_die (TREE_TYPE (decl), type_die);
19354 type = TREE_TYPE (decl);
19356 add_type_attribute (type_die, type, TREE_READONLY (decl),
19357 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl), context_die);
19360 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl))
19361 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, type_die);
19363 if (get_AT (type_die, DW_AT_name))
19364 add_pubtype (decl, type_die);
19367 /* Generate a type description DIE. */
19370 gen_type_die_with_usage (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die,
19371 enum debug_info_usage usage)
19374 struct array_descr_info info;
19376 if (type == NULL_TREE || type == error_mark_node)
19379 /* If TYPE is a typedef type variant, let's generate debug info
19380 for the parent typedef which TYPE is a type of. */
19381 if (TYPE_NAME (type) && TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type)) == TYPE_DECL
19382 && DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (TYPE_NAME (type)))
19384 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type))
19387 /* Prevent broken recursion; we can't hand off to the same type. */
19388 gcc_assert (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (TYPE_NAME (type)) != type);
19390 /* Use the DIE of the containing namespace as the parent DIE of
19391 the type description DIE we want to generate. */
19392 if (DECL_CONTEXT (TYPE_NAME (type))
19393 && TREE_CODE (DECL_CONTEXT (TYPE_NAME (type))) == NAMESPACE_DECL)
19394 context_die = get_context_die (DECL_CONTEXT (TYPE_NAME (type)));
19396 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1;
19397 gen_decl_die (TYPE_NAME (type), NULL, context_die);
19401 /* If this is an array type with hidden descriptor, handle it first. */
19402 if (!TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type)
19403 && lang_hooks.types.get_array_descr_info
19404 && lang_hooks.types.get_array_descr_info (type, &info)
19405 && (dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict))
19407 gen_descr_array_type_die (type, &info, context_die);
19408 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1;
19412 /* We are going to output a DIE to represent the unqualified version
19413 of this type (i.e. without any const or volatile qualifiers) so
19414 get the main variant (i.e. the unqualified version) of this type
19415 now. (Vectors are special because the debugging info is in the
19416 cloned type itself). */
19417 if (TREE_CODE (type) != VECTOR_TYPE)
19418 type = type_main_variant (type);
19420 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type))
19423 switch (TREE_CODE (type))
19429 case REFERENCE_TYPE:
19430 /* We must set TREE_ASM_WRITTEN in case this is a recursive type. This
19431 ensures that the gen_type_die recursion will terminate even if the
19432 type is recursive. Recursive types are possible in Ada. */
19433 /* ??? We could perhaps do this for all types before the switch
19435 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1;
19437 /* For these types, all that is required is that we output a DIE (or a
19438 set of DIEs) to represent the "basis" type. */
19439 gen_type_die_with_usage (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die,
19440 DINFO_USAGE_IND_USE);
19444 /* This code is used for C++ pointer-to-data-member types.
19445 Output a description of the relevant class type. */
19446 gen_type_die_with_usage (TYPE_OFFSET_BASETYPE (type), context_die,
19447 DINFO_USAGE_IND_USE);
19449 /* Output a description of the type of the object pointed to. */
19450 gen_type_die_with_usage (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die,
19451 DINFO_USAGE_IND_USE);
19453 /* Now output a DIE to represent this pointer-to-data-member type
19455 gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die (type, context_die);
19458 case FUNCTION_TYPE:
19459 /* Force out return type (in case it wasn't forced out already). */
19460 gen_type_die_with_usage (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die,
19461 DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE);
19462 gen_subroutine_type_die (type, context_die);
19466 /* Force out return type (in case it wasn't forced out already). */
19467 gen_type_die_with_usage (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die,
19468 DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE);
19469 gen_subroutine_type_die (type, context_die);
19473 gen_array_type_die (type, context_die);
19477 gen_array_type_die (type, context_die);
19480 case ENUMERAL_TYPE:
19483 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE:
19484 /* If this is a nested type whose containing class hasn't been written
19485 out yet, writing it out will cover this one, too. This does not apply
19486 to instantiations of member class templates; they need to be added to
19487 the containing class as they are generated. FIXME: This hurts the
19488 idea of combining type decls from multiple TUs, since we can't predict
19489 what set of template instantiations we'll get. */
19490 if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type)
19491 && AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (TYPE_CONTEXT (type))
19492 && ! TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (TYPE_CONTEXT (type)))
19494 gen_type_die_with_usage (TYPE_CONTEXT (type), context_die, usage);
19496 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type))
19499 /* If that failed, attach ourselves to the stub. */
19500 push_decl_scope (TYPE_CONTEXT (type));
19501 context_die = lookup_type_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type));
19504 else if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type) != NULL_TREE
19505 && (TREE_CODE (TYPE_CONTEXT (type)) == FUNCTION_DECL))
19507 /* If this type is local to a function that hasn't been written
19508 out yet, use a NULL context for now; it will be fixed up in
19509 decls_for_scope. */
19510 context_die = lookup_decl_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type));
19515 context_die = declare_in_namespace (type, context_die);
19519 if (TREE_CODE (type) == ENUMERAL_TYPE)
19521 /* This might have been written out by the call to
19522 declare_in_namespace. */
19523 if (!TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type))
19524 gen_enumeration_type_die (type, context_die);
19527 gen_struct_or_union_type_die (type, context_die, usage);
19532 /* Don't set TREE_ASM_WRITTEN on an incomplete struct; we want to fix
19533 it up if it is ever completed. gen_*_type_die will set it for us
19534 when appropriate. */
19540 case FIXED_POINT_TYPE:
19543 /* No DIEs needed for fundamental types. */
19547 /* Just use DW_TAG_unspecified_type. */
19549 dw_die_ref type_die = lookup_type_die (type);
19550 if (type_die == NULL)
19552 tree name = TYPE_NAME (type);
19553 if (TREE_CODE (name) == TYPE_DECL)
19554 name = DECL_NAME (name);
19555 type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_unspecified_type, comp_unit_die, type);
19556 add_name_attribute (type_die, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (name));
19557 equate_type_number_to_die (type, type_die);
19563 gcc_unreachable ();
19566 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1;
19570 gen_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
19572 gen_type_die_with_usage (type, context_die, DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE);
19575 /* Generate a DW_TAG_lexical_block DIE followed by DIEs to represent all of the
19576 things which are local to the given block. */
19579 gen_block_die (tree stmt, dw_die_ref context_die, int depth)
19581 int must_output_die = 0;
19584 /* Ignore blocks that are NULL. */
19585 if (stmt == NULL_TREE)
19588 inlined_func = inlined_function_outer_scope_p (stmt);
19590 /* If the block is one fragment of a non-contiguous block, do not
19591 process the variables, since they will have been done by the
19592 origin block. Do process subblocks. */
19593 if (BLOCK_FRAGMENT_ORIGIN (stmt))
19597 for (sub = BLOCK_SUBBLOCKS (stmt); sub; sub = BLOCK_CHAIN (sub))
19598 gen_block_die (sub, context_die, depth + 1);
19603 /* Determine if we need to output any Dwarf DIEs at all to represent this
19606 /* The outer scopes for inlinings *must* always be represented. We
19607 generate DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine DIEs for them. (See below.) */
19608 must_output_die = 1;
19611 /* Determine if this block directly contains any "significant"
19612 local declarations which we will need to output DIEs for. */
19613 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
19614 /* We are not in terse mode so *any* local declaration counts
19615 as being a "significant" one. */
19616 must_output_die = ((BLOCK_VARS (stmt) != NULL
19617 || BLOCK_NUM_NONLOCALIZED_VARS (stmt))
19618 && (TREE_USED (stmt)
19619 || TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (stmt)
19620 || BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt)));
19621 else if ((TREE_USED (stmt)
19622 || TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (stmt)
19623 || BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt))
19624 && !dwarf2out_ignore_block (stmt))
19625 must_output_die = 1;
19628 /* It would be a waste of space to generate a Dwarf DW_TAG_lexical_block
19629 DIE for any block which contains no significant local declarations at
19630 all. Rather, in such cases we just call `decls_for_scope' so that any
19631 needed Dwarf info for any sub-blocks will get properly generated. Note
19632 that in terse mode, our definition of what constitutes a "significant"
19633 local declaration gets restricted to include only inlined function
19634 instances and local (nested) function definitions. */
19635 if (must_output_die)
19639 /* If STMT block is abstract, that means we have been called
19640 indirectly from dwarf2out_abstract_function.
19641 That function rightfully marks the descendent blocks (of
19642 the abstract function it is dealing with) as being abstract,
19643 precisely to prevent us from emitting any
19644 DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine DIE as a descendent
19645 of an abstract function instance. So in that case, we should
19646 not call gen_inlined_subroutine_die.
19648 Later though, when cgraph asks dwarf2out to emit info
19649 for the concrete instance of the function decl into which
19650 the concrete instance of STMT got inlined, the later will lead
19651 to the generation of a DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine DIE. */
19652 if (! BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt))
19653 gen_inlined_subroutine_die (stmt, context_die, depth);
19656 gen_lexical_block_die (stmt, context_die, depth);
19659 decls_for_scope (stmt, context_die, depth);
19662 /* Process variable DECL (or variable with origin ORIGIN) within
19663 block STMT and add it to CONTEXT_DIE. */
19665 process_scope_var (tree stmt, tree decl, tree origin, dw_die_ref context_die)
19668 tree decl_or_origin = decl ? decl : origin;
19670 if (TREE_CODE (decl_or_origin) == FUNCTION_DECL)
19671 die = lookup_decl_die (decl_or_origin);
19672 else if (TREE_CODE (decl_or_origin) == TYPE_DECL
19673 && TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl_or_origin))
19674 die = lookup_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl_or_origin));
19678 if (die != NULL && die->die_parent == NULL)
19679 add_child_die (context_die, die);
19680 else if (TREE_CODE (decl_or_origin) == IMPORTED_DECL)
19681 dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl_1 (decl_or_origin, DECL_NAME (decl_or_origin),
19682 stmt, context_die);
19684 gen_decl_die (decl, origin, context_die);
19687 /* Generate all of the decls declared within a given scope and (recursively)
19688 all of its sub-blocks. */
19691 decls_for_scope (tree stmt, dw_die_ref context_die, int depth)
19697 /* Ignore NULL blocks. */
19698 if (stmt == NULL_TREE)
19701 /* Output the DIEs to represent all of the data objects and typedefs
19702 declared directly within this block but not within any nested
19703 sub-blocks. Also, nested function and tag DIEs have been
19704 generated with a parent of NULL; fix that up now. */
19705 for (decl = BLOCK_VARS (stmt); decl != NULL; decl = TREE_CHAIN (decl))
19706 process_scope_var (stmt, decl, NULL_TREE, context_die);
19707 for (i = 0; i < BLOCK_NUM_NONLOCALIZED_VARS (stmt); i++)
19708 process_scope_var (stmt, NULL, BLOCK_NONLOCALIZED_VAR (stmt, i),
19711 /* If we're at -g1, we're not interested in subblocks. */
19712 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
19715 /* Output the DIEs to represent all sub-blocks (and the items declared
19716 therein) of this block. */
19717 for (subblocks = BLOCK_SUBBLOCKS (stmt);
19719 subblocks = BLOCK_CHAIN (subblocks))
19720 gen_block_die (subblocks, context_die, depth + 1);
19723 /* Is this a typedef we can avoid emitting? */
19726 is_redundant_typedef (const_tree decl)
19728 if (TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl))
19731 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl)
19732 && DECL_CONTEXT (decl)
19733 && is_tagged_type (DECL_CONTEXT (decl))
19734 && TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (DECL_CONTEXT (decl))) == TYPE_DECL
19735 && DECL_NAME (decl) == DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (DECL_CONTEXT (decl))))
19736 /* Also ignore the artificial member typedef for the class name. */
19742 /* Returns the DIE for a context. */
19744 static inline dw_die_ref
19745 get_context_die (tree context)
19749 /* Find die that represents this context. */
19750 if (TYPE_P (context))
19751 return force_type_die (TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (context));
19753 return force_decl_die (context);
19755 return comp_unit_die;
19758 /* Returns the DIE for decl. A DIE will always be returned. */
19761 force_decl_die (tree decl)
19763 dw_die_ref decl_die;
19764 unsigned saved_external_flag;
19765 tree save_fn = NULL_TREE;
19766 decl_die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
19769 dw_die_ref context_die = get_context_die (DECL_CONTEXT (decl));
19771 decl_die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
19775 switch (TREE_CODE (decl))
19777 case FUNCTION_DECL:
19778 /* Clear current_function_decl, so that gen_subprogram_die thinks
19779 that this is a declaration. At this point, we just want to force
19780 declaration die. */
19781 save_fn = current_function_decl;
19782 current_function_decl = NULL_TREE;
19783 gen_subprogram_die (decl, context_die);
19784 current_function_decl = save_fn;
19788 /* Set external flag to force declaration die. Restore it after
19789 gen_decl_die() call. */
19790 saved_external_flag = DECL_EXTERNAL (decl);
19791 DECL_EXTERNAL (decl) = 1;
19792 gen_decl_die (decl, NULL, context_die);
19793 DECL_EXTERNAL (decl) = saved_external_flag;
19796 case NAMESPACE_DECL:
19797 if (dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict)
19798 dwarf2out_decl (decl);
19800 /* DWARF2 has neither DW_TAG_module, nor DW_TAG_namespace. */
19801 decl_die = comp_unit_die;
19805 gcc_unreachable ();
19808 /* We should be able to find the DIE now. */
19810 decl_die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
19811 gcc_assert (decl_die);
19817 /* Returns the DIE for TYPE, that must not be a base type. A DIE is
19818 always returned. */
19821 force_type_die (tree type)
19823 dw_die_ref type_die;
19825 type_die = lookup_type_die (type);
19828 dw_die_ref context_die = get_context_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type));
19830 type_die = modified_type_die (type, TYPE_READONLY (type),
19831 TYPE_VOLATILE (type), context_die);
19832 gcc_assert (type_die);
19837 /* Force out any required namespaces to be able to output DECL,
19838 and return the new context_die for it, if it's changed. */
19841 setup_namespace_context (tree thing, dw_die_ref context_die)
19843 tree context = (DECL_P (thing)
19844 ? DECL_CONTEXT (thing) : TYPE_CONTEXT (thing));
19845 if (context && TREE_CODE (context) == NAMESPACE_DECL)
19846 /* Force out the namespace. */
19847 context_die = force_decl_die (context);
19849 return context_die;
19852 /* Emit a declaration DIE for THING (which is either a DECL or a tagged
19853 type) within its namespace, if appropriate.
19855 For compatibility with older debuggers, namespace DIEs only contain
19856 declarations; all definitions are emitted at CU scope. */
19859 declare_in_namespace (tree thing, dw_die_ref context_die)
19861 dw_die_ref ns_context;
19863 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
19864 return context_die;
19866 /* If this decl is from an inlined function, then don't try to emit it in its
19867 namespace, as we will get confused. It would have already been emitted
19868 when the abstract instance of the inline function was emitted anyways. */
19869 if (DECL_P (thing) && DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (thing))
19870 return context_die;
19872 ns_context = setup_namespace_context (thing, context_die);
19874 if (ns_context != context_die)
19878 if (DECL_P (thing))
19879 gen_decl_die (thing, NULL, ns_context);
19881 gen_type_die (thing, ns_context);
19883 return context_die;
19886 /* Generate a DIE for a namespace or namespace alias. */
19889 gen_namespace_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die)
19891 dw_die_ref namespace_die;
19893 /* Namespace aliases have a DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN of the namespace
19894 they are an alias of. */
19895 if (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl) == NULL)
19897 /* Output a real namespace or module. */
19898 context_die = setup_namespace_context (decl, comp_unit_die);
19899 namespace_die = new_die (is_fortran ()
19900 ? DW_TAG_module : DW_TAG_namespace,
19901 context_die, decl);
19902 /* For Fortran modules defined in different CU don't add src coords. */
19903 if (namespace_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_module && DECL_EXTERNAL (decl))
19905 const char *name = dwarf2_name (decl, 0);
19907 add_name_attribute (namespace_die, name);
19910 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (namespace_die, decl);
19911 if (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl))
19912 add_AT_flag (namespace_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
19913 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, namespace_die);
19917 /* Output a namespace alias. */
19919 /* Force out the namespace we are an alias of, if necessary. */
19920 dw_die_ref origin_die
19921 = force_decl_die (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl));
19923 if (DECL_CONTEXT (decl) == NULL_TREE
19924 || TREE_CODE (DECL_CONTEXT (decl)) == NAMESPACE_DECL)
19925 context_die = setup_namespace_context (decl, comp_unit_die);
19926 /* Now create the namespace alias DIE. */
19927 namespace_die = new_die (DW_TAG_imported_declaration, context_die, decl);
19928 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (namespace_die, decl);
19929 add_AT_die_ref (namespace_die, DW_AT_import, origin_die);
19930 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, namespace_die);
19934 /* Generate Dwarf debug information for a decl described by DECL. */
19937 gen_decl_die (tree decl, tree origin, dw_die_ref context_die)
19939 tree decl_or_origin = decl ? decl : origin;
19940 tree class_origin = NULL, ultimate_origin;
19942 if (DECL_P (decl_or_origin) && DECL_IGNORED_P (decl_or_origin))
19945 switch (TREE_CODE (decl_or_origin))
19951 if (!is_fortran ())
19953 /* The individual enumerators of an enum type get output when we output
19954 the Dwarf representation of the relevant enum type itself. */
19958 /* Emit its type. */
19959 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl), context_die);
19961 /* And its containing namespace. */
19962 context_die = declare_in_namespace (decl, context_die);
19964 gen_const_die (decl, context_die);
19967 case FUNCTION_DECL:
19968 /* Don't output any DIEs to represent mere function declarations,
19969 unless they are class members or explicit block externs. */
19970 if (DECL_INITIAL (decl_or_origin) == NULL_TREE
19971 && DECL_CONTEXT (decl_or_origin) == NULL_TREE
19972 && (current_function_decl == NULL_TREE
19973 || DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl_or_origin)))
19978 /* This doesn't work because the C frontend sets DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN
19979 on local redeclarations of global functions. That seems broken. */
19980 if (current_function_decl != decl)
19981 /* This is only a declaration. */;
19984 /* If we're emitting a clone, emit info for the abstract instance. */
19985 if (origin || DECL_ORIGIN (decl) != decl)
19986 dwarf2out_abstract_function (origin
19987 ? DECL_ORIGIN (origin)
19988 : DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl));
19990 /* If we're emitting an out-of-line copy of an inline function,
19991 emit info for the abstract instance and set up to refer to it. */
19992 else if (cgraph_function_possibly_inlined_p (decl)
19993 && ! DECL_ABSTRACT (decl)
19994 && ! class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die)
19995 /* dwarf2out_abstract_function won't emit a die if this is just
19996 a declaration. We must avoid setting DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN in
19997 that case, because that works only if we have a die. */
19998 && DECL_INITIAL (decl) != NULL_TREE)
20000 dwarf2out_abstract_function (decl);
20001 set_decl_origin_self (decl);
20004 /* Otherwise we're emitting the primary DIE for this decl. */
20005 else if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
20007 /* Before we describe the FUNCTION_DECL itself, make sure that we
20008 have described its return type. */
20009 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl)), context_die);
20011 /* And its virtual context. */
20012 if (DECL_VINDEX (decl) != NULL_TREE)
20013 gen_type_die (DECL_CONTEXT (decl), context_die);
20015 /* And its containing type. */
20017 origin = decl_class_context (decl);
20018 if (origin != NULL_TREE)
20019 gen_type_die_for_member (origin, decl, context_die);
20021 /* And its containing namespace. */
20022 context_die = declare_in_namespace (decl, context_die);
20025 /* Now output a DIE to represent the function itself. */
20027 gen_subprogram_die (decl, context_die);
20031 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any
20032 actual typedefs. */
20033 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
20036 /* In the special case of a TYPE_DECL node representing the declaration
20037 of some type tag, if the given TYPE_DECL is marked as having been
20038 instantiated from some other (original) TYPE_DECL node (e.g. one which
20039 was generated within the original definition of an inline function) we
20040 used to generate a special (abbreviated) DW_TAG_structure_type,
20041 DW_TAG_union_type, or DW_TAG_enumeration_type DIE here. But nothing
20042 should be actually referencing those DIEs, as variable DIEs with that
20043 type would be emitted already in the abstract origin, so it was always
20044 removed during unused type prunning. Don't add anything in this
20046 if (TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl) && decl_ultimate_origin (decl) != NULL_TREE)
20049 if (is_redundant_typedef (decl))
20050 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl), context_die);
20052 /* Output a DIE to represent the typedef itself. */
20053 gen_typedef_die (decl, context_die);
20057 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL)
20058 gen_label_die (decl, context_die);
20063 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any
20064 variable declarations or definitions. */
20065 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
20068 /* Output any DIEs that are needed to specify the type of this data
20070 if (decl_by_reference_p (decl_or_origin))
20071 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl_or_origin)), context_die);
20073 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl_or_origin), context_die);
20075 /* And its containing type. */
20076 class_origin = decl_class_context (decl_or_origin);
20077 if (class_origin != NULL_TREE)
20078 gen_type_die_for_member (class_origin, decl_or_origin, context_die);
20080 /* And its containing namespace. */
20081 context_die = declare_in_namespace (decl_or_origin, context_die);
20083 /* Now output the DIE to represent the data object itself. This gets
20084 complicated because of the possibility that the VAR_DECL really
20085 represents an inlined instance of a formal parameter for an inline
20087 ultimate_origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl_or_origin);
20088 if (ultimate_origin != NULL_TREE
20089 && TREE_CODE (ultimate_origin) == PARM_DECL)
20090 gen_formal_parameter_die (decl, origin,
20091 true /* Emit name attribute. */,
20094 gen_variable_die (decl, origin, context_die);
20098 /* Ignore the nameless fields that are used to skip bits but handle C++
20099 anonymous unions and structs. */
20100 if (DECL_NAME (decl) != NULL_TREE
20101 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)) == UNION_TYPE
20102 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)) == RECORD_TYPE)
20104 gen_type_die (member_declared_type (decl), context_die);
20105 gen_field_die (decl, context_die);
20110 if (DECL_BY_REFERENCE (decl_or_origin))
20111 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl_or_origin)), context_die);
20113 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl_or_origin), context_die);
20114 gen_formal_parameter_die (decl, origin,
20115 true /* Emit name attribute. */,
20119 case NAMESPACE_DECL:
20120 case IMPORTED_DECL:
20121 if (dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict)
20122 gen_namespace_die (decl, context_die);
20126 /* Probably some frontend-internal decl. Assume we don't care. */
20127 gcc_assert ((int)TREE_CODE (decl) > NUM_TREE_CODES);
20132 /* Output debug information for global decl DECL. Called from toplev.c after
20133 compilation proper has finished. */
20136 dwarf2out_global_decl (tree decl)
20138 /* Output DWARF2 information for file-scope tentative data object
20139 declarations, file-scope (extern) function declarations (which
20140 had no corresponding body) and file-scope tagged type declarations
20141 and definitions which have not yet been forced out. */
20142 if (TREE_CODE (decl) != FUNCTION_DECL || !DECL_INITIAL (decl))
20143 dwarf2out_decl (decl);
20146 /* Output debug information for type decl DECL. Called from toplev.c
20147 and from language front ends (to record built-in types). */
20149 dwarf2out_type_decl (tree decl, int local)
20152 dwarf2out_decl (decl);
20155 /* Output debug information for imported module or decl DECL.
20156 NAME is non-NULL name in the lexical block if the decl has been renamed.
20157 LEXICAL_BLOCK is the lexical block (which TREE_CODE is a BLOCK)
20158 that DECL belongs to.
20159 LEXICAL_BLOCK_DIE is the DIE of LEXICAL_BLOCK. */
20161 dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl_1 (tree decl,
20163 tree lexical_block,
20164 dw_die_ref lexical_block_die)
20166 expanded_location xloc;
20167 dw_die_ref imported_die = NULL;
20168 dw_die_ref at_import_die;
20170 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == IMPORTED_DECL)
20172 xloc = expand_location (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl));
20173 decl = IMPORTED_DECL_ASSOCIATED_DECL (decl);
20177 xloc = expand_location (input_location);
20179 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == TYPE_DECL || TREE_CODE (decl) == CONST_DECL)
20181 at_import_die = force_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl));
20182 /* For namespace N { typedef void T; } using N::T; base_type_die
20183 returns NULL, but DW_TAG_imported_declaration requires
20184 the DW_AT_import tag. Force creation of DW_TAG_typedef. */
20185 if (!at_import_die)
20187 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl) == TYPE_DECL);
20188 gen_typedef_die (decl, get_context_die (DECL_CONTEXT (decl)));
20189 at_import_die = lookup_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl));
20190 gcc_assert (at_import_die);
20195 at_import_die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
20196 if (!at_import_die)
20198 /* If we're trying to avoid duplicate debug info, we may not have
20199 emitted the member decl for this field. Emit it now. */
20200 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FIELD_DECL)
20202 tree type = DECL_CONTEXT (decl);
20204 if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type)
20205 && TYPE_P (TYPE_CONTEXT (type))
20206 && !should_emit_struct_debug (TYPE_CONTEXT (type),
20207 DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE))
20209 gen_type_die_for_member (type, decl,
20210 get_context_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type)));
20212 at_import_die = force_decl_die (decl);
20216 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == NAMESPACE_DECL)
20218 if (dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict)
20219 imported_die = new_die (DW_TAG_imported_module,
20226 imported_die = new_die (DW_TAG_imported_declaration,
20230 add_AT_file (imported_die, DW_AT_decl_file, lookup_filename (xloc.file));
20231 add_AT_unsigned (imported_die, DW_AT_decl_line, xloc.line);
20233 add_AT_string (imported_die, DW_AT_name,
20234 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (name));
20235 add_AT_die_ref (imported_die, DW_AT_import, at_import_die);
20238 /* Output debug information for imported module or decl DECL.
20239 NAME is non-NULL name in context if the decl has been renamed.
20240 CHILD is true if decl is one of the renamed decls as part of
20241 importing whole module. */
20244 dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl (tree decl, tree name, tree context,
20247 /* dw_die_ref at_import_die; */
20248 dw_die_ref scope_die;
20250 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
20255 /* To emit DW_TAG_imported_module or DW_TAG_imported_decl, we need two DIEs.
20256 We need decl DIE for reference and scope die. First, get DIE for the decl
20259 /* Get the scope die for decl context. Use comp_unit_die for global module
20260 or decl. If die is not found for non globals, force new die. */
20262 && TYPE_P (context)
20263 && !should_emit_struct_debug (context, DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE))
20266 if (!(dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict))
20269 scope_die = get_context_die (context);
20273 gcc_assert (scope_die->die_child);
20274 gcc_assert (scope_die->die_child->die_tag == DW_TAG_imported_module);
20275 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl) != NAMESPACE_DECL);
20276 scope_die = scope_die->die_child;
20279 /* OK, now we have DIEs for decl as well as scope. Emit imported die. */
20280 dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl_1 (decl, name, context, scope_die);
20284 /* Write the debugging output for DECL. */
20287 dwarf2out_decl (tree decl)
20289 dw_die_ref context_die = comp_unit_die;
20291 switch (TREE_CODE (decl))
20296 case FUNCTION_DECL:
20297 /* What we would really like to do here is to filter out all mere
20298 file-scope declarations of file-scope functions which are never
20299 referenced later within this translation unit (and keep all of ones
20300 that *are* referenced later on) but we aren't clairvoyant, so we have
20301 no idea which functions will be referenced in the future (i.e. later
20302 on within the current translation unit). So here we just ignore all
20303 file-scope function declarations which are not also definitions. If
20304 and when the debugger needs to know something about these functions,
20305 it will have to hunt around and find the DWARF information associated
20306 with the definition of the function.
20308 We can't just check DECL_EXTERNAL to find out which FUNCTION_DECL
20309 nodes represent definitions and which ones represent mere
20310 declarations. We have to check DECL_INITIAL instead. That's because
20311 the C front-end supports some weird semantics for "extern inline"
20312 function definitions. These can get inlined within the current
20313 translation unit (and thus, we need to generate Dwarf info for their
20314 abstract instances so that the Dwarf info for the concrete inlined
20315 instances can have something to refer to) but the compiler never
20316 generates any out-of-lines instances of such things (despite the fact
20317 that they *are* definitions).
20319 The important point is that the C front-end marks these "extern
20320 inline" functions as DECL_EXTERNAL, but we need to generate DWARF for
20321 them anyway. Note that the C++ front-end also plays some similar games
20322 for inline function definitions appearing within include files which
20323 also contain `#pragma interface' pragmas. */
20324 if (DECL_INITIAL (decl) == NULL_TREE)
20327 /* If we're a nested function, initially use a parent of NULL; if we're
20328 a plain function, this will be fixed up in decls_for_scope. If
20329 we're a method, it will be ignored, since we already have a DIE. */
20330 if (decl_function_context (decl)
20331 /* But if we're in terse mode, we don't care about scope. */
20332 && debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
20333 context_die = NULL;
20337 /* Ignore this VAR_DECL if it refers to a file-scope extern data object
20338 declaration and if the declaration was never even referenced from
20339 within this entire compilation unit. We suppress these DIEs in
20340 order to save space in the .debug section (by eliminating entries
20341 which are probably useless). Note that we must not suppress
20342 block-local extern declarations (whether used or not) because that
20343 would screw-up the debugger's name lookup mechanism and cause it to
20344 miss things which really ought to be in scope at a given point. */
20345 if (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl) && !TREE_USED (decl))
20348 /* For local statics lookup proper context die. */
20349 if (TREE_STATIC (decl) && decl_function_context (decl))
20350 context_die = lookup_decl_die (DECL_CONTEXT (decl));
20352 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any
20353 variable declarations or definitions. */
20354 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
20359 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
20361 if (!is_fortran ())
20363 if (TREE_STATIC (decl) && decl_function_context (decl))
20364 context_die = lookup_decl_die (DECL_CONTEXT (decl));
20367 case NAMESPACE_DECL:
20368 case IMPORTED_DECL:
20369 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
20371 if (lookup_decl_die (decl) != NULL)
20376 /* Don't emit stubs for types unless they are needed by other DIEs. */
20377 if (TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (decl))
20380 /* Don't bother trying to generate any DIEs to represent any of the
20381 normal built-in types for the language we are compiling. */
20382 if (DECL_IS_BUILTIN (decl))
20384 /* OK, we need to generate one for `bool' so GDB knows what type
20385 comparisons have. */
20387 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)) == BOOLEAN_TYPE
20388 && ! DECL_IGNORED_P (decl))
20389 modified_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl), 0, 0, NULL);
20394 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs for types. */
20395 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
20398 /* If we're a function-scope tag, initially use a parent of NULL;
20399 this will be fixed up in decls_for_scope. */
20400 if (decl_function_context (decl))
20401 context_die = NULL;
20409 gen_decl_die (decl, NULL, context_die);
20412 /* Write the debugging output for DECL. */
20415 dwarf2out_function_decl (tree decl)
20417 dwarf2out_decl (decl);
20419 htab_empty (decl_loc_table);
20422 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the beginning of the generated code for
20423 a lexical block. */
20426 dwarf2out_begin_block (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
20427 unsigned int blocknum)
20429 switch_to_section (current_function_section ());
20430 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL, blocknum);
20433 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the end of the generated code for a
20437 dwarf2out_end_block (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, unsigned int blocknum)
20439 switch_to_section (current_function_section ());
20440 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file, BLOCK_END_LABEL, blocknum);
20443 /* Returns nonzero if it is appropriate not to emit any debugging
20444 information for BLOCK, because it doesn't contain any instructions.
20446 Don't allow this for blocks with nested functions or local classes
20447 as we would end up with orphans, and in the presence of scheduling
20448 we may end up calling them anyway. */
20451 dwarf2out_ignore_block (const_tree block)
20456 for (decl = BLOCK_VARS (block); decl; decl = TREE_CHAIN (decl))
20457 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL
20458 || (TREE_CODE (decl) == TYPE_DECL && TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl)))
20460 for (i = 0; i < BLOCK_NUM_NONLOCALIZED_VARS (block); i++)
20462 decl = BLOCK_NONLOCALIZED_VAR (block, i);
20463 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL
20464 || (TREE_CODE (decl) == TYPE_DECL && TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl)))
20471 /* Hash table routines for file_hash. */
20474 file_table_eq (const void *p1_p, const void *p2_p)
20476 const struct dwarf_file_data *const p1 =
20477 (const struct dwarf_file_data *) p1_p;
20478 const char *const p2 = (const char *) p2_p;
20479 return strcmp (p1->filename, p2) == 0;
20483 file_table_hash (const void *p_p)
20485 const struct dwarf_file_data *const p = (const struct dwarf_file_data *) p_p;
20486 return htab_hash_string (p->filename);
20489 /* Lookup FILE_NAME (in the list of filenames that we know about here in
20490 dwarf2out.c) and return its "index". The index of each (known) filename is
20491 just a unique number which is associated with only that one filename. We
20492 need such numbers for the sake of generating labels (in the .debug_sfnames
20493 section) and references to those files numbers (in the .debug_srcinfo
20494 and.debug_macinfo sections). If the filename given as an argument is not
20495 found in our current list, add it to the list and assign it the next
20496 available unique index number. In order to speed up searches, we remember
20497 the index of the filename was looked up last. This handles the majority of
20500 static struct dwarf_file_data *
20501 lookup_filename (const char *file_name)
20504 struct dwarf_file_data * created;
20506 /* Check to see if the file name that was searched on the previous
20507 call matches this file name. If so, return the index. */
20508 if (file_table_last_lookup
20509 && (file_name == file_table_last_lookup->filename
20510 || strcmp (file_table_last_lookup->filename, file_name) == 0))
20511 return file_table_last_lookup;
20513 /* Didn't match the previous lookup, search the table. */
20514 slot = htab_find_slot_with_hash (file_table, file_name,
20515 htab_hash_string (file_name), INSERT);
20517 return (struct dwarf_file_data *) *slot;
20519 created = GGC_NEW (struct dwarf_file_data);
20520 created->filename = file_name;
20521 created->emitted_number = 0;
20526 /* If the assembler will construct the file table, then translate the compiler
20527 internal file table number into the assembler file table number, and emit
20528 a .file directive if we haven't already emitted one yet. The file table
20529 numbers are different because we prune debug info for unused variables and
20530 types, which may include filenames. */
20533 maybe_emit_file (struct dwarf_file_data * fd)
20535 if (! fd->emitted_number)
20537 if (last_emitted_file)
20538 fd->emitted_number = last_emitted_file->emitted_number + 1;
20540 fd->emitted_number = 1;
20541 last_emitted_file = fd;
20543 if (DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO)
20545 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.file %u ", fd->emitted_number);
20546 output_quoted_string (asm_out_file,
20547 remap_debug_filename (fd->filename));
20548 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
20552 return fd->emitted_number;
20555 /* Schedule generation of a DW_AT_const_value attribute to DIE.
20556 That generation should happen after function debug info has been
20557 generated. The value of the attribute is the constant value of ARG. */
20560 append_entry_to_tmpl_value_parm_die_table (dw_die_ref die, tree arg)
20562 die_arg_entry entry;
20567 if (!tmpl_value_parm_die_table)
20568 tmpl_value_parm_die_table
20569 = VEC_alloc (die_arg_entry, gc, 32);
20573 VEC_safe_push (die_arg_entry, gc,
20574 tmpl_value_parm_die_table,
20578 /* Add a DW_AT_const_value attribute to DIEs that were scheduled
20579 by append_entry_to_tmpl_value_parm_die_table. This function must
20580 be called after function DIEs have been generated. */
20583 gen_remaining_tmpl_value_param_die_attribute (void)
20585 if (tmpl_value_parm_die_table)
20591 VEC_iterate (die_arg_entry, tmpl_value_parm_die_table, i, e);
20593 tree_add_const_value_attribute (e->die, e->arg);
20598 /* Replace DW_AT_name for the decl with name. */
20601 dwarf2out_set_name (tree decl, tree name)
20607 die = TYPE_SYMTAB_DIE (decl);
20611 dname = dwarf2_name (name, 0);
20615 attr = get_AT (die, DW_AT_name);
20618 struct indirect_string_node *node;
20620 node = find_AT_string (dname);
20621 /* replace the string. */
20622 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_str = node;
20626 add_name_attribute (die, dname);
20629 /* Called by the final INSN scan whenever we see a direct function call.
20630 Make an entry into the direct call table, recording the point of call
20631 and a reference to the target function's debug entry. */
20634 dwarf2out_direct_call (tree targ)
20637 tree origin = decl_ultimate_origin (targ);
20639 /* If this is a clone, use the abstract origin as the target. */
20643 e.poc_label_num = poc_label_num++;
20644 e.poc_decl = current_function_decl;
20645 e.targ_die = force_decl_die (targ);
20646 VEC_safe_push (dcall_entry, gc, dcall_table, &e);
20648 /* Drop a label at the return point to mark the point of call. */
20649 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file, "LPOC", e.poc_label_num);
20652 /* Returns a hash value for X (which really is a struct vcall_insn). */
20655 vcall_insn_table_hash (const void *x)
20657 return (hashval_t) ((const struct vcall_insn *) x)->insn_uid;
20660 /* Return nonzero if insn_uid of struct vcall_insn *X is the same as
20661 insnd_uid of *Y. */
20664 vcall_insn_table_eq (const void *x, const void *y)
20666 return (((const struct vcall_insn *) x)->insn_uid
20667 == ((const struct vcall_insn *) y)->insn_uid);
20670 /* Associate VTABLE_SLOT with INSN_UID in the VCALL_INSN_TABLE. */
20673 store_vcall_insn (unsigned int vtable_slot, int insn_uid)
20675 struct vcall_insn *item = GGC_NEW (struct vcall_insn);
20676 struct vcall_insn **slot;
20679 item->insn_uid = insn_uid;
20680 item->vtable_slot = vtable_slot;
20681 slot = (struct vcall_insn **)
20682 htab_find_slot_with_hash (vcall_insn_table, &item,
20683 (hashval_t) insn_uid, INSERT);
20687 /* Return the VTABLE_SLOT associated with INSN_UID. */
20689 static unsigned int
20690 lookup_vcall_insn (unsigned int insn_uid)
20692 struct vcall_insn item;
20693 struct vcall_insn *p;
20695 item.insn_uid = insn_uid;
20696 item.vtable_slot = 0;
20697 p = (struct vcall_insn *) htab_find_with_hash (vcall_insn_table,
20699 (hashval_t) insn_uid);
20701 return (unsigned int) -1;
20702 return p->vtable_slot;
20706 /* Called when lowering indirect calls to RTL. We make a note of INSN_UID
20707 and the OBJ_TYPE_REF_TOKEN from ADDR. For C++ virtual calls, the token
20708 is the vtable slot index that we will need to put in the virtual call
20712 dwarf2out_virtual_call_token (tree addr, int insn_uid)
20714 if (is_cxx() && TREE_CODE (addr) == OBJ_TYPE_REF)
20716 tree token = OBJ_TYPE_REF_TOKEN (addr);
20717 if (TREE_CODE (token) == INTEGER_CST)
20718 store_vcall_insn (TREE_INT_CST_LOW (token), insn_uid);
20722 /* Called when scheduling RTL, when a CALL_INSN is split. Copies the
20723 OBJ_TYPE_REF_TOKEN previously associated with OLD_INSN and associates it
20727 dwarf2out_copy_call_info (rtx old_insn, rtx new_insn)
20729 unsigned int vtable_slot = lookup_vcall_insn (INSN_UID (old_insn));
20731 if (vtable_slot != (unsigned int) -1)
20732 store_vcall_insn (vtable_slot, INSN_UID (new_insn));
20735 /* Called by the final INSN scan whenever we see a virtual function call.
20736 Make an entry into the virtual call table, recording the point of call
20737 and the slot index of the vtable entry used to call the virtual member
20738 function. The slot index was associated with the INSN_UID during the
20739 lowering to RTL. */
20742 dwarf2out_virtual_call (int insn_uid)
20744 unsigned int vtable_slot = lookup_vcall_insn (insn_uid);
20747 if (vtable_slot == (unsigned int) -1)
20750 e.poc_label_num = poc_label_num++;
20751 e.vtable_slot = vtable_slot;
20752 VEC_safe_push (vcall_entry, gc, vcall_table, &e);
20754 /* Drop a label at the return point to mark the point of call. */
20755 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file, "LPOC", e.poc_label_num);
20758 /* Called by the final INSN scan whenever we see a var location. We
20759 use it to drop labels in the right places, and throw the location in
20760 our lookup table. */
20763 dwarf2out_var_location (rtx loc_note)
20765 char loclabel[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES + 2];
20766 struct var_loc_node *newloc;
20768 static const char *last_label;
20769 static const char *last_postcall_label;
20770 static bool last_in_cold_section_p;
20773 if (!DECL_P (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_DECL (loc_note)))
20776 next_real = next_real_insn (loc_note);
20777 /* If there are no instructions which would be affected by this note,
20778 don't do anything. */
20779 if (next_real == NULL_RTX)
20782 /* If there were any real insns between note we processed last time
20783 and this note (or if it is the first note), clear
20784 last_{,postcall_}label so that they are not reused this time. */
20785 if (last_var_location_insn == NULL_RTX
20786 || last_var_location_insn != next_real
20787 || last_in_cold_section_p != in_cold_section_p)
20790 last_postcall_label = NULL;
20793 decl = NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_DECL (loc_note);
20794 newloc = add_var_loc_to_decl (decl, loc_note,
20795 NOTE_DURING_CALL_P (loc_note)
20796 ? last_postcall_label : last_label);
20797 if (newloc == NULL)
20800 /* If there were no real insns between note we processed last time
20801 and this note, use the label we emitted last time. Otherwise
20802 create a new label and emit it. */
20803 if (last_label == NULL)
20805 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (loclabel, "LVL", loclabel_num);
20806 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file, "LVL", loclabel_num);
20808 last_label = ggc_strdup (loclabel);
20811 if (!NOTE_DURING_CALL_P (loc_note))
20812 newloc->label = last_label;
20815 if (!last_postcall_label)
20817 sprintf (loclabel, "%s-1", last_label);
20818 last_postcall_label = ggc_strdup (loclabel);
20820 newloc->label = last_postcall_label;
20823 last_var_location_insn = next_real;
20824 last_in_cold_section_p = in_cold_section_p;
20827 /* We need to reset the locations at the beginning of each
20828 function. We can't do this in the end_function hook, because the
20829 declarations that use the locations won't have been output when
20830 that hook is called. Also compute have_multiple_function_sections here. */
20833 dwarf2out_begin_function (tree fun)
20835 if (function_section (fun) != text_section)
20836 have_multiple_function_sections = true;
20838 dwarf2out_note_section_used ();
20841 /* Output a label to mark the beginning of a source code line entry
20842 and record information relating to this source line, in
20843 'line_info_table' for later output of the .debug_line section. */
20846 dwarf2out_source_line (unsigned int line, const char *filename,
20847 int discriminator, bool is_stmt)
20849 static bool last_is_stmt = true;
20851 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL
20854 int file_num = maybe_emit_file (lookup_filename (filename));
20856 switch_to_section (current_function_section ());
20858 /* If requested, emit something human-readable. */
20859 if (flag_debug_asm)
20860 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s %s:%d\n", ASM_COMMENT_START,
20863 if (DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO)
20865 /* Emit the .loc directive understood by GNU as. */
20866 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.loc %d %d 0", file_num, line);
20867 if (is_stmt != last_is_stmt)
20869 fprintf (asm_out_file, " is_stmt %d", is_stmt ? 1 : 0);
20870 last_is_stmt = is_stmt;
20872 if (SUPPORTS_DISCRIMINATOR && discriminator != 0)
20873 fprintf (asm_out_file, " discriminator %d", discriminator);
20874 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
20876 /* Indicate that line number info exists. */
20877 line_info_table_in_use++;
20879 else if (function_section (current_function_decl) != text_section)
20881 dw_separate_line_info_ref line_info;
20882 targetm.asm_out.internal_label (asm_out_file,
20883 SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL,
20884 separate_line_info_table_in_use);
20886 /* Expand the line info table if necessary. */
20887 if (separate_line_info_table_in_use
20888 == separate_line_info_table_allocated)
20890 separate_line_info_table_allocated += LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT;
20891 separate_line_info_table
20892 = GGC_RESIZEVEC (dw_separate_line_info_entry,
20893 separate_line_info_table,
20894 separate_line_info_table_allocated);
20895 memset (separate_line_info_table
20896 + separate_line_info_table_in_use,
20898 (LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT
20899 * sizeof (dw_separate_line_info_entry)));
20902 /* Add the new entry at the end of the line_info_table. */
20904 = &separate_line_info_table[separate_line_info_table_in_use++];
20905 line_info->dw_file_num = file_num;
20906 line_info->dw_line_num = line;
20907 line_info->function = current_function_funcdef_no;
20911 dw_line_info_ref line_info;
20913 targetm.asm_out.internal_label (asm_out_file, LINE_CODE_LABEL,
20914 line_info_table_in_use);
20916 /* Expand the line info table if necessary. */
20917 if (line_info_table_in_use == line_info_table_allocated)
20919 line_info_table_allocated += LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT;
20921 = GGC_RESIZEVEC (dw_line_info_entry, line_info_table,
20922 line_info_table_allocated);
20923 memset (line_info_table + line_info_table_in_use, 0,
20924 LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT * sizeof (dw_line_info_entry));
20927 /* Add the new entry at the end of the line_info_table. */
20928 line_info = &line_info_table[line_info_table_in_use++];
20929 line_info->dw_file_num = file_num;
20930 line_info->dw_line_num = line;
20935 /* Record the beginning of a new source file. */
20938 dwarf2out_start_source_file (unsigned int lineno, const char *filename)
20940 if (flag_eliminate_dwarf2_dups && dwarf_version < 4)
20942 /* Record the beginning of the file for break_out_includes. */
20943 dw_die_ref bincl_die;
20945 bincl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL, comp_unit_die, NULL);
20946 add_AT_string (bincl_die, DW_AT_name, remap_debug_filename (filename));
20949 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
20951 int file_num = maybe_emit_file (lookup_filename (filename));
20953 switch_to_section (debug_macinfo_section);
20954 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_start_file, "Start new file");
20955 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (lineno, "Included from line number %d",
20958 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (file_num, "file %s", filename);
20962 /* Record the end of a source file. */
20965 dwarf2out_end_source_file (unsigned int lineno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
20967 if (flag_eliminate_dwarf2_dups && dwarf_version < 4)
20968 /* Record the end of the file for break_out_includes. */
20969 new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL, comp_unit_die, NULL);
20971 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
20973 switch_to_section (debug_macinfo_section);
20974 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_end_file, "End file");
20978 /* Called from debug_define in toplev.c. The `buffer' parameter contains
20979 the tail part of the directive line, i.e. the part which is past the
20980 initial whitespace, #, whitespace, directive-name, whitespace part. */
20983 dwarf2out_define (unsigned int lineno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
20984 const char *buffer ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
20986 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
20988 switch_to_section (debug_macinfo_section);
20989 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_define, "Define macro");
20990 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (lineno, "At line number %d", lineno);
20991 dw2_asm_output_nstring (buffer, -1, "The macro");
20995 /* Called from debug_undef in toplev.c. The `buffer' parameter contains
20996 the tail part of the directive line, i.e. the part which is past the
20997 initial whitespace, #, whitespace, directive-name, whitespace part. */
21000 dwarf2out_undef (unsigned int lineno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
21001 const char *buffer ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
21003 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
21005 switch_to_section (debug_macinfo_section);
21006 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_undef, "Undefine macro");
21007 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (lineno, "At line number %d", lineno);
21008 dw2_asm_output_nstring (buffer, -1, "The macro");
21012 /* Set up for Dwarf output at the start of compilation. */
21015 dwarf2out_init (const char *filename ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
21017 /* Allocate the file_table. */
21018 file_table = htab_create_ggc (50, file_table_hash,
21019 file_table_eq, NULL);
21021 /* Allocate the decl_die_table. */
21022 decl_die_table = htab_create_ggc (10, decl_die_table_hash,
21023 decl_die_table_eq, NULL);
21025 /* Allocate the decl_loc_table. */
21026 decl_loc_table = htab_create_ggc (10, decl_loc_table_hash,
21027 decl_loc_table_eq, NULL);
21029 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the decl_scope_table. */
21030 decl_scope_table = VEC_alloc (tree, gc, 256);
21032 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the abbrev_die_table. */
21033 abbrev_die_table = GGC_CNEWVEC (dw_die_ref, ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT);
21034 abbrev_die_table_allocated = ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
21035 /* Zero-th entry is allocated, but unused. */
21036 abbrev_die_table_in_use = 1;
21038 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the line_info_table. */
21039 line_info_table = GGC_CNEWVEC (dw_line_info_entry, LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT);
21040 line_info_table_allocated = LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT;
21042 /* Zero-th entry is allocated, but unused. */
21043 line_info_table_in_use = 1;
21045 /* Allocate the pubtypes and pubnames vectors. */
21046 pubname_table = VEC_alloc (pubname_entry, gc, 32);
21047 pubtype_table = VEC_alloc (pubname_entry, gc, 32);
21049 /* Allocate the table that maps insn UIDs to vtable slot indexes. */
21050 vcall_insn_table = htab_create_ggc (10, vcall_insn_table_hash,
21051 vcall_insn_table_eq, NULL);
21053 /* Generate the initial DIE for the .debug section. Note that the (string)
21054 value given in the DW_AT_name attribute of the DW_TAG_compile_unit DIE
21055 will (typically) be a relative pathname and that this pathname should be
21056 taken as being relative to the directory from which the compiler was
21057 invoked when the given (base) source file was compiled. We will fill
21058 in this value in dwarf2out_finish. */
21059 comp_unit_die = gen_compile_unit_die (NULL);
21061 incomplete_types = VEC_alloc (tree, gc, 64);
21063 used_rtx_array = VEC_alloc (rtx, gc, 32);
21065 debug_info_section = get_section (DEBUG_INFO_SECTION,
21066 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
21067 debug_abbrev_section = get_section (DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION,
21068 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
21069 debug_aranges_section = get_section (DEBUG_ARANGES_SECTION,
21070 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
21071 debug_macinfo_section = get_section (DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION,
21072 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
21073 debug_line_section = get_section (DEBUG_LINE_SECTION,
21074 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
21075 debug_loc_section = get_section (DEBUG_LOC_SECTION,
21076 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
21077 debug_pubnames_section = get_section (DEBUG_PUBNAMES_SECTION,
21078 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
21079 debug_pubtypes_section = get_section (DEBUG_PUBTYPES_SECTION,
21080 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
21081 debug_dcall_section = get_section (DEBUG_DCALL_SECTION,
21082 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
21083 debug_vcall_section = get_section (DEBUG_VCALL_SECTION,
21084 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
21085 debug_str_section = get_section (DEBUG_STR_SECTION,
21086 DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS, NULL);
21087 debug_ranges_section = get_section (DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION,
21088 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
21089 debug_frame_section = get_section (DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION,
21090 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
21092 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (text_end_label, TEXT_END_LABEL, 0);
21093 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (abbrev_section_label,
21094 DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
21095 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (text_section_label, TEXT_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
21096 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (cold_text_section_label,
21097 COLD_TEXT_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
21098 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (cold_end_label, COLD_END_LABEL, 0);
21100 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (debug_info_section_label,
21101 DEBUG_INFO_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
21102 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (debug_line_section_label,
21103 DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
21104 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (ranges_section_label,
21105 DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
21106 switch_to_section (debug_abbrev_section);
21107 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, abbrev_section_label);
21108 switch_to_section (debug_info_section);
21109 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, debug_info_section_label);
21110 switch_to_section (debug_line_section);
21111 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, debug_line_section_label);
21113 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
21115 switch_to_section (debug_macinfo_section);
21116 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (macinfo_section_label,
21117 DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
21118 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, macinfo_section_label);
21121 switch_to_section (text_section);
21122 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, text_section_label);
21123 if (flag_reorder_blocks_and_partition)
21125 cold_text_section = unlikely_text_section ();
21126 switch_to_section (cold_text_section);
21127 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, cold_text_section_label);
21132 /* Called before cgraph_optimize starts outputtting functions, variables
21133 and toplevel asms into assembly. */
21136 dwarf2out_assembly_start (void)
21138 if (HAVE_GAS_CFI_SECTIONS_DIRECTIVE && dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ())
21140 #ifndef TARGET_UNWIND_INFO
21141 if (USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS || (!flag_unwind_tables && !flag_exceptions))
21143 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_sections\t.debug_frame\n");
21147 /* A helper function for dwarf2out_finish called through
21148 htab_traverse. Emit one queued .debug_str string. */
21151 output_indirect_string (void **h, void *v ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
21153 struct indirect_string_node *node = (struct indirect_string_node *) *h;
21155 if (node->label && node->refcount)
21157 switch_to_section (debug_str_section);
21158 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, node->label);
21159 assemble_string (node->str, strlen (node->str) + 1);
21165 #if ENABLE_ASSERT_CHECKING
21166 /* Verify that all marks are clear. */
21169 verify_marks_clear (dw_die_ref die)
21173 gcc_assert (! die->die_mark);
21174 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, verify_marks_clear (c));
21176 #endif /* ENABLE_ASSERT_CHECKING */
21178 /* Clear the marks for a die and its children.
21179 Be cool if the mark isn't set. */
21182 prune_unmark_dies (dw_die_ref die)
21188 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, prune_unmark_dies (c));
21191 /* Given DIE that we're marking as used, find any other dies
21192 it references as attributes and mark them as used. */
21195 prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (dw_die_ref die)
21200 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
21202 if (a->dw_attr_val.val_class == dw_val_class_die_ref)
21204 /* A reference to another DIE.
21205 Make sure that it will get emitted.
21206 If it was broken out into a comdat group, don't follow it. */
21207 if (dwarf_version < 4
21208 || a->dw_attr == DW_AT_specification
21209 || a->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.die->die_id.die_type_node == NULL)
21210 prune_unused_types_mark (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.die, 1);
21212 /* Set the string's refcount to 0 so that prune_unused_types_mark
21213 accounts properly for it. */
21214 if (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_str)
21215 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str->refcount = 0;
21220 /* Mark DIE as being used. If DOKIDS is true, then walk down
21221 to DIE's children. */
21224 prune_unused_types_mark (dw_die_ref die, int dokids)
21228 if (die->die_mark == 0)
21230 /* We haven't done this node yet. Mark it as used. */
21233 /* We also have to mark its parents as used.
21234 (But we don't want to mark our parents' kids due to this.) */
21235 if (die->die_parent)
21236 prune_unused_types_mark (die->die_parent, 0);
21238 /* Mark any referenced nodes. */
21239 prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (die);
21241 /* If this node is a specification,
21242 also mark the definition, if it exists. */
21243 if (get_AT_flag (die, DW_AT_declaration) && die->die_definition)
21244 prune_unused_types_mark (die->die_definition, 1);
21247 if (dokids && die->die_mark != 2)
21249 /* We need to walk the children, but haven't done so yet.
21250 Remember that we've walked the kids. */
21253 /* If this is an array type, we need to make sure our
21254 kids get marked, even if they're types. If we're
21255 breaking out types into comdat sections, do this
21256 for all type definitions. */
21257 if (die->die_tag == DW_TAG_array_type
21258 || (dwarf_version >= 4
21259 && is_type_die (die) && ! is_declaration_die (die)))
21260 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, prune_unused_types_mark (c, 1));
21262 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, prune_unused_types_walk (c));
21266 /* For local classes, look if any static member functions were emitted
21267 and if so, mark them. */
21270 prune_unused_types_walk_local_classes (dw_die_ref die)
21274 if (die->die_mark == 2)
21277 switch (die->die_tag)
21279 case DW_TAG_structure_type:
21280 case DW_TAG_union_type:
21281 case DW_TAG_class_type:
21284 case DW_TAG_subprogram:
21285 if (!get_AT_flag (die, DW_AT_declaration)
21286 || die->die_definition != NULL)
21287 prune_unused_types_mark (die, 1);
21294 /* Mark children. */
21295 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, prune_unused_types_walk_local_classes (c));
21298 /* Walk the tree DIE and mark types that we actually use. */
21301 prune_unused_types_walk (dw_die_ref die)
21305 /* Don't do anything if this node is already marked and
21306 children have been marked as well. */
21307 if (die->die_mark == 2)
21310 switch (die->die_tag)
21312 case DW_TAG_structure_type:
21313 case DW_TAG_union_type:
21314 case DW_TAG_class_type:
21315 if (die->die_perennial_p)
21318 for (c = die->die_parent; c; c = c->die_parent)
21319 if (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_subprogram)
21322 /* Finding used static member functions inside of classes
21323 is needed just for local classes, because for other classes
21324 static member function DIEs with DW_AT_specification
21325 are emitted outside of the DW_TAG_*_type. If we ever change
21326 it, we'd need to call this even for non-local classes. */
21328 prune_unused_types_walk_local_classes (die);
21330 /* It's a type node --- don't mark it. */
21333 case DW_TAG_const_type:
21334 case DW_TAG_packed_type:
21335 case DW_TAG_pointer_type:
21336 case DW_TAG_reference_type:
21337 case DW_TAG_rvalue_reference_type:
21338 case DW_TAG_volatile_type:
21339 case DW_TAG_typedef:
21340 case DW_TAG_array_type:
21341 case DW_TAG_interface_type:
21342 case DW_TAG_friend:
21343 case DW_TAG_variant_part:
21344 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type:
21345 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type:
21346 case DW_TAG_string_type:
21347 case DW_TAG_set_type:
21348 case DW_TAG_subrange_type:
21349 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type:
21350 case DW_TAG_file_type:
21351 if (die->die_perennial_p)
21354 /* It's a type node --- don't mark it. */
21358 /* Mark everything else. */
21362 if (die->die_mark == 0)
21366 /* Now, mark any dies referenced from here. */
21367 prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (die);
21372 /* Mark children. */
21373 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, prune_unused_types_walk (c));
21376 /* Increment the string counts on strings referred to from DIE's
21380 prune_unused_types_update_strings (dw_die_ref die)
21385 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
21386 if (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_str)
21388 struct indirect_string_node *s = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str;
21390 /* Avoid unnecessarily putting strings that are used less than
21391 twice in the hash table. */
21393 == ((DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS & SECTION_MERGE) ? 1 : 2))
21396 slot = htab_find_slot_with_hash (debug_str_hash, s->str,
21397 htab_hash_string (s->str),
21399 gcc_assert (*slot == NULL);
21405 /* Remove from the tree DIE any dies that aren't marked. */
21408 prune_unused_types_prune (dw_die_ref die)
21412 gcc_assert (die->die_mark);
21413 prune_unused_types_update_strings (die);
21415 if (! die->die_child)
21418 c = die->die_child;
21420 dw_die_ref prev = c;
21421 for (c = c->die_sib; ! c->die_mark; c = c->die_sib)
21422 if (c == die->die_child)
21424 /* No marked children between 'prev' and the end of the list. */
21426 /* No marked children at all. */
21427 die->die_child = NULL;
21430 prev->die_sib = c->die_sib;
21431 die->die_child = prev;
21436 if (c != prev->die_sib)
21438 prune_unused_types_prune (c);
21439 } while (c != die->die_child);
21442 /* A helper function for dwarf2out_finish called through
21443 htab_traverse. Clear .debug_str strings that we haven't already
21444 decided to emit. */
21447 prune_indirect_string (void **h, void *v ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
21449 struct indirect_string_node *node = (struct indirect_string_node *) *h;
21451 if (!node->label || !node->refcount)
21452 htab_clear_slot (debug_str_hash, h);
21457 /* Remove dies representing declarations that we never use. */
21460 prune_unused_types (void)
21463 limbo_die_node *node;
21464 comdat_type_node *ctnode;
21466 dcall_entry *dcall;
21468 #if ENABLE_ASSERT_CHECKING
21469 /* All the marks should already be clear. */
21470 verify_marks_clear (comp_unit_die);
21471 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = node->next)
21472 verify_marks_clear (node->die);
21473 for (ctnode = comdat_type_list; ctnode; ctnode = ctnode->next)
21474 verify_marks_clear (ctnode->root_die);
21475 #endif /* ENABLE_ASSERT_CHECKING */
21477 /* Mark types that are used in global variables. */
21478 premark_types_used_by_global_vars ();
21480 /* Set the mark on nodes that are actually used. */
21481 prune_unused_types_walk (comp_unit_die);
21482 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = node->next)
21483 prune_unused_types_walk (node->die);
21484 for (ctnode = comdat_type_list; ctnode; ctnode = ctnode->next)
21486 prune_unused_types_walk (ctnode->root_die);
21487 prune_unused_types_mark (ctnode->type_die, 1);
21490 /* Also set the mark on nodes referenced from the
21491 pubname_table or arange_table. */
21492 for (i = 0; VEC_iterate (pubname_entry, pubname_table, i, pub); i++)
21493 prune_unused_types_mark (pub->die, 1);
21494 for (i = 0; i < arange_table_in_use; i++)
21495 prune_unused_types_mark (arange_table[i], 1);
21497 /* Mark nodes referenced from the direct call table. */
21498 for (i = 0; VEC_iterate (dcall_entry, dcall_table, i, dcall); i++)
21499 prune_unused_types_mark (dcall->targ_die, 1);
21501 /* Get rid of nodes that aren't marked; and update the string counts. */
21502 if (debug_str_hash && debug_str_hash_forced)
21503 htab_traverse (debug_str_hash, prune_indirect_string, NULL);
21504 else if (debug_str_hash)
21505 htab_empty (debug_str_hash);
21506 prune_unused_types_prune (comp_unit_die);
21507 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = node->next)
21508 prune_unused_types_prune (node->die);
21509 for (ctnode = comdat_type_list; ctnode; ctnode = ctnode->next)
21510 prune_unused_types_prune (ctnode->root_die);
21512 /* Leave the marks clear. */
21513 prune_unmark_dies (comp_unit_die);
21514 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = node->next)
21515 prune_unmark_dies (node->die);
21516 for (ctnode = comdat_type_list; ctnode; ctnode = ctnode->next)
21517 prune_unmark_dies (ctnode->root_die);
21520 /* Set the parameter to true if there are any relative pathnames in
21523 file_table_relative_p (void ** slot, void *param)
21525 bool *p = (bool *) param;
21526 struct dwarf_file_data *d = (struct dwarf_file_data *) *slot;
21527 if (!IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (d->filename))
21535 /* Routines to manipulate hash table of comdat type units. */
21538 htab_ct_hash (const void *of)
21541 const comdat_type_node *const type_node = (const comdat_type_node *) of;
21543 memcpy (&h, type_node->signature, sizeof (h));
21548 htab_ct_eq (const void *of1, const void *of2)
21550 const comdat_type_node *const type_node_1 = (const comdat_type_node *) of1;
21551 const comdat_type_node *const type_node_2 = (const comdat_type_node *) of2;
21553 return (! memcmp (type_node_1->signature, type_node_2->signature,
21554 DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE));
21557 /* Move a DW_AT_{,MIPS_}linkage_name attribute just added to dw_die_ref
21558 to the location it would have been added, should we know its
21559 DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME when we added other attributes. This will
21560 probably improve compactness of debug info, removing equivalent
21561 abbrevs, and hide any differences caused by deferring the
21562 computation of the assembler name, triggered by e.g. PCH. */
21565 move_linkage_attr (dw_die_ref die)
21567 unsigned ix = VEC_length (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr);
21568 dw_attr_node linkage = *VEC_index (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix - 1);
21570 gcc_assert (linkage.dw_attr == AT_linkage_name);
21574 dw_attr_node *prev = VEC_index (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix - 1);
21576 if (prev->dw_attr == DW_AT_decl_line || prev->dw_attr == DW_AT_name)
21580 if (ix != VEC_length (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr) - 1)
21582 VEC_pop (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr);
21583 VEC_quick_insert (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, &linkage);
21587 /* Helper function for resolve_addr, attempt to resolve
21588 one CONST_STRING, return non-zero if not successful. Similarly verify that
21589 SYMBOL_REFs refer to variables emitted in the current CU. */
21592 resolve_one_addr (rtx *addr, void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
21596 if (GET_CODE (rtl) == CONST_STRING)
21598 size_t len = strlen (XSTR (rtl, 0)) + 1;
21599 tree t = build_string (len, XSTR (rtl, 0));
21600 tree tlen = build_int_cst (NULL_TREE, len - 1);
21602 = build_array_type (char_type_node, build_index_type (tlen));
21603 rtl = lookup_constant_def (t);
21604 if (!rtl || !MEM_P (rtl))
21606 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 0);
21607 VEC_safe_push (rtx, gc, used_rtx_array, rtl);
21612 if (GET_CODE (rtl) == SYMBOL_REF
21613 && SYMBOL_REF_DECL (rtl)
21614 && !TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (SYMBOL_REF_DECL (rtl)))
21617 if (GET_CODE (rtl) == CONST
21618 && for_each_rtx (&XEXP (rtl, 0), resolve_one_addr, NULL))
21624 /* Helper function for resolve_addr, handle one location
21625 expression, return false if at least one CONST_STRING or SYMBOL_REF in
21626 the location list couldn't be resolved. */
21629 resolve_addr_in_expr (dw_loc_descr_ref loc)
21631 for (; loc; loc = loc->dw_loc_next)
21632 if ((loc->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_addr
21633 && resolve_one_addr (&loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr, NULL))
21634 || (loc->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_implicit_value
21635 && loc->dw_loc_oprnd2.val_class == dw_val_class_addr
21636 && resolve_one_addr (&loc->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_addr, NULL)))
21641 /* Resolve DW_OP_addr and DW_AT_const_value CONST_STRING arguments to
21642 an address in .rodata section if the string literal is emitted there,
21643 or remove the containing location list or replace DW_AT_const_value
21644 with DW_AT_location and empty location expression, if it isn't found
21645 in .rodata. Similarly for SYMBOL_REFs, keep only those that refer
21646 to something that has been emitted in the current CU. */
21649 resolve_addr (dw_die_ref die)
21653 dw_loc_list_ref *curr;
21656 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
21657 switch (AT_class (a))
21659 case dw_val_class_loc_list:
21660 curr = AT_loc_list_ptr (a);
21663 if (!resolve_addr_in_expr ((*curr)->expr))
21665 dw_loc_list_ref next = (*curr)->dw_loc_next;
21666 if (next && (*curr)->ll_symbol)
21668 gcc_assert (!next->ll_symbol);
21669 next->ll_symbol = (*curr)->ll_symbol;
21674 curr = &(*curr)->dw_loc_next;
21676 if (!AT_loc_list (a))
21678 remove_AT (die, a->dw_attr);
21682 case dw_val_class_loc:
21683 if (!resolve_addr_in_expr (AT_loc (a)))
21685 remove_AT (die, a->dw_attr);
21689 case dw_val_class_addr:
21690 if (a->dw_attr == DW_AT_const_value
21691 && resolve_one_addr (&a->dw_attr_val.v.val_addr, NULL))
21693 remove_AT (die, a->dw_attr);
21701 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, resolve_addr (c));
21704 /* Output stuff that dwarf requires at the end of every file,
21705 and generate the DWARF-2 debugging info. */
21708 dwarf2out_finish (const char *filename)
21710 limbo_die_node *node, *next_node;
21711 comdat_type_node *ctnode;
21712 htab_t comdat_type_table;
21713 dw_die_ref die = 0;
21716 gen_remaining_tmpl_value_param_die_attribute ();
21718 /* Add the name for the main input file now. We delayed this from
21719 dwarf2out_init to avoid complications with PCH. */
21720 add_name_attribute (comp_unit_die, remap_debug_filename (filename));
21721 if (!IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (filename))
21722 add_comp_dir_attribute (comp_unit_die);
21723 else if (get_AT (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_comp_dir) == NULL)
21726 htab_traverse (file_table, file_table_relative_p, &p);
21728 add_comp_dir_attribute (comp_unit_die);
21731 for (i = 0; i < VEC_length (deferred_locations, deferred_locations_list); i++)
21733 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (
21734 VEC_index (deferred_locations, deferred_locations_list, i)->die,
21735 VEC_index (deferred_locations, deferred_locations_list, i)->variable,
21739 /* Traverse the limbo die list, and add parent/child links. The only
21740 dies without parents that should be here are concrete instances of
21741 inline functions, and the comp_unit_die. We can ignore the comp_unit_die.
21742 For concrete instances, we can get the parent die from the abstract
21744 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = next_node)
21746 next_node = node->next;
21749 if (die->die_parent == NULL)
21751 dw_die_ref origin = get_AT_ref (die, DW_AT_abstract_origin);
21754 add_child_die (origin->die_parent, die);
21755 else if (die == comp_unit_die)
21757 else if (errorcount > 0 || sorrycount > 0)
21758 /* It's OK to be confused by errors in the input. */
21759 add_child_die (comp_unit_die, die);
21762 /* In certain situations, the lexical block containing a
21763 nested function can be optimized away, which results
21764 in the nested function die being orphaned. Likewise
21765 with the return type of that nested function. Force
21766 this to be a child of the containing function.
21768 It may happen that even the containing function got fully
21769 inlined and optimized out. In that case we are lost and
21770 assign the empty child. This should not be big issue as
21771 the function is likely unreachable too. */
21772 tree context = NULL_TREE;
21774 gcc_assert (node->created_for);
21776 if (DECL_P (node->created_for))
21777 context = DECL_CONTEXT (node->created_for);
21778 else if (TYPE_P (node->created_for))
21779 context = TYPE_CONTEXT (node->created_for);
21781 gcc_assert (context
21782 && (TREE_CODE (context) == FUNCTION_DECL
21783 || TREE_CODE (context) == NAMESPACE_DECL));
21785 origin = lookup_decl_die (context);
21787 add_child_die (origin, die);
21789 add_child_die (comp_unit_die, die);
21794 limbo_die_list = NULL;
21796 resolve_addr (comp_unit_die);
21798 for (node = deferred_asm_name; node; node = node->next)
21800 tree decl = node->created_for;
21801 if (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl) != DECL_NAME (decl))
21803 add_AT_string (node->die, AT_linkage_name,
21804 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl)));
21805 move_linkage_attr (node->die);
21809 deferred_asm_name = NULL;
21811 /* Walk through the list of incomplete types again, trying once more to
21812 emit full debugging info for them. */
21813 retry_incomplete_types ();
21815 if (flag_eliminate_unused_debug_types)
21816 prune_unused_types ();
21818 /* Generate separate CUs for each of the include files we've seen.
21819 They will go into limbo_die_list. */
21820 if (flag_eliminate_dwarf2_dups && dwarf_version < 4)
21821 break_out_includes (comp_unit_die);
21823 /* Generate separate COMDAT sections for type DIEs. */
21824 if (dwarf_version >= 4)
21826 break_out_comdat_types (comp_unit_die);
21828 /* Each new type_unit DIE was added to the limbo die list when created.
21829 Since these have all been added to comdat_type_list, clear the
21831 limbo_die_list = NULL;
21833 /* For each new comdat type unit, copy declarations for incomplete
21834 types to make the new unit self-contained (i.e., no direct
21835 references to the main compile unit). */
21836 for (ctnode = comdat_type_list; ctnode != NULL; ctnode = ctnode->next)
21837 copy_decls_for_unworthy_types (ctnode->root_die);
21838 copy_decls_for_unworthy_types (comp_unit_die);
21840 /* In the process of copying declarations from one unit to another,
21841 we may have left some declarations behind that are no longer
21842 referenced. Prune them. */
21843 prune_unused_types ();
21846 /* Traverse the DIE's and add add sibling attributes to those DIE's
21847 that have children. */
21848 add_sibling_attributes (comp_unit_die);
21849 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = node->next)
21850 add_sibling_attributes (node->die);
21851 for (ctnode = comdat_type_list; ctnode != NULL; ctnode = ctnode->next)
21852 add_sibling_attributes (ctnode->root_die);
21854 /* Output a terminator label for the .text section. */
21855 switch_to_section (text_section);
21856 targetm.asm_out.internal_label (asm_out_file, TEXT_END_LABEL, 0);
21857 if (flag_reorder_blocks_and_partition)
21859 switch_to_section (unlikely_text_section ());
21860 targetm.asm_out.internal_label (asm_out_file, COLD_END_LABEL, 0);
21863 /* We can only use the low/high_pc attributes if all of the code was
21865 if (!have_multiple_function_sections
21866 || !(dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict))
21868 add_AT_lbl_id (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_low_pc, text_section_label);
21869 add_AT_lbl_id (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_high_pc, text_end_label);
21874 unsigned fde_idx = 0;
21875 bool range_list_added = false;
21877 /* We need to give .debug_loc and .debug_ranges an appropriate
21878 "base address". Use zero so that these addresses become
21879 absolute. Historically, we've emitted the unexpected
21880 DW_AT_entry_pc instead of DW_AT_low_pc for this purpose.
21881 Emit both to give time for other tools to adapt. */
21882 add_AT_addr (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_low_pc, const0_rtx);
21883 add_AT_addr (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_entry_pc, const0_rtx);
21885 if (text_section_used)
21886 add_ranges_by_labels (comp_unit_die, text_section_label,
21887 text_end_label, &range_list_added);
21888 if (flag_reorder_blocks_and_partition && cold_text_section_used)
21889 add_ranges_by_labels (comp_unit_die, cold_text_section_label,
21890 cold_end_label, &range_list_added);
21892 for (fde_idx = 0; fde_idx < fde_table_in_use; fde_idx++)
21894 dw_fde_ref fde = &fde_table[fde_idx];
21896 if (fde->dw_fde_switched_sections)
21898 if (!fde->in_std_section)
21899 add_ranges_by_labels (comp_unit_die,
21900 fde->dw_fde_hot_section_label,
21901 fde->dw_fde_hot_section_end_label,
21902 &range_list_added);
21903 if (!fde->cold_in_std_section)
21904 add_ranges_by_labels (comp_unit_die,
21905 fde->dw_fde_unlikely_section_label,
21906 fde->dw_fde_unlikely_section_end_label,
21907 &range_list_added);
21909 else if (!fde->in_std_section)
21910 add_ranges_by_labels (comp_unit_die, fde->dw_fde_begin,
21911 fde->dw_fde_end, &range_list_added);
21914 if (range_list_added)
21918 /* Output location list section if necessary. */
21919 if (have_location_lists)
21921 /* Output the location lists info. */
21922 switch_to_section (debug_loc_section);
21923 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (loc_section_label,
21924 DEBUG_LOC_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
21925 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, loc_section_label);
21926 output_location_lists (die);
21929 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL)
21930 add_AT_lineptr (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_stmt_list,
21931 debug_line_section_label);
21933 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
21934 add_AT_macptr (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_macro_info, macinfo_section_label);
21936 /* Output all of the compilation units. We put the main one last so that
21937 the offsets are available to output_pubnames. */
21938 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = node->next)
21939 output_comp_unit (node->die, 0);
21941 comdat_type_table = htab_create (100, htab_ct_hash, htab_ct_eq, NULL);
21942 for (ctnode = comdat_type_list; ctnode != NULL; ctnode = ctnode->next)
21944 void **slot = htab_find_slot (comdat_type_table, ctnode, INSERT);
21946 /* Don't output duplicate types. */
21947 if (*slot != HTAB_EMPTY_ENTRY)
21950 /* Add a pointer to the line table for the main compilation unit
21951 so that the debugger can make sense of DW_AT_decl_file
21953 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL)
21954 add_AT_lineptr (ctnode->root_die, DW_AT_stmt_list,
21955 debug_line_section_label);
21957 output_comdat_type_unit (ctnode);
21960 htab_delete (comdat_type_table);
21962 /* Output the main compilation unit if non-empty or if .debug_macinfo
21963 has been emitted. */
21964 output_comp_unit (comp_unit_die, debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE);
21966 /* Output the abbreviation table. */
21967 switch_to_section (debug_abbrev_section);
21968 output_abbrev_section ();
21970 /* Output public names table if necessary. */
21971 if (!VEC_empty (pubname_entry, pubname_table))
21973 switch_to_section (debug_pubnames_section);
21974 output_pubnames (pubname_table);
21977 /* Output public types table if necessary. */
21978 /* ??? Only defined by DWARF3, but emitted by Darwin for DWARF2.
21979 It shouldn't hurt to emit it always, since pure DWARF2 consumers
21980 simply won't look for the section. */
21981 if (!VEC_empty (pubname_entry, pubtype_table))
21983 switch_to_section (debug_pubtypes_section);
21984 output_pubnames (pubtype_table);
21987 /* Output direct and virtual call tables if necessary. */
21988 if (!VEC_empty (dcall_entry, dcall_table))
21990 switch_to_section (debug_dcall_section);
21991 output_dcall_table ();
21993 if (!VEC_empty (vcall_entry, vcall_table))
21995 switch_to_section (debug_vcall_section);
21996 output_vcall_table ();
21999 /* Output the address range information. We only put functions in the arange
22000 table, so don't write it out if we don't have any. */
22001 if (fde_table_in_use)
22003 switch_to_section (debug_aranges_section);
22007 /* Output ranges section if necessary. */
22008 if (ranges_table_in_use)
22010 switch_to_section (debug_ranges_section);
22011 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, ranges_section_label);
22015 /* Output the source line correspondence table. We must do this
22016 even if there is no line information. Otherwise, on an empty
22017 translation unit, we will generate a present, but empty,
22018 .debug_info section. IRIX 6.5 `nm' will then complain when
22019 examining the file. This is done late so that any filenames
22020 used by the debug_info section are marked as 'used'. */
22021 if (! DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO)
22023 switch_to_section (debug_line_section);
22024 output_line_info ();
22027 /* Have to end the macro section. */
22028 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
22030 switch_to_section (debug_macinfo_section);
22031 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End compilation unit");
22034 /* If we emitted any DW_FORM_strp form attribute, output the string
22036 if (debug_str_hash)
22037 htab_traverse (debug_str_hash, output_indirect_string, NULL);
22041 /* This should never be used, but its address is needed for comparisons. */
22042 const struct gcc_debug_hooks dwarf2_debug_hooks =
22046 0, /* assembly_start */
22049 0, /* start_source_file */
22050 0, /* end_source_file */
22051 0, /* begin_block */
22053 0, /* ignore_block */
22054 0, /* source_line */
22055 0, /* begin_prologue */
22056 0, /* end_prologue */
22057 0, /* end_epilogue */
22058 0, /* begin_function */
22059 0, /* end_function */
22060 0, /* function_decl */
22061 0, /* global_decl */
22063 0, /* imported_module_or_decl */
22064 0, /* deferred_inline_function */
22065 0, /* outlining_inline_function */
22067 0, /* handle_pch */
22068 0, /* var_location */
22069 0, /* switch_text_section */
22070 0, /* direct_call */
22071 0, /* virtual_call_token */
22072 0, /* copy_call_info */
22073 0, /* virtual_call */
22075 0 /* start_end_main_source_file */
22078 #endif /* DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO */
22080 #include "gt-dwarf2out.h"